OEC_6.TXT

Download Document Back to Search Results

Showing fragments matching your search for: <strong>""</strong>

No matching fragments found in this document.

[Plaintext beta, 10 September 1999]

TO THE READER:

Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral
counselling procedures intended to assist an individual to attain
Spiritual Freedom. The Mission of the Church of Scientology is a
simple one-to help the individual attain full awareness of himself as
an Iriimortal Being, and of his relationship to the Supreme Being.
The attainment of the benefits and goals of Scientology requires
each individual's dedicated participation as only through Ws own
efforts can he himself, as a Spiritual Being, achieve these.

This is part of the religious literature and works of the Founder
of Scientology, L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the reader as part
of the record of his personal research into Life, and should be
construed only as a written report of such research and not as a
statement of claims made by the Church or the author.

Scientology and its sub-study, Dianetics, as practiced by the
Church, address only the "Thetan" (Spirit). Although the Church, as
are all churches, is free to engage in spiritual healing, it does not, as
its primary goal is increased spiritual awareness for all. For this
reason, the Church does not wish to accept individuals who desire
treatment of physical illness or insanity but refers these to qualified
specialists of other organizations who deal in these matters.

The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in the
Church confessional. It, in itself, does nothing, and is used by
Ministers only, to assist parishioners in locating areas of spiritual
distress or travail.

We hope the reading of this book is only the first stage of a
personal voyage of discovery into the new and vital world religion of
Scientology.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Church of Scientology

This book belongs to

Date

Organization Executive
Course

AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY

by
L. Ron Hubbard

FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY

DISTRIBUTION
DIVISION
6

THE AMERICAN SAINT HILL ORGANIZATION

Published by
the

CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA

PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT
American Saint Hill Organization

2723 West Temple Street
Los Angeles
California 90026
U.S.A.

Publishers for Dianetics and Scientology

Copyright (c) 1972, 1973, 1974
1954, 1956, 1957, 1958, 1959, 1960
1961, 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967
1968, 1969, 1970, 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Scientology is an Applied Religious Philosophy

No part of this book may be reproduced
without permission of the copyright owner.

First U.S. Printing 1974

Complete Set ISBN 0-88404-033-X
Volume 6 ISBN 0-88404-031-3

The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis,
treatment or prevention of any disease.

Dianetics and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard
in respect of his published works.

Printed in the United States of America by Kingsport Press, Inc.

CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTION

DIVISION 6

Part I

FORM, PURPOSES, IDEAL SCENES,
PRODUCTS AND STATISTICS

18 June 1965 Areas of Operation 1
21 June 1965 Distribution Division (Div 6) 2
Circa1965Distribution Division 6 Org Board Outline 3
28 June 1965 Dissem Division-Distribution Division (See ED 38 SH) 4
30 Sept. 1965 Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Dist Division 6)4
20 Nov. 1965 The Promotional Actions of an Organization
(excerpt: Distribution Division 6) 5
6 May1966Distribution Division 6 Org Board 6
10 Sept. 1967 Statistic-GDS Div Six 6
26 Oct. 1967 The Public Divisions 7
2 Nov. 1967 Distribution Division-Departments of Public Information,
Clearing and Success 9
25 June 1968 The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions...
(amended by 20 Jan. 1969, page 12) 1 1
12 Sept. 1968 The Public Divisions (amends 26 Oct. 1967) 11
26 Oct. 1968 Executive Council (amends 21 Dec. 1966, 1 & 11) 12
20 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Gross Divisional Statistics
(25 June 1968 amended) (amended by 19 Aug. 1970, page 36) 12
Circa 1969 Public Divisions 6, 7 & 8 Org Board Outline 1 3
29 Jan. 1969 Public Division Org Board Revised (Corrected) 14
30 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Org Board 1 8
23 May 1969 Public Divisions Promotional Actions (addition to 20 Nov. 1965) 1 9
23 May 1969 Public Divisions Flash Colours 21
11 July 1969 Areas of Operation see- 1
29 Nov. 1969 New Public Divisions Org Board 22
11 Dec. 1969 Appearances in Public Divs (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page 53) 125
21 Dec. 1969 Revised New Public Divisions Org Board (revises 29 Nov. 1969) 29
10 June 1970 Public Divisions and Tech Admin Ratio (amends 7 Feb. 1970) 35
19 Aug. 1 970 Division 6 Division 8 GDS (amends 20 Jan. 1969) 36
20 Aug. 1970 Division Six-The Public Relations Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page 53) 37
20 Aug. 1970 Division Seven-The Public Services Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (revised by 2 Oct. 1970, page 54) 43
20 Aug. 1970 Division Eight-The Public Sales Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (revised by 2 Oct. 1970, page 54) 47
28 Aug. 1970 Auditors Association 52
2 Oct. 1970 Appearances-Clarification (amends 20 Aug. 1970 &
11 Dec. 1969) 53
2 Oct. 1970 Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics (revises 20 Aug. 1970-
Div 7 & 20 Aug. 1970-Div 8) (cancelled by 3 July 1971, page 227) 54
18 Oct. 1970 Public Divisions Org Board (modified by 3 July 197 1, page 227) 55
24 Oct. 1970 Saint Hillers Association 62
1 Dec. 1970 Clarification-Registration Breakthrough (modifies 30 July 1970)
(cancelled by 3 July 1971, page 227) 65
5 Feb. 1971. Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised (excerpt: Divs 6, 7 & 8) 65
7 Feb. 1971 FEBC Org Board Division Six (modified by 3 July 197 1, page 227) 66
14 July 1971 FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded (cancels 7 Feb. 1971)
(modified by 5 Aug. 1971, page 82 & 26 Nov. 1971, page 230) 74
5 Aug. 1971 FEBC Div 6 Org Board Amendment (amends 14 July 1971) 82
14 Nov. 1971 Mini Public Division Org Board 83
28 Nov. 1 971 Public Division Statistics (ref. 26 Nov. 1971 & 14 Nov. 1971)
(amends 5 Feb. 197 1, I & IV) 86

Part 2

8 Dec. 1965 Distribute: To Spread Out so as to Cover Something 88
4 Oct. 1967 Org Exec See and Distribution 89
24 Apr. 1968 Division 6 Distribution 90
30 July 1968 Gross Income Senior Datum VoL 0-277, Vol. 1-283, Vol. 2-68
10 Aug. 1968 Legal and Dissemination Vol. 2-69

12 Aug. 1968 Reasons Why Div 6's Don't Function 91
24 Aug. 1968 Dissemination Vol 2-69, VoL 4-91
5 Sept. 1968 Vital Org Activities 92
9 Jan. 1969 Book and Film Festivals 92
10 Jan. 1969 The Public Divisions 93
31 Mar. 1969 Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications (amends 24 Apr. 1968) 94
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amends 24 Apr. 1968) 95
2 Sept. 1969 Old ACC Students VoL 2-293, VoL 3-237, Vol 4-359
18 Nov. 1969 Central Files, Value of
The Gross Income of the Org and Why VoL 0-278. VoL 2-397
6 Dec. 1969 How to Clear Your Community Illustrations Vol 0-261
10 Dec. 1969 Superior Service Image Program No. I (LRH ED 54 INT) 96
15 Dec. 1969 Class of Orgs Vol. 0-254
16 Apr. 1970 Morale Vol 5-293
21 Apr. 1970 Field Ethics VoL 1-509
20 May 1970 Guardian Public Relationships 128
27 Oct. 1970 A Book: "The Background to the Religion of Scientology and
Ceremonies of the Church of Scientology of California WW" Vol. .5-294

Part 3

DISSEM DRILL

THE DISSEMINATION OF SCIENTOLOGY

1 Oct. 1954 The Use of Scientology Materials (PAB No. 36) 98
26 Oct. 1956 Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2- 1
15 Sept. 1959 Dissemination Tips (HCOB) 101
21 Sept. 1959 An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104
23 Sept. 1959 The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 105
28 Apr. 1960 Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 108
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO Exec Ltr) III
16 Apr. 1965 Handling the Public Individual Vol. 0- 78, Vol. 2- 56
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
23 Oct. 1965 Dissemination Drill 112
23 Nov. 1969 Individuals vs Groups 114

Part 4

PES ACCOUNT

12 Nov. 1969 PES Account versus HCO Book Account Vol 3-213
10 Dec. 1969 PES WW Account Vol. 3-215
24 Dec. 1969 PES Account Amended Vol. 3-216
19 Apr. 1970 PES WW Account (cancels IO Dec. 1969) Vol. 3-217
29 Apr. 1970 PES Account Revised (cancels 12 Nov. 1969) Vol. 3-218
12 June 1970 PES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969 & 29 Apr. 1970) Vol 3-221

Note: A study of this Division should include the section Chaplain, Vol. 5, pages 280 - 297.

DEPARTMENT 16

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTROLLING

APPEARANCES AND PRO

THE ORG IMAGE

(See also PR SERIES, pages 393-445.)

8 Mar. 1950 First Policy (reissued as HCO PL 2 Sept. 1970) 117
20 May 1954 Atmosphere of the Clinic (extract from Clinical Procedure) 117
21 Sept. 1958 Neatness of Quarters (excerpt) (HCOB reissued as
HCO PL 22 Oct. 1962) 117
20 Aug. 1965 Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill Vol. 3-360
24 Aug. 1965 Cleanliness of Quarters and Staff-Improve Our Image 118
21 Sept. 1 965 Cleanliness and Tidiness of Premises VoL 1-304
12 Feb. 1969 Religion 119
17 June 1969 The Org Image 120
11 Nov. 1 969 Accounts and PRO Vol. 3- 71
12 Nov. 1969 Appearance and PRO 123
11 Dec. 1969 Appearances in Public Divs (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page 53) 125
2 Sept. 1970 First Policy 117

DIVISION SIX & THE GUARDIAN'S OFFICE - PR CO-ORDINATION

(Further policies on GUARDIAN PR & PRESS RELA TIONS
will be found in Volume 7.)

2 Oct. 1966 Public Promotion 127
20 May 1970 Guardian Public Relationships 128

SURVEYS
The Key to Stats

2 Aug. 1963 Urgent-Public Project One Vol 2-93
18 Dec. 1968 Warning-Gung-Ho Groups 368
30 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Org Board 18
23 July 1969 Public Research and Reports-Surveys: Briefing and Debriefing 129
25 Oct. 1969 Survey Form for all Surveys 131
28 Oct. 1969 How to Tabulate a Survey 132
12 Nov. 1969 Appearance and PRO 123
21 Nov. 1969 Ethnics-Find Out What is Needed and Wanted 133
23 Nov. 1969 Individuals vs Groups 114
13 Aug. 1970 PR Series 3-Wrong Publics 399
2 June 1971 PR Series I O-Breakthrough-PR & Production-Tone Scale Surveys 420
5 Dec. 1971 PR Series 13-How To Do a PR Survey 425
18 Dec. 1971 Surveys are the Key to Stats (LRH ED 161 INT) 136
7 Jan. 1972 PR Series 14-Creating Survey Questions 428
25 Jan. 1972 PR Series 15-Population Surveys 442

(See also the PR Series, pages 393445.)

SUCCESS

17 Apr. 1965 Additional Mag Policy VoL 2-135
7 July 1965 Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor
(reissued 9 July 1967) VoL 2-167
12 July 1966 Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications 139
7 May 1968 The Key Questions 140
24 Nov. 1968 Auditor Correspondents Vol. 2-151
25 Apr. 1969 Validation of Up Statistics 141

INFO PACKS

26 Oct. 1956 Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2- 1
3 May 1960 PE Literature 142
4 Feb. 1961 Information Packages (excerpt) 142
23 Sept. 1964 Information Packages (excerpt) 143
7 Apr. 1965 Book Income 147
18 June 1965 Areas of Operation 1
8 Sept 1965 Distribution Division-Info Packet (Sec ED 88 SH) 143
24 Sept 1965 Ads and Info Packets 144
17 Jan. 1966 Distribution Action (Sec ED 169 INT) 144
15 Aug. 1966 Information Packets 145
6 Sept. 1966 The Handling, Purchased or Rented Mailing Lists 146

DEPARTMENT 17

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICING

BOOK SELLING

(See also the section BOOKS in Volume 2, pages 187-212.)

25 Jan. 1957 Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics and Scientology Vol 2- 15
17 Nov. 1958 HCO Project Engineer: "Have You Lived Before?" Vol. 2- 83
17 Mar. 1959 Book Sales Representative 146
14 Apr. 1959 New Book Vol. 2- 85
6 June 1959 "Have You Lived Before This Life" Vol. 2- 87
15 Sept. 1959 Dissemination Tips (HCOB) 101
28 Apr. 1960 Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 108
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO Exec Ltr) ill
7 Apr. 1965 Book Income 147
27 Apr. 1965 Book Promotion Design Vol. 2-108
28 May 1965 Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads Vol. 2-109
19 July 1965 Discounts (excerpt) 150
1 Sept. 1965 Mailing List Policies Vol. 0-198, Vol. 2-390

vii

17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
9 Jan. 1969 Book and Film Festivals 92-
24 July 1969 Public Divisions-Book Distribution Unit 152

TESTING

15 Nov. 1958 Informing Public of Test Results 154
28 Oct. 1960 New Testing Promotion Section-Important 155
16 Nov. 1960 New Org Programmes Vol 4-283
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
24 Nov. 1960 Testing Promotion Revised 162
29 Nov. 1960 Testing Programme Change 166
16 Jan. 1961 Testing Lines (excerpt) 167
24 Jan. 1961 A Test Policy on MD Referrals 167
7 Feb. 1961 Proper Public Routing 168
14 Feb. 1961 The Personal Efficiency Foundation (excerpt) 192
15 Feb. 1961 Evaluation Script 169
18 Feb. 1961 Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info Ltr) 193
2 Mar. 1961 Automatic Evaluation Packet for PE Foundation 172
28 Apr. 1961 Auto-Evaluation Slips 173
13 July 1965 Testing Vol, 4- 73

PE FOUNDATION

PUBLIC COURSES

(See also FOUNDATION policy in Volume 7.)

30 Oct. 1958 Personnel Efficiency Foundation 174
17 Mar. 1959 Do It Yourself Therapy (HCO
B) 175
24 Mar. 1959 HAS Co-Audit (HCOB) 176
25 Mar. 1959 HAS Co-Audit & Comm Course (HCO!3) 177
3 Apr. 1959 HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course (HCOB) 179
23 Apr. 1959 HAS Co-Audit Courses 183
4 May 1959 The Personal Efficiency Course (HCOB) 180
28 May 1959 New HCO WW Dept 183
11 June 1959 Data on HAS Co-Audit 184
16 June 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 185
20 Aug. 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 186
21 Sept. 1959 An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104
23 Sept. 1959 The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 10.5
29 Sept. 1959 The Organization of a PE Foundation (HCOB) 187
3 May 1960 PE Literature 142
13 May 1960 Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
16 Nov. 1960 New Org Programmes Vol 4-283
17 Nov. 1960 Anatomy of the Human Mind Course
as a Pre-requisite for HPA Training Vol, 4-284
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
29 Nov. 1960 Testing Programme Change 166
2 Dec. 1960 Promotion on PE Foundation 459
29 Dec. 1960 The New PE and the New HAS Co-Audit (HCOB) 189
18 Jan. 1961 Cost of HAS Co-Audit and PE 190
23 Jan. 1961 PE Course Abolished 191
7 Feb. 1961 Proper Public Routing 168
14 Feb. 1961 The Personal Efficiency Foundation (excerpt) 192
14 Feb. 1961 Personnel Procurement Vol. I- 84
18 Feb. 1961 Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info Ltr) 193
21 Feb. 1961 Choosing PE and Registration Personnel Vol. 1-110
24 Mar. 1961 Status of PE Courses 195
14 Apr. 1961 PE Handout (HCO Info Ltr) 196
10 Feb. 1964 Enrolment on Self Determinism Vol. I-.516, Vol 2-266, Vol. 4- 37
26 Aug. 1964 PE Course 200
23 Sept. 1964 Policies: Dissemination and Programmes Vol. 2- 41
18 Dec. 1964 Re: OIC Data Vol. 4-139
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO Exec Ltr) ill
31 May 1965 Franchise Summary of Policy 269
13 Aug. 1965 Foundation-Basic Course Organization 201
16 Aug. 1965 Foundation-Basic Course Organization-Correction 203
23 Aug. 1965 Deletion of TR 5 VoL 4-191
12 Sept. 1965 Foundation Course Change 204
13 Sept. 1965 Foundation Course Hours 206
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
13 Oct. 1966 HAS Course 207
23 June 1967 Enrolment on Self Determinism Vol 1-516, Vol 2-266, Vol 4- 37
11 Nov. 1969 Franchise Promotion Musts 288

viii

CONGRESSES & SPECIAL EVENTS

(See also PR SERIES, pages 393445.)

18 June 1957 People's Questions (Bulletin) 208
23 Dec. 1958 Quality of Presentation VoL 2-183
29 Jan. 1960 Congresses (HCOB) 208
27 Feb. 1960 Playing the Washington 1960 "State of Man Congress" Tape
Lectures at Local Congresses and as a Promotional Re-play Plan 209
8 Apr. 1960 Tapes of Washington Congress Vol. 2-218
13 May 1960 Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
15 July 1960 Congress Tapes Vol. 2-218
27 Sept. 1960 Congress and ACC Plans (HCOB) 214
9 July 1963 Meter Demonstration Booth Hat 215
4 Sept. 1964 Congresses 216
8 Sept. 1964 Rush-Important Correction 211
16 Sept. 1964 Understanding and Tape Lectures (reissued 21 July 1967) 217
12 Oct. 1964 Congress Organization and Increasing Interest and
Attendance (HCO Exec Ltr) 218
14 Apr. 1965 Congress "Breaks" are Staff's "Show" (HCO Exec Ltr) 221
1 Sept. 1965 Publications VoL 2-137
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
19 Apr. 1966 Congress Policies 222
13 Oct. 1966 Advertisements, Continental Magazines and Auditor Vol. 2-138
2 Apr. 1969 Routine Congress Promotion Vol. 2-141
18 Apr. 1970 Tapes-Org Tape Plays Vol 2-227
28 May 1971 PR Series 8-Too Little Too Late 415

QUALITY OF PRESENTATION & AUDIENCE ALERTNESS

23 Dec. 1958 Quality of Presentation Vol. 2-183
10 Sept. 1964 Audience Alertness and Tape Players (HCO Exec Ltr) see-226
10 Feb. 1967 Tape and Film Presentation 223
1 Apr. 1968 Tape Playback Fidelity 225
20 Dec. 1969 Microphone Handling 225
6 May 1971 Audience Alertness and Tape Players 226

PUBLIC REGISTRAR

(See also DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION, Volume 2, pages 245-399,
and INVOICING, Volume 3, pages 255-2 70.)

30 Oct. 1958 Personnel Efficiency Foundation 1 74
3 July 1971 Registration Change-New Names to C/F Change 227
26 Nov. 1971 Division 6 Public Reg Reinstated
(modifies 3 July 1971 & 14 July 1971) 230
17 Feb. 1972 Higher Orgs-Public Reg Setup 449

EXTENSION COURSE

2 Oct. 1958 Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses Vol. 2-257, Vol. 4-272
16 Dec. 1958 Extension Course Curriculum (HCOB) Vol. 4-27.5
22 May 1959 Advertisement for Field in Certainty, Ability, etc-Minor Issues VoL 2- 87
13 Aug. 1959 Students Attending Courses Vol 4-278
31 Aug. 1959 Certifications Vol 4-279, Vol 5-171
22 Feb. 1960 HPA Qualifications VoL 4-279, Vol 5-172
25 Apr. 1960 Important Certification Change VoL 5-173
20 May 1960 Extension Course Prices see Vol. 3-227
24 May 1960 Extension Course Prices (corrects 20 May 1960) VoL 3-227
8 May 1961 Extension Course VoL 4-296
21 Nov. 1961 Training Course Requirements Vol 4-306
13 Dec. 1961 Extension Course Completion VoL 4-136
26 June 1962 Certification Requirements Vol 4-325
30 July 1962 Certification and Validation Requirements VoL 4-326

DEPARTMENT 18

DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING

FIELD AUDITORS

25 Jan. 1957 Referrals to Field Vol. 2-247
6 Apr. 1957 Field Auditor (HCOB) (excerpt) 236
15 May 1957 The Rights of the Field Auditor (reissued as HCO PL 2 Oct. 1969) 236

2 Sept. 1957 Field Certificates Vol 5-166
23 Jan. 1959 Ethics (Field Auditors) Vol. 1-361
16 June 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 185
23 June 1960 Special Zone Plan-The Scientologist's Role in Life (HCOB) 237
20 July 1960 Director of Zoning Hat 241
25 Aug. 1960 Chicago Area 242
28 Sept. 1960 HPA Grants 242
10 Feb. 1961 Professional Charges Vol. 3- 84
14 June 1962 Professional Charges (amends & amplifies IO Feb. 196 1) Vol. 3- 84
1 Oct. 1962 The Plan for California 243
21 Feb. 1964 Field Auditor Consultant (excerpt) 244
11 Mar. 1964 Departmental Changes-Auditors Division Vol. 2- 39
11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization Vol, 2- 40
11 Dec. 1964 Full Table of Courses and Classification Vol, 4-380
7 Apr. 1965 Healing Policy in Field 245
14 Apr. 1965 Field Auditor Rates 244
1 Sept. 1965 Some Tech Div Policies Vol. 4- 75
4 Oct. 1967 Auditor and Org Individual Stats Vol. 1-348, Vol 4- 10
31 May 1968 Auditors Vol. 0- 42
2 Oct. 1969 The Rights of the Field Auditor (reissued from 15 May 1957) 236
28 Aug. 1970 Auditors Association 52
24 Oct. 1970 Saint Hillers Association 62

FRANCHISE

The Franchise Programme

27 Mar. 1959 Franchises 246
1 May 1959 HAS Certificates 247
14 May 1959 Method of Finalizing HCO Franchises 250
28 May 1959 To All HCO Franchise Offices 248
18 June 1959 Correction of HCO Policy Letter of 28 May 1959 250
18 June 1959 U.S. Franchise Holders 251
18 June 1959 Services Owing to HCO Franchise Holders 252
24 June 1959 Status of HCO Offices and HCO Sees and
HCO Volunteer Sees in US VoL 3-142
1 July 1959 US HCO Franchise Queries 252
10 Aug. 1959 Franchise I O%s to WW 253
24 Aug.. 1959 HCO Financial Arrangements Altered Vol. 3-145
28 Aug. 1959 Attention All Group Secretaries 354
3 Sept. 1959 Mailings 253
3 Sept. 1959 HCO Secretaries 253
14 Oct. 1959 Division of HCO Percentage Revised VoL 3-148
29 Oct. 1959 Service see Vol. 0-281
20 Nov. 1959 Validation of Franchises see Vol. 1-36Z VoL 2-366
29 Jan. 1960 Congresses (HCOB) 208
10 Mar. 1960 Validation of Franchises
(20 Nov. 1959 amended & reissued) VoL 1-362, VoL 2-366
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
10 Feb. 1961 Professional Charges Vol 3- 84
2 Oct. 1961 Franchise Policies 254
27 Oct. 1961 Professional Rates Restored VoL 3-250
5 June 1962 Class 11 Training Only by Academies and Saint Hill Vol. 2-220, VoL 4-324
7 June 1962 Professional Training to be Done in Academy
and Saint Hill Only Vol. 4-324
14 June 1962 Professional Charges (amends & amplifies IO Feb. 196 1) VoL 3- 84
15 June 1962 Current Franchise Policy 255
26 June 1962 Relations with Field 256
4 July 1962 Mixing Scientology with Various Other Practices 256
27 Sept. 1962 A Resume of Franchise Policy 257
1 Oct. 1962 The Plan for California 243
26 June 1963 A Resume of Franchise Policy (supersedes 27 Sept. 1962) 259
11 Mar. 1964 Franchise Programme 262
11 Mar. 1964 Departmental Changes-Auditors Division Vol. 2- 39
11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization Vol. 2- 40
18 Mar. 1964 California Franchise (amends I Oct. 1962) 262
22 Apr. 1964 Summary of Policies on Classification & Gradation, Certification,
Franchise and Memberships, and the Auditors Division VoL 4-369
16 June 1964 Franchise-What Is It and Who May Have It 263
30 July 1964 Gradation Programme, Revised VoL 4-379
30 Oct. 1964 Mailing Lists for Franchise Holders Vol. 1-273, Vol. 3-102
31 Oct. 1964 Current Policies Orgs & Franchise Vol. 3-106
11 Dec. 1964 Full Table of Courses and Classification Vol. 4-380

23 Dec. 1964 Field and Public Programming Vol 3-117
31 Dec. 1964 Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy Vol 1-45, VoL 2- 49
1 Jan. 1965 Franchise Application and Agreement 264
2 Jan. 1965 Franchise: Who May Have It and How to Maintain It, AD 15 266
13 Mar. 1965 The Comm Member System Vol 1-204
8 Apr. 1965 Cancellation of Mail Lists to Field Auditors Vol. 1-277, Vol. 2-389
14 Apr. 1965 Field Auditor Rates 244
18 Apr. 1965 Prices Lowered Because of New Organization
Streamline Vol. 2-60, Vol. 3- 93
13 May 1965 Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden 268
28 May 1965 Franchise Courses 268
31 May 1965 Franchise Summary of Policy 269
5 Aug. 1965 Franchise Transferred to Div 6 (Sec ED 67 SH) 273
17 Aug. 1965 Certification of Franchise Students 273
1 Sept. 1965 Some Tech Div Policies Vol. 4- 75
1 Sept. 1965 Current Policy-Franchise 274
10 Sept. 1965 Franchise Award of Merit 275
13 Sept. 1965 Issue Authority Required for Mimeo Vol. 0-349
21 Sept. 1965 Corporate Names-Group Names 275
21 Oct. 1965 Release Checks for Franchise Preclears 276
4 Nov. 1965 Franchise Orders (See ED 162 SH) 277
17 Jan. 1966 Unclassed Certificates-HAS, HBA, HQS Vol. .5-197
9 May 1966 Publication Copies to WW Vol. 2-205
14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers Vol. 2-387
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Fon-nula 151
19 Mar. 1968 Service (29 Oct. 1959 amended & reissued) Vol. 0-281
20 Apr. 1968 Franchise (cancels 21 Oct. 1965, modifies 2 Jan. 1965,
13 May 1965 & HCOB 28 July 1959) 278
16 Sept. 1968 Address Lists Vol. 1-283
20 Feb. 1969 Materials to Franchise 281
3 Apr. 1969 Franchise Section WW 281
13 May 1969 Cramming Section-Service to Trained Auditors 282
8 July 1969 Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) (modifies 20 Apr. 1968) 282
10 Nov. 1969 Franchise Grants or Charters 283
11 Nov. 1969 Promotion and Motivation 285
11 Nov. 1969 Franchise Promotion Musts 288
20 Nov. 1969 Legal Aspects of Missions 290
10 Dec. 1969 Superior Service Image Program No. I (LRH ED 54 INT) 96
28 Jan. 1970 Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969, amends 14 Feb. 1967) Vol. 1-290
10 Feb. 1970 Franchise, Multiple Ownership 292
24 Feb. 1970 Legal-Incorporation of Missions in the U.S. see-293
8 Apr. 1970 Legal-Incorporation of Missions in the U.S.-Modified 293
18 Apr. 1970 Ethics and Franchise Vol. 1-508
18 Apr. 1970 Tapes Vol. 2-227
28 Apr. 1970 The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
20 May 1970 Further Clarifications-DCG Programme 392
12 Apr. 1971 Mission Designation 293
1 May 1971 Centre Magazine Policy 294
9 May 1971 Mission Closures 295
10 May 1971 Mission, Basic Definition of see-299
IO May 1971 Advantages of Missions see-300
II May 1971 Mission Application and Agreement 296
17 May 1971 Mission Issues 298
20 Sept. 1971 Mission, Basic Definition of (revises 10 May 1971) 299
20 Sept. 1971 Advantages of Missions (revises IO May 197 1 300
17 Oct. 1971 Inter-Org Distances 298

CONTROL AREAS

20 Dec. 1960 Restriction on Saint Hill Area see-301
7 Feb. 1962 Restriction on Saint Hill Area (amends 20 Dec. 1960) 301
14 Feb. 1963 The Establishment of Central Orgs' Control Areas 301
19 Feb. 1963 Classification of Central Orgs' Control Areas 302
1 Mar. 1963 Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control Area 302
26 June 1963 A Resume of Franchise Policy (supersedes 27 Sept. 1962) 259
16 Aug. 1963 Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control Area
(supersedes I Mar. 1963) 302
20 Mar. 1964 District Office & Org Control Area Policy Revised 303

FSM PROGRAMME

The Field Staff Member System

26 Mar. 1965 Field Auditors 304
26 Mar. 1965 Field Staff Members 309
29 Apr. 1965 Bonuses VoL 3-313, VoL 5-231
30 Mar. 1965 Field Auditors Become Staff (26 Mar. 1965 revised) 312
9 May 1965 Field Auditors Become Staff (cancels 26 Mar. 1965
& 30 Mar. 1965) 318
May 1965 Organization Chart of Flows-Operation Salvage 324
21 June 1965 Orgs are Saint Hill FSMs 325
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
15 Oct. 1965 Field Staff Member Selection Papers and Commissions 326
18 Oct. 1965 Field Staff Member Programme (See ED II 7 INT) 328
23 Oct. 1965 Dissemination Drill 112
2 Nov. 1965 Field Staff Members for Saint Hill 325
8 Dec. 1965 Distribute: To Spread Out so as to Cover Something 88
12 Jan. 1966 Selectees Mailing-Selectee Advice Packets 329
14 Jan. 1966 Amendment to HCO PL of 9 May 1965-Field Auditors Become Staff 330
30 Aug. 1966 Selection Regulations (addition to 26 Mar. 1965) 330
10 Nov. 1966 Field Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965) 331
23 Dec. 1966 Field Staff Member Commissions (cancels 30 Aug. 1966) 332
9 Jan. 1967 FSM System Administration in Organizations
(modifies 9 May 1965 & 15 Oct. 1965) 334
14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers Vol. 2-387
14 Jan, 1968 Field Auditors Become Staff (9 May 1965 revised & reissued)
(cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965) 339
17 Feb. 1968 Field Staff Member Commissions 344
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
23 Apr. 1968 "The FSM of the Year" 345
5 June 1968 FSM Commissions 345
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95
15 Apr. 1969 Field Staff Member Award Programme 346
10 Nov. 1969 FSM Awards 347
6 Dec. 1969 How to Clear Your Community Illustrations Vol. 0-261
28 Jan. 1970 Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969,
amends 14 Feb. 1967) Vol. 1-290
18 Apr. 1970 Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964, amends 13 May 1965) Vol. 2-227
27 Sept. 1970 Cutative Prices 348
16 Dec. 1970 SH FSM Bonus Awards 349
31 Jan. 1971 FSM Contest Awards (modifies 27 Sept. 1970) 349

GROUPS

24 Nov. 1958 HASI Group Secretary 350
6 Jan. 1959 Field Activities (HCOB) 351
10 Feb. 1959 Group Secretary 353
28 Aug. 1959 Attention All Group Secretaries 354
22 Apr. 1960 Group Secretary 354
21 Sept. 1965 Corporate Names-Group Names 354
28 Dec. 1965 Enrollment in Suppressive Groups see VoL 1-484, VoL 2-284
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
29 June 1968 Enrollment in Suppressive Groups Vol. 1-484, VoL 2-284
24 Nov. 1968 The Group Officer 355
24 July 1969 The Groups Communicator (replaces 24 Nov. 1968) 356

GUNG-HO GROUPS

2 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Groups 35 7
3 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Groups Poltr No. 2 363
14 Dec. 1968 How to Register Gung-Ho Groups 367
14 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Group Courses 368
18 Dec. 1968 Warning-Gung-Ho Groups 368
26 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Group Tech 372
26 Dec. 1968 The Third Party Law VoL 0-183, VoL 1-530
30 Dec. 1968 The Public Programmes Officer 369
31 Jan. 1969 Humanitarian Objective and Gung Ho Groups 370
15 Mar. 1969 Third Party-liow to Find One Vol. 1-534
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95
25 Aug. 1969 Third Party Investigations Vol. 1-535

xii

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS

(A study of this Section should include
STANDARD DIANETICS, Volume 4, pages 232-263.)

1 June 1969 The Most Fundamental Errors 372
8 July 1969 Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) (modifies 20 Apr. 1968) 282
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups I -Introduction 373
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 2-Purpose 374
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 3-Dianetic Counseling Groups
and Scientology Organisations 376
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 4-Stages of Forming, Increasing
and Expanding a Dianetic Counseling Group 377
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 5 -Group Formation 380
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 6-The Org Board 384
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 7-Communication System 388
5 Oct. 1969 Dianetic Courses, Wildcat (revised & reissued IO Dec. 1969) Vol. 4-263
18 Nov. 1969 Dianetics-Right to Audit Vol. 5-201
18 Nov. 1969 Dianetics-Right to Teach Vol. 5-202
28 Apr. 1970 The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
20 May 1970 Further Clarifications-DCG Programme 392

PR SERIES

(See also GUARDIAN PRO, Volume 7.)

13 Aug. 1970 1 - Liabilities of PR 393
13 Aug. 1970 2 - The Missing Ingredient 396
13 Aug. 1970 3 - Wrong Publics 399
9 Oct. 1970 4 - The PR Personality 402
11 Apr. 1972 4 - Addition-The PR Personality see-402
18 Nov. 1970 5 - PR Definition 404
11 May 1971 6 - Opinion Leaders 405
11 May 1971 7 - Black PR 411
28 May 1971 8 - Too Little Too Late 415
30 May 1971 9 - Manners 417
2 June 1971 1 0 - Breakthrough-PR and Production-Tone Scale Surveys 420
15 June 1972 1 1 - PR Area Control-Three Grades of PR 422
16 Dec. 1971 PRO Area Control (Flag Order 3094) 422
5 Oct. 1971 12 - Propaganda by Redefinition of Words 423
5 Dec. 1971 13 - How to do a PR Survey 425
7 Jan. 1972 14 - Creating Survey Questions 428
25 Jan. 1972 15 - Population Surveys 442

TOURS

2 June 1971 Tours Org Bd 446
15 Sept. 1971 Purpose and Statistics of a Tour Member 448
17 Feb. 1972 Higher Orgs-Public Reg Setup 449
17 Feb. 1972 Tours 452
28 May 1972 Boom Data 454

Appendix

15 Jan. 1957 Dissemination (PAB No. 104) 457
6 Apr. 1959 Clear Ads 458
21 Sept. 1959 New Ads for PE Foundation (HCOB) 458
2 Dec. 1960 Promotion on PE Foundation 459
28 May 1965 Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads 460
30 June 1965 Ad 461

Note: At time of publication of this volume new developments of the Organizing Board are in progress,
some of which affect Division 6. The Public Registrar is restored and Tours are returned to Division 6.
Several 1970, 1971 and 1972 key policies covering these and other developments have been included in this
volume, however, a full coverage of this evolution is to be found in the Year Books (to be published).
Other Divisional Volumes should be consulted, especially Volume 2 for information onpromotion, Books
and Registration, Volume 3 for information on Invoicing and Memberships, Volume 4 for data on Course
Supervision, Volume 5 for additional data on Memberships, and Volume 7 for Issue Authority.
The materials in this volume are listed mainly in order of appearance. Additionally, softie policies are
listed in more than one section (with, page numbers in italics), as they deal with more than one area of
operation, Key relevant policies from other OEC volumes are also listed, with volume and page numbers in
italics. A complete date order index appears in the back of the book, starting on page 462.

xiii

YOUR POST

A post in a Scientology Organization isn't a job.
It's a trust and a crusade.

We're free men and women-probably the last free
men and women on Earth. Remember, we'll have to
come back to Earth some day no matter what
"happens" to us.

If we don't do a good job now we may never get
another chance.

Yes, I'm sure that's the way it is.

So we have an organization, we have a field we
must support, we have a chance.

That's more than we had last time night's curtain
began to fall on freedom.

So we're using that chance.

An organization such as ours is our best chance to
get the most done. So we're doing it!

L. RON HUBBARD

xiv

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1965

Gen Non-Remimeo Issue 11
Division 6 HATS Division 2
HCO HATS Division 6

AREAS OF OPERATION

It will clarify most points of confusion between Division 6 (Distribution) and
Division 2 (Dissemination) if one keeps in mind just these two data:

DIVISION 6 HANDLES THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NEVER BOUGHT ANYTHING
FROM AN ORG.

DIVISION 2 HANDLES PEOPLE WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN
ORG.

You will see at once then that Central Files is not the property of Division 6. For
the rule of what goes into CF is "has bought something from an org".

Mailing lists of persons who have not bought anything belong to and are used by
Division 6. Division 6 cuts 3 duplistickers of each address received, sends 3 Info
packets and forgets it. The person may then appear in CF.

The statistic of Division 6 most given attention, then, is the increase of names in
CF (not in Address).

One sees then that Ltr Reg does not belong in Division 6 as the Ltr Reg writes
only to CF people.

Mags don't belong in Division 6 because mags go to people in CF.

Info packets do belong in Division 6, book selling, etc, etc, anything with green
public connected with it.

This seems to say then that the BS course (or old PE) was Division 6 and so it is.
But it is conducted for 6 by the Tech Division in an org. But all the lower non-level
courses (BS, HAS, HQS) are taught in the field under Division 6.

Extension Course is sold by 6, taught by the Tech Div.

Division 6 has press relations, public advertising, field staff members, franchise,
etc, etc, all of which is the reach to the broad public.

Scientology will grow if Division 6 reaches the broad public. Scientology ceases to
grow where an org cannibalizes off CF only and has no Division 6.

Info packets, new mail lists, book sales, ads even for the BS Course and even
personnel are all Division 6.

Get it?

If Division 6 were allowed to cannibalize off CF there'd be no growth, so it can't
have CF. It builds CF for the org.

New unreached bodies = Division 6.

People who have no real org business = Division 6. The broad public and
unreached areas are reached and owned by Division 6. Without it we never grow.

LRH: ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright Cc) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Note: A later issue (i 1 July 1969) of this Pol Ltr, amended slightly by PES WW to agree with the 9 Div
org board, referred to the original in error as ajuly 1965 issue; it implied in its signature PES authorship.
The original LRH policy is the above. HCO P/L 30 July 1970, Registration Breakthrough, Volume 2-
page 301, amended this Policy Letter, but was later cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration
Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227, which also restored the above LRH issue to full effect.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965
Issue 11

Gen Non Remimeo

DISTRIBUTION DIVISION (DIV 6)

The purposes of this Division are:
1. To distribute data and information to anybody not currently employed or being
trained in an org.
2. To encourage such people to study and continue their studies.
3. To encourage them to take Courses and/or auditing or further courses for their
advancement.
4. To encourage them to introduce Scientology to other people.
5. To encourage them to train and audit other people within the limits of their
training and classification.
6. To encourage and promote the formation of groups (comprised of people not
employed or taking training in an org).
7. To encourage the formation of Franchise Centres.
8. To encourage the formation of City Offices.
9. To foster, watch, monitor and even promote any activity likely to come into the
sphere of Scientology until such time as provision is made for such activity within
the other Divisions of the org.
10. To investigate, pilot, establish, as the case may be, any project passed on to it by
the Board.
11. To undertake any action or activity considered necessary by the Board to further
the aims of Scientology and which is not already provided for within the org
structure.
12. To do all the foregoing within the scope of existent and published policy or where
such does not exist, to submit and get approved the requisite policy before
proceeding.

From the above, it follows that the following specific functions come under
Division 6:-
1. Book Dept Sales.
2. Franchise.
3. Field activities.
4. Field Staff Members.
5. Distribution of the Auditor.
6. Congresses.
7. Body departure (other than org personnel).
8. Political contacts.
9. New areas.
10. New activities.
11. Press and public relations.
12. Special projects.
13. Changed conditions.
14. All advertising.
15. Auditors Groups (such as PAC).
16. Study Groups.
17. Groups in general.
18. Group Secretaries.

Written for L. Ron Hubbard
by Reg Sharpe
Issued by L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd
Copyright (C) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION 5

1
QUALIFICATIONS SECRETARY DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 6

1 1
QUALIFICATIONS SEC. SEC. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY

RESULT CORRECTION
ABILITY

Department 13 Department 14 Department 15 PURPOSES CLEARING REALIZATION

Department 16 Department 17 Department 18

DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF
EXAMINATIONS REVIEW CERTIFICATION
& AWARDS DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF
PUBLIC CLEARING SUCCESS
INFORMATION

Director of Director of Director Of

Examinations Review Certification Director of Director of Director of

& Awards Public Clearing Success

Information

CopyrightQ 1965,1967
by L. Ron Hubb-d
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH

SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR NOT GFTEEN ON WHITE

SEC ED 38 SH Office of L. Ron Hubbard June 28, 1965
Applies to Saint Hill

DISSEM DIVISION

DISTRIBUTION DIVISION

1. We will follow, in setting up the HCO Dissem Division, the same organizational
procedure used to organize the Qual Division whereby we put the HGC in the
Qual Div and when the Division was fully organized, detached the now organized
HGC and put it in Tech.
2. We will now put the Dissemination Division together. We will put everything in it
that even vaguely relates to it and organize it all fully and then when we see how
it fits together, we'll detach whole parts to the Distribution Division or HCO or
wherever, leaving the Dissem Division with what it should have.
3. Therefore the Dissem Division now has priority on personnel and materiel and
priority of any other division is cancelled.
4. The Dissem Division therefore gets

*Franchise Promotion
Letter Registration *Advertising
Book Shop Archives
Book Mailing Mimeo
Printing HCO B & Pol Ltr filing and issue
Magazines Hat Assembly
Make-up Tapes
Compilation And any other function it already has.

5. All executives and staff members are directed to deliver any materials or files or
other things to it that are requested by it.
6. This leaves the Distribution Division with Congresses and Press Relations,
Scientology Groups and Field Staff Members. The Distribution Division should
sort out the needs of broad public handling and selling independent of the other
divisions or former org activity.
7. HCO Division I should handle new and forming orgs and all legal.

L. RON HUBBARD

D,: CZ

*These functions moved to Distribution at a later date. -Ed.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965

Remimeo [Excerpt]
Advisory Councils
Advisory Committees STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS

Dist Division 6 -

Number of field staff member commissions paid/
number of new addresses added to CF both for the week.

This dual. statistic reflects a healthy Dist Div. The number of new addresses added to
CF means of course new people buying things from the org. Therefore its advertising
quality and basic services can be judged even though assisted by other divisions as well.
The number of field staff commissions paid reflects its leadership of field staff
members.

New people is the business of the Dist Div.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Note: A complete copy of this Policy Letter can be found in Volume 1, page 328. It was later amended
by HCO P/Ls 5 February 1971 Issue V, Org GrossDivisional Statistics Revised, page 65, and 5 February
1971 Issue 111, FEBCExecutive Director Org GDSes, in the 1971 Year Book.

THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS OF
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 6
(From HCO PL 20 November 1965, The Promotional Actions of'
an Organization. These are given complete for all divisions in
Basic Staff Volume 0, starting on page 84.)

86. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the divisional
promotion functions of Division 6 and makes Scientology and the org known
to the broad public.
87. DEPARTMENT 16 (Dept of Field Activities) - Advertises to the broad public.
88. Advertises and holds Congresses, Open Evenings, etc.
89. Sees that the Introductory lecture and non-classed courses use no words that
will be misunderstood and make people want to buy training and processing
and offers it.
90. Furnishes lecturers to groups.
91. Gets books placed in book stores reviewed and in the public view.
92. Acquires new mailing lists.
93. Sends out excellent info packets.
94. Guides in new body traffic.
95. Works on the public not on the Scientologists already known to Divisions I and 2.
96. DEPARTMENT 17 (Dept of Clearing) - Recruits and handles Field Staff
Members to get in pcs and students for the org (and collect past debts).
97. Keeps in touch with Franchise Holders and keeps them informed.
98. Carries out all FSM and Franchise activities and makes them head people
toward the org. '
99. Treats the whole departmental activity as salesmen are handled by any other
business org.
100. Trains the FSMs and Franchise Holders and makes them financially successful.
101. Gets all commissions owed promptly paid to encourage earning more
commissions.
102. Gives FSMs and Franchise Holders things they can use to disseminate and select.
103. Advertises and conducts an Extension Course.
104. Invites Scientologists to ask that Info Packets be sent to friends and relatives.
105. Finds and encourages the formation of Scientology Groups and Registers them
and offers certificates.
106. Sends out mailings to Groups.
107. Registers Franchise Centre names.
108. DEPARTMENT 18 (Dept of Success) - Contacts by letter all ex-pcs and
students of the org. They should be written to at widening intervals after
leaving org.
109. Collects by letters or verbally successful applications of Scientology.
110. Issues stories of successful application.
111. Handles press.
111. Makes Scientology popular or the thing to do.
113. Sells Scientology to governments and broad social stratas.
114. Issues projects of application to advanced Scientologists, particularly those
projects involving artists or public figures.
115. Acknowledges the activities of Scientologists busy out in the world.
116. Appoints Committees of Scientologists in various areas and groups to advise on
improvements of the civilization.
117. Encourages broad public (lay) memberships.
118. Gets spectacular wins posted on the Org's public notice boards.
119. Condenses wins into data of interest for mags and as handouts.
120. Makes a Catalogue of successes with various processings on various conditions.
I'-' I .Encourages and publicizes various applications of Scientology.

LRH:i-ni.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [See also HCO P/L 23 May 1969 Issue III, Public Divisions
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Promotional Actions, page 1 9, which adds to this Policy Letter.]

DISTRIBUTION DIVISION - 6
1
DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
I
DISIKij3u I lUN SEC'S SEC

Purposes Clearing Realisation
Department 16 Department 17 Department 18

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
INFORMATION CLEARING

DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC DIRECTOR OF DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS
INFORMATION CLEARING

Public Relations Officer FSM Promotion Officer Case Success Compiler
Public Campaign Planning FSM Personnel Officer Case Success Solicitor
Officer Franchise Officer Case Success Records Clerk
Public Lecture Basic Courses Industrial Applications Officer
Promotion Officer Promotion Officer Personnel Applications
Congress Planning Officer Basic Courses Supervisor Officer
Congress Literature Officer Children's Classes Sales Application Officer
Congress Quarters Officer Supervisor Other Activities
Congress Drill Officer Group Programme Applications Officer
Congress Floor Sales Officer Officer Applications Record Clerk
Road Show Officer Group Officer Public Analysis Officer
Book Promotion Officer HBA Records Clerk Dissem Div Liaison
Book Store Promotion Student Pc Liaison Info Packet Response
Officer Officer Analyser
Mailing List Best Seller Statistical
Procurement Clerk Field & Franchise Clerk
Info Packet Compiler Co-ordinator WW Congress Statistical Clerk
Duplisticker Typist Political Liaison Officer
Info Packet Mail Clerk New Civilisations Section
Info Packet Stock Clerk OT Roster Section
Advertising Officer OT Operations Section
Advertising Copy Writer Distribution Files Clerk
Advertising Lay-Out Officer Typist
Public Reception Display
Clerk
Public Receptionist
Public Lecturer
Introductory Lecturer

[The above Org Board was sent to all orgs on 6 May 1966 by WW. -Ed.j

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo

STATISTIC
GDS DIV SIX

The Gross Division Statistic of Div Six is a triple statistic:

a. Number new names CF

b. Number attendances Sunday Service

C. Number people interviewed by Registrar.

LRH:jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo

THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS

This Policy Letter founds THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS.

The theory of the Org Board is basically

FPRODUCTI
7
We have hitherto had only the Mind and Body (HCO and Org Divs) in an Org.
Consequently we have not expanded fast enough into the Public.

Our task is to make a cleared civilization. As we have not provided for the public
on our org board, it tends to become another determinism.

In order not to redo or alter the 1965 on 7 Division pattern we will leave all that
valid up to a time an org has more than 50 staff members.

At that time the org must have 3 Public Divisions instead of just one Div (6)
devoted to it.

Thus when an org gets over 50 staff members, its divisions become 9. It is then
called a NINE DIV ORG.

The 3 new divisions are HEADED by THE PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETARY.

Former Division Six is simply expanded with each Dept becoming a Division with
added functions.

The Division then becomes

DIVISION NINE - Executive Div

Dept 27 - Office of LRH
Dept 26 - Office of HCO ES
Office of Org ES
Dept 25 - Office of Public ES

DIVISION ONE - HCO Div

Dept I - Routings Appearances & Personnel
Dept 2 - Communications
Dept 3 - Inspections & Reports

DIVISION TWO - DISSEM Div

Dept 4 -Promotion
Dept 5 - Publications
Dept 6 - Registration

DIVISION THREE - TREASURY

Dept 7 -Income
Dept 8 - Disbursements
Dept 9 - Records, Assets & Materiel

DIVISION FOUR - TECH Div

Dept 10 - Tech Services
Dept I I - Training
Dept 12 - Processing

DIVISION FIVE - QUALIFICATIONS

Dept 13 - Examinations
Dept 14 - Review
Dept 15 - Certs & Awards

DIVISION SIX - Public Planning

Dept 16 - Public Planning
Dept 17 - Public Communications
Dept 18 - Public Reports

DIVISION SEVEN - Public Activities

Dept 19 - Facilities
Dept 20 - Activities
Dept 21 - Clearing

DIVISION EIGHT - Success

Dept 22 - Expansion
Dept 23 - Population
Dept 24 - Success

The various sections of old Div 6 are then spread under 3 divisions controlled by
the Public Executive Secretary.

The full functions of the new departments are expressed in the purpose of the
Public Executive Secretary.

TO HELP LRH CONTACT AND PROCESS THE PUBLIC AND PUBLIC BODIES
AND TO MAKE AND GUIDE THE GOVERNMENT OF A CIVILIZATION.

(Note: I am designing these 3 divisions also so they can stand alone and form the org
board of a small org or Franchise holder who will then add the earlier two parts [HCO
and Org] when he comes up to Academy level.)

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd
Copyright (c) 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 12 September 1968, The Public Divisions, page 11.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1967
HCO Exec Sec Hat
Org Exec Sec Hat DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
Dist Sec Hat
Dept of PI Hats DEPARTMENTS OF
Dept of Clearing Hats PUBLIC INFORMATION,
Dept of Success Hats CLEARING AND SUCCESS

The following is to be posted in Organizations of 50 or less staff members in
accordance with HCO Policy Letter of February 28, 1966 entitled, "Danger Condition
Data, Why Organizations Stay Small":

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INFORMATION
Director of Public Information

PUBLIC RELATIONS SECTION
Public Relations In-charge
Public Lectures Promotion Clerk
Public Lecturer
Public Programmes Clerk
Road Show Manager

BOOK PROMOTION SECTION
Book Promotion In-charge
Book Store Promotion Clerk
Advertising Placement Clerk
Advertising Copy Writer
Advertising Layout Artist
Book Salesman

INFO PACK SECTION
Info Pack Section In-charge
Info Pack Stock Clerk
Info Pack Mail Clerk
Mailing List Procurement Clerk
Duplisticker Typist

PE SECTION
PE Section In-charge
PE Promotion Clerk
Public Receptionist
Public Reception Display Clerk
PE Lecturer

CONGRESS SECTION
Congress Manager
Congress Planning Clerk
Congress Promotion Clerk
Congress Quarters Clerk
Congress Drill Clerk
Congress Floor Sales Manager

DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing

FIELD STAFF MEMBER SECTION
Field Staff Member Officer

FSM PERSONNEL UNIT
FSM Personnel In-charge
FSM Appointment Clerk
FSM Personnel Training Supervisor
FSM Personnel Records Clerk

FSM COMMUNICATION UNIT
FSM Communication In-charge
FSM Communicator for WUS
FSM Communicator for EUS

FSM Communicator for AF
FSM Communicator for ANZO
FSM Communicator for Other Areas

FSM PROMOTION UNIT
FSM Promotion In-charge
FSM Promotion Planning Clerk
FSM Supply Clerk
FSM AWARD UNIT
FSM Award Clerk
FSM FILE UNIT
FSM Files Clerk

FRANCHISE SECTION (WW only)
Franchise Officer
Franchise Communicator
GROUP SECTION
Communicator to Groups
Group Programmes Clerk

BASIC COURSES SECTION
Basic Courses In-charge
HAS Promotion Clerk
HQS Promotion Clerk
Dianetic Co-audit Promotion Clerk
Extension Course Supervisor

DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
Director of Success

CASE SUCCESS SECTION
Case Success In-charge
Case Success Interviewer
Case Success Compilations Clerk
Case Success Records Clerk
Case Success Publication Liaison
APPLICATIONS SECTION
Applications In-charge
Industrial Applications Clerk
Personnel Applications Clerk
Sales Applications Clerk
Other Activities Applications Clerk
Applications Record Clerk
ANALYSIS SECTION
Analysis In-charge
Info Pack Response Statistical Clerk
Best Seller Statistical Clerk
Congress Statistical Clerk
Ad Response Statistical Clerk
NEW CIVILIZATION SECTION
New Civilizations In-charge
Political Liaison
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION
Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain's Court Clerk
Chaplain's Court Files Clerk
Sunday Services Proi-notion Clerk
Chaplain's Sunday Services Assistant

Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:MSH:jp.rd The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1967 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JUNE 1968
Remimeo

The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are allotted as follows -

Public Planning Division -

Number new names C/F

Public Activities Division -

Number of People interviewed by Registrar

Success Division -

Number Attendees Sunday Service

ED 1076 INT is hereby cancelled.

Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:js.rd Public Aide
Copyright (c) 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

[Amended byHCOP/L 20 January 1969 issue II, Nblic Divisions Gross Divisional Statistics, page12.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATION c
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1968
(Amends HCO P/L of 26 October 1967-Same Title)
Remimeo

THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS

All Orgs have three Public Divisions.

Having over 50 Staff Members is no longer a criterion.

A small Org (or Franchise Holder) may have these three Public Divisions only.
The earlier two parts (HCO & Org) will then be added when the Org comes up to
Academy level.

Tony Dunleavy - Public Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Ken Urquhart - HCO Exec Sec WW
Ken Delderfield - Chairman EC WW
Bill Casey - D/LRH Comm WW
Jane Kember - D/Guardian WW
Mary Sue Hubbard - The Guardian WW
LRH: ei. rd for
Copyright (c) 1968 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL
(Amends HCO Pol Ltrs of 21 Dec 66, Issue I
and Issue 11 "Executive Council")

The tl-drd member of the Executive Council, the PUBLIC EXECUTIVE
SECRETARY is to be included in all Executive Councils and all Policy Letters which
state only "two members".
Nothing else is changed.
The Public Executive Secretary controls the Public Divisions.
The Public Divisions are the three former departments of Division Six. each one
becoming a division in its own right.
Divisions 6, 7 and 8 now have the functions of former Departments 16, 17 and
18. Division 6 has the former functions of Dept 16 and Division 7 has the former
functions of Department 17 and Division 8 has the former functions of Department
18.
The former sections of Dept 16 become the Departments of Div 6. The former
sections of Dept 17 become the Departments of Div 7. The fon-ner sections of Dept 18
become the Departments of Division 8.
The Executive Division now becomes Division 9 instead of 7.
This should be put up on all org boards and number changes made in all previous
Policy Letters.
The reason for this is, Scn orgs have been found to have a weakness in public
reach with only one division (formerly Div 6) doing the action. The health and income
of an org depend upon heavy continuous watchfulness and actions in the public
divisions.
It has been found that orgs fail to expand where they do not have a competent
Public Executive Secretary and manned and functioning public divisions.

LRH:jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1969
Issue 11
(HCO Pol Ltr of 25th June 1968 Amended)
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS

The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are allotted as follows:
Public Planning Division - Number New Names in C/F
Public Activities Division - Number of People interviewed by Registrar
Disttibution Division - FSM Commissions Paid.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Jim Keely - Qual Sec WW
Vic Ueckermann - HCO Area Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH: ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/L 19 August 1970, Division 6 Division 8 GDS, page 36.1

> C)
0

0-M PUBLIC

w r

PUBLIC EXEC SEC

PUBLIC PLANNING DIVISION 6 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION 7 DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 8
1 1 1
PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
I I I
PUBLIC PLANNING SEC. SEC. PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SEC. SEC. DISTRIBUTION SEC. SEC.
ABILITY I I I
Department 15 ACCEPTABILITY REHABILITATION CONTROL DECISION PARTICIPATION REALIZATION PURPOSE PROPAGATION EXPANSION

DEPARTMENT OF Department 16 Department 17 Department 18 Department 19 Department 20 Department 21 Department 22 Department 23 Department 24

CERTMCATION
& AWARDS DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMIENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMEENT OF DEPARTMEENT OF
RESEARCH AND PUBLIC PUBLIC FAC]IL AND ACTIVITIES SUCCESS FIELD FIELD T G FIELD SERVICES
REPORTS REHABILITATION PROMOTION SCHEDULES AND RECR NT
Director of PUBLIC EVENTS ESTABLISHMIENT
Certification Director of & RECORDS
& Awards Director of Director of Director of Facilities and Director of Director of Director of Director of
Research Public Public Activities Success Director of Field Training Field Services
Schedules and Field Recruitment
and Reports Rehabilitation Promotion Public Events Establishment &
Records

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo

PUBLIC DIVISION ORG BOARD REVISED
(CORRECTED)

Based on the knowledge that the product of an Org Board is Organizations the
following is the new structure of Public Divisions in Scientology Organizations
throughout the world.

PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETAR Y

PURPOSE: To help LRH contact and process the public and public bodies and to
make and guide the Government of a civilization.

PUBLIC PLANNING DIVISION, Division 6

PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETAR Y

PURPOSE: To help LRH discover the Ethnic values of the public and, using these,
to contact, rehabilitate the purposes of and control the public and
public bodies to bring about the processing of the public and public
bodies and making and guiding of the government of a civilization.

DEPTOFPUBLICRESEARCHANDREPORTS: Dept]6

AWARENESS LEVEL: ACCEPTABILITY

DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS

Ethnics Section

Survey and Planning Unit
Survey Unit
Survey Debriefing Unit

Data Filing Section

Data Receipt Unit
Data Filing Unit
Data Supply Unit

Data Evaluation Section

Data Evaluation Unit
Data Assimilation and Adaptation Unit
Reports Unit

DEPARTMENTOFPUBLICREHABILITATION.- Dept ]7

AWARENESS LEVEL: REHABILITATION

DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC REHABILITATION

Rehabilitation, Plans and Targets Section
Ideas Unit
Plans Unit
Targets Unit

Rehabilitation Action Section

Arrangements and Briefing Unit
Appearances Unit (Press, TV, Radio interviews, personal interviews, political liaison)
V.I.P. Names and Data Collection Unit

Hostess Section

Plans and Preparations Unit
Functions Unit (invitations, catering, stewards)
Guests Unit

DEPARTMENTOFPUBLICPROMOTION: Dept]8

AWARENESS LEVEL: CONTROL

DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC PROMOTION

Promotion Plans and Targets Section

Ideas Unit
Plans Unit
Targets Unit

Compilations Section

Promotion Preparation Unit
Promotion Production Unit (Press Release Writer, Advertising, layout, photographer,
publications liaison, printing liaison, movie/TV script writing and
shooting)
Promotion Stocks Unit

Promotion Dissemination Section

Records and Scheduling Unit
Book Distribution Unit (MIB, bookstore salesman, advertising placement)
Info Pack Mailing Unit

PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION, Division 7

PUBLIC A CTIVITIES SECRETAR Y

PURPOSE: To help LRH furnish excellent presentation and create maximal
demand for Scientology on the part of the public and public bodies and
to route individuals and individual public bodies to the registrar for
enrolment for services.

DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES AND SCHEDULES
AND PUBLIC EVENTS: Dept 19

AWARENESS LEVEL: DECISION

DIRECTOR OF FACILITIES AND SCHEDULES AND PUBLIC EVENTS

Schedules Section

Ideas Unit
Plans and Schedules Unit
Targets Unit

Facilities Section

Facilities Procurement Unit
Facilities Maintenance Unit
Facilities Operation Unit

Public Events Section (Congress Manager)

Public Events Preparations Unit
Public Events Execution Unit (Congress, Open Nights, Public Lectures, Tours)
Public Events Results Unit

DEPARTMENTOFACTIVITIES: Dept2O

AWARENESS LEVEL: PARTICIPATION

1 5

DIRECTOR OF ACTIVITIES

Public Serpices Section

Public Reception and Display Unit
Testing Unit
Public Sales Unit

Public Courses Section

Public Courses Administration Unit
Public Courses Activity Unit (PE, HAS, HQS Course Supervisors, Anatomy of Human
Mind Course, Extension Course)
Public Courses New Scientologists Unit

Public Records and Registration Liaison Section

Public Records and New Names Unit
Public Routing and Registrar Unit
Public Activities Statistics Unit

DEPARTMENTOFSUCCESS: Dept2l

AWARENESS LEVEL: REALIZATION

DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS

Success Validation Section

Success Interview Unit
Success Solicitation and Letter Unit
Success Files and Records Unit

Success Publication Section

Success Ideas Unit
Success Compilations Unit
Success Publications Liaison Unit

Chaplain's Section

Morale Improvement Unit
Chaplain's Court Unit
Sunday Services Unit

DISTRIBUTION DIVISION, Division 8

DISTRIBUTION SECRETAR Y

PURPOSE: To help LRH make the Organization reproduce itself by putting out
and expanding points of dissemination which contact and process the
public and public bodies and which further make and guide the
government of a civilization.

DEPA R TMENT OF FIELD RECRUITMENT,
ESTABLISHMENTAND RECORDS: Dept 22

AWARENESS LEVEL: PURPOSES

DIRECTOR OF FIELD RECRUITMENT, ESTABLISHMENT AND RECORDS

Field Recruitment and Establishing Section

Field Recruitment and Appointment Unit (FSM, Franchise, Gung-Ho, Group Leader,
Appointment Clerks)
Field Establishing Unit (Establishes Gung-Ho, Scn Groups, Franchise, New Orgs)
Field Liaison Unit

Field Records Section

Field Reports Solicitation Unit
Field Records and Files Unit
Field Statistics, Posting and Publication Unit

Field Awards Section

Field Programmes Planning Unit
Field Awards Programme Execution Unit
Field Awards Issuance and Publication Unit

DEPARTMENT OF FIELD TRAINING: Dept 23

AWARENESS LEVEL: PROPAGATION

DIRECTOR OF FIELD TRAINING

Field Training Plans and Preparation Section

Field Training Plans and Targets Unit
Field Training Promotion Unit
Field Training Preparation Unit

Field Courses Section

Field Courses Admin Unit
Field Courses Supervision Unit
Field Courses Qualification Liaison Unit

Field Personnel Launching Section

Plans and Preparation Unit
Briefing Unit
Launching Ceremony Unit

DEPARTMENTOFFIELDSERVICE: Dept24

AWARENESS LEVEL: EXPANSION

DIRECTOR OF FIELD SERVICE

Field Service Planning and Preparation Section

Field Services Planning Unit
Field Services Preparation Unit
Field Services Execution Unit

Field Data and Advice Section

Field Communication Unit (FSM Communicator, Franchise Communicator, Gung-Ho
Group Communicator, Scientology Group Communicator, Committee
Communicator)
Field Records Liaison Unit
Field Records Data Collection Unit

Field Material Supply Section

Field Material Preparations Unit
Field Material Stocks Unit
Field Material Mailing Liaison Unit

Tony Dunleavy
CS-6 Public Aide

LRH:TD:sdp.ei.rd for
Copyright (c) 1969 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo

PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD

There are certain principles which the Commodore has discovered which have
resulted in the Public Divisions Org Board.
The first of these is

THAT WHICH CONTINUES IN THE MEST UNIVERSE IS THE PATTERN
WHICH CONTINUES IN THE MEST UNIVERSE.

Our Org Board up to this point has had a factor missing, which is that it did not
reproduce itsell A cycle of action ends in a STOP.

An organisational pattern must take this fact into account and be such that it
produces other organisations of the same pattern. Thus you obtain persistence and
expansion.
This factor is as important as the discovery of the need for Correction in the Org
Board, which resulted in the Qualifications Division.

One whole division, Division 8 the last division, is now devoted to this. This is
called the Distribution Division.

DISTRIBUTION-MEANS PUT IT ELSEWHERE SO THAT IT WILL GROW
THERE TOO.
Another datum used, which has come out of OT VIII research, is that where we
have trouble-

WE ARE NOT RUNNING INTO COUNTER INTENTION BUT FAILED
INTENTION.
This datum is further delineated and its use explained in HCO Policy Letter of
24th January 1969 "Purpose and Targets". A whole department, 17, (Awareness
-Level-Rehabilitation) is devoted to the rehabilitation of public purposes-the
"Handling the enemy" department.
A third new datum is used in this org board, which is the anatomy of population
control; This depends on a knowledge of the ethnics of the people.
Ethnics-What is Wonderful Infinitely valuable
Good Valuable
Bad Worthwhile
Awful Unacceptable
Not wanted
Hateful
You find out the current ethnic values of the population, what is acceptable or
valuable and assimilate this data into your propaganda and publicity. You beat the
drum about that and ignore what the Press are beating the drum about. You push that
in literature, and it is different in each ethnic area.
Know the purposes of the public.

KEY THE PURPOSE AND THE STOP BLOWS-which is the exact formula to
put a group into action.

Human rights are currently very popular in the U.S. and elsewhere.
So there is a whole Department, 16, to do with Public Research and Reports
(Awareness Level : Acceptability)-Ethnics.
The Org Board now contains those factors which bring about rapid growth of an
Organisation and which will, if used, boom stats over the world.
Use them causatively. Tony Dunleavy
Commodore's Staff 6 -
LRH:TD.Idm.ei.rd Public Aide
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969
Issue III
Remimeo
All Public
Div Hats

PUBLIC DIVISIONS PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS
(Addition to HCO PL 20 Nov '65
Promotional Actions of an Organization)

86. PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the Divisional
promotional functions of Division 6 and makes Scientology and the Org known
to the broad public.

87. DEPARTMENT 16 (DEPT OF PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS):
Discovers the Ethnic values of the local area.

88. Sees that Ethnic data is correctly evaluated for assimilation and adaption.

89. Makes sure Ethnic data is provided for use in Rehabilitation and Promotion
Programmes.

90. DEPARTMENT 17 (DEPT OF PUBLIC REHABILITATION): Sells Scientolo-
gy to Governments and broad social stratas.

91. Works on the public not on Scientologists already known to Divisions I and 2.

92. Makes Scientology popular and the thing to do.

93. Uses the media of Press, TV, Radio.

94. Issues projects of application to advanced Scientologists, particularly those
projects involving artists or public figures.

95. Appoints committees of Scientologists in various areas and groups to advise on
improvements of a civilization.

96. DEPARTMENT 18 (DEPT OF PUBLIC PROMOTION): Advertises to the
broad public using what is acceptable and valuable (Ethnic values).

97. Produces promotional material for Press Releases, TV Scripts, Book advertising
using Ethnic values.

98. Gets books placed in bookstores reviewed and in public view.

99. Acquires new mailing lists.

100. Sends out excellent info packs.

101. Invites Scientologists to ask that info packets be sent to friends and relatives.

102. PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the Division-
al promotional functions of Division 7.

103. DEPARTMENT 19 (DEPT OF FACILITIES, SCHEDULES AND PUBLIC
EVENTS): Plans and organizes Public Events.

104. Advertises and holds Congresses, Open Evenings, etc.

105. Furnishes lecturers to public-bodies and groups.

106. Plans and conducts lecture tours and special events.

107. DEPARTMENT 20 (DEPT OF ACTIVITIES): Guides in new body traffic.

108. Makes sure Public reception area displays full data making Scientology real to
the Public and includes nothing that would overwhelm or confuse.

109. Sees that the Introductory Lecture and non-classed courses use no words that
will be misunderstood and makes people want to buy training and processing
and offers it.

110. Advertises and conducts an Extension Course.

111. Encourages broad public (Lay) Memberships.

112. DEPARTMENT 21 (DEPT OF SUCCESS): Contacts by letter all ex-pcs and
students of the org. They should be written to at widening intervals after
leaving the org.

113. Keeps bad cases and flopped students out of the field by sending all who fail
Key Questions directly to Review at the cost of the Organization.

114. Collects by letters, or verbally, successful applications of Scientology.

I 14A. Acknowledges the activities of Scientologists busy out in the world.

115. Encourages and publicizes various applications of Scientology.

116. Makes a catalogue of successes with various processings on various conditions.

117. Issues stories of successful application.

118. Condenses wins into data of interest for mags and as handouts.

119. Gets spectacular wins posted on the org's public notice boards and in Success
booklets at Reception.

120. Makes sure morale in the Org is high, with Chaplain picking up ally loose
threads in Ethics matters and seeing they are cleared up and that people do not
fall off the Org board.

121. Quickly acts through the Chaplain's Court Unit to resolve any disputes of a
Civil nature among Scientologists.

122. Advertises and conducts a successful Sunday Service.

123. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the Divisional
promotional functions in Division 8.

124. DEPARTMENT 22 (DEPT OF FIELD RECRUITMENT, ESTABLISHMENT
AND RECORDS): Recruits, appoints and establishes. FSMS, Groups and
Franchises.

125. Registers Franchise Centre names.

126. Finds and encourages the formation of Scientology Groups and Registers them
and offers Certificates.

127. Recruits Field Staff Members to get pcs and students into the Org and collect
past debts.

128. Gets all commissions owed promptly paid to encourage earning more
commissions.

129. DEPARTMENT 23 (DEPT OF FIELD TRAINING): Trains the FSMs and
Franchise holders and makes them financially successful.

130. Treats the whole departmental activity as salesmen are handled by any other
business org.

131. Carries out all FSM and Franchise activities and makes them head people
towards the Org.

132. DEPARTMENT 24 (DEPT OF FIELD SERVICES): Keeps in touch with the
Field and keeps them informed and supplies them with advice and data.

133. Sends out mailings to the Field.

134. Gives FSMs and Franchise holders and groups things they can use to
disseminate and select.

Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969
Issue IV
Remimeo

PUBLIC DIVISIONS FLASH COLOURS

Org Board Colour Flash

Division Six - Dymo Tape No. 158/7 Yellow
PUBLIC PLANNING Yellow
Division Seven - Dymo Tape No. 158/8 Brown
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES Brown
Division Eight - Dymo Tape No. 158/4 Orange
DISTRIBUTION Orange

Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright jc 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo
Public Div
Hats

NEW PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD

Below is the new, more detailed Org Board for the Public Divisions. It is unique in
that the functions of the Public Divisions stare at you off the Org Board, and therefore
the vital functions do not get unmocked. Each PES should see this is posted in a
location where all the Public Divisions can see it and each morning before work go over
it with his personnel in Chinese School fashion to familiarize all his Staff and himself.
--------------------

AWARENESS LEVELS

Dept 27 - Office of the PES - POPULATIONS
Dept 16 - Dept of Ethnics - ACCEPTABILITY
Dept 17 - Public Planning - REHABILITATION
Dept 18 - Public Communication - PROPAGATION
Dept 19 - Public Contact - DECISION
Dept 20 - Public Courses - PARTICIPATION
Dept 21 - Dept of Success - REALIZATION
Dept 22 - Dept of Clearing - PURPOSE
Dept 23 - Dept of Expansion - EXPANSION
Dept 24 - Public Relations - CONTROL

Dept 27
OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETARY

E) Public Executive Secretary

M Communicator Section
Ethnics Information Section
B Programmes Coordination Section
Public Divisions Conference Unit
PES A/C Reports from Div 3 Unit
Targeting and Review Unit
Target Posting and Boards Unit
P Area Expansion Section
--------------------

DIVISION SIX
DIVISION OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY

Dept 16
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNICS

0 Dir of Ethnics
M Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Ethnic Political Unit
Ethnic Social Unit
Ethnic Religions Unit
Ethnic Business Unit
Public What's Needed and Wanted Unit

M Scn Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Scn Ethn Franchise Unit
Scn Ethn FSM Unit
Scn Ethn Group Unit
Ethnic Scientologists Unit
Scn What's Needed and Wanted Unit

B Ethnics Activity Section
Briefing Unit
Debriefing Unit
Ethnic Survey Compilation Unit
Scn Survey Compilation Unit
Survey Names Accumulation Unit

P Ethnic Findings Distribution Section
Ethnic Findings Typist Unit
Public Planning Liaison Unit
Public Relations Info Liaison Unit
Ethnic Survey Files Unit

P Ethnic Acceptable Appearance Section
Acceptable Org Location Unit
Org Appearance Unit
Acceptable Public Reception Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Field Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Clothing Unit

Dept 17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 Dir of Public Planning

M Analysis Section
Ethnic Analysis Unit
Scientology Analysis Unit
Info Pack Response Stat Unit
Best Seller Stat Unit
Congress Stat Unit
Ad Response Stat Unit
Lectures Stat Unit
Field Activities Stat Unit

B Planning Public Events Section
Congress Planning Unit
Lecture Planning Unit
Tours Planning Unit
Goodwill Projects Unit
Local Events Unit
RJ Planning Unit

B Planning Public Campaigns Section
Political Unit
Social Unit
Religions Unit
Business Unit

B Planning Scn Activities Section
Franchise Unit
FSM Unit
Gung Ho Group Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Public Courses Unit
Book Distribution Unit
Test Centre Unit

B Planning Pub Divs Publicity Section
Public Division Magazine Editor
Pub Div Lay Out Unit
Pub Div Make Up Unit
Proofreader Unit

B Planning Pub Div Promo Section
Info Packs Unit
Congress and RJ Unit
Public Courses Promotion Unit
Book Promotion Unit
Flyer and Poster Unit

B Public Ad Section
Book Magazine Ads Unit
Book Newspaper Ads Unit
TV Ads Unit
Radio Ads Unit
PE Lecture Ads Unit
Sunday Service Ads Unit

P Printer Liaison Section
F/P for Printing Unit
Printer Completions Unit

P Files Section
Ad Files Unit
Info Pack Files Unit
Magazine Files Unit
Promotion Files Unit

Dept 18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COMMUNICATION

0 Dir of Public Communication

M Public Routing Section
Public Reception Unit
Routing Form Issuance Unit
Log In-OLit of Public Divs Unit
Phone Unit

B Public Name Accumulation Section
Mailing List Accumulator
Purchased Mailing List Unit
PES Student Name Collecting Unit
Franchise and Group Mailing List
Collecting Unit
Sunday Service Name Collecting Unit
Test Centre Name Collecting Unit
Public Courses Name Collecting Unit
3 Duplisticker Typist

P Public Communication Stuffing Sectio i
Public Comm Stuffing I/C
Info Packs Unit
FSM and Franchise Starter Packs Unit
Info Packs to FSMs Unit
Info Packs to Franchises Unit
Group Packs Unit
Book Forms into Magazine Unit
Membership Application Forms into
Books and Mags Unit

B Public Ad Placement Section
TV Ad Placement Unit
Mag and Newspaper Ad Placement Unit
Radio Ad Placement Unit
Book Ad Placement Unit
Poster Placement Unit

B Book Distribution Unit
MIB Executive Unit
Booksalesman Unit
Book Fair Events Unit
Book Distribution Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit

P Mail Out Section
Mail Log Out Clerk
Mail Out Clerks
-------------------

DIVISION SEVEN
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION
0 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
Dept 19
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTACT

0 Dir of Public Contact
M Public Activities Co-Ord Section
Twice Yearly Congress Co-Ord Unit
RJ Yearly Co-Ord Unit
Public Events Co-Ord Unit
B Public Congress Section
Congress Manager
Congress Billing and Drilling Unit
One Year Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
3 Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
I Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
Congress Poster Placement Unit
Asst Congress Manager
Congress Ticket Selling Unit
Congress Hall Procurement Unit
Congress Booths and Displays Unit
Congress Seminar Unit
Congress Registrars and Cashiers Unit
Congress Book Selling Unit
B Ron's Journal Section
Ron's Journal Officer
60 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
30 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
RJ Hall Procurement Unit
RJ Booths and Display Unit
Weekly RJ Tape Play Unit
B Public Lectures Section
Lectures Managing Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Film Publicity Unit
Monthly Film Presentation Unit
Monthly Tape Selection Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Tape Publicity Unit
Monthly Tape Presentation Unit
Open Evening Unit
B Testing Section
Test Issuance Unit
Test Routing Unit
Test Marking Unit
Test Evaluation Unit
Test Centres Co-Ord Unit
P Public Division Reg Section
Public Division Registrar
Names Letter Writing Unit
Field ARC Broken Field Reg Unit
Field ARC Broken Field Auditor Unit
Public Courses Sign Up Unit
Selection to Org Services Unit
P Public Division Cashier Section
Public Division Cashier
Cashier Summaries Unit

Dept 20
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COURSES

0 Dir of Public Courses
M Public Courses Tech Services Unit
Checksheet Supplies Unit
Materials Supplies Unit

Materials Files Unit
Course Student Boards Unit
Packs In and Out Unit
Roll Call Books Unit
B Public Courses Section
Public Courses I/C
PE Lectures Unit
(PE Lecturer)
HAS Course Unit
(HAS Course Supervisor)
HQS Course Unit
(HQS Course Supervisor)
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Unit
Extension Course Unit
Dissemination Course Unit
Children's Course Unit
B Field Courses Section
Scn Group Course Unit
Franchise Course Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Gung Ho Group Post Training Unit
Basic Management Course Unit
Personal Aid Family Management Course Unit
P Public Courses C & A Section
Public Courses Exam Unit
Field Courses Exam Unit
Attestation Unit
Certificate Issuance Unit
Public Courses Awards Unit
Dept 21
DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
0 Dir of Success
M Success Interview Section
Success Interviewer
Case Interviewer Unit
Student Interviewer Unit
2 Key Questions Unit
OK to Publish Forms
Photographer Unit
M Success Compilation Section
Case Success Unit
Industrial Success Unit
Sales Success Unit
Personal Success Unit
B Success Validation Section
Success Validation Section IIC
Validation Letter to Successful
Public Figures Unit
Letters to Scientologists Leaving the
Org at Widening Intervals Unit
B Success Publications Section
Success Story Typist Unit
Success Book Compilation Unit
Success Book for Reception Unit
Success Boards I/C Unit
Success Cataloguing Unit
P Chaplain's Section
Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain Court Files
Church Ceremonies
Weekly Sunday Services Unit
Marriage Counselling Unit
Org Morale Unit

DIVISION EIGHT
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY

Dept 22
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING

Director of Clearing

M Field Membership Section
Field Membership Issuance Unit
Membership Renewal Unit
Letter Writing Unit
Membership Renewal Issuance Unit
Card Files Unit

B FSM Section
FSM Personnel I/C
FSM Appointment Unit
FSM Dissemination Material Supply Unit
FSM Training Coordinator
FSM Selection Slip Supplier Unit
FSM Payments Up to Date Unit
FSM Complaints and Adjustment Unit
FSM Advice Letter Unit
FSM Award Unit

B Group Coordinating Section
Group Officer
Group Chartering Unit
Auditor Group Liaison Unit
Study Group Liaison Unit
Group Supplies Unit
Scientology Advisory Committees to Public Unit

B Scientology Groups Section
Public Programme Officer
Gung Ho Group Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Registration Unit
Gung Ho Group Appointment Unit
Gung Ho Group Training Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Awards Unit
Gung Ho Group Public Committees Unit

P Files Section
FSM Files Unit
Public Programmes Files Unit
Group Files Unit

Dept 23
DEPARTMENT OF EXPANSION

8 Director of Expansion

M Franchise Development Section
Franchise Officer
Franchise Appointment Unit
Franchise Registration Unit
Franchise Training Coordinator Unit

M Franchise Administration Section
Supplying Franchises Unit
Franchise Statistic Unit
Franchise % Unit
Franchise Selections Unit
Franchise Award Unit

B Franchise Expansion Section
Promoting New Franchises Unit
New Franchise Forming Unit
Liaison to Franchise WW Unit
B Dianetic Counselling Groups Section
Dianetic Counselling Group Appointment Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Registration Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Supply Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Training Coordinator Unit
Dianetic Group Counselling Awards Unit
P Files Section
Franchise Records Unit
Dn Counselling Unit
P Special Programmes Section
Pilot Projects Unit
Personnel Appointment Unit
Liaison for Finance Allocation Unit
Pilot Projects Materials Unit

Dept 24
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

0 Public Relations Officer
M Public Event Research Section
Newspaper Clippings Unit
Radio Research Unit
TV Research Unit
Enemy Trend Watching Unit
M Public Event Planning Section
Public Image Formation Unit
Public Image Story Targeting Unit
Planning Appearance Unit
PRO Activities Planning Unit
B Public Event Providing Section
Getting Important Contacts Unit
News Release Unit
PRO Publication Unit
Groups and Committee Alliance Unit
Getting Community into Action Unit
Press Conferences Unit
TV Appearances Unit
Radio Programmes Unit
B Public Appearance Section
Public Reception Improving Unit
Telephone Reception Improving Unit
P PRO Area Control Section
PRO Area Control Planning Unit
PRO Area Control Activities Unit
PRO Area Control Stabilization Unit

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:Idm.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1969
(Revises HCO P/L 29 Nov 69
Remimeo "New Public Divisions Org Bd")
Public Div
Hats
REVISED NEW PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD

THIS ORG BOARD HAS BEEN REVISED TO BE STREAMLINED. ACTIONS
SUCH AS REG, CASHIER, MAIL OUT, RECEPTION, TECH SERVICES AND
C AND A HAVE BEEN KNOCKED OUT AS THESE FUNCTIONS WILL BE
CARRIED BY THE ORG, THUS REQUIRING LESS PERSONNEL. THE FRAN-
CHISE SECTIONS IN DEPT 23 HAVE ALSO BEEN CLARIFIED.
-----------------

AWARENESS LEVELS

Dept 25 - Office of the PES - POPULATIONS
Dept 16 - Dept of Ethnics - ACCEPTABILITY
Dept 17 - Public Planning - REHABILITATION
Dept 18 - Public Communication - PROPAGATION
Dept 19 - Public Contact - DECISION
Dept 20 - Public Courses - PARTICIPATION
Dept 21 - Dept of Success - REALIZATION
Dept 22 - Dept of Clearing - PURPOSE
Dept 23 - Dept of Expansion - EXPANSION
Dept 24 - Public Relations - CONTROL

Dept 25
OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETARY

0 Public Executive Secretary
M Communicator Section
Ethnics Information Section
B Programmes Coordination Section
Public Divisions Conference Unit
PES A/C Reports from Div 3 Unit
Targeting and Review Unit
Target Posting and Boards Unit
P Area Expansion Section
---- - --- - --------

DIVISION SIX
DIVISION OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY

Dept 16
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNICS

0 Dir of Ethnics
M Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Ethnic Political Unit
Ethnic Social Unit
Ethnic Religions Unit
Ethnic Business Unit
Public What's Needed and Wanted Unit

M Scn Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Scn Ethn Franchise Unit
Scn Ethn FSM Unit
Scn Ethn Group Unit
Ethnic Scientologists Unit
Scn What's Needed and Wanted Unit
B Ethnics Activity Section
Briefing Unit
Debriefing Unit
Ethnic Survey Compilation Unit
Scn Survey Compilation Unit
Survey Names Accumulation Unit
P Ethnic Findings Distribution Section
Ethnic Findings Typist Unit
Public Planning Liaison Unit
Public Relations Info Liaison Unit
Ethnic Survey Files Unit
P Ethnic Acceptable Appearance Section
Acceptable Org Location Unit
Org Appearance Unit
Acceptable Public Reception Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Field Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Clothing Unit
--------------------

Dept 17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PLANNING

0 Dir of Public Planning
M Analysis Section
Ethnic Analysis Unit
Scientology Analysis Unit
Info Pack Response Stat Unit
Best Setter Stat Unit
Congress Stat Unit
Ad Response Stat Unit
Lectures Stat Unit
Field Activities Stat Unit
B Planning Public Events Section
Congress Planning Unit
Lecture Planning Unit
Tours Planning Unit
Public Div Activities Unit
Local Events Unit
RJ Planning Unit
B Planning Pub Div Promo Section
Info Packs Unit
Congress and RJ Unit
Public Courses Promotion Unit
Book Promotion Unit
Flyer and Poster Unit
Franchise and FSM Newsletters Unit
B Public Ad Section
Book Magazine Ads Unit
Book Newspaper Ads Unit
TV Ads Unit
Radio Ads Unit
PE Lecture Ads Unit
Sunday Service Ads Unit
P Printer Liaison Section
F/P for Printing Unit
Printer Completions Unit

Dept 18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
8 Dir of Public Communication
M Public Name Accumulation Section
Mailing List Accumulator
Purchase Mailing List Unit
PES Student Name Collecting Unit
Franchise and Group Mailing List
Collecting Unit
Sunday Service Name Collecting Unit
Test Centre Name Collecting Unit
Public Courses Name Collecting Unit
3 Duplisticker Typist
B Public Communication Stuffing Section
Public Comm Stuffing I/C
Info Packs Unit
FSM and Franchise Starter Packs Unit
Info Packs to FSMs Unit
Info Packs to Franchises Unit
Group Packs Unit
Book Forms into Magazine Unit
Membership Application Forms into
Books and Mags Unit
B Public Ad Placement Section
TV Ad Placement Unit
Mag and Newspaper Ad Placement Unit
Radio Ad Placement Unit
Book Ad Placement Unit
Poster Placement Unit
P Book Distribution Unit
MIB Executive Unit
Booksalesman Unit
Book Fair Events Unit
Book Distribution Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit
--------------------

DIVISION SEVEN
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION
0 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
Dept 19
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTACT

B Ron's Journal Section
Ron's Journal Officer
60 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
30 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
RJ Hall Procurement Unit
RJ Booths and Display Unit
Weekly RJ Tape Play Unit
P Public Lectures Section
Lectures Managing Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Film Publicity Unit
Monthly Film Presentation Unit
Monthly Tape Selection Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Tape Publicity Unit
Monthly Tape Presentation Unit
Open Evening Unit

Dept 20
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COURSES
0 Dir of Public Courses
M Testing Section
Test Issuance Unit
Test Routing Unit
Test Marking Unit
Test Evaluation Unit
Test Centres Co-Ord Unit

B Public Courses Section
Public Courses I/C
PE Lectures Unit
(PE Lecturer)
HAS Course Unit
(HAS Course Supervisor)
HQS Course Unit
(HQS Course Supervisor)
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Unit
Extension Course Unit
Dissemination Course Unit
Children's Course Unit
P Field Courses Section
Scn Group Course Unit
Franchise Course Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Gung Ho Group Post Training Unit
Basic Management Course Unit
Personal Aid Family Management Course Unit

Dept 21
DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
0 Dir of Success
M Success Interview Section
Success Interviewer
Case Interviewer Unit
Student Interviewer Unit
2 Key Questions Unit
OK to Publish Forms
Photographer Unit
M Success Compilation Section
Case Success Unit
Industrial Success Unit
Sales Success Unit
Personal Success Unit
B Success Validation Section
Success Validation Section I/C
Validation Letter to Successful Public Figures Unit

Letters to Scientologists Leaving the Org
at Widening Intervals Unit
B Success Publication Section
Success Story Typist Unit
Success Book Compilation Unit
Success Book for Reception Unit
Success Boards I/C Unit
Success Cataloguing Unit

P Chaplain's Section
Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain Court Files
Church Ceremonies
Weekly Sunday Services Unit
Marriage Counselling Unit
Org Morale Unit
------------------

DIVISION EIGHT
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
0 DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY

Dept 22
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
0 Director of Clearing
M Field Membership Section
Field Membership Issuance Unit
Membership Renewal Unit
Letter Writing Unit
Membership Renewal Issuance Unit
Card Files Unit
B FSM Section
FSM Officer
FSM Appointment Unit
FSM Dissemination Material Supply Unit
FSM Training Coordinator
FSM Payments Up to Date Unit
FSM Advice Letter Unit
FSM Award Unit
B Group Coordinating Section
Group Officer
Group Chartering Unit
Auditor Group Liaison Unit
Study Group Liaison Unit
Group Supplies Unit
Scientology Advisory Committees to Public Unit
P Gung Ho Groups Section
Public Programme Officer
Gung Ho Group Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Registration Unit
Gung Ho Group Appointment Unit
Gung Ho Group Training Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Awards Unit
Gung Ho Group Public Committees Unit

Dept 23
NOTE: The Franchise Sections in this Dept do not CONTROL local
Franchises. They are to make new Franchises and ensure good relations with
all local Franchises. Franchises are controlled by Franchise Officer WW.

DEPARTMENT OF EXPANSION

0 Director of Expansion

M Franchise Expansion Section
Promoting New Franchises Unit
New Franchise Forming Unit
Liaison to Franchise WW Unit
B Franchise Development Section
Franchise Officer
Franchise Appointment Unit
Franchise Registration Unit
Franchise Training Coordinator Unit
Franchise Relations Section
Franchise Newsletter Compilation Unit
Franchise Lectures Unit
Franchise Assistance Unit
Franchises Selections Unit
Franchise Award Unit
B Dianetic Counselling Groups Section
Dianetic Counselling Group Appointment Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Registration Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Supply Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Training Coordinator Unit
Dianetic Group Counselling Awards Unit
P Special Programmes Section
Pilot Projects Unit
Personnel Appointment Unit
Liaison for Finance Allocation Unit
Pilot Projects Materials Unit
Dept 24
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS

0 Public Relations Officer
M PRO Event Research Section
Newspaper Clippings Unit
Radio Research Unit
TV Research Unit
Enemy Trend Watching Unit
M PRO Event Planning Section
Public Image Formation Unit
Public Image Story Targeting Unit
Planning Appearance Unit
PRO Activities Planning Unit
B PRO Event Providing Section
Getting Important Contacts Unit
News Release Unit
PRO Publication Unit
Groups and Committee Alliance Unit
Getting Community into Action Unit
Press Conferences Unit
Radio and TV Appearances Unit
B PRO Appearance Section
Public Reception Improving Unit
Telephone Reception Improving Unit
P PRO Area Control Section
PRO Area Control Planning Unit
PRO Area Control Activities Unit
PRO Area Control Stabilization Unit
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:rs.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Cancelled by HCO P/Ls 20 August 1970 Issue 111, Division Six-The Public Relations Division, page
37, 20 August 1970 issue 11, Division Seven-The Public Services Division, page 43, and 20 August
1970 Issue 11, Division Eight-The Public Sales Division, page 47.1
34

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF IO JUNE 1970
(Amends HCO PL 7 Feb 70 Issue 11)
Remimeo
Pub Divs PUBLIC DIVISIONS
AND TECH ADMIN RATIO

As several Public Exec Sees in the US area are reported to have protested HCO
Divs having I I persons when, for that size org (pg I of HCO PL 7 Feb 70 Issue 11, Vol
I - 1), "the HCO ES has the lion's share of Admin Personnel, IO or I I of the 30 staff".
Actually "HCO Makes the Org" gave this only as an example, not a policy.
The new formation of the Public Divisions makes Div 6-Public Relations; Div
7-Public Service; Div 8-Public Sales.
This completely clarifies the picture of Tech:Admin Ratio.
It is obvious that people testing and lecturing and giving public courses in Div 7
are Tech Staff.
Thus these Divisions rate up a ratio of I PR (Div 6), 1 Service (Div 7), 1 Sales (Div
8) and are now their own 2:1 Tech Admin ratio independent of any other part of the
org.
The second paragraph from the bottom of pg 1, Volume 1, mentions 4 for Public
Divs. The 4th paragraph from the bottom mentions IO or I I for HCO Divs.
If HCOs post a 9 division org with the 30 staff example, they get 4 more people in
Divs 9, 1, 2, 3 if they independently post 2:1 Public Divs where for every I in Public
Service they put I in Public Relations and I in Public Sales. FSMs of course don't
count in this calculation.
If the Public Divs'are now posted independently on 2:1 Admin-Tech the only
caution is that their courses, group auditing, co-audits, HAS, HQS (Testing would be
Free), must make a bit of money to cover the cost of the Supervisors and the quarters
and materials. Otherwise, these services would become a drag. The services of the
Public Div people in general are compensated by new org business generated.
If the Public Div people push org (Academy, HSDC) training much harder than
they push personal auditing, the org would become very fat financially. If the Pub Divs
are posted 2:1 and they push personal individual auditing intensives to be given in HGC
they would actually lower their own and staff member income.
So with the reservations that
I . Pub Div Service get enough income from public courses for supervisors of
public courses or services, materials, handouts, and quarters and any
advertising for these services and
2. Pub Divs (in lower orgs particularly) push Div IV Courses and the advantages
of being really trained -
it is all right for them to have their own 2: 1, letting the org have more Admin people.
The Public Divs can actually drive in mobs if they try and if they provide public
services for such mobs with enough income to handle said mobs. Then enough students
for Div IV will come out of the publicly serviced mob to make it very worthwhile for
the org as a whole.
HCO does make the org. And in posting an independent Public Division ratio
HCO must be sure that the provisions of this P/L are also met or the whole staff will
become very unpaid and overstressed.
Any Public Div should be warned not to get too "clinic minded". Except on
Power and Solo (who are after all Auditors of a sort) in SHs and AOs, too many pcs
pushed in on Div IV can cost everyone in the org his shirt. Solvency lies in training.
Not in processing. This point is the primary basic reason for "underpaid staffs". It will
after all take many million auditors to clear this planet.
Lots of good reasons exist for people to be trained and get their processing from
fellow students. The day of "Quicky Lower Grades" is dead. It takes dozens and
dozens of hours to really run lower grades. The answer is "be a real auditor".
I hope this helps Pub Divs and the general solvency.

LRH:dz.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard 35
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo (Amends HCO PL 20 Jan '69 Issue 11
Division 6 Secs "Public Division Gross Divisional Statistics")
Division 8 Secs

DIVISION 6 DIVISION 8
G D S

The Gross Divisional Statistic for Division 6 and Division 8 are changed with the
advent of the Public Registrar in Division 8, as follows:

Division 6 No. of New Names to Prospect Card Files

Division 8 No. of New Names to C/F.

The value of FSM Commissions Paid stat (former GDS of Div 8) will be the Dept
stat of Dept 22. It will continue to be reported by OIC and watched closely.

DEFINITIONS

New Name to CIF: A NEW NAME TO C/F IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE
WHO HAS BOUGHT A MAJOR SERVICE (from the Org concerned). This is as per
HCO PL 30 July 1970 "Important Registration Breakthrough".

New Name to Prospect Card Files: Is someone at the Org for the FIRST TIME who
has done any of the following:

(a) Bought a book

(b) Attended an Intro Lecture

(d) Attended a Sunday Service

(e) Received Testing Service

(f) Bought a Public Service before gradua-
ting HAS or buying a Major Service from
the Org.

A new name to Prospect Card Files can be anyone of the above categories
PROVIDED he is not already in the Org's C/F, and PROVIDED he is not already in
Prospect Card Files in Dept 24 of the Org.

Prospect Card Files, how they are filled in and get to Dept 24 are covered in HCO
PL 30 July 1970 "Important Registration Breakthrough".

THESE NEW GDSes WILL BE REPORTED STARTING THE FIFTEENTH
OCTOBER 1970.

In first reporting these new GDSes, prominently mark it as the new stat on OIC
lines and continue to report the GDSes as above.

CS-6/8
for
LRH:DH:rr.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 5 February 1971 issue III, FEBC Executive Director Org GDSes, in the 1971
Year Book; cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change,
page 227.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue III
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dec 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Remimeo
All Div 6
Hats
Staff Status II
HCO Dept 3
Starrate

DIVISION SIX
THE PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION

Attached are the new Org Board for Division Six, Div Six Ideal Scenes and
Statistics.

This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions Organization making the
three Divisions each with its own specialized product.

Division 6 - PR Area Control
and Public Promotion

Division 7 - Public Services

Division 8 - Public Sales

This new Public Divisions re-organization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectiveness and co-ordination.

CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:rr.aap
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[AmendedbyHCOP/L 2 October 1970,Appearances-Clarification, page 53.]

DIVISION 6 - PUBLIC RELATIONS

Ideal Scene.- The Org has established PR Control over its business contacts, local
community, mass media and profession leaders, community groups, necessary VIPs and
people who count who are now on our side, in our favour reaching for Dianetics and
Scientology; with such alliances achieving safety for Dianetics and Scientology to
expand in the area free of third party actions or enemy attack, past, present or future.
In essence PR Area Control exists in the fullest sense of the term attained and
maintained with regular PR activities, PR programmes and broad public promotion
projecting a highly acceptable Image carefully aligned to what is publicly popular and
needed and effective in bringing masses of people into the Org reaching for service.

Stat: No. of New Names to Prospect Files.

DEPARTMENT 16 - FACT FINDING AND RESEARCH

Awareness Level: Acceptability

Ideal Scene: Dept 16 accurately and routinely supplying reliable information, facts
and evaluation/research findings pertaining to PR successful/unsuccessful policies and
programmes, public trends, local and world events affecting or likely to affect Org
operations, what is popular/unpopular and acceptable in local Scn, Dianetic and public
circles, the publics we control and doii't yet control, the Org's PR standing in its
environment, Org promotional effectiveness, and to what degree the Org is being
successful in satisfying its customers, to all staff, Execs and PR personnel, resulting in
heightened awareness of PR and its importance so that contribution to PR and Org
image is increased. The Department is also a consistently trustworthy advisor to
executive levels and PR personnel with regard to all PR aspects of Org operations
presenting factually compiled and researched PR briefs accompanied with timely
proposed new policies and PR programmes as needed to the Execs and personnel they
concern, resulting in further enhancement of PR Control and increased workability and
effectiveness of Org promotion and PR activities.

Stat-- 50 pts for every planned enhancing PR pgm or new policy accepted.
20 pts for every fact finding or research venture useful to PR completed,
accepted and communicated to all concerned.
I pt for every success story written and used, or library fact supplied to
s taff
Minus 10 pts for every Org or staff contra-PR act.

FACT LIBRARY SECTION

Ideal Scene: A useful and complete fact library that is orderly, up to date, and
expanding is kept of Org history, morgue files, past survey, evaluation and research
findings, PR programme and PR activity records, local and world events and public,
Scn and Dn trends, in existence made easily accessible to all Org Execs, Staff and PR
personnel.

Stat: No. of useful facts supplied Org Execs and staff from the fact library.
No. of items, materials and facts useful to PR and history added to the fact
Ubrary.

SUR VEYS SECTION

Ideal Scene: Surveys are efficiently, rapidly and accurately executed, the results of
which are communicated to Org Execs, PR personnel and staff which bring about an
increased effectiveness of Scn and Dn promotion, Org image and PR programmes.

Stat: I pt for every person surveyed plus 20 pts for every survey or PR fact
finding venture completed.

SUCCESS SECTION

Ideal Scene: The success section is supremely alert as the last policing point of the
Org for tech ensuring all customers are satisfied at the end of each Org service.
Excellent categorized files of all success stories are kept and used in voluminous
promotion and in displays around the Org. The success section validates consistently all
local successful activities in Scientology, Dianetics and outside in the area.
Stat: 1. No. of success stories written.
2. No. of successful activities validated.
3. No. of success stories used.

NEW POLICIES AND PR PROGRAMMES SECTION

Ideal Scene: Accurate precise research and data compilation actions are carried
forward resulting in exact, excellent, useful and needed new policies and/or PR
programmes to bring about increased PR Area Control and effectiveness in Dn and Scn
promotion for the Org which are accepted and utilized by the PR personnel, Execs and
the staff concerned.
Stat: A. I pt for every hour of valid research done.
B. 20 pts for every factual PR brief compiled.
C. 50 pts for every PR programme or new policy accepted and utilized.

PR BRIEFING SECTION

Ideal Scene: All staff regularly and thoroughly briefed on the aspects and meaning
of PR, current PR activities and programmes and their role in helping increase the PR
standing of the Org as staff members resulting in a heightened awareness in the Org of
the importance of PR and its full use. Special PR briefings to Execs, PR personnel, tour
members or any such specialists are given to further enhance PR actions, programmes
and public events.
Stat: I pt for every useful PR briefing given each org staff, Execs and PR
personnel, tour members and lecturers.
Minus 30 pts for every Org or staff contra-PR act.
Definition contra-PR act: Discourtesy or mishandling of Org customers,
bad appearance in any staff member or Org area, upsets caused the
community or any part thereof by the Org or any individual staff member,
ARC breaking any outside business contact or PR contact and any publicly
non-acceptable activity or activities sponsored or enacted by the Org or
individual staff member.

DEPARTMENT 17 - PR CONTROL
Awareness Level: Control
Ideal Scene: The PR Department is actively creating a popular image for the Org
and Scn by acceptable interpretation of what Scn is, what our policies are and what the
Org stands for through bold broad publicity, staged PR events, regular day to day PR
actions, achieving excellent control and relations with all outside Org contacts,
community contacts, opinion leaders, profession leaders, VIPs and mass media
contacts; is constantly expanding this control with PR programmes effectively
executed resulting in masses of publics reaching for Dianetics and Scientology in the
area.
Stat: 5 pts for every item of good publicity in mass media, successful PR event
staged or business or community contact in good relations.
10 ptsfor every VIP or influential contact in good relations.
20 pts for every new group alliance made or confirmed advantageous to PR
in good relations or PR programme completed.
Minus 150 pts for every PR upset or item of bad publicity.

PR PGM PRE TEST SECTION
Ideal Scene: New untested programmes are rapidly and efficiently piloted to
completion by competent PR personnel in such a way that pilot actions do not serve as
a distraction to established PR programmes and activities or cause for any PR upset,
following exactly the orders of each new programme being piloted so that it can be
clearly ascertained by Dept 16 whether it is successful or unsuccessful.
Stat.- 1 pt for every target completed.
20 pts for every major target completed.

PUBLICITY SECTION
Ideal Scene: Is a professional competent information service, putting out many
effective, publicly acceptable, hard news releases, articles and PR statements to TV,
press and radio which get used, handling expertly the demands of all mass media with
whom the Org has excellent relations, resulting in smooth control of all influential
mass media contacts to whom the publicity section (or its PRO) is a stable terminal
thus making it possible for lots of free good publicity for the Org, Dianetics and
Scientology but impossible for any bad publicity.
Stat: 5 pts for every item of good publicity or publicity in the mass media.
Minus 150 pts for every item of bad publicity.

STAFF RELATIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Organization staff made to feel part of the team, well informed of their
Org's plans and progress towards its goals and that they are contributing to this and in
such a working atmosphere created, greater production, harinony and teamwork is
resultant.
Stat: No. of informative Org news pieces posted or handed out to staff.
No. of staff attending weekly staff meetings or briefings.

COMMUNITY RELA TIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Gaining to the Org's side all community leaders, VIPs, groups and
contacts by communicating and projecting a real and highly acceptable Org image,
ensuring all business contacts are smoothly handled by participating in community
affairs to the enhancement of Scientology's image and to effect by these means PR
Area Control in the community. The Org's control over the community will lead and is
leading to a Sane Society and an OT civilization.
Stat: 5 pts for every community leader, business contact and profession leader in
good relations.
10 pts for every consecutive community activity, organized and completed
20 pts for every community group in control and on our side contacted in
week.
Minus 150 pts for every attack.

SPECIAL PR PRO GRAMMES EXECUTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Special PR programmes as differentiated from routine PR actions, are
planned by Dept 16, billed, drilled and superbly executed with specific PR targets and
achievements done within the expected period of time to bring about the maximum
desired effect upon the publics they concern, expanding PR Area Control.

Special PR programmes examples:

I . An education programme to introduce to all local schools and universities
Scientology study techniques.
2. A racial programme to bar racial prejudices and misunderstandings through the
use of Scientology techniques to increase understanding of life and people for
coloured people.

3. A hospital programme to introduce Dianetic techniques to all local hospitals and
clinics to increase the health and welfare of the local population.
4. A Religious programme to bring unity and co-operation among local churches to
help society.
5. A Drug abuse programme to help the Drug problem in society with Dianetic
techniques coordinating all interested groups and clinics.
tat: I pt for every target completed.
20 pts for every major target completed.

DEPARTMENT 18 - PUBLIC COAIMUNICATIONS
Awareness Level: Propagation
Ideal Scene: Vast volumes of broad sweepingly effective public promotion going
out in a steadily increasing flow to masses and masses of public individuals bringing
about floods of response and people into Division 7 reaching for Dianetics and
Scientology.
Stat: No. of public promotional particles distributed or mailed.

AD VER TISING SECTION
Ideal Scene: Effective, reaching advertising of BOOKS, intro lectures and testing
through frequent and regular placement of advertisements in newspapers, magazines
and other mass media resulting in large public response for Scientology books, Dianetic
books and Public Division services (testing and introductory lectures).
Stat: No. of ads placed in newspapers, mags or other mass media.
No. of people coming into the Org as result of an advertisement.

INFO PA CK SECTION
Ideal Scene: Large response producing Info Packs, promoting Dianetic and
Scientology books sent in large quantities to suitable purchased public mailing lists in a
series of three at two week intervals. Each Info Pack containing the precise and exact
message designed for the category to which it is mailed.
Stat: No. of Info Packs mailed.
No. of book orders made from these Info Packs.

PROMOTIONSECTION
Ideal Scene: A voluminous steadily increasing flow through hand distribution and
mail of effective intro lecture, testing, congress and public event promotion for a
sufficient period of time and in sufficient quantity to ensure excellent attendance.
Stat: No. of public promotional particles distributed or mailed from the
Promotion Section.

-------------

DIVISION 6

PUBLIC RELATTONS DIVISION

Acceptability Control Propagation

I I I
Dept 16 Dept 17 Dept 18

FACT FINDING PR CONTROL PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
& RESEARCH

FACT LIBRARY SECTION PR PGM PRE TEST SECTION ADVERTISING SECTION

Org History Unit Pilot Personnel (Newspaper, Mag, TV
Morgue Files Unit Assignment Unit and Radio)
Current Events & Pilot Activities Unit Advert Design Unit
Trends Files Pilot Debrief Unit Writing Sub Unit
Sub Unit Data Liaison to Dept Artist Sub Unit
Survey, Evaluation & 16 Unit Layout Sub Unit
Research Results Files Ad Placement Unit
Unit PUBLICITY SECTION Publicity Section -
Org PR Policies Library Mass Media Contact Liaison Unit
Unit Relations Unit Ad Response Analysis
PR Programme Records Contact Card File Unit
Unit Sub Unit
Mass Media Info Service INFO PACK SECTION
SURVEYS SECTION Unit Info Pack Compflation
Fact Finding Surveys Press Releases Unit Unit
Unit Press Conferences Div 2 Printing Liaison
Popularity Surveys Sub Unit Unit
Sub Unit Magazine Features Mailing List Purchasing
Opinion Surveys Sub Unit Unit
Sub Unit TV Publicity Unit Info Pack Stuffing Unit
Promotion Response Radio News Releases Unit
Analysis Unit PROMOTION SECTION
Customer Complaints Unit STAFF RELATIONS SECTION Promotion Design Unit
Publics Classification Staff News Unit Writing Sub Unit
Unit New Staff Org Guide Artist Sub Unit
Handouts Sub Unit Layout Sub Unit
SUCCESS SECTION Staff Info Handouts Div 2 Printing Liaison
Success Interview Unit Sub Unit Unit
Success Story Files Unit Staff News Bulletins Promotion Mail and
Success Categorization Sub Unit Distribution Unit
Sub Unit Staff Social Events Unit Intro Lecture/Testing
Validation Unit Staff Suggestions/Ideas Handouts Sub Unit
Promotion & PR Liaison Unit Posters Sub Unit
Unit Staff Validations Unit Congress & Special
Liaison to Qual Unit Event Flyers &

COMMUNITY CONTROL SECTION Handouts Sub Unit
NEW POLICIES AND PR Community Info Service Unit Ticket Distribution

PROGRAMMES SECTION Publicity Sect Liaison Sub Unit Sub Unit

Compilations & Research Community Social Events Unit Staff/FSM Distribution

Unit House Tours Sub Unit Volunteers Unit

Programme Result Eval Gung Ho Groups Unit
Unit OT Civilizations Unit
PR Ideas Unit Contact Card File Sub Unit
New Policy Origination Community Org Participation Sub Unit
Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
Programme Planning Unit
Programme Issuance Unit SPECIAL PR PROGRAMME
EXECUTION SECTION
PR BRIEFING SECTION S Pgm Handout Writing & Promo Unit
Management Advisory Unit S Pgm Personnel Assignment Unit
PR Personnel Briefing S Pgm Personnel Drilling Sub Unit
Unit S Pgm Activities Unit
Staff Briefing Unit VIP Contacts Sub Unit
Lecturer Briefing Unit Special PR Events Staging Sub Unit
Tour & Event Briefing PR Gimmick Stunt Staging Sub Unit
Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Sub Unit
S Pgrn Debrief Unit
Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dec 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Remimeo
All Div 7
Hats
Staff Status 11
HCO Dept 3
Starrate
DIVISION SEVEN
THE PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION

Attached are the new Org Board for DIVISION SEVEN, Div 7 Ideal Scenes and
Statistics.

This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions organization making the
three divisions each with its own specialized product.

Division 6 - PR Area Control
and Public Promotion

Division 7 - Public Services

Division 8 - Public Sales

This new Public Divisions re-organization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectivenes and co-ordination,

CS-7
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:TD:rr.aap
Copyright (D 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Revised by HCO P/L 2 October 1970, Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics, page 54.1

PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION - DIVISION 7

Ideal Scene: Lots of well attended public events which generate high interest and
result in numerous enrolments, and excellent basic services which effectively and
rapidly demonstrate Dianctics and Scientology and the results which can be achieved
therefrom and produce large quantities of new people in increasing numbers who are
well introduced to Scientology and want higher training and processing.

Stats: Dual (a) Number of people routed from or at a public event to a
Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg and ARC Brk Reg.)
(b) Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.

DEPARTMENT 19 - PUBLIC EVENTS Awareness Level - Decision

Ideal Scene: Lots of well run public events which are attended by volumes of
people in increasing numbers, and which create and generate high interest resulting in
numerous enrollments for training and processing.

Stat: Total number of public events and Sunday Service attendees routed to a
R egis trar.

EVENTS PLANNING AND PREPARA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of excellent public events fully scheduled with the years's
schedule published to staff 12 months in advance, comprehensively planned and
programmed and preparations well underway 6 months in advance and all preparations
completed and staff billed, trained and drilled in advance so that the event may be
excellently, professionally and effectively executed with precision and no flaps.

Stat: Number of points for events properly planned and prepared for:
Congresses: 30
Dn Conferences: 25
Goodwill Tours: 20
Lectures to Groups: 5
Film and Tape Plays: 5
Open House: 5
Other events: 5

EVENTS EXECUTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of public events excellently,. professionally and effectively
executed so that tremendous interest and enthusiasm is generated, more and more
people attend one event to the next, and which brings about high and increasing
numbers of enrollments for training and processing.

Stat: Number of public event attendees.

CHAPLAIN'S SECTION
Ideal Scene: Excellent Chaplain's services being delivered and easy to get with org
morale high, all civil disputes rapidly and equably settled and an excellent weekly
Sunday Service which generates high interest, manifested by increasing size of its
congregation, and increasing enrollments in org services of training and processing.
Stat: Number of Sunday Service attendees.

ROUTING TO REGISTRAR SECTION
Ideal Scene: Body Routers discovering realities about and establishing realities with
public event and Sunday Services attendees and establishing excellent two way comm
with lots of attendees who are then WITHOUT ANY DROP IN ARC routed to a
Registrar so they may be enrolled in their next service of a Basic Course or training or
processing.
Stat: Number of public events or Sunday Service attendees routed to a Registrar
(Public, Dissem or ARC Break Reg).

DEPARTMENT 20 - PUBLIC CONTACT Awareness Level - Rehabilitation

Ideal Scene: Excellent and professionally presented introductory lectures and
public testing and evaluations from which a high volume of new people sign up for
service with the number increasing weekly.
Stat: Number of new people routed to the Public Registrar.

INTR OD UCTOR Y LECTURES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Excellent, precise and professionally presented Introductory Lectures
(may include the showing of a basic Scientology and Dianetic introductory film) which
communicate some of the most basic realities of Scientology and Dianetics and
generate high interest in Scientology and Dianetics and which through word of mouth
promotion bring about increasing numbers of attendees.
Stat: Number of new persons attending Introductory Lectures.

TESTING SECTION
Ideal Scene: Highly professional and super-efficient administration and evaluation
of Tests which is done so smoothly and well that a very high proportion enrol for a
service and increasing numbers of persons come in for testing.
Stat: Number of new persons tested and evaluated.

ROUTING TO PUBLIC REGISTRAR SECTION
Ideal Scene: All persons completing the Introductory Lecture or their Test
Evaluation smoothly and with good control but high ARC routed to the Public
Registrar for enrollment in a service, Prospect Cards and test files being fully utilized to
gain reality on the person, and being delivered with or before the person to the Public
Registrar.
Stat: Number of new persons routed to the Public Registrar.

DEPARTMENT 21 - PUBLIC COURSES Awareness Level - Participation

Ideal Scene: Volumes of people in increasing numbers well serviced with basic
courses and processing which effectively and rapidly demonstrate Dianetics and
Scientology and the results which can be achieved therefrom so that they are well
introduced to Dianetics and Scientology and want and are enrolling for training or
processing within two weeks of their arrival in Division 7.
Stat: Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.

BASIC COURSES AND PROCESSING ADMINISTRA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: All admin functions of the Public Courses Dept fully taken care of and
admin on every person currently in this Dept complete, accurate and up to date at all
times so that maximum assistance may be rendered to supervisors and auditors, and all
admin liaison actions with other parts of the org on each student promptly executed.
Stat: Number of basic services enrollees on whom accurate and up to date admin
is done, including admin liaison actions with other parts of the Org.

BASIC COURSES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Standard basic courses competently and effectively given with
schedules strictly adhered to, Supervisor's Tech fully applied, and Tech in so that
students rapidly obtain a high reality on some basics of Dianetics and Scientology and
on the value of real Academy training as well as personal improvement so that they
complete the course eager to enrol in higher services, preferably Academy training.
Stats: Dual (a) Number of basic courses completions.
(b) Number of people off a basic course who enrol in a major Org
service.

BASIC PR 0 CESSING SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of intro auditing sessions, group processing and/or co-auditing
competently and effectively delivered with totally standard Tech so that a personal
case gain is rapidly obtained with the person knowing that the source of this is
Dianetics and Scientology and so that he wants more Dianetics and Scientology and is
eager to enrol for training and/or processing.
Stats: Dual (a) Number of basic processing completions.
(b) Number of basic processing completions who enrol for a major
Org service.

DIVISION 7
PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION

Decision Rehabilitation Participation

Dep tl9 Dep It2O 21
PUBLIC EVENTS PUBLIC CONTACT PUBLIC COURSES

EVENTS PLANNING AND INTRODUCTORY LECTURES BASIC COURSES AND
PREPARATION SECTION SECTION PROCESSING ADMIN SECTION
Scheduling Unit Lecturer Unit Roll Call Unit
Personnel Unit Introductory Film Unit Progress Board Unit
Programme Unit (PE Course Lecturer Unit) Materials Issuance
Space Allocation Unit Unit
Booths & Displays TESTING SECTION
Sub Unit BASIC COURSES SECTION
Audio Visual Unit Routine Testing Unit
Stage & Lighting Tests After Lectures Unit HAS Course Unit
Sub Unit Test Marking Unit HQS Course Unit
Test Evaluation Unit Extension Course Unit
EVENTS EXECUTION
SECTION ROUTING TO PUBLIC BASIC PROCESSING
Congress Unit REGISTRAR SECTION SECTION
Dianetic Conferences Attendee Cards Unit Introductory Auditing
Sub Unit Dist & Collection Session Unit
Open House Unit Sub Unit Group Processing Unit
Film & Tape Plays Unit Sorting Sub Unit Co-Audit Unit
Goodwill Tours Unit Body Routers Unit
Lectures to Groups ARC Break Liaison
Sub Unit
Auditors Assn Events Unit
Auditors Night Sub Unit

CHAPLAIN'S SECTION

Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Unit
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain's Court Files
Church Services Unit
Church Ceremonies Sub Unit
Weekly Sunday Services Sub Unit
Morale Unit
Marriage Counselling Sub Unit
Org Morale Sub Unit

ROUTING TO REGISTRAR
SECTION

Attendee Cards Unit
Dist & Collection Sub Unit
Sorting Sub Unit
Body Routers Unit
ARC Break Liaison

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dec 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Reinimeo
All Division 8 Hats
Staff Status II
HCO Dept 3
Starrate

DIVISION EIGHT
THE PUBLIC SALES DIVISION

Attached are the new Org Board for Division Eight, Div 8 Ideal Scenes and
Statistics.

This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions organization making the
three Divisions each with its own specialized product.

Division 6 PR Area Control and
Public Promotion

Division 7 Public Services

Division 8 Public Sales.

This new Public Divisions re-organization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectiveness and co-ordination.

CS-8
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:sb.aap
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Revised by HCO P/L 2 October 1970, Clarification ofdivisions 7and 8 Statistics, page 54.1

DIVISION 8 - PUBLIC SALES DIVISION

Ideal Scene: Has internally a Public Registrar, fast and efficiently signing up a great
inflow of public bodies for public courses, channeling them to their first major service,
and has externally through good briefing, training, goodwill and helpfulness, a smooth
operating mass sales force in the form of active FSMS, groups and franchises who are in
communication, selecting lots of public into the Org for Dianetic and Scientology
services, who are getting each selectee actually enrolled, and selling books by the ton.
Its field is vast and expanding to ever increase the large number of higher services sold.

Stat: GDS No. of new names to CF.

DEPARTMENT 22 - FSM SALES Awareness Level: Purpose

DIRECTOR OF CLEARING

Ideal Scene: Hundreds of FSMs in the Org's field have formed a strong sales
network, which is successfully active, selecting lots of people for Org Scientology and
Dianetic services, getting each selectee to actually enrol, selling Dianetic and
Scientology books in volume and responding to support all Org sales programs.

Stat., Value of FSM commissions paid.

FSM RECR UITMENT SECTION

Ideal Scene: Voluminous FSM recruitment going forward with speed and efficiency,
and FSMs being correctly appointed, trained, briefed and supplied.

Stat.- No. of FSMs recruited.
No. of FSM supply items mailed.

FSM A CTI VITIES SECTION

Ideal Scene: FSMs are competently handled and supervised as successful mass sales
force, being kept in communication and activity, resulting in hundreds of selections to
the Org and hundreds of Scientologists and Dianeticists continuing on their route to
total freedom.

Stat: 1. No. of letters and bulk mail to FSMS.
2. No. of FSMs heard from in week.
3. No. of valid selections made.

BOOKSALESSECTION

Ideal Scene: Scientology and Dianetic books sold in thousands by FSMs to the
public, to bookstores and by broad distribution through local distributors.

Stat.- No. of books sold by FSMS, to bookstores and through distributors.

FSM A WARDS SECTION

Ideal Scene: Upstat deserving FSMs are validated to the encouragement of further
activity by publishing regular award programs, policing commission payments so that
no delay in Div III occurs and awarding beautiful permanent certificates on time to all
FSMs who have proven themselves in their first provisional year.

Stat: No. commissions paid, on time, certs awarded and program awards actually
received that week.

DEPARTMENT 23 - FIELD SALES Awareness Level: Expansion

Ideal Scene: An org field filled with many successful Scientology and Dianetic
groups and franchises from which a continuous flow of selectees and business is
received in a spirit of goodwill, co-operation and teamwork.
Stat: 1. No. of groups and franchises in the field.
2. No. of selections to the org by orgs, groups and franchises.

GR 0 UPS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Many successful Scientology and Dianetic groups are active in the field
channeling lots of people into the org while new groups are being established as a
continuing action.
Stat: No. of Scientology and Dianetic groups active in the field.
No. of mailings sent to them.

FRANCHISE SECTION
Ideal Scene: There is a growing number of successful, active Scientology franchises
established in the field, in comm, supplied and trained by the org as necessary to
success.
Stat: No. of franchises active in the field.
No. of items sent to them including letters.

FIELD RELA TIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: A high spirit of goodwill and teamwork exists between the org and its
groups and franchises through org goodwill actions, promotion, help, communication,
understanding and validation resulting in continuously bettered co-operation and
selections to the org.
Stat: No. selections to the org by groups and franchises.
No. of groups and franchises heard from in week.

A UDITORS ASSOCIA TION REGISTRA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and administrative
conduct the Auditors Association Registrar has established and is projecting a popular,
professional image of the Auditors Association which is rapidly expanding in
membership and well known throughout the community for its goodwill and
helpfulness; all Association files, records, minutes, membership lists are up to date in a
safe, accessible location available for easy reference and use.
Stat: 1. Total Assn promo pieces and publicity items out in week.
2. No. of new Assn members in week.
3. No. of Assn files up to date and correctly filed.

A UDITORS A SSOCIA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: The Auditors Association Secretary has all Field Auditors and Auditors
united as members of the Org's Auditors Association who are well informed, in
communication and effectively coordinated as a working team in the spirit of goodwill
and co-operation, each member actively auditing, selecting and assisting the Org to
further strengthen and expand a strong 3rd Dynamic in the community which is
progressing across the bridge to Total Freedom.
Stat: 1. No. of Field Auditors who audited, selected, did something worth while
for the Org or heard from in week
2 No. of attendees to weekly Auditors Association meetings.
3. No. of training sign-ups at the Auditors Association meeting.

DEPARTMENT 24 - PUBLIC REGISTRATION Awareness Level: Realization
PUBLICREGISTRAR
Ideal Scene: Many people flooding through public registration lines, each being
rapidly and efficiently helped, 8-C'd and enrolled from service to service resulting in
daily mass enrollment of the public onto their first major Dianetics or Scientology
service.
Stat: No. of new names to CIF.

PR OSPE CT CA R D FIL ES SE CTION
Ideal Scene: Rapid and increasing numbers of prospect cards to prospect card files,
each correctly filed, policed and up to date with all prospect cards who become a new
name to CF immediately routed complete with all data to Central Files via Addresso.
Stat: 1. No. prospect cards, up to date complete as to data and correctly
filed.
2. No. of completely clearly made out prospect cards routed to CF.

PR OSPECT PR OMOTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: All prospects in prospect card files in communication and speedily
continuing on lines from service to service with any drop outs rapidly returned to Org
Public Services until they are a new name to CF, as a result of voluminous effective
promotion by categories, excellent handling of any correspondence and necessary
follow up ensured by FSM personal contact as needed.
Stat: No. of Info Packs, Selectee Advice Packs and letters out.
No. of discontinuing prospects returned to Public Service.

PUBLIC REGISTRA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Hundreds of people rapidly, effectively handled and enrolled resulting
in a steady flow of people being channeled to their first major Scientology or Dianetic
service.
Stat: No. of people enrolled in their first major service.

DIVISION 8

PUBLIC SALES DIVISION

Purpose Expansion Realization

I I I
Dept 22 Dept 23 Dept 24

DEPT OF DEPT OF DEPT OF
FSM SALES FIELD SALES PUBLIC REGISTRATION

DIR OF CLEARING DIR OF FIELD SALES PUBLIC REGISTRAR

FSM RECRUITMENT GROUPS SECTION PROSPECT CARD FILES
SECTION SECTION

FSM Appointment Unit Groups Recruitment Unit Prospect Card Collection
FSM Training Unit Groups Registration Unit Unit
FSM Supplies Unit Groups Training Unit Prospect Card Filing
Groups Supplies Unit Unit
FSM ACTIVITIES SECTION NN Transfer Unit
FSM Promotion Unit FRANCHISE SECTION
FSM Events Unit Franchise Recruitment PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Special Projects Unit Unit SECTION
FSM Selections Unit Franchise Training Unit Three Duplisticker Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit Franchise Supplies Unit Special Info Pack
Mailings Unit
BOOK SECTION FIELD RELATIONS Liaison to Dept 18
B/Sales Training Unit SECTION for Stocks Sub Unit
Book Selling Unit Org Promotion Unit Correspondence Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit Field Communication Unit FSM Sales Liaison Unit
Book Distribution Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit Selectee Advice Mailings
Goodwill Activities Unit Unit
FSM AWARDS SECTION
Award Program Unit AUDITORS ASSOCIATION PUBLIC REGISTRATION
Commission Policing Unit REGISTRATION SECTION SECTION

Auditors Association Asst Public Regs Unit
Registrar Telephone Unit
Assn Application Unit Div VII Liaison Unit
Membership Cards Unit
Assn Promotion Unit
Flyer Mailings Sub Unit
Advice Letters Sub Unit
Press Releases Sub Unit
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Minutes & Records
Unit

AUDITORS ASSOCIATION
SECTION
Auditors Assn Secretary
Assn Meetings Unit
Higher Training Enrolment
Sub Unit
Assn Activities Unit
Plans Sub Unit
Projects Assignment
Sub Unit
Coordination Sub Unit
Completions Sub Unit
ARC Bk Liaison Unit

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo
Class IV Orgs
Auditors Assn
Sec Hat
Auditors Assn
Reg Hat
Dist Sec
PES

AUDITORS ASSOCIATION

The following is the Org Board, Ideal Scenes and Statistics for the Auditors
Association implemented by LRH ED 120 INT "Auditors Association Project".

(For Class IV Orgs)

Last two sections of Dept 23 Division 8 -

Auditors Association Registration Section

Auditors Association Registrar
Assn Application Unit
Membership Cards Unit
Assn Promotion Unit
Flyer Mailings Sub Unit
Advice Letters Sub Unit
Press Releases Sub Unit
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Minutes & Records Unit

Auditors Association Section

Auditors Association Secretary
Assn Meetings Unit
Higher Training Enrollment Sub Unit
Assn Activities Unit
Plans Sub Unit
Projects Assignment Sub Unit
Co-ordination Sub Unit
Completions Sub Unit
ARC Break Reg Liaison Unit

Auditors Association Registration Section -

Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and administrative
conduct the Auditors Association Registrar has established and is projecting a popular,
professional image of the Auditors Association which is rapidly expanding in
membership and well known throughout the community for its goodwill and
helpfulness; all Association files, records, minutes, membership lists are up to date in a
safe accessible location readily available for easy reference and use

Stat: 1. Total Assn promo pieces and publicity items out in week.
2. No. of new Assn members in week.
3. No. of Assn files up to date and correctly filed.

Auditors Association Section -

Ideal Scene: The Auditors Association Secretary has all Field Auditors and Auditors
united as members of the Org's Auditors Association who are well informed, in
communication and effectively coordinated as a working team in the spirit of goodwill
and co-operation, each member actively auditing, selecting and assisting the Org to
further strengthen and expand a strong 3rd Dynamic in the community which is
progressing across the bridge to Total Freedom.

Sta t: 1 No. of Field Auditors who audited, selected, did something worth while
for the Org or heard from in week.
2 No. of attendees to weekly Auditors Association Meetings.
3. No. of training sign-ups at the Auditors Association meeting.

CS-8
for

LRH:DH:rr.aap L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1970
(Amends: HCO P/L 20 August 70 Issue III Div 6
HCO P/L I I Dec 69 Appearances in Public Divs)
Remimeo
All Div 6 Hats
Staff Status II
Starrate

APPEARANCES

CLARIFICATION

Appearances is a duty of the PR Briefing Section Dept 16, Division 6. It is
reflected in the stat stated in HCO P/L 20 August '70.

The PR Briefing Section is amended as follows:

PR BRIEFING SECTION
Management Advisory Unit
PR Personnel Briefing Unit
Staff Briefing Unit
Lecture/Tour/Event Briefing Unit
Org Appearances Unit.

CS-6
for

LRH:DH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD

by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
All Divs 7 & 8 (Revises HCO PL 20 August 1970 "Division Seven-
Hats The Public Services Division" and HCO PL 20 August
Staff Status 11 1970 "Division Eight-The Public Sales Division")
HCO Dept 3
Starrate

CLARIFICATION OF DIVISIONS 7 and 8
STATISTICS

DIVISION 7

The Division 7 GDSes are amended to:-

Dual (a) Number of people routed from a public event, Introductory lecture
or Testing to a Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg and ARC
Brk Reg.)

(b) Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.

The DEPARTMENT 20 - PUBLIC CONTACT stat is amended to:-

Number of new people routed from Intro Lecture or Testing to the
Public Registrar.

The ROUTING TO PUBLIC REGISTRAR SECTION (Dept 20) stat is amended to:-

Number of new persons routed from Intro Lecture or Testing to the
Public Registrar.

DIVISION 8

The GROUPS SECTION (Dept 23) stats are amended to:-

Dual (a) NumberofScientologyandDianeticgroupsactiveinthefield.

(b) Number of items sent to them including letters.

The PUBLIC REGISTRATION SECTION (Dept 24) stats are amended to:-

Dual (a) Number of people signed up for their first major service. (These are
included in the new names to CF GDS of Division 8.)

(b) Number of people enrolled in a basic service.

CS-6 and CS-7/8
for

LRH:TD:DH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1970 Founder
by L. Ron flubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 5 February 1971 Issue III, FEBCExecutiveDirectorOry GDSes, in the 1971
Year Book; cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change,
page 227.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
All Public Div Hats
in Lower Level Orgs,
SH Orgs and AOs
OEC Checksheet
PR Course Chsht

PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD

Reference: HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Six -
The Public Relations Division"
HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Seven -
The Public Services Division"
HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Eight -
The Public Sales Division"

This Policy Letter gives the current Public Divisions Org Board. This Org Bd
differs from that contained in the above referenced HCO P/Ls in that additional
Sections and Units applying to SH Orgs and Advanced Orgs have been included. Post
titles are also shown.

This Org Bd covers now all Service Orgs, applying as marked to the Lower Level
Orgs, SH Orgs and AOs.

A further Policy Letter will be issued showing everything that was ever issued on a
Division 6 or Public Divisions Org Bd from its first formation to present time.

CS-6, CS-7/8
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:TD:DH:rr.ka.rd
Copyright (Z 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Modified by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227.1

DIVISION 6

PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION

PUBLIC RELATIONS SECRETARY

Acceptability Control Propagation
F- I I
Dept 16 Dept 17 Dept 18
FACT FINDING & RESEARCH PRCONTROL PUBLIC COMMUNICATION

DIR OF FACT FINDING DIR OF PR CONTROL DIR OF PUBLIC
AND RESEARCH COMMUNICATION
PR PGM PRE TEST
SECTION
FACT LIBRARY SECTION PR PGM PRE TEST ADVERTISING SECTION

FACT LIBRARY OFFICER OFFICER ADVERTISING OFFICER
Org History Unit Pilot Personnel Assignment Unit (Newspaper, Mag, TV
Org History IIC Pilot Personnel Assignment I/C and Radio)
Morgue Files Unit Pilot Activities Unit Advert Design Unit
Morgue Files IIC Pilot Activities I/C Advert Design I/C
Current Events & Trends Pilot Debrief Unit Writing Sub-Unit
Files Sub-Unit Pilot Debriefer I/C Writing I/C

Current Events & Trends Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit Artist Sub-Unit
Files IIC Data Liaison to Dept 16 I/C Artist I/C
Survey, Evaluation & Research Layout Sub-Unit
Results Files Unit PUBLICITY SECTION Layouti/C
Survey, Evaluation & Research Ad Placement Unit
Results Files I/C PUBLICITY OFFICER Ad Placement I/C
Org PR Policies Library Unit (Public Name-Public Publicity Section Liaison Unit
Org PR Policies Library I/C Relations Officer) Publicity Section Liaison IIC
PR Programme Records Unit Mass Media Contact Ad Response Analysis Unit
PR Pgm Records I/C Relations Unit Ad Response Analysis I/C
Mass Media Contact
SURVEYS SECTION Relations IIC INFO PACK SECTION
Contact Card File Sub-Unit INFO PACK OFFICER
SURVEYS OFFICER Contact Card File I/C
Fact Finding Surveys Unit Mass Media Info Service Unit Info Pack Compilation Unit
Fact Finding Surveys I/C Mass Media Info Service IIC Info Pack Compilation I/C
Popularity Surveys Sub-Unit Press Releases Unit Div 2 Printing Liaison Unit
Popularity Surveys I/C Press Releases I/C Div 2 Printing Liaison I/C
Opinion Surveys Sub-Unit Press Conferences Sub-Unit Mailing List Purchasing Unit
Opinion Surveys I/C Press Conferences I/C (Lower Orgs Only)
Promotion Response Magazines Features Sub-Unit Mailing List Purchasing I/C
Analysis Unit Magazines Features I/C Info Pack Stuffing Unit
Promotion Response TV Publicity Unit Info Pack Stuffing I/C
Analysis I/C TV Publicity I/C IWGCC Info Pack Stocks Unit
Customer Complaints Unit Radio News Releases Unit (AOs Only)
Customer Complaints I/C Radio News Releases IIC IWGCC Info Pack Stocks IIC
Publics Classification Unit
Publics Classification I/C STAFF RELATIONS SECTION PROMOTION SECTION

STAFF RELATIONS OFFICER PROMOTION OFFICER
SUCCESS SECTION Staff News Unit Promotion Design Unit
SUCCESS OFFICER Staff News IIC Promotion Design I/C
New Staff Org Guide Writing Sub-Unit
Success Interview Unit Handouts Sub-Unit Writing I/C
Success Interview I/C New Staff Org Guide Artist Sub-Unit
Success Story Files Unit Handouts IIC Artist I/C
Success Story Files I/C Staff Info Handouts Sub-Unit Layout Sub-Unit
Success Categorization Staff Info Handouts IIC Layoutl/C
Sub-Unit Staff News Bulletins Sub-Unit Div 2 Printing Liaison Unit
Success Categorization I/C Staff News Bulletins I/C Div 2 Printing Liaison I/C
Validation Unit Staff Social Events Unit Promotion Mail and
Validation IIC Staff Social Events IIC Distribution Unit
Promotion & PR Liaison Unit Staff Suggestions/Ideas Unit Promotion Mail and
Promotion & PR Liaison I/C Staff Suggestions/Ideas I/C Distribution I/C
Liaison to Qual Unit Staff Validations Unit Intro Lecture/Testing
Liaison to Qual IIC Staff Validations I/C Handouts Sub-Unit

NEW POLICIES AND PR COMMUNITY CONTROL Intro Lecture/Testing
PROGRAMMES SECTION SECTION Handouts I/C

PR PROGRAMME PLANNING COMMUNITY CONTROL Posters Sub-Unit

OFFICER OFFICER Posters I/C

(Public Name-Public Congress & Special Event
Compilations & Research Unit Relations Officer) Flyers & Handouts Sub-Unit
Compilations & Research I/C Congress & Special Event
Programme Result Eval Unit Community Info Service Unit Flyers Handouts I/C
Programme Result Eval I/C Community Info Service I/C Ticket Distribution Sub-Unit
PR Ideas Unit Publicity Sect Liaison Ticket Distribution I/C
PR Ideas I/C Sub-Unit Staff/FSM Distribution
New Policy Origination Unit Publicity Sect Liaison I/C Volunteers Unit
New Policy Origination I/C Community Social Events Unit Staff/FSM Distribution
Programme Planning Unit Community Social Events I/C Volunteers I/C
Programme Planning I/C House Tours Sub-Unit
Programme Issuance Unit House Tours I/C
Programme Issuance I/C Gung-Ho Groups Unit
Gung-Ho Groups I/C
OT Civilization Unit
PR BRIEFING SECTION OT Civilization I/C
Contact Card File Sub-Unit
PR BRIEFING OFFICER Contact Card Files I/C
Management Advisory Unit Community Org Participation
Management Advisory I/C Sub-Unit
PR Personnel Briefing Unit Community Org Participation I/C
PR Personnel Briefing I/C ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
Staff Briefing Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C
Staff Briefing I/C
Lecturer, Tour & Event SPECIAL PR PROGRAMME
Briefing Unit EXECUTION SECTION
Lecturer, Tour & Event SPECIAL PR PROGRAMMES
Briefer I/C OFFICER
Org Appearance Unit
Org Appearance I/C S. Pgm Handout Writing
& Promo Unit
S. Pgm Handout Writing
& Promo I/C
S. Pgm Personnel Assignment Unit
S. Pgm Personnel Assignment I/C
S. Pgm Personnel Drilling
Sub-Unit
S. Pgm Personnel Drilling I/C
S. Pgm Activities Unit
S. Pgm Activities I/C
VIP Contacts Sub-Unit
VIP Contacts I/C
Special PR Events
Staging Sub-Unit
Special PR Events
Staging I/C
PR Gimmick Stunt
Staging Sub-Unit
PR Gimmick Stunt
Staging I/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Sub-Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C
S. Pgm Debrief Unit
S. Pgm Debriefer I/C
Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit
Data Liaison to Dept 16 I/C

CLEAR/OT PR ACTIVITIES
SUB-SECTION
(AOs Only)

CLEAR/OT PR OFFICER

Clear/OT PR Relations Unit
Clear/OT PR Relations I/C
Clear/OT PR Briefing Unit
Clear/OT PR Briefing I/C
Clear/OT PR Activities Unit
Clear/OT PR Activities I/C
Clear/OT PR Special Pgms Unit
Clear/OT PR Special Pgms I/C

DIVISION 7

PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION

PUBLIC SERVICES SECRETARY

Decision Rehabilitation Participation

I I
Dept 19 Dept 20 Dept 21

PUBLIC EVENTS PUBLIC CONTACT PUBLIC COURSES

DIR OF PUBLIC EVENTS DIR OF PUBLIC CONTACT DIR OF PUBLIC COURSES

EVENTS PLANNING AND INTRODUCTORY LECTURES BASIC COURSES AND
PREPARATION SECTION SECTION PROCESSING ADMIN

EVENTS PLANNING AND (Lower Orgs Only) SECTION

PREPS OFFICER INTRODUCTORY LECTURES (Lower Orgs & SHs)

Scheduling Unit OFFICER BASIC COURSES ADMIN

Scheduling I/C OFFICER

Personnel Unit Lecturer Unit Roll Call Unit

Personnel I/C Lecturer Roll Call I/C
Programme Unit Introductory Film Unit Progress Board Unit

Programme I/C Introductory Film I/C Progress Board I/C
Space Allocation Unit (PE Course Lecturer Unit) Materials Issuance Unit
Space Allocation IIC Materials Issuance I/C
Booths & Displays Sub-Unit
Booths & Displays I/C CLEAR NIGHTS SECTION

Audio Visual Unit (AO s Only) BASIC COURSES SECTION

Audio Visual I/C (Lower Orgs Only)

Stage & Lighting Sub-Unit CLEAR NIGHTS OFFICER BASIC COURSES OFFICER
Stage & Lighting I/C Clear Night Scheduling Unit HAS Course Unit

Clear Nights Scheduling I/C HAS Course Supervisor
EVENTS EXECUTION Clear Night Promo Liaison Unit HQS Course Unit
SECTION Clear Night Promo Liaison I/C HQS Course Supervisor

EVENTS EXECUTION Clear Night Preparation Unit Extension Course Unit

OFFICER Clear Night Preparation I/C Extension Course Supervisoi

Clear Night Execution Unit
Congress Unit Clear Night Execution I/C BASIC PROCESSING
Congress Manager SECTION
Dianctic Conferences
Sub-Unit TESTING SECTION BASIC PROCESSING OFFICER
Dn Conferences I/C (Lower Orgs Only)
Open House Unit Introductory Auditing
Session Unit
Open House I/C TESTING OFFICER (Lower Orgs Only)
Film & Tape Plays Unit Introductory Auditors I/C
Film & Tape Plays I/C Routine Testing Unit Group Processing Unit
Goodwill Tours Unit Routine Testing I/C (Lower Orgs & SHs)
Goodwill Tours I/C Tests After Lectures Unit Group Processing I/C
Lectures to Groups Sub-Unit Tests After Lectures I/C Co-Audit Unit
Lectures to Groups I/C Test Marking Unit (Lower Orgs & SHs)

Auditors Assn Events Unit Test Marking I/C Co-Audit I/C
(Lower Orgs Only) Test Evaluation Unit
Auditors Assn Events I/C Test Evaluation I/C
Auditors Night Sub-Unit
(Lower Orgs Only)
Auditors Night I/C SAINT HILLER EVENTS
SECTION
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION (SHs Only)

CHAPLAIN SAINT HILLER EVENTS
Chaplain's Court Unit OFFICER
Chaplain's Court I/C
Chaplain's Court Arbiter Saint Hiller Volunteers Unit
Chaplain's Court Files I/C SH Volunteers I/C
Church Services Unit SH Event Scheduling Unit
Church Services I/C SH Event Scheduling I/C
Church Ceremonies Sub-Unit Saint Hillers Night Unit
Church Ceremonies I/C Saint Hillers Night IIC

Weekly Sunday Services ROUTING'TO PUBLIC
Sub-Unit REGISTRAR SECTION
Sunday Services I/C CONTACT ROUTING
Staff & Franchise Day OFFICER
Sub-Unit (SHs Only)
Staff & Franchise Day I/C Attendee Cards Unit
OT Service Sub-Unit Attendee Cards I/C
(AOs Only) Dist & Collection Sub-Unit
OT Services I/C Dist & Collection I/C
OT Committee Sub-Unit Sorting Sub-Unit
OT Comm Secretary Sorting I/C
OT Comm Registrar Body Routers Unit
Morale Unit Body Routers I/C
Morale I/C ARC Break Liaison
Marriage Counselling ARC Break Liaison I/C
Sub-Unit
Marriage Counselling I/C
Org Morale Sub-Unit
Org Morale I/C

ROUTING TO REGISTRAR
SECTION

EVENTS ROUTING OFFICER

Attendee Cards Unit
.Attendee Cards I/C
Dist & Collection Sub-Unit
Dist & Collection I/C
Sorting Sub-Unit
Sorting I/C
Body Routers Unit
Body Routers I/C
ARC Break Liaison
ARC Break Liaison I/C

DIVISION 8

PUBLIC SALES DIVISION

PUBLIC SALES SECRETARY

Purpose Expansion Realization

I I I
Dept 22 Dept 23 Dept 24

DEPT OF FSM SALES DEPT OF FIELD SALES DEPT OF PUBLIC

DIR OF CLEARING DIR OF FIELD SALES REGISTRATION

GROUPS SECTION PUBLIC REGISTRAR

FSM RECRUITMENT GROUPS OFFICER (CLEAR REGISTRAR

SECTION Groups Recruitment Unit - AOs ONLY)
Groups Recruitment I/C
FSM RECRUITMENT Groups Registration Unit PROSPECT CARD FILES
OFFICER Groups Registration I/C SECTION
Groups Training Unit (Files not cards
FSM Appointment Unit Groups Training I/C for SHs)
FSM Appointment I/C Groups Supplies Unit
FSM Training Unit Groups Supplies I/C PROSPECT CARD FILES
FSM Training I/C FRANCHISE SECTION OFFICER
FSM Supplies Unit
FSM Supplies I/C FRANCHISE OFFICER Prospect Card Collection Unit

Franchise Recruitment Unit Prospect Card Collection I/C

Franchise Recruitment I/C Prospect Card Filing Unit
FSM ACTIVITIES Franchise Training Unit Prospect Card Filing I/C
SECTION Franchise Training I/C NN Transfer Unit

Franchise Supplies Unit NN Transfer I/C
FSM ACTIVITIES Franchise Supplies I/C
OFFICER
LOWER ORGS SUB-SECTION PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Promotion Unit (SHs & AOs Only) SECTION
FSM Promotion IIC ORGS OFFICER PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Events Unit
FSM Events I/C Selectee Quotas Unit OFFICER

FSM Special Projects Unit Selectee Quotas I/C Three Duplisticker Unit
FSM Special Projects I/C Lower Org Relations Unit (Lower Orgs Only)
FSM Selections Unit Lower Org Relations I/C Three Duplistickers IIC
FSM Selections I/C FIELD RELATIONS Addresso Lists Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit SECTION (SHs & AOs Only)
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C Addresso Lists Liaison I/C
FIELD RELATIONS Special Info Pack
OFFICER Mailings Unit
BOOK SECTION Org Promotion Unit Special Info Pack
Org Promotion I/C Mailings I/C
BOOK OFFICER Field Communication Unit Liaison to Dept 18 for
Field Communication I/C Stocks Sub-Unit
B/Sales Training Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit Stocks Liaison I/C
B/Sales Training I/C ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C Correspondence Unit
Book Selling Unit Goodwill Activities Unit Correspondence I/C
Book Selling I/C Goodwill Activities I/C FSM Sales Liaison Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit FSM Sales Liaison IIC
Bookstore Liaison I/C AUDITORS ASSOCIATION

Book Distribution Unit REGISTRATION SECTION Selectee Advice Mailings Unit

(Lower Orgs Only) (Lower Orgs Only)
Book Distribution I/C AUDITORS ASSOCIATION Selectee Advice Mailings I/C

FSM AWARDS SECTION REGISTRAR PUBLIC REGISTRATION
Assn Application Unit SECTION
FSM AWARDS OFFICER Assn Applications I/C (Lower Orgs Only)
Membership Cards Unit
Award Program Unit Membership Cards I/C PUBLIC REGISTRATION
FSM Award Program I/C Assn Promotion Unit OFFICER
Commission Policing Unit Assn Promotion I/C
FSM Commission Policing I/C Flyer Mailings Sub-Unit Asst Public Regs Unit
Flyer Mailings I/C Asst Public Regs I/C
Advice Letters Sub-Unit Telephone Unit
Advice Letters I/C Telephone I/C
Press Releases Sub-Unit Div VII Liaison Unit
Press Releases I/C Div VII Liaison I/C

Assn Correspondence Unit SH PUBLIC REG SECTION
Assn Correspondence I/C (SHs Only)
Assn Minutes & Records Unit
Assn Minutes & Records I/C SH PUBLIC REGISTRATION

AUDITORS ASSOCIATION OFFICER

SECTION Asst SH Public Reg Unit
(Lower Orgs Only) Asst SH Public Regs I/C
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION SH Tours Reg Unit
SECRETARY SH Tours Regs I/C
Assn Meetings Unit SH Congresses/Events Reg Unit
Assn Meetings I/C SH Congresses/Events Regs I/C
Higher Training Enrolment Liaison to Dissem Unit
Sub-Unit Liaison to Dissem I/C
Higher Tr Enrolment Clerk
Assn Activities Unit CLEAR REG SECTION
Assn Activities I/C (AOs Only)
Plans Sub-Unit
Plans I/C
Projects Assignment Sub-Unit CLEAR REGISTRATION
Projects Assignment I/C OFFICER
Coordination Sub-Unit
Coordination I/C D/Clear Reg Unit
Completions Sub-Unit D/Clear Regs I/C
Completions I/C AO Tour Reg Unit
ARC Bk Liaison Unit AO Tour Regs I/C
ARC Bk Liaison I/C AO Event Reg Unit
AO Event Regs I/C
SAINT HILLERS ASSN Liaison to Dissem Unit
REGISTRATION SECTION Liaison to Dissem I/C
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
REGISTRAR
Assn Application Unit
Assn Applications I/C
Membership Cards Unit
Membership Cards I/C
Assn Promotion Unit
Assn Promotion I/C
"The Saint Hiller"
Magazine Sub-Unit
The Saint Hiller Mag Editor
Flyer Mailings Sub-Unit

Flyer Mailings I/C
Advice Letters Sub-Unit
Advice Letters I/C
Press Releases Sub-Unit
Press Releases I/C
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Correspondence I/C
Assn Minutes & Records Unit
Assn Minutes & Records I/C
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
SECRETARY
Assn Meetings Unit
Assn Meetings I/C
Higher Training
Enrolment Sub-Unit
Higher Training
Enrolment I/C
Assn Activities Unit
Assn Activities I/C
Plans Sub-Unit
Plans I/C
Projects Assignment Sub-Unit
Projects Assignment I/C
Coordination Sub-Unit
Coordination I/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1970
SH Orgs
Saint Hillers Assn
Section Hats
Saint Hillers Assn
Regn Section Hats
Saint Hiller Events
Section Hats
SH Dir Field Sales Hat
SH Dir Public Contact Hat
SH Public Sales Sec Hat
SH Public Services Sec Hat SAINT HILLERS
SH PES Hat
OEC Checksheet ASSOCIATION

Just as Class IV Orgs have their Auditors Association, a Saint Hillers Association is
hereby instituted for Saint Hill Orgs.

It has the same purpose and format as the Auditors Association but is limited in
its membership to SHSBC Graduates.

The program is designed to cultivate your SHSBC Field Auditors, get them
informed, get them auditing, get them as FSMS, obtain their goodwill and assistance
and get them helping you now now now.

Weekly meetings for members and new members are held in the Org, Saint Hillers
Assn Section, Dept 23, Div 8. Events are put on for members of the Saint Hillers
Association by the Saint Hiller Event Section of Dept 20, Div 7.

The Saint Hillers themselves on a volunteer basis assist with and are gotten to
participate heavily and actively in "Saint Hillers Night", a regular weekly event run also
in Saint Hiller Event Section of Dept 20, Div 7. This event is however not solely for
members, but may be attended by ANYONE WHO HAS SIGNED UP (and of course
made some advance payment for) THE SHSBC as well as Saint Hill Students and
Graduates. In addition to other promotion for Saint Hillers Night, Saint Hillers
themselves are to be urged to bring people along to the event and to select them for the
SHSBC. An SH Public Registrar (Div 8, Dept 24) must always be available and active
before the start of the event (as well as during and after it) so that people can sign up
for the SHSBC and then attend the event. Every effort should be made to get all who
have signed up for the SHSBC regularly attending Saint Hillers Night, and to get people
to sign up for the SHSBC so they may attend.

The following are the Org Board, Ideal Scenes and Statistics for the Saint Hillers
Association and Saint Hiller Events Section for Saint Hill Orgs.

(For SH Orgs)

Last two sections of Dept 23, Division 8

SAINT FULLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRATION SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRAR

Assn Applications Unit
Assn Applications I/C

Membership Cards Unit
Membership Cards I/C

Assn Promotion Unit
Assn Promotion I/C

"The Saint Hiller" Magazine Sub-Unit
"The Saint Hiller" Editor

Flyer Mailings Sub- Unit
Flyer Mailings I/C

Advice Letters Sub-Unit
Advice Letters I/C

Press Releases Sub-Unit
Press Releases I/C

Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Correspondence I/C

Assn Minutes and Records Unit
Assn Minutes and Records I/C

SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECRETARY

Assn Meetings Unit
Assn Meetings I/C

Higher Training Enrolment Sub-Unit
Higher Training Enrolment I/C

Assn Activities Unit
Assn Activities I/C

Plans Sub-Unit
Plans I/C

Projects Assignment Sub-Unit
Projects Assignment I/C

Co-ordination Sub-Unit
Co-ordination I/C

ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C

Fourth Section of Dept 20, Division 7

SAINT HILLER EVENTS SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLER EVENTS OFFICER

Saint Hiller Volunteers Unit
Saint Hiller Volunteers I/C

Saint Hiller Event Scheduling and Planning Unit
Saint Hiller Event Scheduling and Planning I/C

Saint Hiller Events Unit
Saint Hiller Events I/C

Saint Hillers Night Unit
Saint Hillers Night I/C

IDEAL SCENES AND STATISTICS

SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRATION SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 8

Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and administrative
conduct the Saint Hillers Association Registrar has established and is projecting a
popular, professional image of the Saint Hillers Association which is rapidly expanding
in membership and is well known throughout the community for its goodwill and
helpfulness; all Association files, records, minutes, membership lists are up-to-date in a
safe, accessible location readily available for easy reference and use,

Stat: 1. Total Assn Promo pieces and publicity items out in week.

2. Number of new Assn members in week.

3. Number of Assn files up-to-date and correctly filed

SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 8

Ideal Scene: The Saint Hillers Association Secretary has all SHSBC Graduates
united as members of the Org's Saint Hillers Association and has them well informed,
in communication and effectively coordinated as a working team in the spirit of
goodwill and cooperation, each member actively auditing, selecting and assisting the
Org to further strengthen and expand a strong 3rd Dynamic in the community which is
progressing across the bridge to Total Freedom.

Sta t: 1. No. of Saint Hiller Assn members who audited, selected, did
something worthwhile for the Org or heard from in week.

2. /Vo. of attendees to weekly Saint Hillers Association meetings.

3. No. of training sign-ups at the Saint Hillers Association meetings.

SAINT HILLER EVENTS SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 7

Ideal Scene: Lots of excellently, professionally and effectively run events for
SH grads, students and enrollees which inform and which especially demonstrate
auditing, its effectiveness and results, so that tremendous interest and enthusiasm is
generated, attendance increased week to week, attendees become more active as
auditors, students and FSMS, and which bring about high and increasing numbers of
enrollments for training and processing, and in particular for the SHSBC.

Stat: Number of attendees at Saint Hiller and SHSBC enrollee events for the
week.

The purpose of the Saint Hillers Association Program is to get Dianetics and
Scientology into Power in the community.

Tony Dunleavy
CS-7/8
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:TD:rr.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Remimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Starrate-
Exec Dir
HCO ES, OES, PES HCO POLICY LETTER OF I DECEMBER 1970
All Public Divisions Issue 11
All Dissem
Body Reg Hat
Letter Reg Hat CLARIFICATION
Public Reg Hat
Dir Public-Comm Hat REGISTRATION BREAKTHROUGH
Dir of Clearing Hat
Addresso Hat (Modifies HCO P/L 30 July 70, Important
Staff Status 11 Registration Breakthrough)

CFNEWNAMEDEFINITION
As per page 302, Volume 2, HCO P/L 30 July 70, Reg Breakthrough:
A NEW NAME TO C/F IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE WHO HAS
BOUGHT A MAJOR SERVICE.

CLARIFICATION:
In the case of someone buying a Major Service for the first time, per the definition, it
can be counted as a new name whether bought and paid for in part or full.

COMMISSION TO PUBLIC REG
As per page 305, Volume 2, HCO P/L 30 July 70, Reg Breakthrough:
Further the Public Registrar receives as an award, 1% commission on every person
she signs up for their first major service from Public lines.

CLARIFICA TION:
This commission is only due when the person signed up for the first major service,
has paid in full and has started the service.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:nt.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright (c) 1970 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

[Cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971
Remimeo Issue V
oic ww [Excerpt]
CLOs
EC Hat
HAS Hat ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS
OIC Hat REVISED

PUBLIC PLANNING DIVISION 6
1 . Number of New Names to Prospect Card Files.

PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION 7
1 . Number of people routed from a public event, Introductory lecture, or Testing to
a Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg and ARC Break Reg.)
2. Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.

PUBLIC SALES DIVISION 8
1 . Number of New Names to Central Files.
2. Value of FSM Commissions paid.

LRH:HE:mes.rd HCO Aide
Copyright (i) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 5 February 1971 issue V, Org Gross Divisional Statistics
Revised. A complete copy can be found in the 1971 Year Book.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1971
Issue VII
Limited Non-Remimeo
FEBC Exec Dir Only

FEBC ORG BOARD DIVISION SIX

PURPOSES
DEPARTMENT16

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of PR

OFFICE OF DIANA HUBBARD
DMDH Communicator

Div 6 Establishing Unit
Div 6 Establishing I/C

Data Liaison Unit
Data Liaison IIC

Pgms and Orders Logging Unit
Pgms and Orders Logging I/C

Reporting and Compliances Unit
Reporting and Compliances IIC

PR CONTROL SECTION
Public Relations Officer

Fact Finding and Research Unit
Fact Finding and Research I/C

Fact Librarian
Surveying Clerk
Survey Tabulating and Issuing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Writing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Issuing Clerk

PR Briefing and Appearances Unit
PR Briefing and Appearances I/C

PR Area Controlling Unit
PR Area Controlling IIC

Contact Collecting and Card Filing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Pre-Testing PRO
PR Policies and Pgms Executing PRO
Community PRO
Staff Relations PRO

PR Campaigning Unit
PR Campaigning I/C

Publicity Unit
Publicity I/C

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTING SUB-SECTION
Advertising and Promoting Officer

Promotion Planning Unit
Promotion Planning I/C

Promotion Analysing Sub-Unit
Promotion Analysing I/C

Publics Analysing and Listing Clerk
Publics Research Clerk
Prom Stat Analysing Clerk
Prom Actions Analysing Clerk

Promotion Preparing Sub-Unit
Promotion Preparing I/C

Scheduling Clerk
Copy Writer
Artist
Printing Liaison

Advertising Unit
Advertising I/C

Copy Writer
Artist
Ad Placement Clerk

Testing Promoting Unit
Testing Promoting I/C

Events Promoting Unit
Events Promoting I/C

Public Services Promoting Unit
Public Services Promoting I/C

EVENTS EXECUTING SECTION
Events Executing Officer

Events Planning and Preparing Unit
Events Planning and Preparing I/C
Tape and Film Librarian
Events Scheduling Clerk
Events Facilitating and Space Staging Clerk
Events Pers Controlling and Drilling Clerk
Events Stats Reviewing Clerk

Introductory Lecturing Unit
Intro Lecturer

Events Executing Unit
Events Executing IIC
(open houses, tape and film plays,
Dn conferences, And nights,
Clear nights, etc)
Event Floor Sales Manager

Congress Unit
Congress Manager
Congress Floor Sales Manager

Goodwill Touring Unit
Goodwill Touring I/C

Lecturing to Groups Sub-Unit
IGroup Lecturer

ROUTING TO REG SUB-SECTION
Routing to Reg Officer

Prospect Card Dist Unit
Prospect Card Dist IIC

Prospect Card Collecting Unit
Prospect Card Collecting I/C

Prospect Card Routing Unit
Prospect Card Routing I/C

Body Routers Unit
Body Routers I/C

ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C

BOOKSTORE SECTION
Bookstore Officer

Book Promoting Unit
Book Promoting I/C
Mail List Procurement Clerk
Duplisticker Typist
Info Pack Mailing and Stocking Clerk
Order Forms Mailing Clerk
MIB Promoting Clerk

Book Selling Unit
Book Selling I/C

Div 2 Stocks Liaison Unit
Div 2 Stocks Liaison I/C

Dept 18 Field Liaison Unit
Dept 18 Field Liaison I/C

PUBLIC ACTIVITLES REG SECTION
(Enrollments and Memberships)
Public Activities Registrar

Prospect Card Filing Unit
Prospect Card Filing I/C

Prospect Promoting Unit
Prospect Promoting I/C
Info Mailings Clerk
Flyer Mailings Clerk
Membership App Mailing Clerk
Member App Dist Clerk
Interviewing and Signing Up Unit
Asst Reg
Phoning Clerk
Interviewee Handouts Clerk
Routing Form Stocks and Issuing Clerk
ARC Bk Reg and Dissem Liaison

CLEAR REG SUB-SECTION
(AOs)
Clear Registrar
Clear Prospects Card Filing Unit
Clear Prospects Card Filing I/C

IWGCC Promoting Unit
IWGCC Promoting I/C

IWGCC Memb Issuing Unit
IWGCC Memb Issuing I/C

Clear Prospects Promoting Unit
Clear Prospects Promoting I/C
IWGCC Info Packs Mailing Clerk
Clear Mail Sign Up Clerk
ARC Bk Reg Liaison
Dissem Liaison Clerk

AO Events and Touring Registraring Unit
D/Registrars
Dissem Liaison
ARC Bk Liaison

PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS THAT ATTRACT
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO BECOMING SCIENTOLOGISTS

REALIZATION
DEPARTMENT 17

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICES
Director of Public Services

PUBLIC HAT PREPARING SECTION
Public Hat Preparing Officer

Checksheet Compiling Unit
Checksheet Compiling I/C

FSM Starter Pack Preparing Unit
FSM Starter Pack Prep I/C

Div 2 Pack Compiling Liaison Unit
Div 2 Pack Compiling Liaison IIC

PUBLIC SERVICE ADMIN SECTION
Public Service Administrator

Hat Pack Stocks Unit
Hat Pack Stocks f/C

Hat Issuing Unit
Hat Issuing I/C

Roll Call Unit
Roll Call I/C

Hatting Progress Board Unit
Hatting Progress Board I/C

Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison Unit
Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison I/C
Routing Policing Clerk

PUBLIC HATTING SECTION
Public Hatting Supervisor

Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison Unit
Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison I/C

Extension Course Unit
Extension Course Supervisor

Ext Cse Student Files Clerk
Materiel Issuing Clerk
Corresponding Clerk
Ext Cse Marking Clerk

Qual C & A Liaison Unit
Qual C & A Liaison I/C

Success Liaison Unit
Success Liaison I/C

HAT CRAMMING SUB-SECTION
Hat Cramming Supervisor

Dept 18 Liaison Unit
Dept 18 Liaison I/C

Outness Analysing Unit
Outness Analysing IIC

HAS/HQS Retread Liaison Unit
HAS/HQS Retread Liaison I/C

Returning to Field Unit
Returning to Field IIC

SUCCESS SECTION
Success Officer

Interviewing Unit
Interviewing I/C

Key Questioning Clerk
Success Story Collecting Clerk
OK to Publish form Issuing Clerk
Tech and Qual Liaison

Success Category Filing Unit
Success Category Filing I/C

Success Compiling Unit
Success Compiling IIC

Promotion Liaison Unit
Promotion Liaison I/C

Success Posting Clerk

Success Validating Unit
Success Validating IIC

WISDOM DISSEMINATING SECTION
Wisdom Disseminating Officer

Subjects Planning Unit
Subjects Planning I/C

Wisdom Library Unit
Wisdom Librarian

Pamphlets Compiling Unit
Pamphlets Compiling I/C

Pamphlets Printing Liaison Unit
Pamphlets Printing Liaison I/C

Pamphlets Distributing Unit
Pamphlets Distributing I/C

PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS

CLEARING
DEPARTMENT18

DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing

FIELD RELATIONS SECTION
Field Relations Officer

Field Communicating Unit
Field Communicating I/C
Field Folder Filing Clerk
Field Reports Receiving Clerk
Field Reports Answering Clerk
Field Stats Clerk

Field Promoting Unit
Field Promoting I/C
Field Promotion Planning Clerk
FSM Newsletters Mailings Clerk
Franchise Newsletters Mailings Clerk
Field Events Promoting Clerk
Field Mag Editor

Field Events Executing Unit
Field Events Executing I/C
FSM Rallies Manager
Sunday Services Manager
Staff and Franchise Day Manager (SHs)
OT Services Manager
Chaplain Qual Liaison

Field Briefings and Meetings Unit
Field Briefings and Meetings I/C
Goodwill Visiting Representative
Org Advising Counsellor (AOs and SHs)

ARC Break Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Break Reg Liaison I/C

FIELD DISSEMINATING SECTION
Field Disseminating Officer

Field Dissem Promoting Unit
Field Dissem Promoting I/C

Wisdom Exporting Unit
Wisdom Exporting I/C
Dept 17 Wisdom Pamphlets Collecting Clerk
Wisdom Pamphlets Mailings Clerk
Wisdom Success Awarding Clerk

Field Tape Library Sub-Unit
Field Tape Library I/C
Tape Library Forming and Expansion Clerk
Field Rental Service Promoting Clerk
Tape Issuing Clerk
Tape Collecting Clerk
Field Tape Maintaining Clerk

Field Book Selling Unit
Field Book Selling I/C
Field Book Sales Promoting Clerk
Book Campaigner
MIB Clerk

Book Campaigns and MIB Awarding Unit
Bk Campaign and MIB Awarding I/C

Book Distribution Unit
Book Distribution I/C

SPECIAL PROGRAMMES SECTION
Special Programmes Officer

Special Pgms Planning Unit
Special Pgms Planning I/C
Research Surveying Clerk
Spec Pgms Issuing Clerk
Spec Pgms Assigning Clerks
Spec Pgms Scheduling Clerks

Committee Activities Unit
Committee Activities I/C

Gung-Ho Group Activities Unit
Gung-Ho Group Activities I/C

Auditors Assn Unit
Auditors Assn Registrar
Auditors Assn Secretary

Spec Pgms Executing Unit
Spec Pgrns Executing I/C
Spec Pgms Filing Clerk
Spec Pgms Reports Policing Clerk
Spec Pgms Compliance Policing Clerk
Spec Pgms Publicity and Promoting Clerk

New Civilization Forming Sub-Unit
New Civilization Forming I/C
Political Liaison

FSM SECTION
FSM Officer

FSM Appointing Unit
FSM Appointing I/C

Apptmt Confirming Clerk

FSM Supplying Unit
FSM Supplying IIC

FSM Starter Pack Issuing Clerk
FSM Supplies Stocks Clerk

FSM Activities Unit
FSM Activities I/C

Group and Franchise Establishing Unit
G and F Establishing IIC

G and F Starter Pack Issuing Clerk
F/0 WW Liaison

FSM Awarding Unit
FSM Awarding IIC

Commission Payment Policing Clerk
FSM Awards Pgming Clerk
FSM Awards Issuing Clerk

FIELD CORRECTING SECTION
Field Correcting Officer

Field Inspecting Unit
Field Inspecting IIC

Field Morale Raising Unit
Field Morale Raising I/C

Field Justice Liaison Unit
Field Justice Liaison I/C

Routing to Hat-Cramming Unit
Hat Cramniing Router

Field Products Correcting Unit
Field Products Correcting I/C

PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS

Dept 18 makes possible and makes occur the Valuable Final Products of a
Scientologist:
DISSEMINATED KNOWLEDGE
PURCHASED BOOKS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A CLEARED PLANET.

LRH: DH: kjm.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[modified by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227;
cancelledbyHCOP/L 14july 1971,FEBCOrgBoardDiv6Expanded, page 74.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JULY 1971
(Cancels HCO PL 7 Feb 71 FEBC Org Board Div 6)
Remimeo
FEBC Orgs only
All Exec Hats
All Staff Hats

FEBC ORG BOARD DIV 6 EXPANDED

This is the FEBC Org Board for the DISTRIBUTION DIVISION or PUBLIC
DIVISION (either name can be used). It is valid and effective this date of issue. It is the
only authorized FEBC Div 6 Org Board. Products and VFP are as follows:

DEPT 16 PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS
THAT ATTRACT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC
TO BECOME SCIENTOLOGISTS

DEPT 17 PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS

DEPT 18 PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS

Div 6 VFP: ACTIVE AND HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS.

FEBC Orgs will shortly be receiving the Paper Label Org Board. The Div 6 Org
Board on this Paper Label Org Board is not to be used. Instead HCOs should separate
the pages of this P/L and paste them over and on top of the Div 6 section of the Paper
Label Org Board. Only this Org Board P/L for Div 6 is used and valid.

The Div 6 Org Board is as follows:

PURPOSES

DEPT 16

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
CONTROLLING

Director of Public Controlling

PR AREA CONTROLLING SECTION
PR Area Controlling Officer

PR Researching Unit
PR Researching IIC

Trends & Ethnics Researching Clerk
Publics Listing Clerk
Opinion Leaders Listing Clerk
Surveying Clerk
Fact Librarian

PR Planning Unit
PR Planning I/C

PR Pgms Writing Clerk
PR Campaigns Writing Clerk
PR Pgms & Campaigns Pre-testing Clerk
PR Pgms & Campaigns Issuing Clerk

PR Activities Unit
PR Activities I/C

Appearances Policing PRO
Staff Briefing PRO
Community Controlling PRO
Campaigning PRO
Publicizing PRO

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTING SECTION
Advertising and Promoting Officer

Ads & Promo Planning Unit
Ads & Promo Planning IIC

Requirements Listing Clerk
Scheduling Clerk
Response Analysing Clerk

Advertising Unit
Advertising I/C

Ads Copy Writer
Ads Artist
Layout Clerk
Ads Placing Clerk

Promotion Preparing Unit
Promotion Preparing IIC
Tech & Success Liaison
Promo Copy Writer
Promo Artist
Promo Layout Clerk
Promo Printing Liaison

Promotion Distributing Unit
Promotion Distributing I/C
Poster Posting Clerk
Handouts Distributor
Field Distributing Teams Supervisor
HCO Dept 2 Mailing Liaison

Info Pack Mailing Unit
Info Pack Mailing I/C
Info Pack Supplying Clerk
Names Collecting Clerk
Lists Renting/Purchasing Clerk
3 Duplistickers Typing Clerk
Info Pack Mailing Clerk

BOOK SELLING SECTION (Bookstore)
Book Selling Officer

Bookstore Stocking Unit
Bookstore Stocking I/C
Bookstore Stocks Inventory Clerk
Dept 5 Publications Liaison
Stocks Storing Clerk

Bookstore Displaying Unit
Bookstore Displaying I/C

Book Selling Unit
Book Selling I/C
HCO Book A/C Invoicing Clerk

ATTRACTING ACTIVITIES SECTION
Attracting Activities Officer

Testing Unit
Testing I/C

Test Administrator
Test Marking Clerk
Test Evaluator

Attracting Services Delivering Unit (Lower Org)
Attracting Services Delivering I/C

Introductory Lecturer
PE Course Lecturer
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Supervisor

Events Executing Unit
Events Executing I/C

Open Houses Manager
Tape & Film Plays Manager
Special Events Manager
Congress Manager

Public Processing Unit
Public Processing I/C

Group Processing Auditor
Introductory Sessions Auditor (Lower Org)
Public Co-audits Supervisor (Lower Org)

Lower Org NNs to C/F Quotas Assigning Unit (AO & SH)
Lower Org NNs to C/F Quotas Assigning I/C
Div 6s Assisting Expeditor
NNs to C/F Quotas Compliance Policer

NNs to C/F Routing to Higher Org Policing Unit (AO & SH)
NNs to C/F Routing to Higher Org Policing IIC

MEMBERSHIPS ENLISTING SUB-SECTION
Memberships Enlisting Officer

Memberships Applications Issuing Unit
Memberships Applications Issuing IIC

Memberships Selling Unit
Memberships Selling I/C
Free Memberships Issuing Clerk
Memberships Selling Clerk
Memberships Issuing Clerk
Dept 7 Billing Clerk Liaison

Members Files Filing Unit
Members Files Filing I/C

Memberships Renewing Unit
Memberships Renewing I/C

ROUTING TO REG SECTION
Routing to Reg Officer

Routing Organizing Unit
Routing Organizing I/C

Reg Liaison
Lines Dummy Runner
Space & Flows Positioning Clerk
Signs Placing Clerk
Public Badges & Pinning Clerk

Routing Unit
Routing I/C

Leading Router A
Router Al
Router A2
Leading Router B
Router B I
Router B2
Leading Router C
Router C I
Router C2

PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS
THAT ATTRACT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC
TO BECOME SCIENTOLOGISTS

REALIZATION

DEPT 17

DEPARTMENT OF HATTING
SCIENTOLOGISTS

Director of Hatting Scientologists

HATTING COURSES ESTABLISHING SECTION
Hatting Courses Establishing Officer

Requirements Listing Unit
Requirements Listing I/C

Space Procuring Unit
Space Procuring I/C
HCO & Estates Liaison

Materials Procuring Unit
Materials Procuring I/C
FP Liaison
Furniture Procuring Clerk
Facilities Procuring Clerk
Supplies Procuring Unit
Dept 5 Packs Procuring Liaison

Personnel Procuring Unit
Personnel Procuring I/C
HCO Dept I Liaison
HCO Personnel Hatting Liaison
Supervisors' Requirements Enforcer

Establishment Enforcing Unit
Establishment Enforcing I/C
What is a Course P/L Inspector
Hatting Tech Inspector
Corrections Expeditor

RATTING ADMINISTRATING SECTION
Hatting Administrating Officer

Students Routing Unit
Students Routing I/C

Materials Issuing Unit
Materials Issuing I/C

Materials Storing Clerk
Materials IN/OUT Logging Clerk

Courses Administrating Unit
Courses Administrating I/C

Roll Call Maintaining Clerk
Student Points Graphing Clerk
Student Graphs Posting Clerk
Progress Board Maintaining Clerk

SCIENTOLOGIST'S'HATTING SECTION
Scientologists' Hatting Officer

TR Course Unit A (Quiet Drills) (HAS Course)
TR Course Supervisor A

Asst TR Course Supervisor Al
Asst TR Course Supervisor A2

TR Course Unit B (Noisy Drills) (HAS Course)
TR Course Supervisor B

Asst TR Course Supervisor B I
Asst TR Course Supervisor B2

Hatting Course Unit (Hat Pack Checkouts)
Hatting Course Supervisor

Asst Hatting Course Supervisor A
Asst Hatting Course Supervisor B

EXTENSION COURSE SECTION (Alternative Hatting)
Extension Course Officer

Extension Course Administrating Unit
Extension Course Administrating I/C

Reg Liaison
Material Mailing Clerk
Student Files Filing Clerk
Progress Summarizing Clerk
Summaries Filing Clerk

Extension Course Supervising Unit
Extension Course Supervising I/C

Answers Receiving Clerk
Marking Clerk
Corresponding Clerk
C & A Liaison
Success Liaison

PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS

CLEARING

DEPT 18

DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING

Director of Clearing

FIELD RELATIONS CONTROLLING SECTION
Field Relations Controlling Officer

Field Promo Preparing Unit
Field Promo Preparing I/C
Tech & Success Liaison
Promo Scheduling Clerk
Copy Writer & Compiling Clerk
Design and Layout Artist
Printing Liaison

Field Promo Distributing Unit
Field Promo Distributing I/C
Handout Distributor
HCO Dept 2 Mailing Liaison

Field Events Executing Unit
Field Events Executing I/C
Field Briefings Manager
Field Meetings Manager
FSM Rallies Manager
Sunday Services Manager (Lower Org)
Staff and Franchise Day Manager (SH)
OT Services Manager (AO)
Qual Chaplain Liaison

Field Goodwill Controlling Unit
Field Goodwill Controlling I/C
Goodwill Visiting Representative
Field Advisory Consultant
ARC Break Reg Liaison
Field Ethics Liaison
Field Awards Policing Clerk

DISSEMINATION BY FIELD PRODUCING SECTION
Dissemination by Field Producing Officer

Knowledge Exporting Unit
Knowledge Exporting I/C
Scn Knowledge Librarian
Pamphlets Compiling Clerk
Pamphlets Printing Liaison
Pamphlets Distributing to Field Clerk
"Buy Tapes!" Campaigning Clerk

Dissem of Knowledge by Field Campaigning Unit
Dissem of Knowledge by Field Campaigning I/C

Book Sales by Field Campaigning Unit
Book Sales by Field Campaigning I/C
Book Selling by Field Expeditor
Buyers' Names Collecting Clerk
Names Routing to C/F Clerk
Field Bk Sales to Bookshops Co-ordinator (MIB)
Area Bookshops Liaison
Area Bookshops Follow-up Clerk

Field Dissemination Awarding Unit
Field Dissemination Awarding I/C

Dissem Awards Pgming Clerk
Awards Pgm Issuing Clerk
Field Disseminators Awarding Clerk
Field Book Sellers Awarding Clerk
Awards Issuing Clerk

SPECIAL PROGRAMMES EXECUTING SECTION
Special Programmes Executing Officer

Special Pgms Co-ordinating Unit
Special Pgms Co-ordinating I/C
Research/Surveying Clerk
Spec Pgms Planning Clerk
Assigning & Briefing Clerk
Debriefing & Commending Clerk
Past Spec Pgms Files Librarian

Individual Scns Spec Pgms Expediting Unit
Individual Scns Spec Pgms Expediting I/C
Individual Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer

Committee Activities Expediting Unit
Committee Activities Expediting IIC
OT Committee Chairman (AO)
Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer

Gung-Ho Groups Activities Expediting Unit
Gung-Ho Group Activities Expediting I/C
Gung-Ho Groups Establishing Expeditor
Gung-Ho Groups Supplying Clerk
Gung-Ho Groups Co-ordinator
Spec- Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer

Auditors Assn Conducting Unit
Auditors Assn Registrar
Auditors Assn Secretary
Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer

SELECTION BY FSMs PRODUCING SECTION
Selection by FSMs Producing Officer

FSMs Appointing Unit
FSMs Appointing I/C
Prov Appointment Ltr Issuing Clerk
FSM Files Filing Clerk
Perm Appointing Clerk

FSMs Supplying Unit
FSMs Supplying I/C
FSM Supplies Stocking Clerk
FSM Supplies Issuing Clerk
Supply Orders Receiving Clerk
Re-supplying Clerk

FSMs Selecting Expediting Unit
FSMs Selecting Expediting I/C

FSM Communicating Clerk
Selection Slip Copies Receiving Clerk
Validation Letter Writer
Boom Formula Co-ordinator
FSM Follow-up Selectees Policer
Lower Org Selection Quotas Assigning Sub Unit (AO & SH)
Lower Org Selection Quotas Assigning IIC
Selection Quotas Compliance Policer
FSM Awarding Unit
FSM Awarding IIC
FSM Awards Pgming Clerk
Awards Pgms Issuing Clerk
Commission Payment Policer
FSM Awards Issuing Clerk
FIELD ACTIVITIES EXPANDING SECTION
Field Activities Expanding Officer
Field Auditors Assisting Unit
Field Auditors Assisting I/C
Field Groups Expediting Unit
Field Groups Expediting I/C
Groups Establishing Expeditor
Groups Supplying Clerk
Groups Assistance Expeditor
Groups Production Expeditor
Franchises Expediting Unit
Franchises Expediting I/C
Franchises Establishing Expeditor
Franchises Supplying Clerk
Franchises Assistance Expeditor
Franchise Production Liaison
F/0 WW Liaison
City Offices Expediting Unit
City Offices Expediting I/C
City Offices Establishing Expeditor
City Offices Supplying Clerk'
City Offices Assistance Expeditor
City Offices Production Expeditor
Bridge Co-ordinating Unit
Bridge Co-ordination I/C
Bridge Enforcing Expeditor
Bridge Co-ordinator
PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS

DIV 6 VFP: ACTIVE AND HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS
VFPs OF A SCIENTOLOGIST:
DISSEMINATED KNOWLEDGE
PURCHASED BOOKS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A CLEARED PLANET
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH: DH: ti.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/L 5 August 1971 Issue 11, FEBCDiv 6 Org BoardAmendment, page 82; modified
by HCO P/L 26 November 1971 Issue !I, Division 6 Public Req Reinstated, page 230, and its revised
reissue of 30 October 1972, entitled division 6 Public Reg Simplified, in the 1972 Year Book.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 AUGUST 1971
Issue 11
(Amends HCO PL 14 July 71
Remimeo FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded)
FEBC Orgs
Only
All Exec Hats
All Staff Hats

FEBC DIV 6 ORG BOARD
AMENDMENT

The following is added as the last unit of the PR Area Controlling Section of
Dept 16:

Success Controlling Unit
Success Controlling I/C (Success Officer)

Success Monitoring Sub-Unit
Success Monitoring I/C

Success Interviewing Clerk
Key Questioning Clerk
Qual Liaison

Success Distributing Sub-Unit
Success Distributing I/C

Success Category Filing Clerk
Success Compiling Clerk
Success Posting Clerk
Success Validating Clerk
Promotion Liaison

Success could be called a Qual function due to its flub catch aspects or a Div 6
function due to its promotion aspects. Thus question has arisen as to its Org Board
position.

Actually the argument is based on sub-products. Senior is the fact that-Success
MONITORS WORD OF MOUTH and therefore is a vital part of PR Area Control in
Div 6. It is difficult for PR to succeed in the face of poor word of mouth. Success is
the checkpoint that will ensure good word of mouth and will prevent persons with bad
indicators leaving the Org which will create bad word of mouth.

When Success functions are really in GOOD WORD OF MOUTH results and a
PRO can do his job with reality and without stumbling into bad word of mouth. An
additional benefit is that Success provides the vital information line on the results the
Org is obtaining with its services and this contributes to making PR REAL. Success is a
type of PR area control in itself and goes in as an ingredient to make up the whole of
PR area control.

Success MONITORS WORD OF MOUTH = part of PR Area Control = Division 6.
This finalizes the position of Success.

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:dz.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 NOVEMBER 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo
Class IV Orgs
All Staff Hats
All Div 6 Hats

MINI PUBLIC DIVISION ORG BOARD

Attached is the Mini Public Division Org Board for Div 6s in Class IV Orgs.

It is presented in great simplicity and is very easy to post. It only takes 7 people
to man it and function. Even the worst personnel problems can be overcome because it
is so easy to post with instant results. Every staff member has the right to demand a
Division 6 be manned and functioning, for otherwise their pay, welfare and morale is at
stake.

The postings of a Mini Division 6 consist of a Distribution Secretary, Success I/C
(also acts as clerk in Dept 16), Director of Public Servicing, Public Registrar, HAS
Supervisor, HQS Supervisor and a Director of Clearing.

THIS IS THE MINIMUM DIV 6 YOU MAY HAVE.

ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS

A brief description of Division 6 functions is as follows:-

Public Relations Area Control, voluminous public contact work, heavy public
book sales, attractive convincing introductory demonstrations and miniature courses,
active groups and well paid field staff members. (Reference: HCO PL 12 Nov 71 How
to Raise Your Own Statistics and Pay.)

The essential functions are listed and described as follows:-

I . Public Relations Area Control: Consists of these duties: -

A. Classifying, researching and listing the various publics that exist.

B. Locating who the Opinion Leaders are.

C. Surveying the various publics and Opinion Leaders for what they want, what
is popular, public relations and preferences.

D. Formulating from surveys what to campaign and push and tailoring PR
messages that hit the right buttons (per surveys) for the right publics.

E. Contact and getting Opinion Leaders on our side giving us favorable mention
and assistance.

F. Image and Appearances of the org, policing same and keeping them
acceptable to the public.

G. Community PR, liaison and participation to increase favorable image.

H. Campaigns and PR programmes using surveys, contacts. events, mass media
to get across our PR message.

1. News-stories, press, TV and Radio to increase Scientology impingement on
the public.

These duties if performed will -create favorable opinion and response from publics
and get them into the Org.

2. Public Promotion: The make-up and getting printed of effective public
promotion pieces addressing the right publics with the right message aligned to
surveys that are attractive and will bring people into the Org. Such items are Info

Packs, handout tickets, handout flyers, mailed pieces, posters and public
advertisements placed in news media. Books and the introductory services of Dept
17 are promoted heavily aligned to what the public wants by survey. Heavy
volume public promotion is a must. FSMs and volunteers are used to distribute
promo by hand and mail.

3. Success: Interviewing all service completions and soliciting success stories from
same. Putting all completions on the meter to ask Key Questions to verify
satisfactory results. Routing back to Qual for correction and completions that are
not happy or satisfied or that do not pass meter questions. Categorizes success
stories into types of successes and results. Distributes and posts success stories and
makes such available for use in Div 6 and Div 2 promotion pieces. All these duties
add up to ensuring Good Word of Mouth.

4. Tours: The touring of groups in the community and Field to get people into the
org. A Tour action would be to effectively demonstrate and introduce the
attendees to Dn and Scn, bring about reach and sign them up on the spot also
selling books. Reaches and sign ups are turned over to the Public Reg for follow
up.

5. Introduction and Demonstration: Consists of Testing, Intro Lectures and Events
and Public Courses that effectively introduce the public to and demonstrate the
workability of Dn and Scn. Such activities get the Public interested enough to buy
something. The Public Courses consist of HAS and HQS. All these things are
Public Services.

6. Public Book Selling: The large voluminous selling of books to the public. On the
street and when public come into the org. Memberships can and should also be
sold.

7. Public Registration: The sign-up and enrollment of all new business into the org.
The public are signed up, followed up, enrolled and re-signed up until they have
received the needed introduction through Public Services and have enrolled for
their first Major Service at which point they become the responsibility of Dept 6
registration.

8. Field Activities: Getting the Field-FSMs, groups and Franchises to sell books,
disseminate and select the public into the org. Making the Field active. Making the
Field use Scn tech to improve their lives and others. Assisting groups to form and
making them prosperous. Goodwill and assistance to Franchises. Keeping the
Field advised of successful actions, award programmes and delivery successes
through newsletters. The appointment of FSMs and getting them active. Running
and conducting an Auditors Assn to get Field Auditors active and assisting the
org. Policing the payment of Commissions for selections; this and the
encouragement of selecting activities are pushed through to make well paid FSMS.

It has been found that Orgs not doing well-low staff pay-troubled income, etc
have an undermanned Div 6. By actual observation these troubles were promptly
remedied when Div 6 was manned up-almost miraculously!

Let's have a miracle for your Org!

Let's have a Div 6!

DIV 6 MAKES IT SO AN ORG STAFF MEMBER CAN SURVIVE!

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:DH:sb.rd Founder
Copyright (i) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Revised and reissued on 28 October 1972 as HCO P/L 14 November 1971R Issue 11, same title, in
the 197 2 Year Book.]

> a- n
t.,< 0 MINI DIV 6 ORG BOARD

MINI PUBLIC DIVISION

DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY

PURPOSES REALliATION CLEARING

DEPARTMENT 16 DEPARTMENT 17 DEPARTMENT 18

DEPT OF PUBLIC CONTROLLING DEPT OF PUBLIC SERVICING DEPT OF CLEARING

DIR OF PUBLIC CONTROLLI-NG DIR OF PUBLIC SERVICING DIR OF CLEARINQ

t (Held from above by Dist Sec)

DEMONSTRATING

SURVEYING (EVENTS & INTRO USING FSMS

IMAGE & APPEARANCES DEMONSTRATION) TESTING GROUPS

00 SPECIAL PROGRAMMES

PR AREA CONTROLLING PUBLIC BOOKS SELLING

ADVERTISING & NEWS STORIES MEMBERSHIPS SELLING

PROMO MOCK UP & SUPPLYING PUBLIC REGISTRATION SECTION AUDITORS ASSOCIATION SECTION

SUCCESS UNIT PUBLIC REGISTRAR SECRETARY (VOLUNTEER)

SUCCESS I/C NEW BUSINESS & PUBLIC ENROLLMENT

PUBLIC REG FILES

PROMOTING SECTION PUBLIC FOLLOW-UP & REGISTRAR (VOLUNTEER)

VOLUNTEERS RE-ENROLLMENT

HANDING OUT PROMO PUBLIC COURSES SECTION
MAILINGOUTPROMO HAS SUPERVISOR VFP: Active Hatted Field.
BRINGING IN BODIES STAT: Value of FSM Commissions Paid.

t TOURS SECTION HQS SUPERVISOR

VFP: A) People Interested Enough to Buy

Something and Do.

VFP: New People Brought In. B) Hatted Scientologists. *Post Name Here

STAT: No. of New Names to CF t Held from Above, Repeat the Name

STAT: No. af New People Brought In. STAT: No. of Hatted ScientologistsI A

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 NOVEMBER 1971
Class IV Orgs Issue 11
C/0-ED Hat
HES Hat
OES Hat
HAS Hat PUBLIC DIVISION STATISTICS
OIC Hat Reference:
Distr Hats HCO Policy Letter 26 Nov 1971 -
Div 6 Public Registrar Reinstated
HCO PL 14 Nov 1971 -
Mini Public Div Org Board
Amends:
HCO Policy Letter of 5 Feb 1971 Issue I
All Orgs OIC Cable Change
HCO Policy Letter 5 Feb 1971 Issue IV
(Ltd Non-Remimeo FEBC Orgs Only)
FEBC Exec Dir OIC Cable Change

EFFECTIVE FOR CLASS IV ORGS FOR THE WEEK BEGINNING 29
DECEMBER 1971 AND ENDING 6 JANUARY 1972 FOR THE FIRST REPORT,
AND EFFECTIVE THEREAFTER.

With the re-introduction of the vital Public Registrar line in Division 6, the Public
Division GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS are:

I . Number of New People brought into the org.

2. Number of New Names to Central Files.

3. Number of Scientologists fully hatted.

4. Value of FSM Commissions paid.

DEFINITIONS

I . Number of New People brought into the Org:

These are new, raw public coming into the Org for the first time for Testing,
Events, Introductory Lectures, to see the Public Registrar or for any reason in the
direction of wanting to know about Scientology.

The statistic is counted whether the person buys a book or service (Public Service
in Div 6 or Major Service in Divs 4 or 5) or not.

The stat is calculated by counting up the number of interviews done by the Public
Reg at the end of the week and cross-checking these with the invoices from books sold
to raw public. These invoices can be simply designated RP (raw public) for fast
cross-check when Bookstore person is invoicing during week.

2. Number of New Names to Central Files:

This is anyone who has bought something from the Org for the first time, whether
this is a book, HAS Course, HQS Course, or any other service sold-either paid in part
or in full, and whose name is not already in Central Files.

This does not authorize the illegal practice of counting a new name to C/F as
someone who bought an "FSM Magazine" or some other small item. The least item
bought is a book.

A book sold by an Org FSM is a new name to the Org's C/F. The FSM must,

however, send in the name and address of the buyer with evidence of sale to the Dir
Clearing.
3. Number of Scientologists fully hatted:
Scientologists who have completed the hat of a Field Scientologist.

4. Value of FSM Commissions paid:
This is the total value of all Field Staff Member Commissions paid by the org that
week to FSMS.
The statistics are the 4 GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS of the Public Division
of a Class IV Org.
WEEKLY OIC STAT REPORTS

The 4 Public Division GDSs that are to be reported on the weekly OIC stat cable
from week beginning 29 December 1971 and week ending 6 Jan 1972 are therefore:
I . Number of New People into the Org,
2. Number of New Names to CF,
3. Number of Hatted Scientologists,
4. Value of FSM Commissions paid.

The additional Pub Div stat of Basic Completions, though not a GDS, is also
reported.
PROCEDURE FOR REPORTING

Current Div 6 GDSs being reported are continued up to and for 3 weeks following
the specified change.

Every new stat reported from the date of change is prefixed with the word
44NEW'9.

The format of the OIC cable during the 3 weeks following the change is as
follows:
For Non-FEBC Orgs:
.... /GI divided by No. on Staff/NEW No. of New People into the Org/No. of
people routed to the Public Registrar/No. of Basic Completions/No. of New
Names to CFINEW No. of Hatted Scientologists/FSM Commissions Paid/Sig.
For FEBC Orgs:
.... /GI divided by No. on Staff/NEW No. of New People into the Org/No. of
people routed to the Public RegINEW No. of Basic Completions/No. of New
Names to CF/No. of Hatted Scientologists/FSM Commissions paid/Total Value of
books sold/Sig.
From the 4th week of date of change and thereafter, the OIC cable is reported as
follows for both FEBC and Non-FEBC Orgs, with only the 4 Div 6 GDSs listed and the
additional stat of Basic Completions and without the prefix "NEW" before the new
GDSs being reported-
... /GI divided by No. on staff/No. of New People into the Org/No. of Basic
Completions/No. of New Names to Central Files/No. of Hatted Scientologists/
FSM Commissions Paid/Sig.

LRH:HE:nt.rd HCO Aide
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Revised and reissued on 28 October 1972 as HCO P/L 28 November 1971R Issue II, same title, in
the 1972 Year Book.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1959

HAS CO-AUDIT COURSES

HAS Co-audit courses should begin at once in every Central Organization-
London, D.C., Los Angeles, Melbourne, New York, Auckland, Johannesburg.

This course gives a comm course teaching TR 0, 1, 2, 3 as per previous
bulletin-three nights a week for 2 weeks, then an unlimited co-audit course 2
nights a week.

The lead in a PE Course (see old PABS).

The charge is at least 2 gns or $10 per week for all.

The student is issued his HAS at end of 2 weeks.

The co-audit uses muzzled auditing on overt withhold straight wire, the
instructor doing assessment. More data will come out on this. However, it should
begin at once. Use old PE name lists in your area.

It is staggeringly successful.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY I.ETTER OF 28 MAY 1959

NEW HCO WW DEPT

A new department of HCO is created herewith; it is

PE FOUNDATION HCO WW.

This is an information center on HAS Co-Audit. The place of the department is
London and all queries about HAS Co-Audits or the running of PE Foundations should
be addressed to it as follows:

PE Foundation HCO WW
37 Fitzroy St.
London W. I

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:gh.rd

[Excerpted from HCO P/L 28 May 1959. The remainder of the Policy Letter concerned a personnel
appointment. - Ed.]

183

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 DECEMBER 1965

Remimeo
Franchise
Field Staff Members

Distribution Division
Dissemination Division

DISTRIBUTE: TO SPREAD OUT SO AS TO COVER SOMETHING

The setting up of a communication network for Scientology that will encompass
Planet Earth is the job of Distribution Division.

This dept must have a 3600 angle vision and must never shut the door on any
promotional channel or idea. Keep a file for every promotional idea you are given,
however crackpot, and always politely acknowledge these.

Scientologists on their way up start getting big ideas. Don't overlook the fact that
they are becoming more capable of big actions.

As they come up they want to expand and communicate. When a Scientologist in
your area wants to make a contribution, use it, They ARC break very quickly if denied
the right to contribute. Why make enemies of them when we need their shoulders at
the wheel? Div 6 is broad dissemination and there is scope on board for everyone's
talents.

Div 6 is a very large activity, and it's going to take a large team in every area to get
it moving as it should.

The widening of the Franchise programme should get a lot more people active.
Keep an eye open for the most effective and encourage them all you can. Don't forget
that the Franchise holders and Field Staff Members are working for Div 6. Give them
all the assistance you can and make them feel they belong in the organization setup.

We are committing an overt on the Public in that they can read entheta about us
in the press, but they don't know where to find our theta comm lines. Make sure every
point of public enquiry-libraries, tourist bureaux, police stations, etc, have our info
packs.

Don't be reticent about selling hundreds of books, they're the best entrance point
to the subject.

Get the Distribution Centre Scheme set up in every area under your org's
jurisdiction. Appoint Distribution Officers and get their hats on (Hat Write-up
attached). Appoint as many as you can-anyone who has bought and read a couple of
books can be one.

They'll get the usual discount (50% on orders of 100 of I title for the books over
6/- & 50% discount on orders of 200 for the books 6/- and under). If they do it
properly they can make a living selling books.

They are to order their book supplies from St Hill and we will handle them
promptly.

Make the Distribution Officers FSMs so they can select people as they go.

Have metal plates made up that they can display on their front gate, 12" x 12"
green background, yellow lettering, Black "S" like this:

SCIENTOLOGY

BOOK DISTRIBUTION
CENTRE

Have them deposit with you the amount you paid for the metal plate.

Also, I want more Level Zero orgs. Twenty orgs in fifteen years is not the pace to
take Earth. I'd like to see another twenty by Christmas 1966.

Div 6 St Hill will be assisting successful Franchise Centres to obtain Org Status,
and a complete rundown for the achievement of this must be made available to them.

So get going on lectures, Road Shows, mailing list promotion, Congresses, Groups
and Book Distribution, and see your income climb!

LRH:ep.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyfight(D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 OCTOBER 1967
Issue 11
Remimeo

ORG EXEC SEC AND DISTRIBUTION
(Effective I Nov 67)

Any Org Exec Sec who does not have a full time Distribution Secretary who has
that post only and whose Div 6 is not fully operating in all departments with all Dist
Programmes is automatically in NON-EXISTENCE and has no rights as his omission
amounts to a restriction of his org and nullification of the efforts of his staff and a
betrayal of humanity.

Failure to have a Distribution Division effectively operating in all departments is a
withhold of processing and salvation from the human race.

LRH:jp.bp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This Policy Letter was amended by HCO P/L 28 April 1968, same title, bringing it into line with the
9 Division Org Board by changing Distribution Secretary, Div 6 and Distribution Division to Public
Executive Secretary and Public Divisions. A complete copy of the amending P/L can be found in
Volume 7, page 74.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 APRIL 1968
Issue 11
Gen. Non-Remimeo
Franchise

DIVISION 6 DISTRIBUTION

Division 6 is an extremely important area of action on the Org Board. This
division keeps the new people coming in, businesses continuing and expands an
Organisation.

So in fact much is required of Division 6 personnel. They must be of high cause
level and action carrying out the old programmes and building additional new ones.

It is very clear that without a distribution an Org will not go very far.

To understaff this division or to unmock it with ineffective staff is an act of
unstabilising an organisation's future and depriving Scientology of a faster
dissemination level.

Dissemination Division is also very important but where would it be without
Distribution creating a public for it to disseminate to? Exactly nowhere and expansion
would dwindle more and more each day.

There are specific qualifications required of Division 6 and its personnel-

1. That each Division 6 has a Secretary and one person at least covering each
department.
It should also have a full time bookstore keeper.

2. That every Div 6 personnel knows all policy pertaining to Division 6.

3. That everv Division 6 personnel be at least Grade 4 Release.

4. That everyone in Div 6 has their Staff Status I at least before eligible to work in
Distribution.

5. Anyone with a thick ethics folder is NOT allowed to work in Div 6.

When a Division 6 personnel has fulfilled all the above requirements they are fully
entitled to wear the Division 6 Badge.

- Infinity

brassy metal
- ARC
DIVISION SIX
Obtainable from Qualifications WW.

Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:jc.rd Staff Hostess
Copyright (c) 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/Ls 31 March 1969 Issue III, Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications, page 94,
and 7 April 1969, Division 6 Pins, page 95.1
90

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1968
Issue 11
(Reissued from Flag Order II 82)
Remimeo
SEA ORGANIZATION

REASONS WHY DIV 6's DON'T FUNCTION

The most basic not having staff in Div 6.

1. Appointing Division Heads that have not proven themselves, that don't know
their hats, and don't do the purpose of Div 6.
2. Having staff members who are continual ethics trouble.
3. Div 6 Head using money as a justification for not getting the job done.
4. Staff members not knowing their own functions much less the functions of other
staff members in same Dept.
5. Div 6 in endless cycle of creating something new but not actually doing anything
and not completing outstanding cycles and those that are doing constructive
actions are being stifled by SPs.
6. Personnel dressed raggedly, not clean, and shaven.
7. Creating mystery around their work.
8. Having Tigers on staff.
9. Tolerating out ethics of personnel by Division Head.
10. Chaplain tolerating people falling off the org board.
11. Not defending own hats.
12. Not wearing own hats.
13. Individuating.
14. Transferring personnel from Div 6 and within Div 6 too fast.
15. Senior tolerating staff which was PTS, and not routing to Qual for correction.
16. Spending money for necessary supplies and leaving supplies covertly or overtly
behind and not delivering badly needed supplies for Div 6.
17. Not having an up to date mailing list.
18. Not having a large mailing list.
19. Losing mailing lists.
20. Not mailing to a mailing list and maintaining an inactive list.
21. Mailing to a mailing list but only sporadically.
22. Address plates not filed properly (i.e. in paper boxes).
23. Losing address plates.
24. Executives having to continually bypass immediate seniors in order to get
compliance.
25. Introverting into own area rather than staying on purpose line: "Capturing and
controlling the public".
26. People put on post and "supposedly" getting grooved in, but not learning about
post.
27. Dev-T.
28. False Reports.
29. Not having pertinent HCO Pol Ltrs concerning Div 6.
30. Not complying immediately with programs in existence that have been previously
put out by L. Ron Hubbard.
31. Viciously endangering Scientology by goofing up and enturbulating legal lines.
32. Working in other Divisions while pretending to be on Division 6 staff.

The above listed outnesses are ways that Div 6 keeps off the purpose line that L. Ron
Hubbard explicitly laid out: "To capture and control the public".

CS-5
LRH:js.rd Tech and Qual Aide
Copyright (c) 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 SEPTEMBER 1968

Remimeo

VITAL ORG ACTIVITIES

An Org which doesn't hold

1. Sunday Church Services

2. PE Evenings

3. 3 Congresses a year

is fined E500 or S 12,500 for each mission for any violation of the 3.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ei.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo

BOOK AND FILM FESTIVALS

We will enter book and film festivals when possible.

When these are entered with a book or film it is of no use to just enter one festival
or contest. Many are entered and then you will get some results.

Any requested appearance for L. RON HUBBARD will be met by a personal
representative with a statement by L. RON HUBBARD to be presented.

There are a lot of these contests and we have some winners.

All arrangements and appearance at awards will be coordinated via CS-6 Sea Org.

Cmdr. Bill Howey
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd
Copyright (c
) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo

THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS

The manning of the Public Divisions in a busy org is to be put into effect at once.
Captivating the public is not done by two people. It takes a team. This is sorely lacking
currently.

The function of the Public Divisions is outflow. If the Public Divisions are not
outflowing, it is useless. The support for outflow is the internal mocking up of the
Divisions and org as a whole.

Public Divisions, from this date on, using Standard Policy, go forward with
banners flying. The great reward in the field of promotion is to be able to sell an "ice
box to an eskimo" or to be a promoter who can sell a car to a car salesman.

Our task is easier. Our job is selling freedom for Man. Promoting it. Making it
known. Showing the public what is needed and how to get it.

The phrase "the greatest show on Earth" now has an application in other zones. It
applies to the story of Scientology. This story is a big one, the biggest yet, and as
chapters are written for this story, the Public Divisions are out in front with
promotion. Getting people in. Making the story known.

I can assure you if getting out a flyer bothers you, boosting morale is a trial, or
you can only see a few feet beyond your nose, the Public Divisions are not the place
for you. The Public Divisions have a commodity to promote called Scientology.

Much of the data which has never reached the public or been made use of is now
going to be used. The Public Divisions' scope is now expanded. This story will be
known, known well, loud and clear. After all, it's only promoting Truth. Truth is
simplicity. It's a simple job.

Public Divisions have as a function the support, via the Chaplain's Court, of
morale in the org staff. High morale is the key to success. This is done in two ways.

I . Information. This is letting staff know what is going on. This has to be done
so that the purposes of the individual staff members can be aligned with the
overall purpose of Scientology. Public Divisions are morale.

2. The Chaplain's Court, picking up the morale of staff by picking up any loose
threads on Ethics matters and seeing that they are cleaned up and properly
handled.
Inter-personal relationships are the business of the Chaplain, to settle for all
concerned. So the 3rd Party Policy is properly applied, the Chaplain having
to know this policy verbatim.

Now there is the support function. The rest is outflow, outflow, outflow.

The outflow, if properly proportioned to what we are promoting, would, all at
one time, cause much distress on the information lines of the planet currently.

So you see we have a long way to go.

Now, without further discourse, let's get hot. This is Scientology-the freedom for
Man. Let it be known.

Commander Bill Howey
CS-6
LRH:kb.ei.rd for
Copyright cn 1969 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron ffubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1969
Issue III

Gen Non- (Amends HCO PL 24 April, 1968, Issue 11)
Remimeo
Franchise

PUBLIC DIVISIONS STAFFING QUALIFICATIONS

The Public Divisions are an extremely important area of action on the Org Board.

These Divisions keep the new people coming in, businesses continuing and expand
an Organization.

So in fact much is required of Public Divisions personnel. They must be of a high
cause level in carrying out the old programmes and building new ones.

It is very clear that without the Public Divisions an Org will not go very far.

To understaff these Divisions or to unmock them with ineffective staff is an act of
unstabilizing an organization's future and depriving Scientology of a faster dissemin-
ation level.
Dissemination Division is also very important but where would it be without the
Public Divisions creating a public for it to disseminate to? Exactly nowhere and
expansion would dwindle more and more each day.

There are specific qualifications required of the Public Divisions and their
personnel:

1. Anyone with a thick ethics file is NOT allowed to work in the Public
Divisions.

2. Any new Public Divisions staff who do not attain Staff Status I within three
weeks of joining the Divisions are to be sent to PCO for reassignment.

3. Any new Public Divisions personnel must be Grade IV Release within one
month of starting in any of the Public Divisions.

4. Each Public Division must have a Secretary and three Directors on post.
5. There must be a fulltime booksalesman on post.

6. Every staff member in the Public Divisions must be Staff Status IV within two
months of appointment to any Public Division post.

When any Public Divisions personnel has achieved Staff Status IV and Grade IV
Release he or she is fully entitled to wear the Public Divisions Badge which is
obtainable from Qualifications WW via your own Org Dept of C and A.

-INFINITY

Brassy Metal

-ARC

Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.cden Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1969

Gen Non-Remimeo
Public Div Staff
FSMs
Gung-Ho Groups

DIVISION 6 PINS
(Amendment to HCO PL 24 April 1968)

In addition to Public Divisions Staff Members, FSMs and Gung-Ho Group
Members may also wear the Division 6 Pin, provided they meet the following
requirements:

1. That each FSM knows all policy relating to FSMS, and does not have a thick
ethics folder.

2. That each Gung-Ho Group Member knows all policy relating to Gung-Ho Groups
and does not have a thick ethics folder.

The pins are obtainable from Qualifications Division of your local Organization.

Jeff Hawkins
Success Sec Pubs Org
Sandra Johnson
Public Exec Sec Pubs Org
Doreen Casey
CO Pubs Org
Tony Dunleavy
CS-6
Ken Delderfield
CS-7
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:JH:hk.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE

EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM Li. RON HUBBARD

LRH ED 54 INT 10 December 1969

SUPERIOR SERVICE IMAGE

PROGRAM NO. I

TO ALL PESS:

Dianetic Course being taught and Dianetic Auditing being used in Franchises
shows that Dianetics is popular.

By having Dianetic Auditing going in the field you have the makings of an org
boom if it is handled right.

It is an old maxim IF AUDITING IS OCCURRING IN THE FIELD ORGS WILL
BOOM.

It is no real concern of ours to try to hold the field versions Standard. They mess
up pcs and students. They always will. A militant org attitude to keep the field straight
is silly. Let them flub as you are trying to control something you cannot. You can only
do the best you can by teaching the best you can in the org.

The real org action is to put it out that IN AN ORG WE USE AND TEACH HIGH
GRADE STANDARD TECH IN DN and SCN.

The whole org message is, If anyone gets roughed up in the field training or

processing THE OFFICIAL ORGS EXIST TO STRAIGHTEN OUT THE STUDENT

OR PC. ALL HE NEEDS TO DO IS COME IN TO AN OFFICIAL ORG.

If the org is trying to guarantee their training and processing in some group or
franchise (and it can't) then it gets a black eye.

If an org exists to handle the rough cases, then it is the place to go.

A line to Franchises to the effect that the org will be happy to handle their rough
cases or pcs if they send them in to the org (at the student or pc's own expense) will be
received as very welcome news.

An org is not just another Franchise and competitor and MUST NOT GIVE
THATIMAGE.

The org is the benign source of the groups and Franchises and helps thei-n out.

THIS IMAGE MUST BE REBUILT FAST BY EVERY PES WITH FRANCHISES
AND PUBLIC.

It's all Standard in the org. If the field auditor needs help the org gives it by
straightening up his individual students and pcs if they'll just come in.

The image is that org service is superior because it is.

The Official Org must be more standard than anything happening in the field or in
Franchise.

MAJOR TARGET.-

To establish and publicize the official org as the source of helpful standard
actions.

PRIMARY TARGETS:

1. The PES to see that all Franchises and potential FSMs in the zone of his org are
known to him and in his address plates.

2. The PES to organize his lines of comm to FSMs and Franchise so that mailings to
them are easily run off on address and so that he can duplicate messages easily.

3. To get PES's staff organized so this is a smooth action.

VITA L TA R GE TS:

To establish the org as the actual source of data and standard actions in his area.

OPERATING TARGETS:

1. Develop mailing pieces for FSMs and Franchises concerning the willingness of the
org to handle their rougher pcs and more difficult students.

2. Send letters of advice to Franchise reception on how to direct persons the
Franchise has not helped to your org.

3. Warn Franchises and FSMs about the dangers of putting unhelped cases back into
their area and give them programs to prevent it including sending them to the org.

4. Originate further programs such as "Be sure that you have your case folder sent to
the official org when coming for upper training and processing."

5. Explain the role of an org in your magazine.

6. Build ARC with Franchises.

7. Send nice leaflets for handouts by Franchises to leave around and FSMs to hand
out concerning Scn services and Academy Training at orgs, the leaflets not to
chop their own service lines.

8. Prevent Qual in your org from chopping at field and Franchise out-tech, have
them explain instead that anyone with out-tech should be sent to the org.

9. Alert the OES and HCO ES on "Rights of the Field Auditor" so as to reduce the
warfare with field and Franchise.

10. Advise the Letter Reg via the HCO ES of these points and keep a watching brief
on the Letter Reg lines and on phone procurement. Don't let them chop the field,
yet get the benign attitude across.

11. Alert the OES and keep a watching brief that your org is delivering very exact
high level standard tech to students and pcs.

12. Periodically alert the E/O to watch out for any squiffelling in your own org.

13. Build the helpful standard attitude wherever possible.

14. Obtain staff co-operation on this image and its sales points.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

IF O'
tells

LRH:Idm.rd
9 7

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
From L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard Communications Office
163, Holland Park Avenue, London, W. I I

PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN No. 36

Ist October 1954

A BASIC COURSE IN SCIENTOLOGY-PART C

THE USE OF SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS

The first thing a Scientologist should know about Scientology is the use of its
materials.

The materials of Scientology are not its tools. Its tools are processes-its materials
are books, tapes, Professional Auditor's Bulletins, Journals, letters and experience.

Now that we are operating from the standpoint of a known subject and known
processes, we can handle material much better than before, Now that we know that
auditors can be trained rather easily to use Standard Operating Procedure 8-C, Opening
Procedure, and that they are happy to learn it, and that it will produce results for
them, we would be very foolish, as schools, as auditors, as individuals, to abandon this
gain.

The materials of Scientology are designed to communicate. That is all very well,
but TO WHOM - AND WHEN? Certain of the materials of Scientology can be
communicated with ease to people that never before heard of the subject. Certain
others can be communicated to people who have been in association with
Scientologists but who are not auditors. The higher level of material and data can be
communicated to people who are in training to be auditors. Certain other material can
be communicated to people who have been trained as auditors. And if we do not
recognize this fact, and if we do not follow it, then we are going to produce a
confusion With Scientology, and we are going to turn people away from Scientology,
and we are going to defeat Scientology in doing what it is trying to do.

For a long time Scientology was in a state of change sufficiently rapid to.be
bewildering unless viewed as an orderly whole, taken with cognizance from the Original
Thesis through Book One, up through Advanced Procedure and Axioms, through 16-G,
24-G, and Professional Course Tapes. But now there is no further excuse for using this
material in a muddled fashion. To give you some example of this, I recently received a
bulletin from an area in the United States which has a history of being confused and
introverted on the subject of Scientology. This bulletin was from two auditors who
should know better. It was an announcement. It had been mailed to a hundred and
fifty people who were more or less interested in Scientology, including some auditors
in that area. And this bulletin proclaimed that the Professional Course Tapes, July,
1954, intended for the training of HCAs would be played as public lectures for these
people over a few evenings. A telegram was sent to these two auditors, telling them
that if they committed this crime against themselves and Scientology that their training
privileges would be suspended for five years.

What would happen if they did this thing? Here are the Professional Course Tapes,
designed to be played to a student after he has been thoroughly taught Opening
Procedure 8-C, Opening Procedure by Duplication, Remedying Havingness, and
Spotting Spots in Space, as well as Significances. After the many weeks which would
-aac ill ccac;fiiiig rfic stuccent tfiese named items, it would then be posshle to
v-communication im )Wiffi the Professional Course of July, 1954, and only after a
student has been so trained would he be further trained by playing these tapes to him.

Why is this? It is because one is talking as an instructor when he is talking to any
public audience. He is talking as a teacher. Is his purpose, then, simply to confuse his
audience and make t.em turn their backs on something which is confusing, or is his
purpose to degenerate what he knows into the same level with all other confusions, or
is it his purpose to inform his audience? If we in the HASI have learned over ten
arduous months of communicating Scientology directly, face to face, with people who

are there solely for the purpose of learning, and in communicating Scientology less
directly to the American public (as in Operation Phoenix), if we know now, and assert
that we must either communicate data as data and skill through the stages of Opening
Procedure, Opening Procedure by Duplication, and the rest, to bring a student into any
understanding of what Scientology is all about, and if we assert that we have not been
able to communicate to the general public intelligently except by using the mildest and
most permissive data, then this, representing the combined efforts of myself and some
of the most trained and skilled auditors in Dianetics and Scientology, should be taken
with some weight.

Bluntly, you cannot avalanche data on to the heads of partially trained, poorly
comprehending people, or people who have no real conversance with auditing at all.
And if you try to do so, you will fail, and Scientology will fail, and the people in the
area will not have the least idea what you are trying to do. And they will walk away
from your meetings, and they will walk away from your group sessions completely
confused and vowing to themselves to have nothing further to do with Scientology.
And they will not tell their friends about it, and people who should be brought in to be,
helped will not be brought in to be helped. And so a great many people, by this
misunderstanding of the uses of the materials of Scientology are being denied the
benefits of Scientology simply because these materials have not been handled with
intelligence.

Yes, I know that we have just learned this, but that we have just learned it makes
it no less emphatic. However, one supposes that somebody who has been trained
should have better sense than to use something with as much dynamite in it as the
Professional Course of 1954 as fit diet for cursorily interested people.

Another shocking incident occurred in another area where a person who had
finished an Advanced Clinical Course Unit actually permitted a mailing piece to go out
to a great number of auditors from old Dianetic days, which had scrawled all over the
back of it in large letters, "The meat of an $800-00 course for $38.50," and this
refresher course pretended that it would, in five evenings, bring these auditors up to
date on Scientology, and pour into them material which it had taken this graduate of
the course four hundred and thirty-two hours of hard study to begin to assimilate,. The
course graduate did not do this, but permitted it to be done. Of course there were
considerable repercussions because of this. A Professional Course graduate was an HCA
or BScn before he began the Advanced Professional Course. Most of the people in these
units extended their training from the six weeks minimum up to twelve and fifteen
weeks, since this could be done without further charge. Nobody is going to relay the
material these people received in any five casual evenings.

In the first instance, where the Professional Course was going to be played in four
or five nights as social entertainment, only chaos would have resulted. The two
auditors doing this have often wondered what was the matter with their area, why
more auditing was not done in their area, why, when they brought groups together t, e
groups did not stay together. The reason is very plain. Instead of actually teaching
these people something, these two auditors had been falling back on material taken
from courses designed for people who were there to be trained and who had already
spent considerable time in training. These auditors had done, previously, with other
material, the same thing they were trying to do with the Professional Course. As a net
result, the people in their area who came to them for a night, or two nights, would find
only a steady avalanche of data far too technical for their assimilation. And out of
those recordings would come sufficient restimulation to send them away, never to
return.
On the other hand, think what would happen to an auditor, interested in the
quality of auditing and the reputation of Scientology in an area if, after leaving such a
thing as the Professional Course or finishing his training with a Doctor of Scientology,
he should reach out for all the people who had ever been interested in auditing in the
area, bring them in, and teach them how to run Opening Procedure of 8-C. In other
words, to teach them, step by step, painfully and painstakingly, until they had it as a
complete purity, until they had it drilled and engrained into them so that they could
not avoid doing it right, think what would happen to the auditing skills, and think
what would happen to the reputation of Scientology as an immediate result.

Where public lectures are concerned, the HASI has a series of eight hours of tapes
which describe Scientology, its various efforts and benefits. These are designed for the
public at large. They do not so deluge individuals that they create a confusion, but

simply spark their interest and curiosity sufficiently to bring them to a level where
they will at least wish to experience some of the benefits of Scientology or desire to
pursue it further.

There seem to be certain rules forming here about the use of such material, and
these would be more or less as follows:
I . Express to the general public only as much concerning the benefits,
organization and practice of Scientology as would give it hope, without
confusing it or embattling it with its prejudices.
2. When giving Scientology to people to use, give them only the simplest tools,
render them completely practiced and conversant with those tools, and only
when they are expert in them give them data.
3. Instead of talking about Scientology, apply it.
4. The simplest processes are the best processes.

One could say that Man was a complicated animal simply because he is a simple
animal and will not face it. When you have seen what we have seen here at the
International Headquarters of the HASI, result from a continuous application to a
psychosomatic illness, to psychosis and neurosis, of Opening Procedure 8-C, you will
only then begin to understand what an essentially simple mechanism Man is, and how
hard he works to be a complex one.

But only when you have been trained to use such a thing as Opening Procedure of
8-C, arduously enough to demonstrate that it is done just exactly the way it is done
and no other way for hours and hours and hours and hours, will you understand what
we mean by training, and will you discover that people can be trained.

The Director of Training in London who is, at this writing, completing the first
course of this new type of training writes: "The present Course is going well. The
students have had days of Opening Procedure, both of 8-C and by Duplication. It has
been exceedingly interesting to watch. We have spent about a month now getting
across the simplicities in actual practice, spending, for example, a whole day on
'Something you wouldn't mind remembering' and 'Something you wouldn't mind
forgetting' and two whole days on Spotting Spots in Space and Remedying Havingness.
The spirit is very high and I think we will turn out the best bunch of HPAs ever. We
have hammered home auditing by observation of communication lag. It certainly is a
wonderful system, because auditors surely cannot miss with it. I know the students
going through now will not."

The grades of Scientology are: General Member, HASI; Scientology Group
Leader; HCA (HPA); BScn and DScn. These are grades of knowingness of the subject.
They demonstrate levels of skill in the subject and they very adequately demonstrate
the results which can be expected for these skills show up in terms of preclears.

Group auditing sessions, when done by the simplest of commands, reducing every
communication lag for every member of the group, are the most effective group
sessions. Here again we have simplicity at work. Here we have processes being used
right.

If we expect Scientology to communicate itself throughout the populace of the.
world, it had certainly better be communicated as it can communicate. If this is not
done we will be standing here talking to ourselves.

L. RON HUBBARD

This is the second PAB Ron has written about training. The next PAB will take up
further aspects of it.

100

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1959

All Franchise Holders
HCO Secs
Assn Secs

DISSEMINATION TIPS

For a very long time we have been working on optimum dissemination to find out
if there was such a thing.
Over the years we have found that in order of importance the following methods
were workable.

Personal Contact: This by far is the very best method of dissemination. It is better
done on individual basis rather than talking to groups since there is the factor in groups
of being able to escape by saying "they aren't talking to me". Personal contact then
means just that. No matter whether it is done to friends and then to other people or
secondarily to total strangers there is nothing better than personal contact.

Books: Personal contact usually requires books to back it up. But books make a
personal contact all by themselves if they can be put in the right places. If the library
nearest you had some book about Dianetics and Scientology granted by you to them
and your name and address was in the front as donor, you would get people calling on
you. HCO WW Book Admin recently made books available for this purpose at a very
reduced cost. You send in the cost of the books and the books are sent to your local
library-pioviding you give HCO WW the address-and the books are sent with your
name and address in them straight to the local library. Books placed in bookstores
works mildly but it should be done. Books such as Problems of Work or Dianetics
Evolution of a Science should be on hand in plenty to put in people's hands. HCO WW
is making stacks and stacks of these available to you at very small cost as soon as we
can get enough copies. You can get them by the hundreds from Saint Hill and from
your Central Org when this gets going. Dianetics Evolution of a Science is available
now in a small edition in the UK and you can get it only from Saint Hill at f,2 for 50
copies at a crack. That's less than they cost us. Books we have learned the hard way
must be heavily in circulation or we get nobody in the front door. You can always tell
a Central Org slump is coming whenever booksales drop off. Central Org boom occurs
about two or three months after book sales go up. All Central Org promotion gen
begins with "given books in circulation then . . ." so you can easily see that the success
of any neighbourhood depends on getting books into circulation in that neigh-
bourhood. At 40% discount an auditor can get them into a bookstore without losing
on it.

A comment: We are trying so hard to make HCO Saint Hill self supporting
because we want to get books collected in quantity and out at low cost. If you are
trying to work without books to pass around you're in trouble.

Casualty Contact: A fruitful source of HAS Co-Audit people is casualty contact. This
is very old, is almost never tried and is always roaringly successful, providing the
auditor goes about it in roughly the right way. Using his Minister's card, an auditor
need only barge into any nonsectarian hospital, get permission to visit the wards from
the Superintendent, mentioning nothing about processing but only about taking care
of people's souls, to find himself wonderfully welcome. Ministers almost never make
such rounds. Some hospitals are sticky about this sort of thing, but it's only necessary
to find another. It's fabulous what one can get done in a hospital with a touch assist
and locational processing. Don't pick on the very bad off unconscious cases. Hit the
fracture ward and the maternity ward. Go around and say hello to the people and ask
if you can do anything for them. Now here's how auditors have lost on this one. They
omit the following steps: They fail to have a card with their Ministerial name on it with
their phone number. They fail to have a telephone answering service. They fail to tell
the people they snap away from death's yawning door that they can have more of this
stuff simply by calling in. They get so involved in the complexities of medical (ha)
treatment and so outraged at some of the things they see going on that they get into
rows with medicos and the hospital staff. And also they pick unconscious patients or
people who are halfway exteriorised already. This is a pretty routine drill really. You

101

get permission to visit. You go in and give patients a cheery smile. You want to know if
you can do anything for them, you give them a card and tell them to come around to
your group and really get well, and you give them a touch assist if they seem to need it
but only if they're willing. And you for sure make sure that somebody is on the other
end when they ring up. Giving them a schedule of your HAS Co-Audit will avail much.
I've got a book scheduled the "sick person" as a working title that will make good
fodder for this. But your statement, "The modem scientific church can cure things like
that. Come around and see," will work. It's straight recruiting.

Newspaper Ads: Costly and hard to get taken sometimes, newspaper ads still work
very well for the HAS Co-Audit. The best ad to date on actual test is "no matter how
bad your problem is, something can be done about it, phone . . ." also, "Body? Mind?
Spirit? Who are you? Phone . . ." also works.

Talking to Groups: This seldom produces much results and when you give away
literature too this isn't cheap. I am sure it is worthwhile for a good speaker and has
been done with success but it is mostly useful in the production of future contacts and
is not very useful otherwise in general experience.

Co-operating with Groups: This is almost totally unworkable according to past
record. A group is composed of individuals. As a group it normally has a different goal
than you. Business firms in some areas responded well but in the US the record of this
is very poor. It is far far better to spend weeks getting to meet the man in charge and
then handle only his personal problems, and only then get into what his group is doing.
A straight attack on groups is a waste of time.

Newspaper Stories, letters to editors, these are all more or less a liability and
should be avoided.

Radio ads have produced results but only when accompanied by lectures on the
subject. Radio spot ads are worthless.

Posters and billboards have produced now and then some very spectacular results.
This depends on what they say. In the LA area a bunch of posters scattered around
town once produced a very heavy attendance.

This has the advantage of being cheap.

General comment: What you are up against in disseminating Scientology is the
generality of what we do. When you cover all of life and all living things you don't have
enough point of concentration for people in general to follow you. They get such hazy
ideas of it all and life to them is wrapped in such covert obscurities that they don't
track with you, they just go into their engrams and know that whatever it is you're
talking about must be beyond them. To disseminate successfully you have to have an
APPARENT goal that is understandable to the audience or person at his tone level and
with which he will agree. Show him then something about himself and the battle is
pretty well won. We try too often for a total effect on people and try to tell them
everything there is in a single moment. The motto here is: don't try to overwhelm, just
penetrate. If we attack with our eyes open we will guide this penetration just as we
guide a session. We don't try to sell Scientology then. We give an apparent and
understandable goal of what we're doing and then put the person or persons to whom
we're talking into a state of being interested in their own cases. The use of the Dianetic
idea of the Reactive Mind is almost infallible. I once told a casual fellow passenger on a
short train ride: "Say, did you hear about them isolating the freudian unconscious?" I
said this because he looked like a scholarly bloke. And he said, "No, who did that?"
And I said, "Oh, some scientists." And I said, "Yes, they found it,was the sum of all
man's bad experiences and nothing more mysterious than that." And he said, "That's
interesting." And I said, "What was your last bad experience?" and he said ... well, he
was in session and called me up later. Another fellow I met on a bus. I said, "They've
found the dynamic principle of existence and it's about time." And he said, "What?"
and I said, "Yes, they know what makes a man tick now." It looked for a while like
the machine would win and he said, "What was it?" and I said, "The urge to survive."
And he said, "Well I always thought it would be something like that." And I said, "I
don't know. Have you ever had the urge to succumb?" and of course he was in session
too, only I had to get off. I once tied up the whole US Senate lunch room with these
remarks, and if you can get a senator to listen instead of talk, you've done something.
Another time on a boat I said dreamily so a girl could overhear me: "I wonder if man
really does have a soul?" And she said, "Oh I don't think so really, isn't it all a lot of
religious talk?" And I said, "Try not to be three feet back of your head." Gave her

102

an hour or two of processing and she's still interested.

Don't try to persuade. Penetrate. Don't try to overwhelm. Penetrate. And even a
newspaper reporter will fall in your lap. (The last one that came down to see what mud
he could sling didn't sling any because I showed him an E-Meter, told him not to say
anything and then located, by asking questions which only the meter answered, his last
car wreck, who was hurt and what part of his body was injured and how many years
ago it was. Man, he looked at that E-Meter like he was a bird and it was a cobra. But he
sailed off into a full run of the engram and I walked him through it three times until he
had good somatics turned on, told him I wasn't going to really put him in it because it
would hurt, and ended the demonstration. He didn't write any mud.)

Take an E-Meter to a boy scout meeting and watch the fun. Send notes to their
parents when you found them in a bad way. Use an E-Meter as a dissemination
weapon.
When you can do these things to people they know we know what we're talking
about. You don't have to explain.

Don't explain. Penetrate. Don't overwhelm. Penetrate. And you'll have HAS
Co-Audit going in no time.

We are the first group on earth that knew what they were talking about. All right,
sail in. The world's ours. Own it.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:brb.rd
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

103

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GFIEEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1959

Re-issued from Saint Hill
BPI

AN IDEA FOR PROMOTION

Here is a promotional idea which is aimed at attracting salesmen into Scientology.
The text is taken from a Telex dispatch written by LRH to HCO Sec London:-

We should run an ad for salesmen. Our intention would be to get people who
could handle people. Their idea would be to increase their sales capabilities.
Programme this one for the near future. Find out which paper is the trade journal of
salesmen and into which they look for finding a new job. That done, then run an ad for

PE as follows:
Treble your selling record
Communication is the key
Free course in how to communicate
To people Come to Personal
Efficiency Foundation Monday night

At seven-3 7 Fitzroy Street, W.I.

Then make sure that the Personal Efficiency Foundation realizes that salesmen
may be there, and to stress how to communicate to people. Then move them into a
newer longer comm course and get them into Co-Audit. We'll wind up with lots of
salesmen who are Scientologists. Because they are salesmen and see a lot of people
they'll disseminate.

Thinking this over, I'm sure that if we just hit salesmen heavily we'd win straight
on through up up up. A salesman is a sucker for a salestalk (see Overt Motivator
Sequence) therefore they'll buy any high pressure salestalk ad about increasing sales by
learning communication. It is a tailor made cynch.

But it gets you off the spot. An HCO See is really the programme director of
HASI in addition to other Hats, but lo-you won't make it if you take on programmes
and have no laps to drop them into. As these special capers are really night or part time
jobs you wouldn't have to worry if you had sixteen dozen trained salesmen who were
also professional Scientologists. This would take some time to complete but I think we
had better start on it now because you have disease prone arthritics as a test run, but if
it goes you'll swamp. For instance Eliz in Melbourne is so critical (rightly) of the
Co-Audit Unit that she herself is taking it for a while to show them it could be done,
and that's all right but who backs up Eliz after she grooves it in?

If all the salesmen in Australia were interested in Scientology, some would always
be on tap ready trained to handle the public, and the others would be telling their
clients about it. I know one salesman who took a couple of courses and then sold over
three million dollars worth of stuff to people by auditing them and selling them too.
This is general so we know it works. Above is a sample ad. Here's another which is
scientologically rigged to reach a salesman:

Want to make millions in selling?
Want to make people really

WANT
Your product?
Learn human communication secrets
at the
Personal Efficiency Foundation
address.

Write up some mimeo literature, rig the PE course on how to look at the parts of
life, give them some sample TRs in the first week, then run them into a sweating rough
comm course, and finally grease them into a PE version of upper indoc and finally get
them into Co-Audit. What's stressed throughout is human relations.

If you made it your goal to put every salesman in your whole area through the PE
you'd be able to programme safely and your area dissemination rig-up would be solved.

I know from experience salesmen are heavy on taking courses.

PH:iet Peter Hemery
28.9.1959:gh.rd HCO Communicator WW
Copyrig t(-c) 1959
by L. RonRubbard for

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.

HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1959

HCO Franchise Holders
HCO Area Secs
HCO Vol Secs
Assn Secs

THE PERFECT DISSEMINATION PROGRAM

Some months ago a famous Scientologist wrote me and asked me to appoint a
committee to 'Work out the perfect dissemination program using all the tremendous
technical information we had in Scientology as a basis'. Although I did not appoint the
committee the matter stayed in mind and here a few weeks later I pulled it out of the
'bull pen' and attached an answer to it.

The conditions of a perfect dissemination program would be, of course, maximum
dissemination with minimum effort. This adds up to an instantaneous postulate which
soars around the world without even using space. Now I may be fairish at postulating
but at the moment, due to state of case no doubt, I am not quite up to doing this.
Therefore as far as we are concerned at the moment we have to have some mest in the
line.

The perfect dissemination program would do the following:

One: It would use existing comm lines within the society as these are already
grooved in and our time would not then be spent trying to make channels but would
be spent in simply using them.

Two: It would not be costly as in advertising but would in fact itself make
money and finance its own way.

Three: It would carry an easily assimilable message.

Four: It would direct attention to immediately useable facilities.

Five: It would not challenge any existing powerful group, but would further the
ends of the most grooved comm lines in the society so as to forward them as well as
ours.

Six: It would run itself and keep going after being given a push, and its impetus
would not depend on thoroughly new creation at every moment but could become a
pattern to be continuously created. Thereby we would not all be getting out of pace
for it has been observed that we progress as far as we standardize.

These and other conditions would give us a nearly perfect dissemination system.
Naturally it would have to be able to work in any kind of an area for any kind of an
activity and not depend upon specialized areas found seldom in the society.

Well, you evidently still need me around because I up and thunk up a 'perfect
dissemination program' that matches all the above conditions. It will get franchise
holders out of any dissemination difficulties they're in if they just hold on and do it. It
will perk up even Central Orgs if they need it, and for it can be written a series of
pamphlets and books which have a chance of remaining constant for a long time to
come-thus they can be printed in quantity and distributed widely and easily.

Naturally I'm the first victim of it because I will now have to get to work and
write up a whole new series of things from beginning to end and dream up and test a
lot of technology and pass it on. But we're not stalled until the picture is perfect, and
anybody can tear into this even without literature and fly by the seat of his or her
pants until we can get the manuals and complete know-how worked out.

105

Well, that's enough sales talk. What, you're grinding your teeth to know, is the
PERFECT dissemination program. Aha-I've got a surprise for you. You'll agree at
once that it is.

One: The most grooved comm line in western society is selling. To this is
devoted the time and talent of some of the most accomplished men in the society.
Signposts, sandwich men, broadsides, billboards, newspapers, radio advertising, TV
advertising, skywriting and now implantation are all devoted to selling. But the final
landing of orders is done by the SALESMAN.

Two: Salesmen are always faced with the problems of reaching the other fellow's
mind in order to make him buy something and are fascinated by any idea or know-how
that accomplishes this for them. Salesmen have paid out billions to get trained,
informed, genned and groomed about selling. And while we were teaching them they
would be paying us and would be buying a good package.

Three: We can train the salesman to communicate to the buyer in such a way as
to make the buyer want something and buy it. But we can give the salesman our
message to use not as idle chatter but really as something helpful to him with the
client, and that is the fact that hope exists for people with difficulties and that hope is
spelled Scientology. And the slightly more complex message would be that
communication solves anything.

Four: This program would direct first the salesman's attention and then his
client's attention to PE courses as a reasonable means of handling life better.

Five: The groups in the western world that hold most of the strings even in a
socialistic society are the producers of goods, and these want these goods distributed.
Anything that forwards this action is on the side of the most powerful groups and
Scientology is then not opposed to them. In a supersocialism the problem drops a
degree: Their problem is getting people to produce and in this activity they employ a
great many people and it would be these people we would have to be working with in a
totally socialistic state but that's not yet.

Six: As any and all technology useable in selling is 'way back when' in
Scientology there isn't much need to go out on a big research program to get the gen.
We've got the gen for this project.

Well, that's the rationale of the main points, Of course there are many other
points in its favor. You can think of dozens. One of these is that the salesman, selling
all the time, is a good target for any sales-talk-see Overt Act-Motivator Sequence.
Therefore our sales-talk can be outrageously strong and will appeal. Another point is
that the most recent patron saint of salesmen is recently dead-the late Dale Carnegie
had almost his total appeal to salesmen and was quite successful, but since his demise
his organization has been going downhill rapidly. With all due respect to a large figure
in the 20th century, his technology was an appeal to the 1. I and failed on the
cornerstone of reality. Salesmen bought it but found it was far from a good answer to
selling. Therefore they will be ready broadly for a new school of thought.

A salesman sees more people in a day than other people see in a month. Therefore
he is himself an excellent comm particle. And he always needs something to talk about.
And we have already a wonderful record in selling gains where salesmen are concerned.
We have some examples of men who after studying Scientology, continuing in their
saleswork, made ten to fifty times the number of sales as a result. Where a business
firm is conservative and will buy only something to increase production, its salesmen
are free agents in getting training and should be appealed to as such.

Probably the most rapid gain financially that any individual could make from
getting trained or processed would be the salesman, as he works on commission and his
ability to reach would be instantly reflected in his income. Therefore he is as an
individual a good investment.

The basic liability of this program is the critical attitude of salesmen toward a

106

poor presentation and anything not dressed up as a course would find them snorty. But
we have an answer to that. When they criticize presentation of a PE course we would
use that criticism to enlist their assistance. 'But that's why we need your help' should
be the innocent rejoinder.

First and foremost the step which should be taken by you now is to discover what
publication carries the most ads for salesmen and what publications, newspapers or
magazines in your area are read by salesmen or are printed for salesmen. Into such
should be inserted an advert more or less as follows:

Want to Make Millions in Selling?
Want to Make People Really
WANT
Your Product?
Learn human communication secrets
at the
Personal Efficiency Foundation
(address)

That done you'll have time to get grooved in for the responses (as per the
programming bulletin).

The course should be revised for all, not just salesmen, along the following lines:
A free combination of PE and Comm Course wherein there is lecture and there are
drills. A paid Comm Course using the Basic TRs of the Comm Course. A repeat of the
Comm Course again with a little upper indoc or just plain Comm Course again. A
Co-audit using "From where could you communicate to a ... ? (body part)" as per
dropping meter on assessment. Before the student has a chance to get bored with the
Co-audit, another Comm Course. More Co-audit until bodies are down to the clear
reading stably. And then and only then an HAS Certificate. All fees paid by the week.
All fees high enough to command respect.

The total mission would be to teach the salesman to confront and communicate
to bodies. The total lecture gen to be centred around the ARC triangle. The texts to be
Problems of Work and Science of Survival. Examination on texts to be given.

In later bulletins I'll give you a lot more gen on this. The point is here, if you
agree with this, jump in-perhaps not to the extent of committing all working channels
to this one channel, but to the point of testing it out and sending me the results.

If this becomes in fact the perfect dissemination program then we've got it made
and made again. For with this basic communication network working in the society we
will have something to build upon toward higher goals and a better world.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:brb.rd
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

107

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960

All Fran Auditors
HCO Secretaries
Assoc Secretaries

BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION

One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states given books in
distribution, the remainder of these facts are true. . .".

No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much writing of
letters you do, the dissemination success of a group will not accomplish any security
unless books are distributed.

Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with the proper reading
materials is a far more important step than most HCO Secs and PE Directors have
realized, but these are not the worst offenders. The field auditor, attempting to run a
group and keep afloat, fails most often, when he does fail, in the Book Department.

Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that they will
continue their interest.

Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is necessary to get them
into an extension course.

If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet avoid your
responsibility in getting him or her to read books on the subject, you are wasting a
tremendous amount of effort.

Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF

MENTAL HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianeties was going forward so
rapidly that my letter volume, even before the first book, was startling. Each one of
these people expected me, either to write them a long letter and tell them what it was
all about, or to be given a chance to come and see me so that I could tell them
personally what it was all about. In other words, my time was going to be consumed,
not in further research, but in writing letters and talking to people. My answer to this
was to write DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which
rapidly informed the newly interested person what this new science was all about.

I will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your time answering
questions which are answered in books. I think you are talking yourself hoarse to
friends, and other people, and groups, explaining over and over and over things that are
already taken up in books. I think your time is being devoured by attempts to reach
through the natural conversational barriers of people.

You are not giving, I am sure, the newly interested person an opportunity to go
and sit down quietly by himself, without any social strain, and study a book on the
subject. Only in this way will he come to a decision about the subject which is his own
independent decision having inspected the materials. This has to be done quietly and it
is best done through the pages of a book.

Without any reservations, I can tell you that DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image pictures and
energy masses, those things which are most real to people, is the best forward vanguard
in our possession. It was written at a time when I was very interested in bridging ttie
gap between an uninformed public and an informed public, and contains in it most of
the arguments necessary to quiet the suspicions of the newly interested person and
contains as well most of the answers to that person's questions.

DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a
perfectly workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a bridge between the
uninformed and the informed public on the subject of Scientology.

If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly interested person read
it as something new, startling and strange in the world, you will be wasting most of
your dissemination efforts.

108

Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around the world than the
average best seller in any given year. Where it has been pushed, Scientology is booming.
Where it has not been pushed, Scientology is limp.

Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics, here you find several
of the earliest Axioms, here you even find the rudimentary ARC tone scale. You find
as well a thoroughly accurate description of clears and the reactive mind.

Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about the reactive
mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's subconscious. Here is the resolution of most
of the problems of psychotherapy.
You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange that you forget
that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any part of them. They are not
interested in past lives. They are interested in what makes them do strange and peculiar
things. They have heard vaguely about the tenets of psychology. They do not know
that these have all been answered in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH.
When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and Scientology, no matter
how obtuse or abstruse the questions are, your best answer to these questions was my
earliest answer and that was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH and that will answer your question."

In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This makes a complete
cycle. With presession processes we can take a new person and by running the course of
help, control, communication and interest, put him in a frame of mind to want to
know more about the subject.

In this Bulletin I am trying to tell you what to do about the person once you have
brought him up to this point. It is all right for you to go on and audit him but I assure
you he will never get anywhere until he has read DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. All the questions and counter arguments and upsets
which are boiling through his mind now are answered in that book, bringing him up to
a point where he wants auditing, where he successfully goes through PE. Give him
auditing, let him co-audit, do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that
he reads DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of Scientology
even after they have gone through a PE course and have read Problems of Work or
some other manual pushed off on them simply because it is cheap. Problems of Work is
all right and should be distributed but it is not informative on the subject of the human
mind.

Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done. We have made a
break-through. The moment of the break-through is recorded at public level with
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not read
this book, they just will not have broken through.

Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of help, control,
communication and interest in arousing that interest, to get them now to inform
themselves of the moment of break-through, will be well expended by you, otherwise
these people will, be talking through a fog and will experience a sensation of having
been brought up to some high plateau without having climbed a cliff. It is factual that
you can bring a person all the way to clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate
person. I know, because I have done just that. All the clears I made twelve to thirteen
years ago evaporated into the society. I did them a great deal of good. Some of them
are now occupying high positions, but none of them have ever associated me and my
work in Dianetics and Scientology with what happened to them. They are, for the
most part, convinced that what I did was some fabulously magical thing which was
done for them only, and for them especially, something like a spiritual revival, but
nothing to be understood. These people never did gain that understanding because I
never explained to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we
began to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been led to
worry more about their own cases than those I processed, but at the same time their
worrying was at least intelligent. I can still clear people with the technologies of twelve
and thirteen years ago and, indeed, have been carefully reintroducing you to these
technologies. Now the time has come for us to realize that there are very close to two
and a half million people on this planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know

109

what makes them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human
reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another. They follow strange
leaders and wind up in strange places. They have no hope that anything will ever dig
them out. Only a minute percentage of these people have ever been introduced to
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

Do not believe for a moment that just because I wrote a book on the subject cases
became harder. As a matter of fact they became more co-operative. We are making a
great many clears today. Hardly a week passes on my correspondence lines without
clears being reported. But look at the mental illiteracy even of some auditors. Do you
know that people report me clears and call them releases. These people have never
studied the definition and capabilities of clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. They bring pre-clears up to this standard, find there
is a considerable distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they say
anybody is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified the clear as a
release just because you were not totally familiar with the conditions of clear. I still
think the best statement of a clear occurred in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE
OF MENTAL HEALTH. I have had no reason to revise that statement. Pushed at,
however, by many Scientologists, I have tried to find way stops between clear, as
defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, and OT.
There are quite a few. I almost laughed in somebody's face the other day when he said
to me that a notable person on one central organization's staff was being audited by
him and that he had gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything
you asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he kept working at it.
Concerning the same person, visitors at that central organization for some time have
been saying, "She has a sort of feeling about her as though she might be clear." The
truth of the matter is she has been clear for several months but her auditor is straining
so hard, seeing as he does how far human capability can be made to reach, that it has
never occurred to him that he has passed clear some time back. Any pc that has a
relatively free needle has probably been cleared by the standards laid down in
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable step. Let's push
this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and demand that they buy it. Let's
develop the trick, when they ask us complicated questions, of stating that they should
read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.

After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that describes it at public level
and it is a good thing if you want to get people into a house to get them to come in the
front door. The front door we have is DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH. 1, personally, do not believe the book could ever be written again,
since it was written at a time when I was well aware of the public arguments
concerning the mind. For the indifferently literate person it forms the necessary bridge
from knowing nothing to knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your
people to read it. Now let's get going.

If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE Courses,
always add to them:

"To know more about this subject read DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The greatest
scientific development in this century has happened."

To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display and mention.
Where you find people have not bought it in your Central Files, you'll find interest has
been lagging. Play down all other PE books, display DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH as the book they must now buy. Tell them so
during the breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH
answers your questions."

Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are already printed and
being bound now in New Zealand for NZ, Australian and South African shipment.
Order all Southern Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH through HCO WW.

We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all your many book
displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH.

I am asking Australia, for instance, to have a huge wooden book, DIANETICS:

110

THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their marquee and
spotlighted.
We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do it.

LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright nc 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 21 MARCH 1965

Gen Non-Remimeo

TO: ALL HCOs
ORG/ASSN SECS

PE DEPTS

SUBJECT: PE COMES AFTER THEY HAVE READ A BOOK

The following is a report paraphrased from the Director of PE in Washington DC,

pertaining to a Pilot Project on Testing as a dissemination line for PE.

"Dear Ron, On Jan 4, 1965, we began a small ad in the Washington Evening Star
on the Testing Clinic. The ad ran for 15 consecutive days and produced 13 people in
for testing, of which 10 came back for evaluation of tests. None came onto our lines.
Three books were sold. On Feb 4th we tried the 2 inch ad with text from HCO Pol Ltr
24 Nov and 2 Dec 1960. The ad ran for 2 weeks and I I people came in for test, 9 came
back for evaluation. There were no sign ups for Academy and fiGC, and only one came

into PE and he was drunk. Best, Andy."

Ron's reply follows:-

"FCDC.

PE AD. You were recently (autumn 1964) required only to advertise books. It

was not explicit but one thought ads would now be books.

Interview failure is totally attributable to this: People say, "What is Scientology?"
of an org. Org says, "Buy this book." (Problems of Work is best.) Never let anyone talk
to such persons. Just coach reception to say, "This book will tell you all about it" and

sell the book.

Until new Dissem Drills are out and coached this is the total. PE comes in after
they have read a book, never before.

You have omitted the first Dissem Step "Buy a Book" and so have no PE.

Get your Book Sales line in, put the PE invite at the back of the book.

All this is undergoing improvement but the above bare bones have worked for 15

years.

PE ads direct have never worked.

L. RON HUBBARD"

LRH:ml.rd Issued by: Marilynn Routsong

by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1965

Remimeo
Field Staff Members
Sthil Grads
Sthil Students

DISSEMINATION DRILL

The Dissemination Drill has four exact steps that must be done with a person you
are disseminating to.

There is no set patter, nor any set words you say to the person.

There are four steps that must be accomplished with the individual and they are
listed in the order that they should be done:

I . Contact the individual: This is plain and simple. It just means making a personal
contact with someone, whether you approach them or they approach you.

2. Handle: If the person is wide open to Scientology, and reaching, this step can be
omitted as there is nothing to handle. Handle is to handle any attacks,
antagonism, challenge or hostility that the individual might express towards you
and/or Scientology. Definition of "handle": to control, direct. "Handle" implies
directing an acquired skill to the accomplishment of immediate ends. Once the
individual has been handled you then-

3. Salvage: Definition of salvage: "to save from ruin". Before you can save
someone from ruin, you must find out what their own personal ruin is. This is
basically-What is ruining them? What is messing them up? It must be a condition
that is real to the individual as an unwanted condition, or one that can be made
real to him.

4. Bring to understanding: Once the person is aware of the ruin, you bring about an
understanding that Scientology can handle the condition found in 3. This is done
by simply stating Scientology can, or by using data to show how it can. It's at the
right moment on this step that one hands the person a selection slip, or one's
professional card, and directs him to the service that will best handle what he
needs handled.

These are the steps of the Dissemination Drill. They are designed so that an
understanding of them is necessary and that understanding is best achieved by being
coached on the drill.

COACHING THE DRILL

Position: Coach and student may sit facing each other a comfortable distance apart,
or they may stand ambulatory.

Purpose: To enable a Scientologist to disseminate Scientology effectively to
individuals. To enable one to contact, handle, salvage and bring to understanding
another being. To prepare a Scientologist so that he won't be caught "flatfooted"
when being attacked or questioned by another.

Patter: There is no set patter. The coach plays the part of a non-Scientologist and
displays an attitude about Scientology upon being approached by the student. The
student must then handle, salvage, and bring the coach to understanding. When the
student can comfortably do these steps on a given coach's attitude, the coach then

112

assumes another attitude, etc, and the drill is continued until the student is confident
and comfortable about doing these steps with any type of person. This drill is coached
as follows:

The coach says, "Start". The student must then (1) contact the coach, either by
approaching the coach or being approached by the coach. The student introduces
himself and Scientology or not, depending upon the mocked-up situation. The student
then (2) handles any invalidation of himself and/or Scientology, any challenge, attack
or hostility displayed by the coach. The student then (3) salvages the coach. In this
step the student must locate the ruin (problem or difficulty the coach has with life),
and point out that it is ruinous and get the person to see that it is.

When (3) has been done, you then (4) bring about an understanding that
Scientology can do something about it. Example: the coach has admitted a problem
with women. The student simply listens to him talk about his problem and then
asserts-"Well, that's what Scientology handles. We have processing, etc, etc." When
the coach indicates a realization that he did have a problem and that something might
be done about it, the student presents him with a selection slip, or a professional card,
routing him to the service that would best remedy the condition.

The coach must flunk for comm lags, nervousness, laughter or non-confront. The
coach would similarly flunk the student for failure to (1) contact, (2) handle,
(3) salvage, and (4) bring to understanding.

Training Stress: Stress giving the student wins. This is done by'using a gradient scale
in the coach's portrayal of various attitudes, and staying with any selected until the
student can handle it comfortably. As the student becomes better, the coach can
portray a more difficult attitude.

Stress bringing about for the student the accomplishment of the purpose of this
drill.

A list of things to handle and another of ruins to discover can be made up and
used.

Do not specialize in either antagonistic attitudes or an eagerness to know about
Scientology. Use both and other attitudes. One meets them all.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (E) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

113

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1969
Remitneo
PES Hats
PRO Course
I)ir Ethnics

INDIVIDUALS vs GROUPS

The wide survey done in accordance with LRH ED Int I August 1968 "Broad
Public Questionnaire," the results summarized in LRH ED Int 37 of 23 November
1969 "Reform Mailing Result" gives us two valuable data:

1. DO NOT LECTURE OR DISSEM TO SOCIAL OR PUBLIC GROUPS. (The
full list is in these 2 LRH EDs.)

2. DISSEM TO THE INDIVIDUAL WITH PROBLEMS NOT THE GROUP OR
INDIVIDUAL WHO HAVE SOLUTIONS.

Public and Social Groups

Public and social groups, from governments to garden clubs, are organized around
some agreed upon solution and were organized because of and to support some fixed
solution such as an ideology or a quick buck or a dominance system.

In such a case you are talking to and at an idea fix6. It fears anything that might
shake its pet aberration.

Indeed, by addressing it directly as a group by a lecture or a mailing you can
solidify the consistent antagonism it feels to anything different to its ideas.

Such groups are also a mutual protection society and their members are to a
greater or lesser degree personally defensive but collectively aggressive.

Such groups can usually be neglected in matters of dissemination.

They can be approached only within the framework of cooperation when your
aims and theirs seem to or can be made to seem to. have something in common and
only then if you don't try to "sell your wares" to their members. Even a mutual
support idea is a touchy matter and has to be very smoothly handled with top PRO.

To a nation at war, for example, everyone not of that nation is a potential enemy
and allies are traditionally barely tolerated and suspiciously so at that.

In a "dog eat dog" world, such as Man is continually told it is, political and social
groups have other foundations than a simple wish to assemble or to make things go
right.

Thus a mailing list to a governmental, public, social or professional (non-scien-
tific) group is a WASTE OF TIME, and can even do harm. This includes any list of
individual members of such groups.

They are not there to make a better society, but to have mutual support for some
special idea.

We also long ago learned this cynical axiom: "Groups tend to perpetuate the
conditions which they are formed to combat." For example the Beers groups "to bring
legal rights and better treatment to the insane" in 1905 advocates as the "mental
health" associations of today which advocate easy seizure and mayhem while still
talking about the late Clifford Beers.

Nobody ever heard of polio until it really got anti-polio groups.

Deficient in technology to accomplish their ends and dependent at last on the evil
they fight to gain support, the group types listed in LRH ED 14 1 Aug 68 are found to
fix into a solidified idea that brooks no challenge and which imagines anything else is a
challenge to it.

114

So don't waste your time except to fix up an alliance and do that only by
discussing points of close agreement in purposes not your own subject.

Exceptions will of course be found.

We sent these mailings to check reform codes. We also found it is worthless to
dissem to specialized groups.

We also had this datum earlier. A franchise based its whole dissem programme on
approaching and working with specialized groups and went broke promptly.

Groups can also be unpopular in the extreme as witness certain governments. A
certain percentage of the poor response told us to attack the American Medical
Association and American Psychiatric Association.

The Individual

The bulk of the individuals on the planet are "unaligned". This is about 92% of
the population! This figure is taken from countries involved in heavy insurgent attack.

The commotion of "mobs" one reads about in the press, the "opinion of the
people" are usually propaganda nonsense gotten up by specialized groups who are less
than a thousandth of the population. They are staged and pushed by newspapers who
are solvent only on funds that make them pro- or anti-. Newspapers represent so little
of "public opinion" they are seldom generally liked. Supported by specialized groups
they pretend to "public opinion" in order to increase the impact of the message of
special interests. Billionaire Nelson Rockefeller, favourite son of US big interests,
mud-balled on a flying tour throughout Latin America almost everywhere he stopped
got the most placid US and the most violent European press on the same incidents one
ever read. Neither one represented any "public opinion".

In the hard reality of insurgency campaigns when propaganda is at highest
intensity, when all the chips are down 92% just aren't on either side. They simply wait
to see who is winning if they have any ideas at all.

This tends to say 92% of a population do not belong to groups. The figure is not
too far wrong.

This gives us a new insight into the one out of twenty in any purposeless gathering
who suddenly objects to Scientology.

YOU COULD HAVE HIM IF YOU INVARIABLY ASKED "ALL RIGHT, WHAT
IS YOUR SOLUTION TO THINGS?"

You would probably get a harangue about fascism or legal rights. Lord knows
exactly what you'd get but it would be the idea fix6 of some specialized group.

Newspaper reporters are usually serving by direct orders, specialized groups. "The
Vicious Catholics and the Heroic Protestants" "The underhanded Left and the holy
Right."
By the natural selection of firing any reporter who isn't a devoted advocate of the
special interest group behind the publisher any disaffected newspaperman isn't on that
paper long. Freedom of the Press as it is laughingly called does not extend to Freedom
of reporters! The unaligned reporter is left to take up other lines of work. The closest
you can come is to control the publisher or to indicate alliance with the paper's
interests to the reporter.

The Special Interest Individual is a member of a group united by an idea fixe' He
has a SOLUTION. Any other idea he considers a potential enemy of his solution. Thus
his comm will occur, hidden or exposed, to forward special interests. When the comm
is hidden it becomes disinterested or vicious as it is over the top of the withhold of his
alignment with a special interest.

Comm is possible only by discovering his special interest and indicating alliance
with it. The comm then will probably be a bit grudging but it occurs.

However, this leaves us about 92% of the world's population with whom comm is
possible, especially on a personal basis.

115

In this 92% one has a uniform factor, a common denominator of personal
survival.

The special interest fellow would comm only on his 3rd dynamic special interest
and sometimes even commit suicide on the Ist dynamic to defend that special interest.

But 92% have some idea of personal survival and therefore can individually comm
about things that would increase their survival potential.

Summary

We can repeat "Disseminate to those who have problems not those who have
solutions."

Thus there is little point in disseminating to a university as it has solutions for
everything. There is every point in disseminating to a student as he has the problems.
But even here many students also have the solution-to get a degree to magic carpet
them to life and the buck or are in the process of espousing special interest groups.

So one can say one can usually disseminate to a student who has PROBLEMS.

There would be no point in disseminating to a police force. There would be every
point in disseminating to a policeman who has problems.

There would be no point in disseminating to the War Ministry but every point in
disseminating to soldiers who have PROBLEMS.

The only "risk" one runs is some special interest group believing their prey are
being stolen from them.

One can easily make the error of believing special groups are interested in general
betterment.

With Earth as it is, prey is a better word than patient to describe a psychiatrist's
special interest attitude.

And "prey" is a better word than "citizen" to match the thoughts of some
government agencies.

Now it so happens that people don't like to be "prey" and they resent the large
majority of special interest groups the moment they discover they are such.

It opens the door widely to dissemination to get a clean look at the fact that
upwards of 92% of a population are not on the side of anyone. The large majority of
these have problems.

Thus dissemination can occur.

We who are simply trying to make individuals better and so improve the society,
without any other axes to grind or drums to beat thus have the majority potentially on
our side.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:rs.cden
Copyright (DI969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

116

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1970
Remimeo
All Staff
PRO Course Checksheet
Franchise
FIRST POLICY

The first policy of a Scientology Org, laid down on about 8 or 10 March 1950, is:

MAINTAIN FRIENDLY RELATIONS WITH
THE ENVIRONMENT AND THE PUBLIC.

LRH:rr.aap.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
LONDON

Extracted from CLINICAL PROCEDURE OF 20 MAY 1954

ATMOSPHERE OF THE CLINIC

The atmosphere is a most important part. It should be business-like and friendly.
By no means should any person be allowed on the premises who does not have business
there. There is nothing so disturbing to a preclear as to have a bunch of auditors
hanging around discussing techniques and their own cases or seeking to recruit clinic
preclears.

[Unsigned]
Issued by HCO London
In Digest I re-issue of
18 March 1958.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1958
(Re-issued as HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 OCTOBER 1962)
CenOCon [Excerptl
Franchise
Field
NEATNESS OF QUARTERS
- THE PUBLIC KNOWS US BY OUR MEST -

A part of everyone's hats is keeping a good mockup in people, offices, classrooms,
quarters.

Keep your desk and your Mest neat and orderly. It helps.

And when you see things getting broken down or run down or dirty, fix them or
clean them or if you can't yell like hell on the right comm line.

LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO Bulletin of 21 September 1958 (re-issued as HCO P/L of 22 October 1962),
Theory of Scientology Organizations. A complete copy is in Volume 0, page 31.]

117

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1965
Issue 11

Remimeo

CLEANLINESS OF QUARTERS AND STAFF

IMPROVE OUR IMAGE

There is no quicker way to depress income and public goodwill than to have dirty
quarters and slovenly staff.

While we know it takes income to make a place look smart and to have elegant
quarters, this is not the point of this policy letter.

Clean floors, walls, woodwork and service rooms require very little. Clean
washrooms and proper paper towels and tissue are an ordinary requirement.

As the world goes more beatnik it is hard to keep up a standard of cleanliness and
good order.

But it can be done.

And for the sake of income and goodwill it must be done.

The world has been educated by business to a tradition of clean quarters and
smart service. We must at least equal that.

Staff should be uniformed in orgs that can afford it. A clean well dressed staff
inspires confidence and begets the payment of bills and more service.

The private Scientology practitioner fails mainly on his personal lack of
professional address to his clients and his personal dress is sometimes pretty grim. This
is what costs him his income.

An org, to get anywhere at all, has to look like a real org and its staff must look
like professionals. Until they can be uniformed, they can be clean.

Similarly, until you can have really swanky quarters you can at least have clean
quarters, walls, WCs and things picked up.

A clean set of quarters and a neat, professional looking staff can increase your
income by about 500%.

IMPROVE OUR IMAGE.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

118

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 FEBRUARY 1969

CenOCon
Public Exec Secs
ECs
LRH Comms

RELIGION

Visual evidences that Scientology is a religion are mandatory on the PES.

Any staff who are trained at any level as auditors (but not in AOs) are to be
clothed in the traditioned ministerial black suit, black vest white collar silver cross for
ordinary org wear.

Creed of the Church is to be done big and plainly posted in public areas.

Stationery is to reflect the fact that orgs are churches.

All public literature must state that Scn is religious philosophy.

Since its first incorporation as HASI Arizona all orgs have been Religious
fellowships by corporation statements.

All orgs are now Churches by their C of S of California affiliation.

The minister's course is a requisite for permanent certification.

The legal decisions handed down on Scn by US high courts uphold it as a religion.

It has never been anything else. It seeks SPIRITUAL FREEDOM.

This may or may not be publicly acceptable. This is NOT the point. It is a
requisite defense and it is true. Those are the points.

Reinforce this in all possible ways.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:sdp.ei.cden
Copyright (DI969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 9 May 1971 Issue II, Scientology Org Staff Uniforms, and reinstated and
added to by HCO P/I, 2 September 1971 issue 11, Religion-Scientology.Org Staff Apparel, both in
the 1971 Year Book.]

119

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
PRO Course
Checksheet
Div 6
THE ORG IMAGE

A poor org public image can cost an org 9/10ths of its income thus greatly
curtailing pay and facilities. It can lead to trouble with the area. It can reduce the
expansion of Dianetics and Scientology to near zero.

When important people enter an org and find its premises messy, themselves and
their requirements neglected, the org not only loses their fee, it also loses the
important friends who would actively protect it.

If an org and its staff displays a downstat image, public confidence in Dianetics
and Scientology is shaken.

By showing a good org mock up we are living examples of what Dianetics and
Scientology can do.

There are several zones which comprise the org image.

I . Premises, particularly the entrances and interview and service areas. These should
be neat, not cluttered up with baggage, paper, tattered notices or unsightly things.

2. Public comm lines. Letters and mailings should be correctly addressed with the
right name and not sent to several addresses for the same person. The appearance
and tone of any mailings and communications should be good and not offend.
"Friendly and agreeable responses" was the first order I ever gave to an org.

3. Staff. Appearance and attitude to the public.

4. Service Delivery, assurances of.

5. Publicizing values of service.

6. Publications, appearance and suitability of distribution.

7. Alliances with suitable groups and leaders, with due regard to local "ethnic"
values. (Publicly admired values.)

8. Eradication of enemies on public lines with due regard to local ethnic values
(publicly detested values).

9. Alignment of promotion with things publicly admired and against things publicly
detested.

10. Advertising, effectiveness, suitability and lawfulness of.

11. Membership expansion.

12. Group expansion.

13. Expansion planning of facilities.

Contemporary "Public Relations Officer" duties in business firms are not as
embracive as the above 13 points. These are loosely classified as follows (quoted from
their texts).

1. To keep management informed of public opinion, and of events and trends
likely to affect its reputation.

"2. To advise management on the policies and actions it should adopt in order to
gain and keep public good will; and on the likely effects, in terms of public
opinion, of any policies and actions dictated by other factors.

120

"3. To apply public relations techniques to solve problems in which the
company's reputation is at stake and to maintain a continuing, positive
programme of action to secure good will,, presenting the company in all its
aspects to all its audiences by every appropriate means of communication.

"The executive side of the public relations man's work includes the
company's relations with the press, radio and television; the production of
many kinds of printed matter, including company reports, house magazines,
wall charts, brochures and even books; films and film strips; exhibitions; the
design of company stationery; the way a firm receives its visitors; a watching
brief on the way it answers its telephone calls, writes its letters, handles
complaints; its policy on donations to charity and an infinite variety of items
beyond."

We often hear that we should hire a public relations firm to do all these things.
The catch is that these firms have a high personnel turnover and new men on the
44 accounts" have to be rebriefed continually.

We have in the past hired contemporary professional PRO men AND THEY LAID
THE FOUNDATION OF OUR DIFFICULT TIMES WITH PRO ACTIONS.

In Dianetics and Scientology we have gone up against a totalitarian conspiracy
using "mental health" to control populations. This was not a normal PRO atmosphere
as encountered by business firms. It began with war where the enemy controlled all
news media and governments.

We had to be very very good indeed to live through it at all. Our "public" does
not understand this. They are accustomed to sleek untroubled firms selling them
"Wheaties the Breakfast of Idiots" or "go Slow gasoline" or "You too can be insane".

So in Dianetics and Scientology we have a job in PRO which far exceeds the usual
company demands.

In ordinary PRO actions we have not done too badly in the past. For instance our
people handling Congresses make the U.S. Democratic Party Convention PROs look
like rank amateurs.

The enemy has used all available PRO and Intelligence techniques to hold us back
and as the enemy also controlled many key government figures, this has been a very
rough time.

That we are alive at all and expanding shows we have not done too badly. The
enemy is definitely losing.

The reason for this is INTEGRITY. By and large our people are sincere.

WORD OF MOUTH is a public relations comm line superior to press, radio,
television or Mr. Big.

Radio, press and TV only seek to create "word of mouth". This term means what
people say to one another.

By standing for what people think is good and opposing what people think is bad
greatly speeds WORD OF MOUTH.

We will go as far as Dianeties and Scientology work in the hands of auditors and
no farther.

The enemy, lacking integrity, word of mouth and workable tech has not won
despite total control of governments, press, radio, TV and all standard PRO media, plus
financing in terms of billions.

Thus we see that there are three commodities above contemporary PRO concepts.
These are:

A. INTEGRITY

B. WORD OF MOUTH

C. WORKABILITY AND USEFULNESS OF PRODUCT.

121

All the PRO advices and direction will not prevail if the above three things are not
an integral part of "the company" PRO planning.

How much a product COSTS has some bearing on whether or not it is used. But
unstabilizing prices, we have learned (such as a small increase) is utterly deadly. And
reducing prices does not actually increase sales in our Iexperience. The exception is the
granting of 50% scholarships and giving certain courses as Field Staff Member prizes.
And here it does seem that the STATUS value outweighs the monetary saving appeal.
Therefore STATUS INCREASE is a vital part of the product.

However, whether Dianetics and Scientology have been at war or not, the first 13
points are what we would consider routine PRO actions which, if neglected would
result in heavy income losses.

A staff idling in reception, offhand handling of callers, wrong address or names
misspelled drive off customers. Aside from simply blocking sign ups these points also
REDUCE CUSTOMER STATUS.

As our organizations are built (due to tech concentration) on handling the
individual, any PRO must be very alert to any point which would seem to the
46customer" to diminish his status.

A PRO should himself look at the given points from the viewpoint of an
important potential "customer". Would the org environment and handling attract or
drive off an important person (let us say, the Mayor) as a "customer". If the answer is
66yes" in any point, then the Org is losing up to 90% of its income through these PRO
omissions.

If a staff is poorly paid or the premises are poorly furnished, cluttered or dirty
then the error lies in either the I st 13 or the above A, B, C points of PRO.

A PRO in advising actions to the EC (and he should have direct access to the
Executive Council or Management) should be very wary of killing off the Org's vitality
with too much militant control. The PRO also has the staff as a public. If one wants to
clear sandwich-eating staff off reception the best way is to start a campaign for a staff
lounge, get it and then forbid staff to clutter up reception.

The PRO in accomplishing PRO points is of necessity a creature of ideas even in
getting his routine PRO actions done.

The enemy we have had gets very high points on I to 13 (omitting 4, assurances
of delivery and 7 and 8 Ethnic points). Dianetics and Scientology orgs get rather low
points on I to 13 (excepting 4, 7 and 8 which they do well).

Dianetics and Scientology orgs do well on A, B and C. The enemy utterly
collapses on these.

If Dianetics and Scientology orgs did well on all points (I to 13 and A, B and C)
the battle would be won in very little time.

If a PRO is not working to bring points I to 13 and A, B and C all into full
operation in his area, he is not doing his job. If he is doing all these things he is a very
very valuable PRO and should be given every possible assistance on his job.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:ek.cs.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

122

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo
PES Hat
PRO Course Chsht

APPEARANCE AND PRO

Anyone engaged in a personal contact PRO action should support his action by
clean and neat appearance.

He or she is a symbol. A clean bright looking symbol emanates by appearance
only. Thus any PRO action is reinforced by one's appearance. As the appearance is
acceptable then the thought and words or action is made more acceptable and
reinforces one's potential success.

If one's appearance is too bizarre or garish or if a girl is wearing too much
perfume, appearance distracts from the thought or action and may make it fail.

Similarly a degraded appearance degrades the PRO action. Body odor, bad breath,
dirty hands, face or fingernails all degrade one's message or intent and can make one's
PRO action no matter how acceptable otherwise, fail.

One does not have to be handsome, or beautiful to reinforce a PRO action. It
helps but it often also hinders.

Integrity and sincerity can communicate even more forcefully than appearance.

However, appearance has a definite role in PRO.

For instance a clean, neatly dressed lecturer has as a rule a far greater impact than
one who is either very fancily dressed or at the other extreme scruffy.

THE ARC OF APPEARANCE

The Communication formula contains duplication at either end. In the presence
of duplication of type or social class of appearance we get better A (Affinity) (can
occupy same space), better R (Reality) (can agree because of similarity of caste or
station in life) and hence Communication, lifted by A & R can occur.

The above is the actual operating law.

Thus average audiences or persons or persons in the West seeing their ideal of
themselves (clean, neat, mannerly) if similarly but slightly better dressed, are impressed
by appearance and receptive:

If however a PRO person were dressed that same way yet sought to impress or get
the agreement of a Communist group in the East he probably would fail as he is a
bourgeoisie (middle class) symbol.

I wonder if you notice that the world's rulers in this PRO world deserted top hats
about 1920 and began to become upper class citizens in business suits by the 1930s
and in the 1950s became "men of the peeeeple" in ratty unpressed lounge suits.

To get the attention and sincere agreement of a bunch of collective farmers one
would have to look like their ideal of a very good collective farmer and act accordingly.

On the other hand to PRO a movie star it would be necessary to dress a bit movie
star-but not too much as they fear rivals in attention getting.

COVER

All this gets badly disarranged as a law when one enters the wonderland of "cover
appearances". Then one must look and act like what the viewer thinks the personal

123

identity adopted looks like. Impersonating a real reporter one has to look like what the
person being interviewed thinks reporters currently look like in that area. Notice we
say "what the person thinks reporters look like". Actually reporters look like tramps
or executives or MI-6 agents or what have you in real life.

But "cover" is a deception process and depends on perverting the comm formula
by fooling the person or persons being seen addressed or interviewed and belongs more
to an intelligence service than PRO.

ILLUSION

However, in PRO, one is actually creating an illusion or symbol that will be
considered acceptable by those who see the image compatible with the message one is
trying to put across or the data one is attempting to find.

ETHNICS

This subject of appearance is actually an ETHNIC idea. Ethnic means beliefs,
mores, customs, patterns of thought or racial or religious stable data.

What do the people being seen think the PRO person should look like, dress like,
act like to be asking or talking to them about that subject?

The Walla-wallas think someone with a new product should look like a witch
doctor before they believe him. Politicians think one should look like a psychiatrist
before appropriating a few billion for him. Savage Ugpugs only accept PRO from fat
men. And the Romans only accepted it from bird entrails.

What type of communicator is acceptable? For what message? That is an Ethnic
survey problem and the answer is only valid for the area in which it is obtained.

It is always what they think the ideal symbol is, not necessarily the usual symbol
that gives that type of message to them. And it is what symbol is now effective as the
old one may have become too common.

CONCLUSION

It is not a very involved subject. The Comm Formula in its entirety should be
known and understood in PRO work.

The factors one is trying to instill are acceptability and belief.

Truth plays its own role as it is the highest R (Reality) there is. But sometimes the
whole truth is too much and again it becomes the degree of R that fits in with the A
and C.
Untruth, when exposed, can wreck ANY PRO symbol. And voicing a truth that is
unbelievable can also cause the symbol uttering it to not be believable.

The need for impingement (enough jolt to attract attention) causes a lot of wild
PRO think.

The mobs of people are sufficiently numerous today to cause a "herring effect".
No one herring is given any attention by the rest of the herrings. PRO attempts to
break out of this inattention by being a more startling herring. But if overdone, the rest
of the herrings believe one is a shark.

To solve the dilemma, if it comes to a dilemma, it is best to be one's own self, but
a clean neat mannerly version of oneself and if one has a message or reason to be there
the PRO will usually come off very well.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:rs.rd
Copyright cn 1969
by L. Ron ffubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

124

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I DECEMBER 1969

Remimeo
PES Hat (IMPORTANT OR G BD CHANGE)
Dir Eth Hat

APPEARANCES IN PUBLIC DIVS

The Appearance of the Org and Staff is transferred out of Department One which
becomes the DEPARTMENT OF PERSONNEL AND ROUTING and may still be
called RAP but should be changed on the org board.

In accordance with HCO Pol Ltr of 29 Nov 69 NEW PUB DIVS ORG BOARD.

APPEARANCES comes under the Department of Ethnics Div 6, Dept 16, Ethnic
Acceptable Appearance Section.

The Public Exec Sec therefore is directly responsible for the appearance of the
org, its staff, its literature and publications so far as appearance and acceptability go.

Appearances never worked under Dept 1. "Image" is actually a PRO function and
it is of vital interest to the Public Exec Sec as otherwise his promotion may be dulled
or rendered null. Appearance can even cause him much trouble.

The IMAGE of an org and its staff and its literature and publications actually is a
form of projection into the public.

The reason it is in Dept 16 is that this is the first department of the Public
divisions. Also it is something which has to be fitted into the values of the population
where the org is located. They have definite ethnic ideas of what an org would look
like, what a staff would dress like, what the literature should look like if any of these
had a command position.

It is always easy when one has millions to spend to make a commanding image.
The trick is to make it without its costing more than one can afford.

One has to make the money before one makes the full image.

There is much one can do-and has to do-at no financial cost or at a low price.

One can paint up a place with volunteer help for the cost of rented machines and
materials.

Staff individual areas of responsibility ("Cleaning Stations") should be assigned
via the HCO ES so that all areas of an org are covered. If one has a cleaning service this
is still necessary as there is such a thing as litter. Newspapers, magazines, typewriters,
machines-no cleaning service handles these. That is staff action because it's staff use.

Where one does not buy the staff its clothing one can still insist on clean hands,
fingernails and cut hair, bathed bodies and brushed teeth, polished shoes and so on. It's
poor advertising indeed when a staff member is dirty and unkempt.

When one has money and an Ethnic survey has determined what the population
thinks a professional looks like, one can buy the staff clothes that forward a highly
professional image to create public respect and confidence. Remember in this survey as
in all Ethnic surveys, one does not copy professionals in the society as they haven't
done a survey. One is interested in looking like what the public thinks a professional
looks like. This is moderated of course by what the staff will then be proud to look
like.

125

Reception and staff manners are part of appearances.

An auditor's bad breath or body odor can cost you quite a lot of gained ground.
So this is part of it also.

A noisy atmosphere near auditing rooms or in reception, radios playing, staff
chattering can spoil an image.

Children flying about and babies' nappies hanging are about as far as you can get
from a professional image. Do all right for the Congo maybe but even there I can't
imagine a ju-ju being taken very seriously in a hut so equipt.

The way to spoil an org image is of course to subdue or kill what successful Scn
orgs have always been noted for-a happy, friendly, busy atmosphere. So the use of
heavy ethics to produce image compliance is murderous. Pride is the primary reason for
good appearance.

So staff cooperation and enthusiasm for the project is worth thousands of
conditions seeking to force them to work for an image. Modern schools are so
backward they don't teach personal appearance, manners, cleanliness. And a lot of
staff just don't know any better and have to be taught what they weren't taught in
schools.

Fighting to obtain and improve a suitable image is inevitably quite a task. If the
org had lots of money it could buy its image. But without lots of money the image has
to be gradually built. Cleanliness and neatness are the primary building blocks to
respect in most societies.

An org without money has to have an image to make money but an image costs
money and the org hasn't any. That's a typical problem. "We should have a building
like the new Life Insurance Skyscraper" leaves the problem unsolved. There is a
gradient between. You can pay so much rent you just work for the landlord or the
bank. Or the rent is so high you can't afford enough space to earn the rent. Problems
like that crop up'.

If the Tech-Admin ratio of 2 Admin to I Tech is kept and even brought toward I
to 1, and if promotion is excellent and effective and tech service and org service is
good, it is easy to lay aside enough to earn new quarters. So the image can be
improved.

Similarly literature quality is desirably very high. But its cost can rise to a point
where it makes promotion too costly to be engaged upon. That has happened several
times to orgs where they went overboard on too posh literature.

Quality of presentation of tape recordings-sound quality-definitely comes under
Dept 16 now.

The org image is in the care of the PES. I trust he does well with it.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:Idm.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 2 October 1970, Appearances-Clarification, page 53.]

126

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1966

Remimeo
Franchise
FSMs
Exec Secs
Dist Staff Hats

PUBLIC PROMOTION

We are expanding at a fast rate.

In order to keep our promotion orderly, and on lines, all future Public
Demonstrations and Interviews on Scientology, for TV, Radio and Press, will be
handled by officials appointed from Worldwide.

Any org member, Franchise Holder or FSM wishing to promote Scientology on
these public lines must send in all details to their local Org Exec See who will send for
an official approval from Issue Authority via ES Comm Dist WW for OTg Exec See WW
and LRH Personal Aide.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

127

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MAY 1970
Guardian WW
D/Guardian PR
Asst Guardians
Asst Guardians PR
Public Divisions

GUARDIAN PUBLIC RELATIONSHIPS

The Guardian's Office handles certain publics which are its sole responsibility.
These publics are as follows:

Press relations
Government relations
Special Guardian group relations
Opposition group relations
Troublesome relations.

In press relations are included relations with the press, radio, television and
magazines. Although the Public Divisions may place news releases, appear on radio or
television or write stories for magazines, all such is done in co-ordination with and
approved by the Public Relations Bureau of the Guardian's Off-ice. Any reporter calling
the organization is routed to the Guardian Public Relations Bureau.

All relationships with governmental agencies and government officials are handled
by the Guardian's Office or are cleared through the Guardian's Office. The Legal
Bureau receives and then handles or approves all correspondence to and from
government officials acting in an official capacity; and whether such are local, county,
district (state) or national, all are handled by the Legal Bureau.

The Public Relations Bureau handles visiting government officials, all lobbying
actions and carries out all public relations programmes involved with the government.

There are specialized groups which are either established by the Guardian's Office
or with which the Guardian's Office is co-acting toward mutual goals. These fall under
the purview of the Public Relations Bureau.

Opposition group relations are in the sphere of Guardian's Office. These
opposition groups are those which are acting against Scientology or against the goals of
Scientology.

Troublesome relations is a catchall to include all those relations which the
organization has not handled with its various publics and which then wind up on
Guardian lines. Into this category fall business firms which sue the organization,
threatening former Scientologists expelled by the Church, non-authorized squirrel
groups, hostile members of the immediate community and so on.

Mary Sue Hubbard
Controller
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:MSH:dz.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

128

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JULY 1969

Remirneo
Div 6 Hats

PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS
SURVEYS: BRIEFING AND DEBRIEFING

A Survey Unit consists of a group of two or more people engaged on an Ethnic
Survey.

Before carrying out a survey the Unit must be Briefed.

BRIEF: to give essential information to (Webster's Seventh New Collegiate
Dictionary)

Briefing is simple and consists of the following actions carried out by the Survey
and Planning Unit.

I .No verbal data given. All information is to be written. If it isn't written it
isn't true. If something is found to be missing it is up to the person doing the
briefing to add it to the information but it must be in writing and approved.

2. Gives the Survey Unit all the information and orders to study.

3. Has the Survey Unit do a Clay demo of all the orders and any information as
necessary to ensure a proper understanding.

4. Checks the Unit out on the data and orders directly from the written
material.

5. When satisfied that the Unit can carry out a successful Survey allows them to
proceed on the Survey.

A Survey Unit is successful to the degree it:

1. Understands completely the purpose and intention of the Survey.

2. Takes no action until each member fully understands the instructions and
how to carry them out.

3. Does not add or subtract from orders or duties.

4. Has full attention on successful Survey completion.

5. Does not allow anyone to deter the Unit from completing the Survey but
persists until the results required are obtained.

Personnel on completion of a Survey report to the Survey Debriefing Unit before
communicating to anyone else about their actions and are immediately debriefed.

In debriefing no set questions are employed.

A debrief is composed specifically of ascertaining four things:

I .The purpose of the Survey.

129

2. The events of the Survey.

3. The results of the Survey.

4. The recommendations of the Survey.

The debrief is tape recorded.

Full notes are taken during the debrief.

All the orders, reports and data are collected.

The complete debrief is routed to Data Receipt Unit in the Filing Section Dept
16.

The debriefing Clerk must look at the Briefing before doing any debriefing in
order to know what he is dealing with and so can ask relevant questions.

Tom Morgan
Public Exec See WW
Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright
LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle
Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:TM:ei.cden
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

130

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 OCTOBER 1969
Remimeo
Public
Divisions

SURVEY FORM FOR ALL SURVEYS

The following format will be the standard format used on all ethnic surveys
conducted by all orgs, at all levels to maintain:

1. uniformity of results for quick and easy future reference

2. accuracy of tabulation

3. easy filing and preservation of the surveys.

Promotion ("making known and WELL THOUGHT OF" LRH) is our key to
rapid and stable expansion of Scientology. Accurate Promotion for any given area will
depend upon our ethnic surveys finding out what is needed and wanted in different
subjects or areas of interest-i.e. education, health, etc and promoting directly to that
reality level accordingly.

ETHNICS SURVEY FORMAT:

DATE:

ORG:

1. Name of Ethnic Survey:

2. Type of Survey:

3. Means of conducting Survey:

4. Major Target:

5. Primary Targets:

6. Vital Targets:

7. Operating Targets:

8. Production Targets:

9. Survey Questions:

Flag will not be the only org who will be originating Ethnic Surveys. Each org will
be conducting its own ethnic surveys as it sees fit. The above form, however, will be
maintained for ALL surveys, whether Flag originated or not for the above-mentioned
reasons.
Good luck on your surveys-both the standard action ethnic surveys, as well as
your own surveys.

Liz Ausley
F/Ethnics Officer
for
Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:LA:rs.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright (D 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

131

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1969
Issue 11
Remimeo
Public
Divisions

HOW TO TABULATE A SURVEY

The following data was written and compiled by the Guardian's Office, while
conducting an Ethnic Survey. This is the procedure to be used by all orgs in tabulating
survey results, so that we can maintain uniformity in our reports and survey
conclusions:

1. Count all the surveys received.

2. Establish various categories of answers for each question by listing answers
briefly as you go through the surveys.

3. Soon you will be able to merely mark a slant by each category, the slant
meaning one more answer of a similar nature.

4. Then you total the answers given for a particular category of answer. Let's
say you had 1,500 answers of a similar nature to one question and your total
number of surveys is 2500. This means 60% gave that similar type of
answer 00
2500
5. You then list each question and under that question list the categories of'
answers and the percentage from the highest to the lowest.

6. The only mistake you can make is not to realize the similarity of answers
and so have a great diversity of categories.

Liz Ausley
F/Ethnics Officer
for
Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:LA:rs.ei.cden
Copyright (DI969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

132

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER AD19

Remirneo
Public Divisions
Hats

ETHNICS

FIND OUT WHAT IS NEEDED AND WANTED

The purpose of this policy letter is to provide a SET FORMAT that can be used
over and over again by Orgs to find out in their country, area, city, community WHAT
IS NEEDED AND WANTED. Once this is known to an organization it can angle its
promotion on it and produce it. For example, an area wants more INTELLIGENT
PEOPLE AND ACTIONS and LESS STUPIDITY. The Org of the area finds out and
goes into a promotional programme of "We can RAISE your IQ!!" or "Tired of being
STUPID? We can restore your NATURAL INTELLIGENCE!" Of course through
training and processing an organization can produce this exact result.

If an organization or group does this over and over continually to keep up with
the trends and cover new areas its income will ROCKET. A "Needed and Wanted
Survey" as laid out below should be done by an org or group AT LEAST twice a year
and again if the trend seems to be changing or a new area is disseminated to. As we
expand we repeat the action.

FORMAT

MAJOR TARGET.-

To find out what is needed and wanted by the broad public in a country, area,
city or community. (Size of area is governed by size of Org or group.)

PRIMARY TARGETS.-

I The Director of Ethnics is to obtain the co-operation of FSMS, PE students and
volunteers to conduct the survey.

2. Those answering the survey, if they ask what it is, should be told it is a survey for
social research.

3. Surveys should be conducted in quantity in many parts of the area.

VITAL TARGETS:

1. To conduct the survey as rapidly as possible so results can be tabulated and put to
use.

2. To have PE students answer the survey before they begin PE Course and Sunday
Service attendees answer the survey after Sunday Service.

3. To have volunteers asking surveys of any persons they meet answered by
non-Scientologists as we are interested in the General Public.

OPERATING TARGETS:

I . Compliance is obtained by the PES of the Org or highest Div 6 representative in a

133

group or franchise.

2. The survey questionnaires are printed or mimeographed by Dissem Division.

3. The surveys are distributed to FSMS, PE students, Sunday Service attendees and
volunteers and conducted by same.

4. All surveys are collected by and turned into the Ethnics Department, Director of
Ethnics.

5. Survey results are tabulated by the Ethnics Department per HCO PL 28 Oct 69
Issue 11. If the load is big then staff is organized as needed and as convenient.

6. Results are routed to the PES who checks compliance. Then it is published in a
Public Division Advice Letter to FSMS, Field and Org Staff.

7. A copy of the results is routed to the next higher Division 6 Body, i.e. Area Public
Div to Continental PES who tabulates in with the rest of the Area orgs' results
and forwards this (a country wide survey) to PES WW who informs CS-6 Sea Org.
Group and Franchise survey results go to the Area Org.

PRODUCTION TAR GETS:

I . At least 2,700 from any one country for a country tabulation or 1,500 in a big
city or 500 to 200 or 100 in a small town.

2. The survey is done at least twice a year or when trends change or when expanding
into new areas.

The above is the set format.

WHAT QUESTIONS ARE USED

Questions have to be designed so that they are not auditing questions. What
makes a question an auditing question is the reference to "you" as an individual, a
personal question. I.e., "What do you consider that ?" or "What do you like
about ?" or "What are your reasons for ?"

Questions actually have to be carefully thought out. They have to be something
that will tabulate and get the answer while not being an auditing question. To avoid
auditing questions one uses impersonal questions, i.e., "What do people like the best
about ?"

For example, these questions could be used in a Needed and Wanted Survey:

I What conditions in the (country) society would people like to see
changed?

2. What conditions in the (country) society would people like to see
unchanged?

3. What improvements in the (country) society do people find needed
and wanted?

4. What is the (country) society's greatest problem?

ETHNIC SUR VEYS

Are conducted by the above same set format except the MAJOR TARGET is:

134

To find out the ethnic values of acceptability of a country, area, city or
community.

This data is needed so that the orgs' appearances, staff conduct, uniforms,
promotion and symbols are in keeping with local Ethnic Values.

As an example set of questions the ones below could be used:

I . What do people like the most about the (country) society?

2. What do people like the next to the most about the (country)
society?

3. What do people like the least about the (country) society?

4. What do people hate or despise about the (country) society?

NOTE: Questions 3 and 4 will lead to our knowing what propaganda can be used
to most harm the enemy.

EXCEPTIONS TO BROAD GENERAL SURVEY

Broad general surveys as above are NOT done in the event an area or country has
a strong, successful stable control point which has the area or country under control,
i.e. a successful monarchy (not kooky irrational governments).

In order for a control point to be successfully in control it must know its people
and ethnics pretty well already. The ethnics of this area is what the control point says
it is.
The action here is not to do a public survey but to find out all about what the
control point says the ethnics values are and what is needed and wanted.

With this data you then use it and follow the trend the control point sets and
back up the control point. We back up the upstats, providing what's needed and
wanted in keeping with ethnic values and therefore follow the winning line.

If you use and apply this data you can't lose!

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:rs.nt.ldm.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

135

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE

EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD

LRH ED 161INT Date 18 December 1971

To: All Staffs
Div 6 Secretaries
Directors of Promotion

Subject: SURVEYS ARE THE KEY TO STATS

We can do too much.

By just flying ruds on people we could cure what often passes as insanity.

By word clearing we could change the whole educational picture.

We could handle the whole problem of psychosomatic (mentally caused) physical
illness.

We could lower industrial absenteeism from illness.

We are the only people who can cure drugs.

We could do a thousand other things with our tech.

That makes us unbelievable. Nobody on the whole track could ever do these
things.

So when we broadly offer everything we can do it is too much.

SURVEYS

To find out what people want or will accept or will believe one does SURVEYS.

HCO Policy Letter 5 December 1971 Issue 11 PR Series No. 13 tells you how to
do a survey. HCO P/L 2 June 71 Issue 11 PR Series No. 10 tells you how to phrase
survey questions.

It is not hard to do surveys.

When you have one done the data should be USED. The real fault in doing
surveys is not using the result in promotion.

EXCHANGE

You and your org are involved in exchanging valuables for valuables.

You offer a valuable service in return for valuable money.

(See HCO P/L 27 Nov 71 Executive Series 3 MONEY and HCO P/L 3 Dec 71
Executive Series 4 EXCHANGE for further information on what exchange is.)

So in surveying you are in actual fact seeking to know WHAT SERVICE THAT
YOU CAN DO WILL PEOPLE CONSIDER VALUABLE ENOUGH TO GIVE MONEY
OR VALUABLES FOR.

STATS

When you have this answer you have the answer to prosperity stats.

PROMOTION

Promo done without survey, magazine ads without survey, flyers without survey,
you are going it blind.

It's pathetic to realize that you might be within an eighth of an inch of the right
offering without making it. Sort of like digging two feet away from the gold vein and
getting an empty hole when you could have a million dollar mine.

136

Working without surveys you could spend thousands a month on promotion and
lose it all.
Or working WITH surveys you could spend hundreds on promotion and make
hundreds of thousands.
It all depends on knowing how to do Surveys, doing them, really tabulating the
results and USING what you find.

INVOICES

You can even do a survey out of invoices. You can see what book sells best lately
and then look into the book to see what it seems to promise and then promote that
you do that and you'd increase your delivery volume.

Or you could find the popular book by invoices, find who'd bought it and survey
the buyers as to what they would consider valuable in it and promote that Service and
you'd increase delivery sales.
You could review invoices to tabulate what part of the town or state your
customers came from and saturate (fill up) the area with promo and increase your
delivery sales.
You could see by invoice survey what they bought and do a flyer on that and use
that flyer to saturate that area.
Invoices are very useful. It is a must to set up an invoice counting project to see
what to put in the next bulk mailing.

SUCCESS STORIES

Taking all back success stories, particularly from an affluent period and finding
out what the people were most appreciative about and then converting that to a
training or processing offer and using it for promo is a vital action. Not to quote the
Success Stories-we do that and it's fun. But to SURVEY the Success Stories to find
out what to offer.
EXAMINER REPORTS

A Survey of past Examiner reports for Exam Comments after certain specific
actions or courses have been completed is very revealing.

This gives you what you can offer with confidence.

It gives you a promotion base on which to build a campaign.

PAST PROMOTION

One also Surveys past promotion. What gave the largest % of response?

Promo which returned I I% or 16% is phenomenal.

You judge the accuracy of your survey by the success of the Promo based upon it.
If the success is not great you re-survey.

SATURATION

When you are serving only the same people all the time you can hit a saturation
point (all filled up) by never offering their next action.

This next action requires a survey.

And new people must be fed in.

An example is an AO that got fat selling OT VII to old customers and neglected
promotion to get new customers and eventually saw its stats begin to sink.

So surveys of old customers and new customers have to be done and each
promoted to.
Thus, you have different PUBLICS which have to be surveyed. In this case "old
Public" and "new public". Each requires a different survey and a different survey
action and different promotion.
TOTAL EFFECT

Desperation often leads one to try for a TOTAL EFFECT. (See Effect Scales.)

137

One has sometimes seen a student trying to push home a full HDA Course in
fifteen minutes to his non-Scn friends.

His R is wrong. He sometimes doesn't even get an ack in exchange!

If, perhaps, he demonstrated a touch assist expertly, explaining body comm, they
would look on him as a wizard!

Some student can make his whole audience depart by talking about past lives and
OT states when if he explained that people often led sad lives after a family member
died he might have an awed audience.

But to be sure how to have an awed audience, even the student would have to
survey" a little bit. He'd have to ask them what they wanted handled or something
and then talk about that. In that way he would be certain of attention.

A student or an org can get desperate and try for a total effect by telling or
offering everything they know-and fly right out of the reality of their audience.

MISSION

You as a Scientologist have a certain mission toward the world.

It is not a very civilized world.

You can bring it friendliness, peace and understanding.

How do you find an entrance point into this unfriendliness and lack of love?

The answer is Surveys.

Hereinafter Issue Authority must be given only when Promotion can cite What
Survey it has based this upon.

Survey, lack of, is the weak link in all promotion.

To better your stats you must get this in.

Failure to survey can cost you thousands in ineffective promo and tens of
thousands in lost stats.

So the word is

SURVEY!

KNOW BEFORE YOU PROMOTE!

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

k CZ

[Note: LRH ED 161 INT as originally issued was in two parts: the first part as above written by
LRH; the second part a checksheet made up by CS-6, not reproduced here.

The subject of Surveys has been further developed in 1970, 1971 and 1972, and a study of this
subject should include the PR Series, on pages 393-445 of this volume.]

138

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1966

Remimeo
Distribution Hats
Sec Hats

LEGAL ASPECTS OF SUCCESS MATERIAL PUBLICATIONS

In order to be safe-guarded in the question of copyrights and other legal aspects
with regard to the publication of any success material, all letters leaving the
Department of Success which contain a request for success stories, case gains, wins in
life and wins obtained by the application of Scientology data in life or work, must be
accompanied by a mimeographed or photolithoed form with the following wording:

TO THE DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS (Name of Org)
Church of Scientology of California

(Address of Org)

I HEREBY GIVE MY PERMISSION TO PUBLISH MY LETTER OR FORM IN
WHOLE OR IN PART OR TO SUMMARIZE ITS CONTENTS IN ANY OF THE
PUBLICATIONS OF THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA.

NAME SIGNATURE

ADDRESS DATE

Should success material derived from incoming letters be used, where a permission
to publish has not been obtained or it is no longer feasible to obtain such, then it is
forbidden to publish the full name of the writer. Instead the initials of the name and
the place may be used.

Under publication is meant: any written communication which reaches the public
in promotional material such as Book Flyers, Brochures, Info Packs, Information
Letters, Executive Letters, HCO Policy Letters, articles appearing in the press,
advertisements appearing in the press and in any one of the Scientology magazines.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright Q 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

139

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1968
Remimeo
Mandatory on
all Dirs of
Success URGENT
SPEO WW
Issue as Flag A Div 6 Dist Programme to be kept
Order Sea Org in by all Dist 6 Sees.

THE KEY QUESTIONS

DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS DUTY

For purposes of distribution of Scientology and getting it into the hands of the
millions, standard tech producing results and being broadcast by word of mouth by pcs
and students is one of the best programmes.

People who have not had results or wins are not likely to assist distribution and
indeed are a liability. They think they are working around something that doesn't work
and so overts on it don't matter. (Actually they always down deep know Scientology is
the truth and so even get sick from the "overts that don't matter".)

THEREFORE the KEY QUESTION you want answered YES by preclears is

Key Question One
WOULD YOU WANT SOMEONE ELSE TO HAVE SIMILAR GAINS
TO YOURS?

And the KEY QUESTION for students is

Key Question Two

WOULD YOU WANT SOMEONE TO ACHIEVE THE KNOWLEDGE YOU
NOW HAVE?

These questions ARE NOT USED IN EXTERNAL QUESTIONNAIRES. NOT. They
are used by the DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS and if possible are E-METERED.

Both questions may be asked a person who has been both a student and a pc.

The pc is asked KEY QUESTION ONE. The student is asked KEY QUESTION
TWO.

If the answer is NEGATIVE or will not clean on the meter even with protest,
suppress and invalidate buttons put in, even if the person has been saying "Yes"
(propitiation), the Dept of Success Interviewer MUST MUST MUST send that pc or
student directly to Review at the cost of the organization and must insist that
STANDARD TECH is used to straighten up the case and that the Standard Green
Form is used and that false reads and any other outnesses are cleaned right on up.

Success is the final police point of an org. All Students and pcs must go to Success
before leaving an org even on a "leave of absence".

If Success fails to do this job, then the field will begin to fill up with bad cases
and flopped students and the Distribution Division is given the IMPOSSIBLE task of
bringing public in where word-of-mouth is bad.

Distribution cannot do its job where STANDARD TECH is badly done.

Therefore where a Director of Success is being suppressed in doing his job or
cannot make headway and the pcs and students are not being repaired but evaluated
for or invalidated, the Director of Success MUST cable the Sea Org on outside lines via
OT Liaison WW that he needs help.

Where a field has already been muddied up by off beat tech, we have the ARC
Break Registrar programme in another division, but these too must now go through
Success as the final step.

STANDARD TECH works. It works even on SPs and PTS pcs.

140

So let us set it up to give good results on students and pcs and thereafter
disseminate into a cleaned up field!
Scientology works.

NOTE
The limit of action of Qual on any person returned by Div 6 for straightening up,
is the achievement for the pc or the student of the grade or class for which the student
paid and rebate of any Review fee for a flubbed Review or Cramming.

LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (-c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron flubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 APRIL 1969
Public Exec Secs (Originally issued as ED 357 SH)
Public Act Sec
Dir Success
Success Val Off VALIDATION OF UP STATISTICS

The Success Validation Officer is to have gathered items from newspapers,
magazines or journals, which report success lines such as individual endeavour and
achievement in any field and successful organizations which have produced outstanding
contributions, such as improvement of communication lines, growth, expansion, and
other pro-survival benefits for the community.
He then has written on high-quality stationery a brief well-presented letter to the
individual or organization responsible similar to the following example:

"Dear Sir:
"We notice from a report in ......... that your organization achieved a record
year. We would like to commend you on these activities which have resulted in such a
worthwhile contribution to society.
"We are interested in increasing abilities and bettering conditions and take
pleasure in congratulating you on a good job well done."
The letter is then signed by the Public Executive Secretary, and an appropriate
insert by LRH enclosed (such as the Conditions formulas, N/E to Power).
This program is a powerful but light method of extending theta lines into the
environment by validating achievement. We can recognize and encourage up statistic
persons and give them ourselves as terminals of value.

Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Jim Keely - Qual Sec WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area Sec WW
- Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:TM:ei.cden.rd Founder
Copyright Uc 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
141

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1960
(Reissued from Sthil)
All Area Secs

PE LITERATURE

I asked HCO Melbourne to send you a copy of their information package that
they give to PE people.

Please alter this package as to area addresses and area designations only. Otherwise
duplicate it without change and use it.

It has been extremely successful. More successful than any other package
anywhere.

It happens that on such things Central Orgs have a terrible time trying not to
duplicate. They change these things around too often on the grounds of "local
conditions". So please see to it that this is followed, not changed.

LRH:js.gh.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1961
[Excerptl
HCOs
Central Orgs

INFORMATION PACKAGES

Information Packages. Made up and mailed by the Letter Registrar for newly
interested people whose names have been received.

Special Information Packages. Made up and mailed by the Letter Registrar to
inform various sections of her mailing list on the next service they might be interested
in, having already done something. There could be a Book Info Packet for a person
who has just bought a book, a Test Info Packet for a person just tested, a PE Info
Packet for the person who has just done a PE, etc, etc. In each case it offers the next
service.

LRH:aec.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 4 February 1961, Types of Letters Established. A complete
copy is in Volume 1, page 244.]

142

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964
Remimeo [Excerpt]
interested Sthil Staff

INFORMATION PACKAGES

Field auditors sometimes send in lists of names. These are not put in CF.
THE PERSONS ON ANY LIST OF NAMES SUBMITTED MUST BE SENT AN
INTELLIGENT INFORMATION PACKAGE AT ONCE.
No further action or record need be undertaken.
An Information Package should contain lists of books. If the person is interested
he or she will order a book and only then will appear as a matter of course in CF and
Address.
Such lists of names are merely typed on slips (dupli stickers). No Address plates
are ever made from such lists.
NO INFORMATION PACKAGE MAY CONTAIN OR LEAD THE PERSON
TOWARD CONFUSING WORDS OR TERMS.
This means one must be careful of what books and literature are offered in an
Information Packet. However, by test, Dianetic books ARC Broke very few and most
of such early books are adequately explanatory of their terms.
The only ways you will lose a person sent an Information Packet are:
1. Send literature containing words they won't understand.
2. Announce services they don't understand.
3. Make it seem hard to have any Scientology.
4. Try to sell them things they're not ready to buy.

LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1964 [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 23 September, 1964,
by L. Ron Hubbard Policies: Dissemination and Programmes. A complete copy is
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED in Volume 2, page 41.1

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of L. Ron Hubbard

SECED 88 SH 8th September 1965
Applies to Saint Hill Only
Time Machine DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
INFO PACKET

A full Info Packet for newcomers and the Foundation is required.
A summary of the Introductory Lecture is required "what you have heard".
A duplisticker-info packet assembly line must be gotten in.
A Deputy Director of Success must be appointed to contact all past students and
pcs three times each-one week after leaving, one month after leaving, three months
after leaving, enquiring after any change, gains and offering any assistance. This line
must be gotten in on an emergency basis, kept current and at the same time caught up
from the past.

L. RON HUBBARD

143

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo Issue III
Dissem Secs DISTRIBUTIONDIVISION
Dist Secs FO UNDA TION

ADS AND INFO PACKETS

The Distribution See WW is to send out samples of any ads promoting the
Foundation and any info packets for specific type lists and any ads for books or
fliers for books (all of which must have been OKayed by LRH Issue Authority) to
Central Orgs and City Offices.
The Distribution See of Central Orgs and City Offices is to use such material
for ad copy, info packets for mailing list follow up on the type of mailing list
designated with the info packet, and for printing up book fliers or as ad copy for
books. On receipt of such material from the Distribution See WW, no further LRH
Issue Authority is needed by the Central Org or City Office, as it will have already been
given to the Distribution See WW.
The above samples are to be routed to the Distribution See of the Central Org or
City Office, and are to be used, not just stuffed aside. The local Distribution See is to
maintain a file of such copy and samples, along with a record of the local use of each.
Also a report on the local use of each is to be sent to the Distribution See WW.
It is essential that orgs place ads for the Foundation and for books, and that
mailing lists be secured and replies followed up. It is also essential that such ads and
follow ups carry a punch as the idea of the whole thing is to get response.
Having ad copy, etc sent out from Saint Hill by the Distribution See to the orgs
will give a uniformity and co-ordination to our promotion world wide that piece meal
Okaying lacks.
Any Distribution See wishing to submit further ads may send them to me for OK,
but this policy letter is expected to take care of the bulk of routine ads and info
packets.
ANYTHING SENT TO AN ORG AS OK TO USE FROM HCO DISSEM SEC
STHIL MAY BE USED AT ONCE AND REQUIRES NO FURTHER SUBMISSION TO
SAINT HILL BEFORE IT IS USED LOCALLY.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (D 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of LRH
SECED 169 INT 17 January 1966
DISTRIBUTION ACTION

All organizations should have printed up and send in every letter, mailing piece,
and shipped book package the following small slip:

We will send FREE INFORMATION PACKETS to any of
your friends or relatives who might be interested in Scientology.
Send their names and addresses to:
Director of Public Information
(org address)
This should be done consistently for a period of 6 weeks to enable you to attest
its effectiveness.

L. RON HUBBARD

144

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1966
Gen Non-
Remimeo
Applies to
LRH Keeper of the
Seals & Signatures WW
ES Comm Dist WW
Org Exec Secs
Dist Secs
INFORMATION PACKETS

There is a cardinal rule which has to do with any Distribution or Dissemination
mailing piece which is:- NEVER INFORM SOMEONE OF THE ROAD TO
FREEDOM WITHOUT ALSO INFORMING HIM OF HOW AND WHERE TO GET IT.
Therefore, it is essential that the following points be closely adhered to when mocking
up Info Packets:-

1. An Info Packet must sell and make people reach.

2. An Info Packet should be pretty and eyecatching, so that when it is received
the person receiving it is so interested in it that he will read the full contents of
the packet.

3. An Info Packet must be "punchy" in text and in its ads, i.e., it should really
communicate to the person it is being sent to and be on his reality level.

4. An Info Packet must sell a book. This is important, as this is how you get
new names in your C/F. It is important that the book that you choose to
advertise will hit the reality level of the type of people you are mailing to. For
example, a good book to sell to a mailing list of pro-nuclear disarmament
supporters would be ALL ABOUT RADIATION.

5. An Info Packet is not just one pamphlet all by itself. It is a packet containing
several pieces. These could be a short punchy article designed to increase the
person's interest and cause him to reach more, a book flyer, and a book order
form. If it were a local mailing, you could even enclose an invitation card for the
PE. So, therefore, you have an article which causes him to reach more, a book
flyer which tells him what he is to reach for, and a book order form which shows
him where and how to progress in Scientology.

6. Your format for your three Info Packets for mailing lists must not be the
same, as there is no sure fire way to appeal to all persons of that mailing list, and
whereas the first Info Packet may not cause the person to reach further the
second or third may cause him to reach further.

When Info Packets are sent to WW for approval they must be accompanied by a
despatch telling what type of mailing list they are going to be sent to and each Info
Packet must be clearly labelled as to which mailing (Ist, 2nd and 3rd) they are for.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.cden
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

145

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1966
Dist Sec Hat
Dept 16 Hats
THE HANDLING, PURCHASED OR RENTED MAILING LISTS

Each Organization is to further its efforts to purchase and/or rent selected mailing
lists.
The mailing lists of most interest would be:
I . Those of mystical groups.
2. Those of self-betterment groups.
3. Those of self-study groups.
4. Those of health groups.
5. Those who subscribe to magazines of special interest to the above
categories.
6. Recent buyers of books in the above categories.
The procedure after purchase of each list is to have the names and addresses
copied on duplistickers in Distribution Division. There are three duplistickers done for
such persons on the list. On rental lists, one gets three sets of stickers from the mailing
list company.
Each are then sent an Info Packet containing materials of interest, some book
which would be of particular interest to such a mailing list should be offered in the
Info Packet and a letter on why Scientology would be of specific interest and use to
them.
After an interval, a second Info Packet is sent, and then a third Info Packet. Care
should be taken in the planning and production of these selected Info Packets so as to
really communicate to the list and a form is always enclosed for them to fill in and
return. The form is different for each mailing list so that the Distribution Division can
keep a statistic on which lists respond the best and which Info Packet communicated
the best.
When the person responds to an Info Packet then his or her name and address is
put on an addressograph plate and handled as per policy.

LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright (c) 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1959
Dist WW
Info All Assoc Secs
BOOK SALES REPRESENTATIVE

A book sales representative has today been appointed and authorized by us to
take orders from bookstores only.

He will be concerned mainly with areas such as: Nigeria, Rhodesia, Sierra Leone
(Africa General), Ceylon, India, Pakistan, Malaya, Cyprus, West Indies, Malta.

He will receive 121/2% on all book orders procured, except in an instance where
the bookstore obtains a percentage greater than 33 113% in which case he will receive
10% or less-total discount and commission never to exceed 50%.

Co-operation should be given to him and anyone called upon to identify him as
being authorized by us to sell books should do so.

This places no restriction on nor does it supersede any book promotion by
HASI-it is a supplementary project toward the aim of selling more books.

LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD

146

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL AD 1 5
Issue IV
Gen Non Remimeo
HAT HCO Exec Sec
HAT HCO Dissem Sec HCO DISSEM SEC HA TS
HAT Dir Pubs

BOOKINCOME

I have occasionally said that "book sales bring in the org income".

It just may be that the sentence has not been completely understood.

It does not mean "the money obtained from selling books will support the
organization".

It does mean that if the following cycle is not in proper sequence, the org will go
bro ke.

I . Books on Scientology placed in the hands of individuals in the public
interest them in Scientology;

2 Their interest in Scientology causes them to want more Scientology.

3. Such individuals contact a Scientology organization;

4. If that organization handles the expressed want intelligently, the book buyer
in I comes in for service;

5. If the book buyer in I is given good service, he or she wishes to disseminate
Scientology;

6. If the original book buyer can obtain books on Scientology suitable for their
friends, the individual buys more books;

7. If these new possessors of books want service, they contact the Scientology
organization; and

8. If 2 to 7 is made to occur then the cycle is repeated with other people.

9. The original book buyer in I continues to get more service.

Now in step 4 above, wherein the original book buyer buys and is given good
service, i.e. processing or training, the organization makes all of its stable income.

This is the original and basic cycle which brought an organization into being and
financed it.

The cycle is augmented only by (a) how the original book buyer gets his book and
(b) how he is offered further service.

These two things (how he gets the book and how he is offered further service) are
the WHOLE of PROMOTION ACTIVITIES.

Promotion is never aimed at anything else regardless of how it is done.

The ideas used in promotion must

(a) get books into the hands of people in the public and
(b) offer such persons service
(c) offer such persons already sold lower services higher services.

There is nothing more to it.

The basic approaches that get books into people's hands are

A. Obtaining long mailing lists of people who have bought similar books

147

(health, mind, philosophy, mysticism, science fiction, self betterment, How
to do it books), and sending them attractive fliers inviting them to buy
Scientology books and arousing a want in them for the book.

B. Advertising books in magazines and other carriers of ads (even radio and TV)
that make people want to buy Scientology books.

C. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology and
getting them to buy and read a book and also sending them in for service.

There are two additional methods, modifying C which have worked but are
sometimes less workable than C but which cannot be neglected.

D. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in Scientology and
sending them in for service.

This last is done without selling a book. However, it will be found that most
personal contacts require some form of a book, even a small pamphlet.

E. Getting people into congresses and PEs and other public events directly and
selling them service.

The last two if only that is done, tends to get an uninformed and easily confused
4public" into an org and rather tends to make the org into a clinic; not making
Scientologists, the org soon runs low on personnel, bends toward a psychiatric
authoritarian approach and the "zing" is gone out of the "field".

Therefore C and D should be tried but also an effort should be made to place
books in their hands which they buy.
. ...... . ..

All this presupposes the existence of books and their availability.

Another pre-selection point is the offer of doingness type books. Do it yourself.
"Any two people can ........ or "you can . . . . . ." "do what's in this book and get
better". If the book also contains more theory than there is doingness for, a lot of
people will want service too. This is the best combination. It gives us, too, the Book
Auditor, a vital necessity in our ranks. This able, independent person becomes our best
auditor when trained after a period of unschooled practice on his own.

When low supplies are carried or only early day publications are sold, the ability
to deliver books suffers. The impact of fast-filled orders is lost and there is far less
response.

Books have to be

I , offered with heavy impact;

2. have to be delivered fast fast fast to give delivery impact; and

3. contain material to fit the person's level so that want-Scientology is aroused.

A book is a test of reach. So we at once knock out those who can't reach at all
and thus spare ourselves their troubles until we are big enough to run proper
institutions and clinics for them. All the money in the world would not be worth the
stall we would get from such an unwieldy "help me-e-e" mob.

Scientology planning is built to make the able more able, leaving the unable
strictly alone for the while. If we do this, we grow. If we, like some foolish persons do,
tie around our necks the unable, the helpless, the backward, we won't be able to move
high enough fast enough to then afford to help the helpless.

Given total stability, one can pick up heavy rocks. Don't try when halfway over a
flimsy footbridge! We would "save the helpless" at the cost of Scientology itself and
that's not smart.

The plan is to establish Scientology to make the able more able, secure the
conquered terrain and then help the helpless.

You see, if we lost Scientology, the hopeless would never be helped so that isn't
very clever.

148

Like a Class Zero auditor trying to process a psycho we'd spin in unless we made
this one dissemination condition.

Get them to buy a book.
Two first reaches, then, are required of the individual in the public

I . Reach for a book
2. Reach with a little bit of money for a book.

Thus we have automatically selected the less disabled.

Now if we require three more reaches

3. Reach for service; and
4. Bring self in to the org;
5. Reach with money

we have now further selected out people and we have what able people there are
around.

Given this as a group, we can then stabilize our position at a higher level, and we
can reach a hand to those who can't reach at all.

This state has not been attained yet. It will come in a few years.
-----------------

Hence, all these things are meant when I say "books bring in the org income".

The cash they bring in from book sales is just about enough to sell more books. It
is trivial.

The cash such persons spend then in the org on service is enough to finance our
forward thrust.

Because they are able already our training and processing now shoots up their
income potential and they actually can make a lot more than they spend in the org.

On this income the org eventually can attain organizational stability, buildings
and all that.

But more important by good service we raise the ability of the already able
people.

And with that we have lifted ourselves up as a group to the ability to help even
the helpless. We'll be able to afford it.

We retard or fail to advance then to the degree that we

(a) Seek to service the helpless
(b) Fail to sell books
(c) Don't furnish good service.

Those are the 3 FATAL errors we can make.

Avoid them, promote and sell books to an ever-widening sphere, give excellent
service, increase the org's stability and we'll make it like a walk in the park.

That's what I mean when I say "book sales bring in the org income"

More than the org income. The sale of books, all other steps being in place, will
bring us a Scientology world.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:wmc.rd
Copyright (i) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

149

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965
Correction of HCO Policy Letter
Gen Non Remimeo of 21 November 1964
Books Sthil [Excerptl
Books DC

DISCOUNTS

BOOK STORES

Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged differently than
other discounts. These are done by the custom of local book stores in the area.

The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store are granted. These
are never more than 40%, and then only on huge quantities. They are more likely to be
a standard 33 1/3% or even as little as 25%.

Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do anything else makes the
org seem strange to them, and they don't buy.

BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS

If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book distributor (by which is
meant a wholesale bookseller to the trade), the Org should not attempt to handle it
themselves, but pass it on quickly to Saint Hill or Washington. Such a firm will expect
about 49% on lots of 2,000 copies.

The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and swiftly in the
interests of dissemination in its area. But the order should be referred fast to Saint Hill
or Washington, as only there would such quantities be available, and it would cost the
org money to try to fill the actual order.

Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or Washington as a direct
transaction.

Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of different retail
book stores so it is to your advantage to cultivate this market.

In "selling the trade" (retail book stores), it is far more effective to do it through
wholesale people who supply them anyway. To place books one by one in local book
stores is not apt to be successful. Landing the interest and order of a big book
wholesaler would be very successful and would place your books in stores. They have
the organization and representatives to do so.

Central orgs may only give 20% discounts to International Members and Life
Members, 30% discounts to both International and Life Members, 40% discount to
Franchise Holders, and 25% to 33 113% discount to Bookstores. Saint Hill or
Washington DC will handle BIG book distributors. Central Orgs may not give special
discounts or use their 50% discount to obtain cheaper E-Meters and books for
special" people or friends.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 19 July 1965, Discounts-Central Orgs-Books. A complete
copy is in Volume 2, page 202. ]

150

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1968
Remimeo
IMPORTANT

BOOM FORMULA

1. Books with the New Covers have been found to be forcible into Bookstore
displays, so one can now get bookstores if the Manager has one of the covers
shoved at him, therefore we place books in bookstores.

2. We advertise books using the cover as the cut.

3. Every book has a request for more information card in it addressed to the nearest
Org. The cards when received are xeroxed, and the Xerox is cut up and sent to the
FSMs in that area.

4. The FSMs contact and form a group and select.

5. The group sends in auditors for training.

6. The group becomes a centre that does lower level processing and selects persons
for training to the nearest org, SH and AO.

Comment: This routine exactly and precisely adhered to without alter-is will
produce a boom in any country where it is employed.

Comment: This was the boom formula in 1950, with the additional zing of the
new covers.

A group Section and Officer must exist in the Dist Div or Public Division who
charters groups and issues badges and cards of membership.

As a further comment: Political control depends upon enormous number of
members. The above programme also gives you that.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:jc.rd
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

151

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1969
Remimeo Issue 11
Dissem Hats
Treasury Hats
Public Planning
Hats
PUBLIC DIVISIONS
BOOK DISTRIBUTION UNIT
(Cancels HCO PL 16 Dec '68 11,
How to Run MIB For Success)

The Book Distribution Unit belongs in the Public Promotion Dept of the Public
Planning Division (Div 6) in the Promotion and Dissemination Section.
It is organised on a simple Thetan, Mind, Body, Product basis.

This Unit handles Book Advertising placement and Book Distribution.

BOOK DISTRIBUTION UNIT IIC (THETAN): Coordinates the activities of the Unit
and sees that it runs smoothly and effectively.
Statistic: Total number of books sold to the Public.

BOOK PROMOTION CLERK (MIND):

I . Handles all correspondence with bookstores apart from Treasury matters and
keeps a file for each bookstore clearly labelled.
2. Receives yellow invoices from Bookstore Liaison Clerk (normally go to C/F).
3. Processes the yellow invoices and keeps an up to date card file index of all stores
with all relevant data:
(a) Name and address of bookshop.
(b) Manager's name.
(c) Dates of Contacts with bookshop.
(d) Name of person contacted.
(e) Quantities of books placed and titles.
(f) Discounts allowed.
(g) Total amount involved.
4. Files yellow invoices in bookstore's folder at the end of each week.
5. Provides booksalesman with promotional material samples-fliers, posters, dust
jackets, prom for new books-obtained from Promotion Stocks Unit.
6. Provides booksalesman with sales aids, business cards, loose leaf folders for
display of newspaper clippings of book reviews, book display photos, press
clippings of Scientology lectures in the area, made up by the Promotion
Production Unit and held by Promotion Stocks Unit.
7. Ensures book ads are placed via the Book Advertising Placement Clerk.
8. Sends out Promotion of new books to bookstores.
9. Gets books into Public Libraries.
Statistic: Cash collected as a result of booksales to bookstores and public.

BOOKSTORE SALESMANIMEN (BODY) (MIB EXECUTIVE):
1. When requiring books as samples, the salesman takes the order for quantity and
titles of books required to the Cashier.
2. The Cashier makes out a N/C invoice for these books, listing titles and number
taken.
3. The white and yellow copies are given to the salesman by the Cashier.
4. The white copy is kept by the salesman as a record.
5. Salesman takes the yellow invoice to the Stocks Officer in Dissem who issues the
books to the salesman,who in turn signs it along with the date received.
6. Stocks Officer files the yellow invoice.

152

7. Booksalesman finds and visits bookstores.
8. Is well equipped with book samples, promo samples, sales aids, invoice and order
books.
9. If the Bookstore orders or reorders a quantity of books, the Booksalesman writes
out the order in duplicate indicating titles, quantity, discount, sales details (i.e.
sale or return, or sale), total amount involved. He has the bookstore Manager or
buyer sign the invoice and gives him the top copy informing him that the books
will be shipped to him within 24 hours.
10. The salesman takes this order to the Cashier who writes an invoice for this order.
The white copy goes to Book Shipping along with the copy of the original order.
When the books are shipped the white goes with them. The original order is filed
by Book Shipping. The yellow goes to Book Liaison Clerk.
11. Services bookstores stocking our books.
12. Bookstores ordering by mail are handled in the same manner as above.
13. Ensures that Treasury is sending out monthly statements.
14. Whenever bookstores make payments on accounts the yellow copy goes to the
Bookstore Promotion Clerk.
15. Informs bookstores that promotional materials will be sent.
Statistic: Number of books in bookstores.

BOOKSALESMAN:

I .Sells books to Public individuals for cash by direct sale (in street, knocking on
doors, etc).
2. Makes out a receipt in duplicate showing name and address. title and amount
collected.
3. Gives top copy to the book buyer.
4. Turns in second copies with cash to cashier.
5. Cashier writes invoices out for each bookbuyer and routes white invoice to the
booksatesman for his records.
6. Makes sure he is in compliance with By-laws of the area concerning selling books
in the above ways.
Statistic: Number of new names collected.

BOOK AD VERTISING PLACEMENT CLERK:

I .Keeps a file of current rate cards for suitable magazines and other book
advertising outlets.
2. Receives ads made up from Compilations section which correlate with current
programmes.
3. Obtains quotes for the ad.
4. Submits PO for F/P remembering that as per HCO PL IO Feb 65 "No ad may be
placed for which cash payment is not available".
5. Receives PO back signed.
6. Places the ad,
7. Files the PO.
8. Checks the proofs when received. All magazines, etc should supply at least one
copy of the issue containing the ad.
9. Keeps a large scrap book for filing ad clippings. Allocates one or more pages to
each advertising outlet being used. Enters the name at the top of the page and
rules the pages into columns for:
(a) Clipping of the ad
(b) Number and details of the insertions
(c) Dates Ad appears
(d) Response to the ad
(e) Cost.
10. Keeps a file of all advertising correspondence.

153

I I - Analyses success of ads.

Statistic: Number of new names obtained from book ads.

BOOKSTORE LIAISON CLERK (PRODUCT):

1. Liaises with bookstores and sends out or arranges for a photographer for book
displays from Promotion Production Unit.

2. Arranges for or does book displays for bookstores.

3. Ensures Dissem ships all orders within 24 hours.

4. Receives yellow invoices from Treasury.

5. Processes yellow invoices for the weekly reports to Publications Org and then
forwards to Book Promotion Clerk.

6. Makes a weekly report to Publications Org on the Book Distribution Unit report
form.

7. Sees that Success stories from bookstores and salesmen are collected and copies
sent to Pubs Org and the Promotion Preparation Unit in Dept of Compilations.

8. Gets books in bookstores reviewed in papers and magazines.

9. Sends promotional material to bookstores (fliers, posters, etc).

10. Sees all books sent out from shipping contain a return address bookcard for
,'more info".

Statistic: Number of bookstores being serviced.

Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (i) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HASI POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1958

ATTENTION: Director of Procurement and Staff
Association Secretary

INFORMING PUBLIC OF TEST RESULTS

No letter may be written containing actual results of tests.

All letters referring to test results obtained on a person in any way must be given
in person by a qualified person. They must be factual and honest, not sweetened.

Letters referring to tests given must say in effect "If you will call in person at the
HASI, you will be given the results of your test."

This also applies to clear estimates and clear checkouts when data not given on
spot.

L. RON HUBBARD
Executive Director
LRH:rs.aap.rd

154

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1960
Assn Sec
HCO Sec
All PrR personnel

NEW TESTING PROMOTION SECTION

IMPORTANT

For some time Orgs have used testing as a promotional means. It has been
found that this is a good, reliable method of getting people to come in.

The essence of testing procedure is (a) to get the person to do a test and (b) get
him or her to come in to have it evaluated. From this follows his or her buying
processing and training as sold to the person by PrR at the same time as the evaluation
is done.

The Instructor's Code is closer to Test Evaluation than the Auditor's Code. One
does not use the latter in telling people about their tests. Therefore Test Evaluation is
done by the Dir of PrR, the Registrars, less frequently by the D of P for sales purposes.
The D of P evaluates tests to the pc for technical gain, for reassurance of the pc or
auditor and in general to make technical progress. PrR personnel on the other hand
evaluate tests for sales to get the person to take or to buy more processing or training.

Thus Testing breaks into activities with four purposes.

1. PEOPLE ARE SOLD INTO TAKING TESTS BY PRR.

2. TESTS ARE ADMINISTERED BY THE TEST SECTION. (THEY ARE
NEVER EVALUATED BY THE TEST SECTION.)

3. FOR SALES PURPOSES TESTS ARE EVALUATED BY PRR
PERSONNEL.

4. FOR TECHNICAL PURPOSES TESTS ARE EVALUATED BY THE D OF
P. THE D OF P SOMETIMES ASSISTS SALES PURPOSES WITH TEST
EVALUATION.

Simple tests may be mailed out to CF names. The sending of large or complex
tests to be taken at home is frowned upon.

For large test batteries, even for firms, the person is persuaded to come into the
Org. In the matter of testing a whole company one does not send a testing personnel to
the company, thus, losing all further contact with the persons. In such a case the
company people are brought in as individuals at company request.

By policy testing is a free service. This includes all case assessments, E-Meter
assessments, checks, etc. Processing and training income that would have come from
testing has been shut off the moment a charge was made for testing or assessment.

In a city Central Org, a test section should exist as follows:

The Test Section is located near the entrance of the building, easily spotted by
new people and easily routed to. It has a space priority.

The Test Section consists of Testing-in-Charge and any other needed persons as
the activity develops and needs them.

155

The Testing Section contains all test files, all test supplies, E-Meters for case
assessment (done by Test-in-Charge), broad arm type desks (or chairs and tables) and is
arranged to test a large number of people at once. The door is plainly marked "Testing
Section". The walls have signs which mention Scientology with positive statements and
test examples showing what Scientology can do. (Befores and Afters.)

The Test Section is extremely professional and businesslike in atmosphere. In this
we must out-create psychologists and others.

The Test Section tests on an individual basis, testing on group timing only when
very feasible. People are not made to wait for a group to gather. Photo timers marked
with the same numbers as the desks time any given person's test.

The body routing is as follows:

All persons to be tested are sent to testing at once by Reception. They do not see
the Registrar first as a general rule. When people come in with a "test slip" or "to be
tested" they are sent directly to the Test Section by Reception.

Test-in-Charge greets them, shuts off idle chatter (he keeps the test room quiet,
no idling staff in it chatting ever, no long discussion with customers ever).
Test-in-Charge gets the person started doing tests at once.

When the person being tested is finished the body routing is done by
Test-in-Charge. There are three possible routings. The test form should be so headed as
to indicate the type the person is: (a) Local (lives in same city as Central Org); (b)
Ex-Urban Oust in town to be tested) and (c) HGC.

After tests are done by pc (but unmarked yet) Test-in-Charge routes as follows:
Local T-i-C sends person home, saying he or she will be contacted by a qualified test
evaluator in the near future. A Local test is not corrected at once but is done in slack
moments. The test is clearly marked Local in a blue pencil. An Ex-Urban test is marked
as soon as comfortably possible by Test-in-Charge, preferably within a few hours. It is
marked EX clearly in a green pencil. An HGC test is marked at once and, at moments
of peak, with special assistance in marking from staff auditors, and is clearly labeled
HGC in a red pencil.

All tests are marked as fast as possible on any case. The Local, Ex and HGC
categories are to help other departments handle the people and to route the people.

Test-in-Charge tells all Local and Ex persons to go to their home in the Central
Org's city. He verifies that the test carries their local town address and phone number.
He does not let them wait around the Org. Test-in-Charge sends all HGC persons to the
D of P as fast as they finish their tests and sends as well any she has marked
EXPEDITE.

All tests, as soon as marked, are routed rapidly as follows: Local and Ex tests are
sent to the Body Registrar. All HGC tests are sent by hand to the D of P.

The D of P evaluates the test technically in the presence of the person tested and
for that person, providing the pc is continuing. If the pc is not continuing, the D of P
looks over test, does not evaluate it, and sends person and test, escorted, to the Body
Registrar. To ease peaks, a finishing or student may be sent direct to PrR.

On Academy Student testing, all tests are labeled HGC and have the same routing
as any other HGC test.

Reception does not let Local or Ex persons stay around except when Registrar
wants them held for interview. Ordinarily they are sent directly to their local address
and a local will be called in a few days and an Ex will be called on the same day. (A
person already signed up for HGC or Academy from out of town is not an Ex but an
HGC.)

The Registrar may mark a test request slip Expedite which means the person is to
be brought right back. This is in a case where some one has dropped in to see the

156

Registrar "to talk about ....... The handling of such is: the Reg sends the person to
testing, gets the person back with the tests and evaluates their tests. This is an
Expedite. It is also clearly labeled Local or Ex as indicated.

Tests are marked and filed as follows: the whole file goes around with the person
during interviews. Two copies of the profile and the E-Meter Assessment only (the IQ
figures being on the profile) are made in addition to the original. One of these goes to
the D of P who sends it to the auditor or the Academy (for a student) and which is
then sent to CF at end of processing or training. The other copy is a flimsy which goes
to Saint Hill accompanied only by airmail weight auditor's reports. The Registration
personnel may not keep the large original tests. This goes back at conclusion of
interview to the Test Section and is filed there.

Each CF folder must contain a copy of each profile (with its IQ) and E-Meter
Assessment that the person has taken.

Every piece of original testing papers and E-Meter Assessment is retained in Test
files. There is no other complete test file than in the Test Section.

A cross index file card system is kept by T-i-C to show every auditor with a card
for each pc audited. This permits an examination of the broad work of any auditor.
The tests are otherwise filed alphabetically in filing cabinets by the last name of the pc.

The tests are the property of HCO (as are the mailing lists) but are accumulated,
kept and used by HASI.

Everything must be done to make testing prominent, accurate and available. The
Test Section, as an entrance point to service, must look crisp and efficient. Waiting
must be kept to nothing. There is no virtue in telling the applicant how fast they can
be marked. Stress how carefully they are marked and the expertness of evaluation.

By having local designation, the Reg can apportion interview time, calling the
people in to even out the Reg schedule. It does not matter if a local waits a week to be
called in. The point is not to make anyone wait an hour in the office for testing or
evaluation. In the case of an Ex he or she is probably in town just to be tested so an Ex
is always recalled fast. Students can be shunted a bit as they can always be called out
of class during the week.

The Body Reg should have special baskets for tests marked local, Ex-Urban, HGC,
and Student. The Body Reg must never just have piles of tests or scattered papers. By
having baskets for these in a beanstalk stack of trays behind him or her, other PrR
personnel can ease in and take handfuls of them to do interviews when they have time
if the traffic is heavy. In the case of more than one Body Reg types of interviews
possibly can be apportioned around amongst Registrars, such as men, women, Local,
Ex-Urban, etc.

A SLIP AS TO THE STATUS AND OUTCOME OF THE REG INTERVIEW
MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE MAIN TEST FILE BY THE INTERVIEWING
PERSON.

The PE foundation test administration should be shifted into the Test Section and
the tests given should be the same as all others now.

PE tests can be given in the PE room but to all intents and purposes are wholly
the business of Test-in-Charge. A PE Instructor becomes part of the Test Section if he
administers tests. The PE people's E-Meter Assessment can be done in PE as it is rapid
but on a test night assistance will have to be given. This is all up to Test-in-Charge.

No after test is given to PE hereafter by reason of their being PE people. But PE
people can come in for an after test.

157

PROMOTION OF TESTS

The designation of the Test Section for publicity purposes should be the "New
York Test Clinic" or the "Melbourne Test Clinic". The word "free" is not included in
the title or inferred. But no charge is ever made for tests or assessments.

Announcements of the Clinic may be sent out broadly, to the mailing list or
firms. In the announcement is included pieces of paper, nicely printed, that say
somewhat as follows:

The New York Test Clinic extends an invitation to you to be tested free of any
charge. Your intelligence and aptitude have everything to do with your income, your
future, your personal relationships and your life.

Such tests would ordinarily cost you $50. They are offered to you free of charge
if you bring this slip with you.

If you are not happy with life you can find out why.

... .......................
Name

...........................
Address

...........................
Phone

An entirely different kind of a slip would go to a Scientologist.

A third kind would go to a firm such as:

New York Test Clinic

This will entitle one employee to an aptitude and intelligence test and an
evaluation of the test.

...........................
Employee's Name

...........................
Address

............................
Phone

... ........................
Company name (countersigned by an
official)

Many other offerings of tests can be broadly made-to teachers, firemen, military
personnel, etc, etc, each with a different covering letter or test slip.

If HCO (and PrR) forthrightly plans out such mailings, makes them look good and
sees that HASI has the service there, a broad new expansion can be made easily.

This is vital in view of the "Anatomy of the Human Mind" promotion I am
working on which will come later.

Some public difficulty could be encountered by Orgs in doing this unless it is
done properly.

We are overtly cutting the psychologist off. He has only his test line to offer. All
his gains have been in the field of testing. All his cash is received via tests and his

158

opinions of people and some tricks for training or selling.

A free test activity does the psychologist out of a job. We would gladly hire
psychologists if our experience with them were not bad in the test field. They have
rattled people being tested for us, thrown curves at them, slanted tests and failed to
duplicate. The actual test environment must be calm and quiet and always the same.
The evaluation must be smooth and done in other quarters by other people. Testing
and evaluation of tests are two different things. The psychologist has mixed them up
while working for us, thus upsetting test results.

There is no law anywhere against testing people.

The tests we use should not get us entangled with copyrights. We are already
mostly free on this with our tests. We have many more. We also have the old Army
Alpha for lQs which we will get into play now. We can create others.

Any broad public invalidation of our test service should be ignored. To comment
on it to people taking tests who say the tests have been invalidated to them is all
right-"We are giving free what others charge $50 for. We are a public service
organization." Otherwise don't defend. Just test.

USE OF TESTS

Evaluation of tests should be helpful, wise and very direct. An evaluator should
know all HCOBs about test evaluation. Remarks that "Scientology can improve this or
that characteristic" or "auditing can remedy that" or "Processing can change this" or
"Training can stabilize that" should be used repeatedly during the evaluation for the
sake of impingement.

A clever evaluator can surmise such things as domestic grief, trouble with
possessions, etc much more easily than a fortune teller.

Test evaluation is modern, scientific fortune telling. It deals with past, present and
future. A low profile, low IQ future is of course a dreary one, profitless, unless
changed. We can erase the fate of the past and alter utterly anyone's future. So it does
not matter how hard one leans on the person. Remember low cases want only to
escape the consequences of life.

A poor or average test (or a theetie-weetie high test with no reality) shows a rough
future, full of disease and injury. Processing as of the past six months shows a very high
shift of future in terms of high graph gains.

As the person being interviewed cannot usually read tests, they have to be
explained to him or her, point by point. Test profile patterns that show low as a
dangerous shaded area, mid ground as needing improvement and a high area help
people to understand.

Anyone doing evaluation should have a book of profiles made up from high-low
tests showing what Scientology can do. Plastic envelope books of the right size can be
bought in most photo stores. The facing page to the profile shown should carry some
facts about the persons whose graph appears. All names should be blacked out.

Test-in-Charge is responsible for providing such result display books and display
graphs or sheets of graphs for walls, all made up to be easily understood.

The IQ factor, while it is in actuality improved by processing, is useless without
Scientology training. It can be used to sell training. The professional aspect of training
should be played down in selling. The practical application aspect of it should be
played up while graph and IQ reading for the pc. Certain traits showing difficulty in
handling people should be stressed as most easily remedied and kept remedied by
academy training. Graphs showing the "therapeutic" value of training should be in the
display book and on walls. DC has lots of these "Academy only" gains from 1956.

Training, then, can be sold as therapeutic but not in lieu of processing. Don't sell
people training so they can be processed in the Academy. Sell them training so they
can hold their gains.

159

HCO must be sure, not only that the testing drill as outlined here is installed and
by hat checks followed, but primarily that people are driven in against the Test Section
in large numbers. This takes constant search by the HCO Area Secretary to find new
groups, types, professions of people to drive in with all literature written and furnished
by HCO (or PrR) and the project carried off.

The Director PrR of course is relieved of no responsibility by HCO's action. But
HCO should think in terms of tens of thousands of people and mercilessly thrust them
at the Test Section and let PrR and HASI cope from there. HCO must drive more in
than anybody can handle. PrR has been known to get "reasonable" about numbers of
pcs. HCO must never get reasonable. If HASI has to buy a new building to cope, that's
HASI's problem, not HCO'S. HCO moves people from homes, businesses, the public
over into Test Section. If the line jams, that's HASI's trouble and HCO's scream. And
HASI has little say about how HCO gets them there.

SUMMARY

This and the soon Anatomy Basic Course programme are the leaders in current
new promotion. They should be set up to run. And run well and long.

This programme is not experimental. It has a long Scientology background and
much precedent. It is not therefore a special programme. It is a refinement and
emphasis of an already working HASI line.

The Testing Section is under the Dept of PrR. It is actually a technical service and
should be included as a Technical activity. But it has never thrived as a promotion
activity or even as an activity under the HGC. Therefore it is placed under PrR and is
going to be heavily emphasized.

We are in an era of finding and "selling" the "things", the "objects", "the
realities" of Scientology. There are about 20 of these (engrams, banks, bodies, etc).
Testing is a thing because it results in object substitutes for people.

Testing moves now out of psychological range and into future prediction, so we
are not doing psychological testing. The is-ness of the test is applied to excuse the past,
avoid difficulty in the future. We will take full advantage of the superstitions of people
at the level of prediction. The popularity of astrology is greater than that of
psychology even though psychology developed from astrology. That is because
astrology pretends to read future. We can factually estimate future from meters and
graphs without any pretence and a gruesome future it appears (and would be without
us). Pandora's box flies into the future from a middle or low graph. Astrology and
Numerology are popular and slightly factual. We can be popular and totally factual.
The fate of Man without processing is measured by the catastrophes of the past. The
Buddhist Wheel of Life shows Man how grii-nly he is tied to a never-improving circle of
birth and death. Use such facts.

Without stepping beyond a person's past, which will certainly happen to him
again without processing, we can change his fate. We are the only people on Earth who
can accurately estimate it or improve it and make it stay improved.

With accurate scientific tests and testing, we can swing all existing interest lines in
fate and future our way. And Scientology is also the only game on Earth where
everybody wins.

Thus we are stepping out with the new Test Section and much skill and brightness
needed on all our parts to make it work.

Having demonstrably coped with the technical, I now move us up to high traffic
volume.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

160

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1960

All Orgs
Franchise Hldrs

IMPORTANT

WARNING ON NEW PE

The new line up I have developed for Johannesburg is hot. It is the hottest, fastest
procurement service set up we have ever had. All Orgs and Franchise Holders will be
using it in a few months.

But meantime, a word of warning. A very sincere word.

This is too hot to embark upon carelessly and without preparation. It has almost
blown HASI Johannesburg to pieces. If I had not been monitoring it close to hand, the
new PE would have been killed off because of the frightening volume of heavy new
business brought in. Testing went from 5 to 29 a day in three weeks. All new people.
Five people were pulled in to do nothing but testing, marking and evaluating (the
heaviest time consumer). Test fell I 00 evaluations behind in a matter of days.

So great was the new traffic, so avid was the public that the HCO Exec See and
Assoc See actually came close to blowing.

The people must have attention, good, sharp and cleanly scheduled. And service
for them in PE, the HGC and the Academy must be available at once. And technical
gains in the HGC and Academy must be I 00% or the whole thing becomes a ruin of
ARC breaks.

Now I have been riding this bucking bronco for three weeks with the help of a
very fine staff and I can tell you that it's been spurs and curb bits all the way.

The Test-New PE line-up is like a fine watch. It has to be planned fully, briefed
completely, fired off well and technical results must be excellent or the whole thing
will set up an awful public odor.

Central Orgs should send an executive to Johannesburg for study and briefing.

Franchise Holders should get on staff at a Central Org for a few weeks or months
to learn how.

This is a warning. This programme resolves all procurement. But if it is started and
run badly, it will ruin Scientology in a whole area.

So let's be smart now.

I've got this one taped. Johannesburg is getting out of a spin on it. Let's start it
well and do it well.

This time we have procurement solved But like learning to be an auditor, this one
takes know-how.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright Q 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

161

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1960
All Orgs

TESTING PROMOTION REVISED
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 22 Oct 1960)

Testing as a promotional activity has been resoundingly successful in HASI S.A.

The following large (2 inch) Ad has been carried in newspapers.

IQ TESTED
THE JOHANNESBURG TEST CENTRE
offers for a limited time, free
intelligence and personality
tests. Your IQ, personality
and aptitude deten-nine your
future.
Know them. No obligations.
23, Hancock Street,
Joubert Park, Johannesburg.
Phone. 44-9075

(Note-"Scientometric Testing" should probably be added in the U.S.A.)

Within 30 days this had increased numbers of new people coming in to 30 per
day. The increase has been from 2 to 4 people each week day.

The success would be ruinous to a poorly oriented organization, and almost was
to Johannesburg. It has required my constant supervision and re-organizing to keep it
going. So don't enter the project lightly.

THE BUGS
The first bug developed was testing Comm Centre. Its absence in the test room
upset everything for a week. An In-Out basket system was wholly inadequate. A basket
system for Tests In Unmarked-Tests In Unmarked HGC-Tests In Unmarked
Academy-Tests Marked-Tests Marked HGC, etc, etc. PLUS a separate system for the
Test-In-Charge person as a staff member solved this.

The next and chief bug was the evaluation personnel. Test evaluation, combined
with sales, fell behind an increasing nine to twelve persons a day. This came about
through Test and Evaluation being under PrR. They must not be. They must be under
the HGC or, less workably, under PE.

Body collision and crowding could have been serious if the Test room and
Evaluation rooms had not been placed nearest the entrance to the Org building.

The final serious bug was PrR body registrar getting mixed into the system of
Test-Evaluation and doing some to the exclusion of new promotion. Since the Test line
is eventual processing and training and immediate small business, income of the Org
might have suffered while it was at a high whine of new people. Old lines must be
guarded, strengthened and maintained in spite of the new inflow if income is to stay
up.
Technical quality is good on processing and training in Johannesburg now. There
could be a terrible bust if the quality of training and processing was low while volume
of people was high. This could wreck an area.
162

Therefore to start a test programme, it must be planned well. Technical must be
brought high. Then the rooms, lines and personnel planned and finally the ad placed
and personnel put on post. Light early inflow gives ample time to break things in,
providing the following mock-up is closely followed.

Additional promotion to firms, societies and our own public may not be needed
for months if the ad is placed in a paper.

MOTIF

Scientology testing is explained as follows: These are old tests reworked and
modernized and coordinated with an electro-psycho-galvanometer. The results are
more accurate than psychological tests. This is Scientometry. This is not psychology.
These tests are more modem, being electronically coordinated. Psychology considers a
person to be a materialistic biological brain. Scientology considers a person to be an
electronic spiritual phenomena.

The above explanation is for legal purposes; it is not for general release into the
test line or in literature. But everyone connected with testing and evaluating must
know the above thoroughly and glibly. We are not attacking psychology. But it may
attack us. To the public we're just a good test agency where it's free.

RECEPTION

The Receptionist hands the incomer a card with space for name, address and
phone number and shows incomer the test room.

In the Reception Room there is a large sign listing services of Org.

THE TEST ROOM

Virgin tests, Personality and IQ only (no aptitude test is given), are placed in
folders, one set per folder, ready for issue. There are three piles-Cream folders, Red
folders, Green folders. Cream is for public, Red for HGC (rush), Green for Academy.

The incomer has received a test pass card from Reception. He puts his name and
address on the card's dotted lines and gives it to Test-in-charge. Test-in-charge files it in
his day basket. He takes down a cream folder, time date stamps its corner, leads
incomer to a desk and starts him.

A time clock exists for each desk. The desk is numbered, the clock is numbered.
This is started by Test-in-charge.

When test is complete, Test-in-charge takes the whole folder and marks the
evaluation appointment date on it (2 or 3 days hence, every 15 minutes in sequence)
and marks the same time on the incomer's card. This is the evaluation appointment. It
can be adjusted if need be. If so, the admission cards are packed like playing cards in
15 min sequence. The incomer also gets a slip saying, "This test is not complete.
Electronic co-ordination remains to be done by Evaluator. Please report to --- etc,
date, time."

The incomer is ushered out. The test folder is placed in Tests Unmarked basket.

If incomer is out of town so mark the folder and rush it for same day evaluation
to Marking and Evaluation. Out of Towns are rare enough to admit special handling.

HGC and Academy tests are rush mark and their other handling is obvious.

The incomer leaves the premises. This is not true for HGC and Academy, of
course.

EVALUATION UNIT

As soon as a test is marked it is sent to Evaluation unless it is Academy or HGC
which go to their own destinations.

The Evaluator, in another room than Test, keeps all Unevaluated Incomer

163

Folders. They are filed in view by alphabet.

In the Evaluator Room is the Evaluator and a PrR person. These are separate
people, the hats must not be combined.

Test-in-charge and any or all Evaluators are HGC personnel. They must not be
PrR personnel. (This fundamental was not true at first in Johannesburg, with much
upset and confusion resulting.) The Evaluator is not a Registrar. The Evaluator does
not sell.

The PrR person in the room may make appointments for the Evaluator, may
handle other signs ups for PrR but may not evaluate tests. This might not have to be a
PrR person. It could be the PE Registrar always on duty in the same room as
Evaluation.

The Evaluator (who preferably has a near but out of hearing set of chairs for
waiting people) calls in the person whose turn it is according to appointment (this is
usually 2 to 3 days, not more, after the Incomer took a test, which is now marked).

Evaluation takes about IO to 1 2 minutes. It is an exact script to which the factual
data of the test is added.

The Evaluator introduces himself as a Scientologist, seats the incomer across the
desk, opens the folder and promptly puts incomer on the E-Meter. Evaluator briefly
explains meter as a needful part of the test and rapidly, without discussion, fills out the
Meter Case Assessment Form, getting definitions of the 5 buttons, writing them down
and noting meter reaction in the box for that.

Evaluator takes incomer off meter without explanation and turns to graph.

Evaluator now explains each point of graph. But it is vital that at each low point,
where explained he adds, "Scientology can help that." This is said directly to make an
impingement. The wording can be varied but the sense must be the same. Do not
precede this statement with "Don't worry" or the like as this cancels impingement.

Graph done, Evaluator explains IQ. If low he says "Scientology training can raise
that." He explains levels of IQ; tells person even if it's high that IQ means little unless
person knows something with it.

Evaluator now takes up the Meter Case Assessment sheet. Here he tells the pc's
future. It is done by looking at pc's statements of his past and by rephrasing saying it is
going to happen, (without Scientology fates don't change much. Accidents, divorces,
etc, happen again).

This is all rapidly done. Factually, expertly, see Manuals for graph point
meanings.

The Evaluator now leans back and says "That's it." Incomer is hanging on ropes.
If incomer says anything like "What can I do about it?" Evaluator says "That is very
commendable. A good point in your favour, wanting to do something about it. I'm a
technical person not a sales personnel. Confidentially, though, I'll give you a tip. Don't
spend money foolishly until you know what you're spending it for, Psychiatrists and so
forth could cost you thousands. You'd buy anything they said because you know little
about the mind. So why don't you take an Anatomy Course and learn something about
the mind. That's just a tip. It's cheap and you'll be wiser about what to do about
yourself. The person over there is in the Service department. Ask him."

Evaluator gets up, ready to issue in a new person.

The PrR person may offer anything he pleases to incomer but incomer should buy
the Anatomy Course. The PrR person gets the contract signed for the Anatomy Course
and the money for it right then (or at least some money as it's only 12 gns in
Johannesburg).

Don't put the person on PE. Offer but don't sell processing and training. Just get
him on the Anatomy Course. That saves ARC breaks, leaves the incomer happy.

The word of mouth generated by this routine will be excellent. Technical
becomes a firm friend.

164

People don't happily buy upper level service even when they buy it blind.

This also completely wipes out "commercialism" in the incomer's mind.

The Org must not be greedy for intensives and HPAs off the Test line. The sales
talk at this stage is to a Scientologica.ily unoriented person and when it fails gives poor
word of mouth in the public.

Be happy to sell him the Anatomy Course. Don't mention PE.

If the incomer walks out without buying, the PrR man (even if he is interviewing
someone else and even if incomer has not approached him) rushes over and gives
incomer a copy of Problems of Work and Dianetics, Evolution of a Science and says
"Here are two books that might help you," and without waiting for an answer goes
back to his desk.

The above routine is at this time a set, fixed activity. As it works further it may
be improved. But putting Evaluation and Sales on the same person is ruinous because
of excessive time consumption alone on the Evaluation line. Further it makes for
future test incomers.

TEST FILING

When issued the folder of the test is date stamped. When marked, the marker
writes "in" on his initial to the left of the date stamp (upper right corner is proper for
date stamp). When evaluated the evaluator marks "e" and an initial below the date
stamp.

The Evaluator sends the completed folder back to Test files where it is filed under
pc's name (visible in the notch of the folder).

Eventually Test-in-charge will look in Files to see if person has been tested before.
If so, the new folder is placed in the old folder and it is the old folder that is date
stamped and initialled freshly and all goes to the Evaluator.

SUMMARY

This is the totality of the Test-Evaluation Unit of HGC and the Test programme.
Add more in a large city and you'll drown. Leave Test-Evaluation under PrR and you'll
drown. Get more complicated and you'll drown. I know. I saw strong Scientologists
scream as they went down for the third time under the avalanche of confusion and
bodies.

PrR works for present time income hard and rightly. Test-Evaluation is future
heavy income. That can be killed by bad 8C on these lines, so HCO and HGC, get alert
and accurate in getting this mock-up in. And hold it in place no matter how many
wonderful new alter-isnesses get proposed. EVERY HGC auditor should be able to do
the above Evaluation patter well. Test-Evaluation is like a loaded gun. Don't play with
it. Just do it as above and it will hit the right target. And don't take the ad out of the
paper because "it's all too much" until the town runs out of places to give Anatomy
Courses in. You'll be tempted.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

165

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1960

All Orgs

TESTING PROGRAMME CHANGE

The Testing-Evaluation, Basic Course, PE and Group Processing activities will
hereafter comprise the PE Foundation and will come under the PE Foundation
Director.

The hours of this Department will be from 1:30 p.m. to 9:30 p.m.

There will be no public testing service, evaluation or public PE Registration at any
other hours. Should HGC and student testing be required at other hours, it can be
provided by the HGC working in the test room for administering and marking tests for
HGC pcs and students (the latter being unlikely to need rapid testing).

The only Registrar on the test-evaluation lines shall be the PE Registrar who shall
perform the duties of "The PrR person" mentioned in HCO Policy Letter of 24th
November 1960 (Testing Promotion Revised).

The PE Registrar shall register and handle the Anatomy Course, Group Processing
and PE Course procurement and enrolment. Sales of other training and processing
service shall be referred to the regular PrR personnel, but such sales are not forbidden
the PE Registrar.

PrR personnel is forbidden to handle the test-evaluation-registration line except
in cases where they wish to help after their own hours at which time and for which
purpose they become PE Foundation personnel.

Reason: An Org can chop its routine procurement by Body and Letter Reg PrR
to pieces by getting the test-evaluation lines mixed up with PrR. PrR must be kept
running as always despite Test-Evaluation programmes. Therefore these lines are made
separate and are placed under the PE Foundation.

It will be found uneconomical to run the PE Foundation with a morning shift
also. Most city testing demand from the public comes in afternoon and evening.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:aec.js.rd
Copyright (D 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

166

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JANUARY 1961
[Excerpt]
All HCOs
All Central Orgs

TESTING LINES

In Admin, the new test lines are watch-like construction.

If we get too much alter-is, too much "change because this area is different", too
many additives, we'll all be in a spin. My own Admin lines will become wholly
unmanageable.

I will try to be as Clear as I can be. If it isn't written into the Une up it isn't there.
For instance, there is no phone number given in the IQ Ad, but DC put one in its Ad
and got no bodies, only floods of phone calls. I had to cable DC to get the phone
number out of the ad so people would walk in. For instance, an instructor trying to
grasp Formula 13 wanted to know if you crossed off a name from its assessment list
when it was briefly run. Nothing was said about this in the HCO Bulletin therefore you
don't cross off names.

Additives have been the most source of most scrambling to date. People add
things that aren't there.

Alter-is is the other sinner. I call for small 18" square tables in testing-large
rectangular tables get bought, potential capacity of test room is cut in half.

You can help by putting in the line up as laid down, without alteration or
omission or additives. Only when it is all in and in right can you see whether or not it
works or how it works. After it has been working for a long time, we can discuss
refining it.

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1961 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 16 January 1961, Help Me Put in the New Lines. A complete
copy can be found in Volume 7, page 145.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JANUARY 1961
All HCOs
PEs
Test-in-Charge
A TEST POLICY ON MD REFERRALS

If a medical doctor or other specialist sends in a person to be tested, the results by
courtesy should be sent to the specialist.

A card saying that MDs and other specialists may send in patients for testing if the
test is requested on a prescription blank, may be sent to the professional people of an
area including psychiatrists.

LRH:aecjs.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron fipbbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

167

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor,,East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1961
Rush to
HCO Secs
Assn Secs
PE Dirs
PROPER PUBLIC ROUTING

The new PE Test Program is properly routed only if the following steps are used
for each public individual.
1. Individual reads Ad in Newspaper or hears word of mouth or other notice.
2. Comes in to be tested. Has no trouble seeing address or locating test room.
Minimum vias.
3. Is tested and told and given an appointment slip for his evaluation.
4. Returns for his Evaluation. Is E-Metered. Present is read and future is predicted. Is
sent immediately to PE Registrar to be sold a PE Course or is (in a small
operation) sold the PE by the Evaluator. PE Course costs a small amount of
money-like fl or $5. (It is no longer free.) Pays his money at once on
registration and is given admittance card or tickets.

5. Appears on PE Course and receives for 5 consecutive nights I hour of Comm
Course and I hour of lecture on each night. He is sold HAS Co-audit by frequent
mentions of it on the PE Course-Do it yourself Therapy. When he gets on PE he
finds he is being prepared for the Co-audit. Receives his HAS on last night.
6. Enrolls for 6 nights (3 a week) of Co-audit sold to him at half-price a single night's
Co-audit. This is a special. For instance, whatever Co-audit costs per night, he
pays half of that cost for 6 nights-i. e. IO shillings a night he can have 6 nights for
30 shillings. He must take six.
7. Registrar makes sure the Co-audit knows constantly about practical and
professional training to get people off it into HGC and Academy.

Data-Floods more people enroll on a small fee PE Course than on a free Course.

Almost 50% of tested persons enroll on PE directly. Only about 12% enroll
directly from test to Co-audit. Only a very small percentage will enroll onto an
Anatomy Course directly.

The line can break down as follows:
I . Improper Ads.
2. Bad routine in test giving.
3. Lack of a good Comm Centre in testing which files and routes the folders
and sheets.
4. Lack of timing devices on each desk.
5. Letting more than 3 days elapse between testing and evaluation.
6. Failure to sell PE only.
7. PE Instructor fails to sell Co-audit.
8. Co-audits are usually pretty good and procurement from them is good but
data could be withheld from people on Co-audit about HGC and Academy.

The most destructive action on this line would be to put in a PE Director who has
a bad needle reaction on Control. The action could be fatal.
Reports coming in tend to show people will evidently turn up for any Central Org
Test Programme. The only weakness after that will be internal in the Central Org.

Get your PE line working. Now,

LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

168

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1961

All PE
Foundations

EVALUATION SCRIPT

(Script written by Peter Greene on Experience with PE Foundation,
Johannesburg, based on recent PE Policy Letters.)

This script is to be used when evaluating tests for public individuals.

It must be studied and learned by heart by PE Evaluators.

It makes the difference between ample PE Course sign ups and very few sign ups.

Use it. It will be hat checked.

"Good afternoon/evening (give person's name). My name is:-(give it) I am a
Scientologist. Please sit down."

Hands cans to subject, switches on meter. Establishes non-significant or lie
reaction.
Q. "Do you have many problems?"

A. "- - - - - -" note meter reaction on sheet.

Q. "Do you enjoy the ones you have?"

A. 6 6------ 9

Q. "How would you define a problem?"

Note answer.

EA CH ANS WER TO Q UESTIONS IS A CKNO WLED GED.

Q. "Do you like helping people?"

A. 46 ------ l

Q. "Do you find it easy to give help?"

A. 46 ------ )5

Q. "Can you easily accept help from people?"

Q. "What is help?" or "How would you define help?"

Q. "Do you like change in your life?"

Q. "Do you find it easy to change?"

Q. "How would you define change?"

Q. "Have you had much change forced upon you?"

Q. "Do you like taking Responsibility?"

Q. "What is Responsibility?"

Q. "What does Create mean?"

Q. "Do you like to create things?"

Q. "Are you easily able to create?"

Q. "Do you always enjoy good health?"

169

Q. "Are you ever/often ill?" (depending upon previous answer)

Q. "Are you married?" (only ask of adult)

Q. "How do you feel about marriage?"

Q. "Do you have difficulty handling money?"

"All right-Thank you." Switch off the ineter. Take back cans.

"Now, Mr. (Mrs., Miss) let us have a look at your tests." Open folder.

"Your IQ Score was ......

(a) Less than 100.

"This is very low. Less than average and you obviously have great difficulty
solving problems. Scientology training would raise that considerably."

(b) 100-110.

"A very ordinary score and you have more difficulty than you need in handling
problems. Scientology training would raise that considerably."

(c) 110-120.
"An above average score. You can take advantage of opportunity and when you
apply yourself, you progress fast. However, a high intelligence is only useful so
long as you have data to apply the intelligence to. Scientology will not only give
you useful data, but can raise your IQ even higher."

(d) Above 120.

Ditto.

"Now let's look at your personality. This is what you've told us about yourself.
Understand this is not our opinion of you, but is a factual scientific analysis taken
from your answers. It is your opinion of you."

The Evaluation is given with excellent TR 1. Almost Tone 40. The idea is to
impinge on the person. The more resistive or argumentative he is, the more the points
should be slammed home. Look him straight in the eye and let him know, "That is the
way it is."

"Above this line is satisfactory but even these points can be raised higher. Also
knowledge is necessary to make full use of the best points of one's personality. That
can be gained through Scientology.

"These middle points will get you by, so long as there is no crisis or difficulty in
your life.

"Now, this section shows that you are very much in need of help."

Proceed with evaluation on the low points, column by column. Make a decisive
statement about each. If the subject agrees-says, "That's right", or "That describes me
all right", or similar-leave it immediately. You have impinged. If he argues or protests,
don't insist. You simply are not talking on his reality level. Re-phrase your statement
until it is real to him. Stop as soon as you get through. As soon as you get an
impingement, look subject in the face and say, with intention, "Scientology can help
you with that" or "That can be changed with Scientology", or some similar positive
statement.

NEVER say it half heartedly, or apologetically!

Don't bother much with the high points. If he queries them tell him it is the low
ones that are the cause of his troubles-and that these can be changed. If several are
high you can add that because of these it will be easier for him than for most people,
to use Scientology to improve with.

170

When the graph evaluation is complete-which should be done speedily and with
certainty-pick up the meter check sheet and say:-

"Well, that tells us how you are and how you have been in the past. Now, let us
look at your future."

"You have had and you inevitably will again.

"You have been and in your domestic life and in your job, you will find,
etc, . . . .

"With those low points on your personality graph, you are going to
(Here, you use what you know of Scientology and assess this.)

"Not a very bright prospect is it? Unless you care to change it."

At this point the evaluator leans back in his chair, puts down his pencil on the
chart, smiles and says:

"Well, Mr. (Mrs., Miss)-That's what your tests show."

"Thank you very much."

The Evaluator does not reach or try to sell any more than this. If the job has been
done well, the person should be worried and will probably ask a question as to what he
can do about it all. If so, the Evaluator says:

"That is very commendable, wanting to do something about it. A point in your
favour."

"There are many things you can do. There are all sorts of things that people go in
for. In the past they tried psychology, psychoanalysis, Dale Carnegie, Confidence
Courses, Mental Exercises, read books, but these things had a very limited application
and you could get yourself terribly involved in mysteries, expenses and wasted time,
before you found any solutions to your difficulties. All across the world today, people
are coming to us, to find simpler, more straight forward answers."

(Here the Evaluator grows confidential)

"Look, I'm technical staff here. I don't have anything to do with sales or courses,
but if you'd like a confidential tip, there are all sorts of courses and services going on
here all the time, but your best bet is to spend fl (or cost of PE) on a Personal
Efficiency Course and discover what Scientology can offer you. That will save you
from getting involved. Go and see that lady over there and tell her you only want the
Personal Efficiency Course, so that you can find out what Scientology is about."

Then route the person to PE Registrar.

NOTE: Evaluators have been found to be afraid of impinging too hard, in case
they caused ARC Breaks or committed overts.

It would be an overt.to upset the person-if we did not lead him to a solution.

The only overt that can occur is to fail to get the testee on to the PE Course and
thence to Co-audit.

The PE Registrar should realize that if the person walks over from the Evaluator's
table to Reg, he, or she, is SOLD already. Registrar therefore does not have to sell. The
person now knows he/she needs help and has been shown where to get it. Give the help
by accepting f, I and have the person fill out 2 PE attendance cards. Tell him when to
start the course and wish him luck.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:aec.rd
Copyright (DI961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

171

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1961

Central Orgs
All PE
Letter Registrar

AUTOMATIC EVALUATION PACKET
FOR PE FOUNDATION

The following items are the cuff ent extent of the Evaluation Packet.

It is intended that when a person is tested, his test is marked and automatically
evaluated, and the evaluation (with the literature tentatively listed below) is sent to the
Evaluator. When the person tested comes in for his or her Evaluation appointment,
evaluation is done from the automatic evaluation strictly in accordance with the Model
Evaluation Script.

The person is then given the whole packet and is directed to the Registrar or
whatever routing is arranged. The packet is his or her property.

As soon as I write these hand-outs mentioned in 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 they will appear as
HCO Information Letters for your getting them letter-pressed. No. 7, State of Release,
has already appeared in this form. (HCO Info Ltr of February 22nd, 196 1.)

All sheets and plan of the Auto Evaluation itself now exist in Johannesburg.

A packet should be made up also for all persons already evaluated in the past and
sent to them by mail.

EIGHT UNIT PACKET
IN ENVELOPE WITH NAME ON IT

1. Graph, Evaluation slips.

2. Form Letter giving IQ and future.

(3, 4, 5, 6 & 7 are letter-press sheets)

3. What is Scientology?

4. The Cheapest Way-PE Co-audit.

5. The Fastest Way-Individual Processing.

6. The Educational Way-Books, Training.

7. The State of Release.

8. Two free tickets for a test they can give their friends.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ph.rd
Copyright (D 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

172

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1961
Central Orgs
PE Dept

AUTO-EVALUATION SLIPS

On the American Personality Analysis or the Oxford Capacity Analysis, there are
the personality traits, lettered from A to J. For purposes of auto-evaluation, the total
span of the top (+ I 00) to the bottom (- I 00) for each trait has been divided into
sections, numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4. These sections are divided as follows:
From + 70 and above to + 100 is Section 1.
From + 20 and above to + 69 is Section 2.
From - 40 and above to + 19 is Section 3.
From - I 00 and above to - 39 is Section 4.
Each trait, therefore, has four possible auto-evaluation cards. The cards, say, for
Happy, Trait B, are lettered B 1, B2, B3 and B4.
According to the score made by the person tested, a card is selected on the basis
of that person's score. A person scoring + 50 on Active would have card E2 selected,
scoring + I 0 on Appreciative would have card 13 selected, and so on.
Syndromes are a different matter. The only instances Syndromes can occur on the
auto-evaluation are where a high score made in Section I (+ 70 and above to + 100) is
opposed to a low score made in Section 3 (- 40 and above to + 19) or Section 4 (- I 00
and above to - 39). As an example, say a person made a score of + 90 on Trait A,
Stable, and a score of - 80 on Trait C. Well, a person cannot be stable and of firm
character when he is obviously scattered and nervous; therefore, as regards his score on
Trait A, you could say that he would like to believe that he is very stable or is in the
valence of a person who is or believes he is stable. In such a case as this you would
NOT include, in his auto-evaluation packet, Trait Al and Trait C4. Instead of these
two cards, Trait Al and Trait C4, you would only give him the one Syndrome card
lettered AI C34 - S.
To repeat, Syndromes occur only when one particular Trait has received a high
score in Section 1 and is in opposition to a Trait with a low score in Section 3 and
Section 4.
There are fifteen Syndromes of importance and significance. All Syndromes are
lettered Al B34 - S, BI A34 - S, Al C34 - S and so on. When a Syndrome occurs, the
one Syndrome card is used for the two traits, so you would have the one card Al
B34 - S, rather than two cards AI and B3 or B4.
Syndromes, even though there are fifteen, are limited in number to any particular
test as there are reverse Syndromes, like AI C34 - S and C I A34 - S. Obviously, if he
has a score in Section I of Trait A and a score in Section 3 or 4 of Trait C, that
eliminates the opposite Syndrome, C I A34 - S.
The IQ cards given in the auto-evaluation set do not compare to other IQ tests
given in different organizations, as the highest possible score on the IQ test on which
these cards are based is a maximum of 150 points. For other IQ tests with a different
maximum score, different card content will have to be made.
These auto-evaluation slips and the graph are part of the eight unit Automatic
Evaluation packet for the PE Foundation (see HCO Policy Letter of March 2, 196 1).
Please note that these auto-evaluation slips are written for adults only and should
never be given to children. Further, the procedure on handling the Automatic
Evaluation packet is to have the individual come into the organization for a personal
interview with a PE Consultant. At this appointment, the PE Consultant covers the
auto-evaluation slips briefly with the individual, hands him the Automatic Evaluation
packet, and routes him, if interested, to the PE Registrar for registration.

MSH:ph.rd Mary Sue Hubbard
Copyright (D 1961 Org Supervisor WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

173

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London, W. 1

HASI POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1958
All Board Members
Association Secretary
All Technical Staff
Los Angeles, New York.
Melbourne, Auckland,
Johannesburg
I each staff member

PERSONNEL EFFICIENCY FOUNDATION

The following policies shall govern the PE Foundation of the HASI.

Purpose: To make a better worker of the worker, a better executive of the
executive, a better homo sap on all dynamics.

The PE Foundation is a separate unit of the HASI with the stature of the
Academy or HGC under the Technical Division.

The PE Foundation shall be governed by the PE Director who shall have full
authority under the policies of the HASI over the conduct of its staff and affairs, its
schedules and programs.

The PE Director post shall be a full time activity and may not be filled part time.
The hours shall be from 2:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. daily except Saturday when they
shall be 1:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. for the purpose of giving a Saturday afternoon public
lecture.

The Director of Training and the PE Director may not be the same person at any
time.

The PE Director shall also be the PE Instructor unless the average attendance shall
exceed 25 persons per week at which time he may have one part time instructor or
more as indicated.

The PE Foundation may have its own administrator and/or Registrar who shall be
governed by the Director of Procurement and the PE Director.

The PE Foundation shall have a night reception, book sales person but this person
i-nay not be the instructor.

The PE Registrar shall be responsible for collecting the correct names and
addresses of all persons attending the PE Course and giving these names personally to
the Address Section and no other person or agency, providing that qualified persons of
the HASI may have the lists of names thereafter but only from the Address S ction of
the HASI.

Cleanliness and orderliness of PE rooms before and after use is the responsibility
of the PE Director.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rs.rd

[The above Policy Letter was revised and reissued from Washington, D.C., by PE Foundation HCO WW
as HCO Policy Letter of 16 July 1959, Personal Efficiency Foundation, changing HASI to read FC
throughout, and in the fifth paragraph changing the'hours to read "from 2: 00 p.m. to 10: 30 p.m. daily,
Mon-Fri."]

174

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GFTEEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1959

Issue 2

BPI
Magazine

DO IT YOURSELF THERAPY

At last we have a successful way for the untrained person or the financially

embarrassed Scientologist to make it all the way to release and prepare himself for
theta clear at low cost.

Heavily supervised co-auditing at HAS level has become possible with my
development of two things,

I . Processes that undercut most reality levels, and

2. Muzzled auditing.

For as little as 2 gns (or $10) a week, one can have the major benefits of
Scientology by giving a little and getting a lot.

HAS Co-auditing courses are run by all major Central Organizations and are being

started in HCO enfranchised centres.

The applicant enrolls in the PE Course and receives a week of theory. He

graduates to a Comm Course lasting two weeks of three nights each and costing 2 gns

(or S IO) per week. He receives his HAS certificate and graduates to co-auditing for

three nights a week for 2 gns (or $IO) per week and continues on until he reaches the

state of release. This may take many months but he gains all the way in health, on his
job, in his environment.

The co-auditing is done "muzzled" and under the heavy supervision of a trained
professional who knows how to do it.

It is only successful if so done.

These new processes and muzzled auditing can be the beginning of a new

civilization. For, cases are cracking on these units with such frequency and speed that

even old timers instructing them are getting an eager new look.

A release is a person whose case "won't get any worse". He begins to gain by
living rather than lose.

Release is a way point toward theta-clear. A good release can be theta-cleared by a
professional running engrams in from 50 to 125 hours.

This is the new look. If you want to know more about it, write Hubbard

Communications Office Worldwide in London or your nearest central organization.

We can put hundreds of thousands upstairs rapidly if we follow this well-blazed
trail.

We are still winning.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.rd

175

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MARCH 1959

Dist. WW

HAS CO-AUDIT

All offices should recognize that we have something new and startlingly successful
in HAS Co-auditing done by and in the organization as an adjunct of the PE
Foundation.

The complete gen on how to do this will be released in the very near future on
these lines. This bulletin is to point out its importance.

It is expected that the following cities will begin in the central organization HAS
co-auditing courses immediately on receipt of the technical information:

London (already in progress), Los Angeles, New York, Melbourne, Johannesburg
(where the information already exists), Paris, Washington (optional), Auckland
(where the information already exists), Perth.

At once all names and addresses of all PE attendees should be gotten in order as
mailing lists by the above organizations for their areas and they should stand by to
make an immediate mailing.

Persons for night work should be appointed by the above organizations as
follows:

PE Foundation Director
PE Foundation Instructor
HAS Comm Course Instructor
HAS Co-audit Supervisor.

The PE Foundation basic course is one week long-5 nights. HAS Comm Course is
three nights a week, co-audit supervised is the same three nights. In case of crowded
quarters the HAS Comm Course should be on a different three nights than the HAS
Co-audit, i.e. Monday, Wednesday, Friday Comm Course; Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday
co-audit.

The charge to any applicant should be two or three guineas per week or S IO.

THIS IS THE MOST IMPORTANT SINGLE PROMOTION EVENT OF THIS

YEAR AND SHOULD BE TREATED AS SUCH.

MAGAZINE - MAJORS AND MINORS

It has been found in at least one organization that the purpose of major and
minor issues of the continental magazine has not been understood. A major issue goes
out once every month to the membership only; a minor issue goes out once every
month to the entire mailing list, particularly book buyers. Certainty Issues Vol. 5
No.23, Vol. 6 No.3, Vol. 6 No.2 are typical minor issues and with their ads adjusted
and made more timely are now being sent to the entire mailing list.

Neglect in sending minor issues to the entire mailing list can result in the eclipse
of an operation, otherwise there is no adequate method of contacting new book
buyers. Minor issues are mainly slanted at new book buyers but go to the entire list.

If your mailing lists are not so arranged as to make this possible or if your address
systems make it difficult you had better do something about it in a hurry as these are
the most uneconomical omissions that can be made by an operation.

SCIENTOLOGY SERVICE ADMINISTRATOR

HCO offices requiring books, tapes, bulletins and other services should request
them from HCO Administrator WW, 37 Fitzroy Street, London, which post is now
occupied by Roddy Stock. The function of this post is to give service to other
Scientology organizations and HCO offices.

LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD

176

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUFT FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 25 MARCH 1959

HAS CO-AUDIT & COMM COURSE

The new HAS course starts with two weeks comm course followed by an
unlimited time on the HAS co-audit course. Almost any student can co-audit, even if
he has no reality on coaching. If a student is unreal on the comm course, then put him
on to the HAS co-audit-at least he will get some processing and some gains.

COMMUNICATION COURSE

The comm course consists of TRs 0, 1, 2, 3. The emphasis on TR 3 is not on
comm bridges so much, but on the duplicative question.

Method: The coach sits opposite the student auditor with his back to the centre
of the room. He never flunks the student auditor. His only originations are "start",
"fine" and "that's it". He may make an occasional short, complimentary remark.

If the student auditor is doing something wrong, the coach puts his hand out
behind him and waits for the instructor to come and handle the difficulty. The
instructor never corrects the student auditor. He just gets him to carry on with the
session.

The idea here is: 1. To get the student auditor to do the drill and not spend all
evening discussing it. 2. To prevent the coach from coaching with unreality and
invalidating the student auditor.

HAS CO-AUDIT COURSE

1. The students are briefed and told that if they blow session the instructor will
not stop them. The course exists to help people who can help themselves. They will
not be pursued.

2. The students are divided into co-auditing teams. The auditor sits with his
back to the centre of the room and the pc faces the room.

Assignment: The instructor goes to each team, puts the pc on the E-Meter and
finds a terminal for the auditor to run. He does this by asking the question "Who
would you blame for the condition you are in?" If no terminal bites, run "Himself". If
this still doesn't bite, run Dynamic straightwire. The question asked on Dynamic
straightwire is "Tell me what would represent yourself", (on Dynamic one, etc). After
asking this question about each dynamic, run the following commands on the wackiest
answers.

Processes are selected persons overt straightwire. "Recall something you have
done to (terminal)" "Recall something you have withheld from (terminal)." General
persons overt straightwire, "Recall something you have done to somebody" and
"Recall something you have withheld from somebody". E'ach command in these two
straightwire processes is repeated alternatively.

The auditor does muzzled auditing. Muzzled auditing means that the auditor says
only two things. He gives the command and acknowledges the answer to that
command. If the pc says anything that is not an answer to the command, the auditor
nods his head and awaits an answer before giving acknowledgement.

If the auditor gives the wrong command or gets confused, or if the pc forgets the

177

command, the auditor says nothing to the pc. What he does do is place his hand behind
him and wait for the instructor to handle the situation.

The auditor never leaves his chair to ask the instructor anything. The instructor
never talks to an auditor who leaves his chair.

The auditor keeps on running a terminal until the pc starts repeating answers.
When he judges the process is flat he puts out his hand and the instructor comes
around to check.

At the end of the first session students change teams simply by moving one seat
round. They keep the same auditors and preclears for as long as possible on course.
Seats may be numbered to ensure consistency.

At the end of the evening the auditor writes out an auditor's report. This places
his attention on his pc, keeping him more in session, and has him feel responsible for
doing something to help his pc.

If the auditors remain strictly muzzled nothing can go wrong. It is up to the
instructor to see that they remain muzzled. He is processing the pcs via the auditors,
and to do this, rigid control must be maintained at all times.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.msp.rd

178

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1959

HAS CO-AUDIT AND COMM COURSE

Further to HCO Bulletin of March 25, 1959, the cost of the HAS Co-audit and
Comm Course is 2 gns per week payable to the evening reception on each Monday
evening. No credit is extended for this course. The price is 2 gns per week regardless of
the number of weeks spent on the course.

The following is the schedule covering the HAS Comm Course and HAS Co-audit:

COMM COURSE

First Week

Monday Wednesday Friday

7.00 - Roll Call, Briefing 7.00 - Roll Call, Briefing 7.00 - Roll Call
7.15 ) _ TR 0 7.15 ) - TR 1 7.15 ) - TR 3
8.25 ) 8.25 ) Change 7.50 8.25 )

8.30 ) _ TR 0 8.30 ) - TR 2 8.30 ) - TR 3
9.40 ) 9.40 ) Change 9.05 9.40 )

9.45 - End 9.45 - End 9.45 - End

New students: 7.15 - 8.00 - OCA test.

Second Week

Monday Wednesday Friday

7.00 - Roll Call, Bfg.
7.15 ) - TR 0
7.51 ) Change 7.33

7.51 )- TR 1
8.25 ) Change 8.04
As above As above
8.25 ) - TR 2
9.01 ) Change 8.43

9.01 ) - TR 3
9.37 ) Change 9.19

9.45 - End
HAS COURSE

7.00 - 7.15 - Briefing
7.15 - 8.20 - Ist Session
NO BREAK
8.25 - 9.30 - 2nd Session
9.30 - 9.45 - Reports and Questions

Above timetable subject to alteration depending on case assessments made.

LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD

179

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1959

THE PERSONAL EFFICIENCY COURSE

The Personal Efficiency Course in London has been changed and is now more in
line with the HAS Course. The current schedule:

MONDAY: Ist hour testing. 2nd hour Cycle of Action. Homework to do
something consciously. Get them to cognite that they are surviving
right now and destruction occurs when they stop creating conscious-
ly. Important work: to create consciously.

TUESDAY: Ist hour (under Control) Cycle of Action. Ist part START. 2nd part
CHANGE. Homework to start something they have been putting off
for some time and to start and change something consciously. In
CHANGE to get them to find out that change occurs through space
and time. To come into Present Time.

WEDNESDAY: I st hour STOP. 2nd hour (ARC TRIANGLE) Affinity. Homework to
do the whole cycle of START CHANGE STOP and to put affinity in
practice. Get them to see that if someone does not like them it is
only because of their consideration and nothing wrong with them.
Important word consideration and on cycle STOP.

THURSDAY: Ist hour REALITY. 2nd hour COMMUNICATION. Homework the
whole of ARC. Important word, the agreement in reality. On
communication the intention to see how they can handle people
through ARC.

FRIDAY: The Goal of Life is Survival. (Let us see what man is actually trying
to make survive.) The 8 Dynamics. Homework the reality level of
people. 2nd hour testing.

It is evident that the above schedule is strictly for the HAS Course. The PE
program is divided into two parts. The first part exactly defining control and, of
course, one would in his 15 minutes talk after each 45 minutes of defining the word by
agreement, give a resume of how that hour applied to living and keep emphasizing the
necessity of control to BE successful in life. The second half of the course would be on
ARC and here one would show that good control is only with ARC. In other words,
getting a person to like, to be happy and willing to carry out orders or directions.

This will make a big difference in your enrolment on the HAS Course, I assure
you because that is all the HAS Course does. It teaches people (as we have pointed out
in the above) what they must be able to do. but what they cannot at present do, i.e.
CONTROL WITH ARC. The Course itself is run simply in that the instructor either
reads or does not read all the definitions of what one is defining. For instance STOP.
He then gives a very short talk on what this has to do with living, what we are talking
about, then he asks how it can be applied and then asks someone in the audience for a
definition. "What does it mean to him as an individual", because they tend to get lost
in dictionary definitions and authorities of other people. So it must be a definition
from the first person as to what it means to him. You have to keep pushing them back
to this, because they keep getting off the point. When you get a definition from one,
ask other people if they agree with it. Occasionally ask them if that means something
to them, if that increases their understanding of this term, and so on, etc. After 45

180

minutes you get them all to agree to one definition, and give a short talk on how that
applies to life, and the pitch, which is of course processing and training. On the Course
sell PROBLEMS OF WORK, FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT, THE TONE SCALE
and ASSOCIATION MEMBERSHIPS.

The secret of running a PE Course is as with anything else, based on two things:
First is the ability to handle people and their originations and second their
communication, being able to invent or create answers four times as fast as they can.
And with that I leave you.

PERSONNEL EFFICIENCY COURSE INSTRUCTOR

Purpose: To make a better worker of the worker, a better executive of the executive,
a better homo sap on all dynamics.

Duties:

I . Prepare room.

2. Get boards ready, which consists of one release form, an OCA test and a note of
paper for them to work out on.

3. Put the students in the classroom.

4. Go up and introduce yourself and get to know them.

5. Ask them if they want anything, e.g. any question answered, and when they ask,
answer them with stable data.

6. Then give them the boards, have them fill in the necessary forms and then start
the OCA test. Time 3/4hour.

7. The schedule to be taught is attached.

8. Friday: I hour lecture, 3/4hour test, 1/4hour two-way comm, selling books, etc.

9. Write to them on Monday and give them their test results, etc.

On teaching: You take old stable data out and you help student replace with
Scientology stable data. If you do this you have no need to worry about selling
anything-they are Scientologists for life.

THE COMMUNICATION COURSE

Everybody can talk, but to be able to be understood by another person is
something else. In this Course you learn how to make yourselves understood and how
to be able to be interested instead of interesting in your conversation, work, in your
everyday life. Life looks good to us when we are able to communicate with people, as
after all aren't people life?

TIMETABLE

Monday, Wednesday and Friday 7.00 - 9.45

MONDAY

TR 0 NO BREAKS

Purpose: To be able to confront without fidgeting, embarrassment, being interesting
and to be interested.

181

Student and coach are seated at a comfortable distance apart.
Coach: Never invalidate a student or correct him. Coach is to encourage student, and
be willing to be confronted.

WEDNESDAY

TR I & 2 NO BREAKS

Purpose.- To teach a student to send an origination across from himself to the coach
directly.

Student and coach are seated at a comfortable distance apart.
Coach: To acknowledge that an origination has been received by "Good", "Fine",
"OK", "All right", "Thank you".
Half-way through change over. Coach is now student, student is coach.

FRIDAY

TR 3 NO BREAKS

Purpose.- Duplicative question. To teach a student to be able to repeat an origination
afresh each time as it has never been said before and to acknowledge the answer.

Commands: "Do birds fly?" - "Do fish swim?"

Student and coach are seated at a comfortable distance apart.

Coach: To be able to duplicate a repeated question afresh each time.

THE HAS CO-AUDIT COURSE

This course is run as follows:

You give students 1/4 of an hour in lecture of the Muzzled Auditing. Muzzled
auditing is: Auditor gives the command and acknowledges with Okay, Thank you,
Fine, All-right, the execution of the command only. Any other originations he just
nods. If there is an ARC break, auditor puts his hand towards the back of his chair and
waits for the instructor and instructor handles ARC break.

Stable Data - Instructor audits pcs via auditor.

No student is to speak to instructor without putting his hand by his chair and
instructor goes to student. This prevents students from snapping terminals. You will
have success this way as the student gets reality as a pc and auditor.

In the 1/4of an hour you also make roll-call, answer questions, etc.

Auditing I hr IO m each way. In the end of the evening you allow IO minutes for
auditors' reports.

Instructor starts and ends sessions. No breaks.

Director of PE Foundation

NW:mp.rd
182

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Office of L. Ron Hubbard

SECED 162 SH 4th November 1965

Applies to Dist Division, Saint Hill and of interest to
Dissem Sec and Dir Reg SH

FRANCHISE ORDERS

(Issued after HCO Exec Ltr 3 Nov 65)

The following orders now apply to Franchise with full priority.

Carry out the 1962 Franchise Programme which is:

I . Get all HCA and HPA names and addresses.

2. Issue Franchises broadly.

3. Get the Franchise Holder to Saint Hill for good technical training.

4. Provide a Franchise Programme for those persons when trained.

These orders are amplified as follows.

I . Get all names of HCAs and HPAs possible.

2. Issue Franchises to them in conjunction with FSM status, making commissions
exempt.

3. Re-issue every Franchise ever held by locating all evidences available at Saint Hill
such as old invoices, etc. Exclude only SPs and persons Dead Filed for cause.

4. Get every Franchise Holder not yet trained at Saint Hill to Saint Hill and trained.
(Responsibility for this is the Franchise Officer's but Dir of Reg can help but is
not held for results, the Franchise Officer is.)

5. Design and Provide a good, attractive programme and excellent services for
Franchise Holders. Make it even better for those trained at Saint Hill. In short
make two types of Franchise Service-those untrained at Saint Hill and those
trained at Saint Hill (I will have to pass on these two offerings before actual
issue).

6. Give actual excellent service and answer up fast and helpfully on all Franchise
enquiries.

Note the high percentage of Franchise income derived from auditing and realize
that when those pcs are up the grades they have to come to Saint Hill for Power
Processing and the Solo Auditing and Clearing Course. Make it worthwhile by separate
FSM Commissions on each of these for the Franchise Holder to benefit by it.

Ease off plugging orgs so hard in Distribution and start plugging Franchise
Holders. Plug orgs only in Dissem.

Ease off trying to force draft Franchise Holders into City Offices. Just cease to
mention it and treat Franchise as itself. Heading them toward City Offices has not been
profitable and only four weak offices have resulted at a cost of almost knocking out
Franchise. So talk of Franchise as having status that does not have to change to a City
Office.

Develop new status for the Franchise Holder. Erase confusions since 1962.

Note that many Franchise Holders were trained at Saint Hill despite the partial
breakdown of the 1962 programme. These must begin to get superior service at once.

The goal here is to get Franchise Income well above income from outer orgs
FAST.

It might even be considered that Franchise is paid for by flat yearly payments
rather than commissions. This would be based on average collections from better
Franchise Holders per annum in past years and applied to all. Non-trained could be
charged a higher fee, an "untrained premium" "due to difficulties and expense in
properly advising persons not Saint Hill trained". This last is merely a suggestion. The
rest is an order.
............

L. RON HUBBARD

IF
277

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I JUNE 1959
Issue 2
CENTRAL

DATA ON HAS CO-AUDIT

All HCO Secretaries should check and see if they have the following data on HAS
Co-Audit:

SEC ED 149 10.3.1959

HCO Bulletin 17.3.1959 Do it Yourself Therapy

HCO Bulletin 24.3.1959 HAS Co-Audit

HCO Bulletin 25.5.1959 HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course

HCO Bulletin 3.4.1959 HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course

HCO Policy Letter 23.4.1959 HAS Co-Audit Courses

HCO Bulletin 4.5.1959 The P.E. Course

The following is to be converted into a SEC ED:

LOCATION OF TERMINALS ON HAS CO-AUDIT

The only process to be run on HAS Co-Audit now is Overt Withhold Straight
Wire. The commands are "Recall something you have done to - - -" and "Recall
something you have withheld from - - -", run alternately.

This is the only process to be used. Dynamic Straight Wire is now cancelled on the
HAS Co-Audit, and also Know to Mystery Straight Wire.

The emphasis on this course is on present life terminals. These are sufficient to
create a release. Once the student is a release he can go to a fully qualified auditor who
will process him to Theta Clear.

The terminals to look for are contra-survival ones, not pro-survival ones. If
pro-survival valences are run out the contra-survival valences become even more solid.

These are located by asking the pc questions, bringing in minus tone scale
emotions, such as pity, blame, shame, regret. Also, find out who he has forgotten
about. The terminals must contain physical pain or unconsciousness.

This should take the HAS instructor a couple of minutes to locate. If he has
difficulty in finding a terminal, he should run the pc on himself.

This course gets excellent results because it is straightforward and simple. So stick
to this life's terminals and you will get your releases.

L. RON HUBBARD
by

NW:gh.vmm.rd HCO Secretary London

184

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1959

HAT OF PE HCO WW

PURPOSE

To disseminate Scientology. To increase the number and quality of PE
Foundations all over the world. To ensure the smooth running of all PE Founda-
tions. To train good PE instructors.

A DMINIS TR A TI VE

To make and maintain a record of all PEs. To write once a month to all Directors
of PE and find/give technical data and promotional ideas.

The PE WW HCO is to receive once a month reports from PEs of number of
students, of each class and the results thereof.

To have for each PE Foundation a file with all reports in and to inform LRH of
the progress of PE Foundations.

To be in communication with HCO London.

PROCUREMENT

To procure Scientologists in opening/running PE either by franchises or in the
HASI. This will be done by running HAS/PE on auditors of the field and increasing
their willingness. Names can be obtained from C/F.

To be in communication with HCO franchise holders for the technical side and to
give them any encouragement they need for the dissemination of Scientology.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:nw.gh.rd

185

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1959
CenOCon
UK Franchise Holders
HAT OF PE HCO WW

This policy letter cancels the one dated June 16th 1959, and is held by our HCO
WW representative in the USA at the moment.

The new PE HCO WW was trained by Ron in London, where she gave the UK
field auditors considerable encouragement.

HCO WW extended an invitation to all field auditors in the States to contact her.
She will be only too pleased to show you how to run a model HAS Co-Audit Center.

Purpose

To disseminate Scientology. To increase the number and quality of PE
Foundations all over the USA. To ensure the smooth running of all PE Foundations.
To train good PE and HAS Co-Audit instructors.

Technical

To run model PE and HAS Co-Audit courses in Central Organisations, and to
disseminate Scientology in the field by teaching auditors how to run model HAS
Co-Audit courses.

Administrative

To be in direct communication with HCO WW, Saint Hill, East Grinstead, Sussex,
at all times.

To handle any written letters from field auditors directly concerned with the
setting up of HAS Co-Audit Centres in the field.

To keep HCO WW Saint Hill, the home office, fully informed at all times.

To help field auditors set up the administrative side of their Co-Audit Centres.

Procurement

To procure Scientologists by opening/running HAS Co-Audit Centres. This can be
done by increasing the willingness and encouraging the field auditors to run HAS
Co-Audits.

The HCO WW PE Director is not to do any of the following:-

Not to handle 10% weekly payments in any manner or form. These are to come
directly to HCO WW, Saint Hill.

Not to send out any Policy Letters, Bulletins or any written information to
franchise holders. These come direct from Saint Hill. All mailings to US franchise
holders must originate from Saint Hill, unless the issuance thereof is authorised by
HCO WW.

Not to handle reports from franchise holders or any correspondence unless it is
directly connected with her participation in the running of a centre in that area.

Not to handle any communications to or from other Central Organisations to
which she is not directly connected to at the time.

NW:brb.rd
Copyright (D 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

186

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1959

HCO Franchise Holders
Association Secretaries
HCO Secretaries

THE ORGANIZATION OF A PE FOUNDATION

Even though we haven't the time, personnel or mest to do in many places a
full dress PE Foundation, I think it would help if I described a minimum full dress
PE.
A PE Foundation is itself but it is also in a Central Org one of the six
departments. In either case, whether done as an HAS Co-Audit Franchise or as a
Central Org Department, it has the same staff and routine, handles the same factors
and confronts the same problems.

A PE Foundation is a programmed drill calculated to introduce people to
Scientology and to bring their cases up to a high level of reality both on Scientology
and on life. This is best accomplished not by giving them samples and bits and
trying to lead them into auditing but by giving them gen and serious results as
heavily and rapidly as possible. A PE Foundation in its attitude goes for broke on the
newcomers, builds up their interest with lectures and knocks their cases apart with
comm course and upper indoc.

There are basically three divisions to a PE Foundation; the first of these is the free
course; it is the purpose of this course to:

Inform and interest by showing the people that this applies to them and is a
duplicate of their own actions and thinkingness. Only then does Scientology
communicate. Don't overwhelm-penetrate. Show them that this is how they
think, not how we think they think. Be factually explicit about it, talk with
certainty and not with apologies.

A PE course curriculum should now consist of a mixture of drills and lectures.
The first evening lecture should talk about definitions in life as found in Scientology.
The dynamic principle of existence, the eight dynamics, a preview of the next evening's
lecture should be given and this lecture should consist of a very rapid survey of Comm
course TRs Zero and One and should sail in the second hour into the ARC triangle, and
all data for the rest of the week used in lectures should consist of ARC triangle data
taking up the whole subject and one comer at a time. The remainder of the week
previews TRs Two and Three, and says how the TRs are used in life and how people
can't do them. The last lecture's last part sells the HAS Comm Course.

The second week and the third are spent in comm course with basic TRs
encouraging not criticizing. The coach says fine when he thinks it's fine and otherwise
keeps his mouth shut. This is muzzled coaching. The student does not get out of the
comm course until he can be trusted to show up well in a muzzled co-audit. This takes
at least two weeks. He pays off the course by the week for his Comm course as well as
his later co-audit.

The Co-Audit course runs similar to the comm course in hours. The only process
now permitted on an HAS Co-Audit is 'From where could you communicate to a body
part' the body part being selected by the instructor with an E-Meter (in a pinch the
instructor selects by observation and the answer to the question 'Ever have anything
wrong with your body?' and use whatever the PC says). When a key body part is flat,
'From where could you communicate to a body' can be run but only this type of
process is allowed. If you go and bring in a lot more processes you've had it. Only this

187

process can be counted on to bring reality and results to people on a broad scale. When
a person can't gain on it because of case then get him into private auditing. NEVER let
anyone simply walk out. Convince him he's loony if he doesn't gain on it because
that's the truth.

Very well, these are the sections of the PE Foundation. A student now has to
complete at least five weeks of co-audit before we give him an HAS certificate. It's not
a valuable certificate evidently unless we do it that way.

Now for personnel. Nearly every PE Foundation everywhere is understaffed.
Many have to be. But one should at least know the correct amount of staff.

The minimum full scale PE staff should consist of five people, four of them part
time, one of them full time. These people are as follows:

The PE Director. Takes no classes, makes no lectures, works from two to ten
p.m., supervises and interviews and keeps the course and other instructors going. Lack
of a PE Director without a class leaves the place unsupervised and in a confusion.

Receptionist. Routes, handles and invoices people with the help of other PE
staff in the first rush, and then makes announcements and sells books in the breaks.

PE Lecturer. The best and most convincing lecturer evenings only.

Comm Course Instructor. Part time. Anybody but the Academy comm course
instructor that knows his business. The Academy man will be too tough and heartless
for the public stomachs at this stage.

Co-Audit Instructor. Part time. Choose the person people tell their troubles to.
Choose a person who doesn't mind people screaming in the unit and in fact rather likes
it. This person takes responsibility for all cases.

The PE Director as does the HGC Director of Processing gets in trouble really if
he takes a course or a class, as he leaves all other activities unguided. He can drop in, he
can start a class. He can give an address of welcome, but he should not have a class. If
he has one the whole place falls apart for lack of a guiding hand and somebody
competent to pick up and sort out the emergencies and interview people.

Now roughly speaking, that's the staff curriculum and courses of a PE
Foundation. If yours is running a long way from this one, that is the reason you're
having a rough time and losing people and that's the shape you ought to be shooting
for. I know we can't all have this but when things start to boom you'd better be able to
have it or you'll go boom too. The thing to do is to sneak up to this as a minimum size
with which you can work.

If there's no Central Org you'll need daytime secretarial and files by and by or the
PE Director will get swamped with papers.

The whole dream of a PE Foundation is to get the people in fast, get them
invoiced in a congress type assembly line, no waiting, give them hot, excited, positive
service and boot them on through to their HAS and THEN worry about doing
something else with them. And never let a student leave or quit-introvert him like a
bullet and get him to get audited. If he gets no reality don't let him wander out. If he
walks in that door for a free PE, that's it. He doesn't get out except into an individual
auditor's hands in the real tough cases, until he's an HAS.

So that's the size and shape of it.

Luck to you.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:brb.rd
Copyright (c) I 9 5 9
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

188

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 29 DECEMBER 1960
Reissued from Sthil
Franchise Holders

THE NEW PE AND THE NEW HAS CO-AUDIT

The new HAS Co-audit takes company in a PE Foundation with the free PE
Course, the new Anatomy of the Human Mind Course (requisite for HPA/HCA) and a

tape play.

The PE Course can run 3 nights a week or 5 nights. The Anatomy Course
(consisting of 20 lectures) should run 2 nights a week. HAS Co-audit can run 3 to 5
nights a week but might work better running the same nights as free PE. The tape play
can be run at any time-5 nights or two hours on Saturday afternoon or Sunday.

As to materials, I am now assembling these. This HCO Bulletin gives the backbone
of the HAS Co-audit. I am readying up full texts of the Anatomy Lectures. PE Text
will shortly be more fully released. I have installed a new PE Foundation in HASI
Johannesburg and it is successful at the rate of 30 new people a day. But to smooth it
out and make it economical is taking me a bit longer.

An HAS Co-audit should be run only for people who have been "trained" on a PE
Free Course. The PE Free Course should consider itself a training activity for the
Co-audit, rather than a selling activity for Scientology. One should assume in teaching a
PE that the student wants to help people and get help for himself. Elementary (very)
Comm Course TRs should be sketched in and a touch assist taught. The only selling is
defining Scientology and saying that to know the parts of the mind one should take an

Anatomy Course.

The following is conditional, subject to review:

People who take a Free PE and an Anatomy Course get an HAS Certificate. It is
also required that they spend 3 weeks on the Co-audit. Free PE is the only requisite for
Co-audit attendance.

The HAS Co-audit consists of the same elements as always. The people come in,
show the Instructor their paid invoices, are put in their chairs and auditing started by
the Instructor. Cans can be held by the pc if a switchboard E-Meter rig exists. But
individual E-Meters are not used.

At the end of the first period of auditing, the teams are shifted but not just
exchanged. People are not audited by their pcs. They are started again by the
Instructor. The session is ended by the Instructor.

Extreme muzzle is used. The auditor needing help puts his hand back of his chair
for the Instructor to arrive.

The commands are written on one or two boards for the auditors to see. They are
also issued on sheets of paper.

The pc faces outward into the room. The auditor inward.

The fee should now be per evening, perhaps 5s or 50c per person.

There are just two processes to be used. These are to be called the HAS Co-audit
Process I and HAS Co-audit Process 11. They are complicated enough to hold interest.
HAS Co-audit Process I runs ARC breaks, PTPS, Somatics, the bank and the room and
hits all case levels. Leave standard O/W, help and other clearing processes alone, no
matter the temptation. The HAS Co-audit processes are what the attendee can do, not
what the Instructor can do in individual session. The Instructor runs all cases present,
and he needs something that bites just enough to improve the case but not enough to
make a bog.

The HAS Co-audit Process 1, I developed from the 1950 ARC triangle. A new
process type that is permissive between bank and room makes this new development
unique.

189

HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS I
The commands are as follows:
"Find something you disagree with"
"Find something you agree with"
"Find something you would rather not communi 'cate with"
"Find something you would communicate with"
"Find something that seems unreal"
"Find something that is real"

HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS 11
The commands are as follows:
"Get the idea of attacking"
"Get the idea of not attacking"
HAS Co-audit Process I is of course a fundamental way of raising tone. It also has
a taste of Rising Scale (8-8008) in it. This is the confront process. If the pc gets sticky
or dopey or choppy; one shifts to 11 but HAS Co-audit I is the work horse-it is done
longer than 11.

HAS Co-audit Process 11 is of course the havingness process. If a pc looks too
belligerent or too mild, the Instructor should run 11 heavily on the pc. The worse off a
case is, the more automatic the attack factor is and the less the pc can attack anything.
All psychosis is is dramatized attack, so this process runs from low to high. Naturally
you can see that it is an O/W version, but no withholds need be announced.

In HAS Co-audit Process 11 the Instructor may substitute "think" for "get the
idea" at his discretion with cases that have trouble with "get the idea", but a higher
percentage of cases, I believe, bog on "think" than on "get the idea". In 11 the
Instructor may in some cases at his option assess a generalised terminal and add it after
"attacking" in the command.
Process 11 may be run on a case before 1. But a little 11 goes a long way. If a
central meter switchboard is used, cases that get sticky on I can be shifted to 11. Try to
end a session on 1, not 11.
I think you will find that 11 makes roaring tigers out of pcs and I makes them into
serene angels.
Both processes are unlimited. I and 11 could be run for 500 hours. They might
actually clear people if used long enough but the fact is not yet known.

If a pc continually stays in PT and uses only the room on 1, shift the pc to 11 for
he is afraid of his bank, just as some are afraid of past lives.

These are both new, powerful processes. I think you will find Co-audit attendee,-,
very happy with them.
LRH:js.gh.rd
Copyright (c) 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JANUARY 1961
BPI
COST OF HAS CO-AUDIT AND PE

The cost of HAS Co-Audit is entirely at the discretion of the local organization.
This also applies to the PE Course.
LRH:js.aap.rd
Copyright (c) 1961 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

190

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1961
S.A. only
info other Orgs

PE COURSE ABOLISHED

As exactly none are enrolling in HAS Co-Audit from PE after test, although the
PE sells well it is experimentally abolished.

Tested persons should be sold (a) Individual Auditing or (b) Co-Audit but always
at least Co-Audit.

We will call Co-Audit "Do it yourself Therapy".

As people going direct to Co-Audit will know nothing about Scientology,
literature should be given them and this defect remedied.

PE Registrar sells Co-Audit for 10/- a night or Li.10.0 for six nights if six
attendance cards are bought at once for cash.

Do It Yourself Therapy is "The lowest cost therapy in the world. It is cheap
because you give some when you get some. The more startling gains of Scientology are
obtained in Individual Processing at 21/2 guineas an hour. But gains are also obtainable
from Co-Audit. Three evenings a week you can attend Co-Audit. It will improve your
IQ and those low points on your graph."

If the person wants individual processing, don't stop him-sell it.

I will shortly erect two "Automatic Registrar" machines in the hall of 23
Hancock so enrollment in Training and in Individual Processing can be effected at once
by any visitor.

Direct enrollment into Co-Audits with no PE or Comm Course has been
successfully done already in the US by some Franchise Holders. It is no experiment.

Two rooms or more should be used for Co-Audit. New persons should always be
sent to one room where the Instructor is prepared for their randomity. Older attendees
are shunted after a week to the other room or rooms.

Liberal information as to Training and Individual Processing must be made
available to older attendees of Co-Audit (after 2 weeks).

Note-An Automatic Registrar has all the Info about Training or Processing and
all the forms and routing displayed on a board with pigeon holes. It is prominently
displayed. One is for Training. One is for Processing. Each is a full sales talk and has all
forms.
The Training one sends Applicant to Accounts, then D of T. The Processing one
sends Applicant to Accounts, then HGC Admin.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:aec.js.rd
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

191

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961
Cen Orgs [Excerpt]
Copi for each
Sta f Hat
Not for Franchise

THE PERSONAL EFFICIENCY FOUNDATION

The PE Foundation is the entrance door of the public into the services of the
Central Organization, a knowledge of Scientology and a higher level of civilization.

Test Section

By means of advertising mailings and word of mouth, the public is brought in to
be tested and evaluated. This is done by the Test Section of the PE Foundation. This
section does everything possible to route new individuals into a PE Course.

PE Course Section

A five evening PE Course is given weekly. Its curriculum is precisely laid down. Its
total purpose is to explain elementary Scientology and prepare and route people into
the Co-audit.

The HAS Co-audit Section

Using precise processes developed for this section only, the HAS Co-audit (Do it
Yourself Processing) seeks to improve cases and further interest people in Scientology
so that they will take individual HGC processing and individual training.

Summary of the PE Foundation

The PE Foundation is an entrance point to Scientology. If it fails to pass people
from testing to a PE Course, from a PE Course to Co-audit and from Co-audit to the
Academy and HGC then it is failing its functions, the unit will be low and the Central
Organization faltering.

No section of the PE is an end-all where the public feels an action has been
completed. That the PE Foundation in itself does a great deal of good is indisputable.
However, the moment it relaxes on this fact and fails to pass people along, it lets down
every staff member in the other five departments as well as its own people. A PE
Foundation income is not adequate to support even itself, and its services in training
and processing are not wholly adequate to functioning in life. It is an entrance door. It
must be alertly watched. Its numbers in testing, PE Course and Co-audit today are the
organization's units and Scientology's people tomorrow.

The PE Director is now, next to the Assn Secretary, the most responsible person
for solvency in a Central Organization.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:aec.js.rd
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 14 February 1961, The Pattern of a Central Organization.
A complete copy can be found in Volume 7, page 147.]

192

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO INFORMATION LETTER OF 18 FEBRUARY 1961

Central Orgs
1 for Staff B. Board
1 for Master File
Rest for City Offices
Do not re-mimeo

MAGAZINES, TESTING, PE

Magazines

When book sales are down the main reason is failure to advertise books in the

Continental Magazine.

Every now and then in the UK the magazine gets self-conscious from

"complaints" from the "field" (some squirrel) about the "American type ads" for

books. The UK has twice now paid attention. Immediately books dropped from

around f,7 8 per week to i I 0 per week. When you don't advertise and push books they

don't sell. When books don't sell you don't get new people, PE or no PE.

Testing

Your whole testing programme, paid PE Course and Co-Audit had better receive a

whole issue. Include in it Processing and Training as well. Make it a full brochure issue

on HASI Services.

Make sure it goes to every name you have ever had from PE.

Make sure it carries ads for the basic books (DMSMH and SOS).

Send it Yout to every address you have.

Make it have a coupon which gives the bearer a free test at HASI (worth $50 if

the test is taken at formal testing bureaus).

PE News

I am still working on grooving in a PE. The public will buy a PE in SA where they

won't take one free. Providing the PE Registrar can sell.

Automatic Evaluation has now arrived at printing stage. It will be with you soon.

Mary Sue has cracked its technical bugs with real genius. You mark and Evaluate at the

same time, give the person tested a whole packet.

Get people into a good PE Course for a small fee.

The PE Instructor must give lots of time to Co-Audit and what it is and get people

into Co-Audit.

Co-Audit must tell the people what they are doing and why (raising IQ, future

and bettering personality).

A graph showing such gains must be put on the Co-Audit room wall and marked

with two lines, one "Before Co-Audit" and two "After Co-Audit".

London gives still a free evening Comm Course. If somebody buys six nights of

Co-Audit while on the PE then he could have a week free Comm Course before he

starts on Co-Audit.

193

The main trouble on the PE line is getting intelligent selling of people. It appears
that each PE post is part technical, part sales. When the people in PE forget to explain
things and make them wanted, the public doesn't have enough sense to buy them.

I am getting together some handout literature on this. But it's a personal job that
must be done on each person. The public just doesn't know what it wants. PE staff
members have to tell them.

If other staff members want a fast way to raise units, drift into the Co-Audit and
the PE at the breaks and simply tell people how fine the next step is, while mingling
with them.

The test line does work, but only if it's made to work.

It's a steering job. You steer them into PE Course. PE steers them into Co-Audit.
Co-Audit gets their reality up and steers them into processing and then training.

There's no place on a PE or PrR staff for people who have an abiding faith in the
self-determinism of the public. The public has long since lost its power of choice. It's a
question of What self-determinism? The public has to be told where to go and what to
do. It's a control problem, not a problem in choice.

So staff members on PE and PrR have to have their control button clean. Only
then will the people avalanche in.

When processed a while the public will have some self-determinism. But not just
now.

The successful PE Foundation and PrR Dept is composed of people who are
control-happy. Check over the successful PE and PrR staff members and you'll find
each one is a demon on control.

That's what you want. Make it.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

194

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 MARCH 1961

PE Dirs
HCO Secs
Assn Secs

STATUS OF PE COURSES

The following courses may be taught entirely at the option of the Organization:

ANATOMY COURSE two evenings a week for IO weeks.

GROUP PROCESSING INTENSIVES, routinely or on occasional weekends.

TAPE PLAYS of any Congress.

The following courses are required to be taught in the PE:

VALIDATED HAS Course comprising:

PE Course: I week of theory and demonstration.
Comm Course: I week of evenings.
Upper Indoc: I week of evenings.
Advahced Comm Course: I week of evenings.
HAS Co-Audit: 3 evenings per week. (The other two evenings in its hall used for
the Anatomy Course.)

COSTS

The cost of these courses is entirely at the discretion of the Central Org. Only
Tape Play may be free. There must be a charge for all other courses.

It is recommended that the Validated HAS Course be started every week in
Central Orgs and every few weeks in a City Office.

Franchise Holders and some City Offices have had good success with the course
combination of two Comm Courses, one Upper Indoc and a PE for Theory. If a week
or two of Co-Audit were added to this it would make quite a good package. Up to f,35
or $I 00 has been successfully charged for this package.

The PE Course should keep running weekly in Central Orgs.

The cost of the Anatomy Course should be around f,10. It could be sold
separately and also sold as part of a package.

NOTE

We are feeling our way through this. It is up to Organizations to use their local
experience in keeping with a reality of their space and personnel.

Please report to me how you are combining and selling these courses and
particularly any signal success you may have.

ANATOMY COURSE NOTE

The Anatomy Course is reported as needing promotion to be successful, but
successful when taught.

As it is an HPA/HCA/HPS requirement it has to be taught anyway.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jl.rd
Copyright (c) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

195

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO INFORMATION LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1961
Do not re-mimeo
Print for PE
Use in the Magazine
2 copies to each Central Org

PE HANDOUT

The following releases should be attractively letter-pressed on small individual
sheets and are each one a part of the Auto Eval Packet, HCO Policy Letter March 2,
1961.

IMPORTANT: This is "What is Scientology?", the release required to be given
PE Test people as per HCO Policy Letter of March 2, 196 1, No. 3 of eight items.

No. 7 (The State of Release) has already come to you as part of a recent Info Ltr,
and is repeated here, together with numbers 4, 5 and 6. Numbers I and 2 will be sent
to you shortly.

WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?

For hundreds of years physical scientists have been seeking to apply the exact
knowledge they had gained of the physical universe to Man and- his problems.

Newton, Sir James Jeans, Einstein, have all sought to find the exact laws of
human behavior in order to help Mankind.

Developed by L. Ron Hubbard, C.E., Ph.D., a nuclear physicist, Scientology has
demonstrably achieved this long-sought goal. Doctor Hubbard, educated in advanced
physics and higher mathematics and also a student of Sigmund Freud and others, began
his present researches thirty years ago at George Washington University. The dramatic
result has been Scientology, the first major and complete breakthrough by the exact
sciences into the field of the humanities. Although taken from the material sciences,
Scientology is dedicated in the finest tradition of human dignity and freedom espoused
by brilliant men in all periods of Man's ascendancy over his relationship to the animal.
The laws of this science proved to be startlingly simple when found, well within the
grasp of the average person. It is a tenet of Scientology that this knowledge belongs to
Man, not in the forbidding halls of learning. It is the science of the Man, the Woman
and the Child in the street. It belongs to us, the People, not to any vested interest on
Earth.

Scientology means the "study of knowledge". Scio is knowing in the fullest sense
of the word, and logos, study.

Scientology is today the only successfully validated psychotherapy in the world.
Tens of thousands of completely documented cases exist in the files of the Hubbard
Association of Scientologists International.

Scientology has many "firsts". These include:

Scientology is a precision science. It is the first precision science in the field of the
humanities. Yet it is sufficiently simple and rapid that where it requires twelve years to
train a psychiatrist, eight weeks of heavy Scientology training can permit a person to
achieve results. However, for a truly skilled Scientologist, the training period, for a
doctorate in the subject, is usually not under five years and has been ten years.

Ample records exist to substantiate these firsts. Further, the results of
Scientology are easily demonstrable claims that can be duplicated by competent
practitioners at will using Scientology principles correctly.

The first axiomatic construction of the basic laws of thought and behavior in Man.

The first science to isolate the life unit that perceives and generates energy, a
discovery comparable to the isolation of the nucleus in atomic physics.

The first science to prove that IQ and intelligence can be improved and are not
inherent in a person.

196

The first science to discover and isolate the reactive or subconscious mind.

The first science to isolate and classify accurately the twenty-four parts of the
human mind. Previous to Scientology only the brain, the body, Freud's subconscious
and Pavlov's Stimulus-Response law were known. Scientology has clarified these four
and has discovered an additional twenty parts, any one of them more important to
Man in his efforts to bring peace and order to his environment and Earth.

The first science to determine accurately the honesty and potential character of
people by invariable instrument means.

The first mental science to subject itself to the most severe validation tests.

The first science to establish a new state or condition for Man which exceeds
earlier concepts of Man's potential. This alone in Scientology remains expensive due to
the skilled attention it requires but is usually a quarter the price of an analysis.

The first science to put the cost of psychotherapy within the range of any
person's pocket book. A complete Freudian analysis cost three to five thousand
pounds. Better results can be achieved in Scientology for ten pounds and, on a group
basis, for shillings.

The first science to make whole classes of backward children averagely bright
using only drills the teacher can do a few minutes each day.

The first science to determine the basic cause of disease.

The first science to contain exact technology to routinely alleviate physical
illnesses with completely predictable success.

The first science of mind to prove conclusively that physical illness can stem from
mental disturbance, a fact which Freud held only as a theory, and only seldom
demonstrated.

Dianetics is a sub-subject of Scientology and covers the anatomy of the mind
rather than the brain. "Dia"-through; "noos"-mind.

In its early years Dianetics and Scientology, representing the severe viewpoint of
the physical sciences, were considered highly controversial. Since that time many of its
minor discoveries have been borrowed by the humanities.

A host of famous names have passed through Scientology clinics. But it is against
Association policy to reveal their identities just as the Association protects their
secrets.

The Code of a Scientologist, under which Scientologists practice, is the most
severe ethical code known to physical or mental groups or practices. In addition to
other points, a practitioner must return a patient's fees if therapy is not considered
successful. Only an average of one case in all the thousands treated in any year over the
whole world ever requests a return of fees and these are immediately refunded. A
practitioner may be dismissed from the Association and forbidden to practice if he
violates any single part of the code.

Scientology erects no barriers to anyone by reason of religion or political
affiliations; Scientology has no quarrel with the practitioners of other schools and its
materials are always fully available to them, but they may not use them on patients
unless the practitioner is also trained in Scientology. Medical and psychiatric degrees
do not grant the right of practice of Scientology.

Scientology practitioners are called "auditors"-"one who listens and computes".
Scientology auditors are available to service in any Mental Health activity in (Country)
on a paid or voluntary basis, but by Association regulations, may not take staff posts in
institutions which practice therapies such as electric shock which can physically harm
patients.

Sci6ntologists do not use drugs or hypnotism. They employ only their exact
knowledge of the human mind.

The fullest results of Scientolo y are available in (City).
I 9

Scientology Central Organizations exist on every continent and centres exist in

197

most large cities. The principal Scientology Organization in the world is The Hubbard
Association of Scientologists International. The "HASI" in (City) controls all
Scientology in (Country). It is located at (address).

The "HASI" is (Country's) largest mental health organization and has a dozen
practitioners for every one in other mental practices.

The Association is not political in nature. It is humanitarian. By International
Board Resolution of long standing every Central Organization and its staff is
admonished to be loyal to the Government in power in the country where it exists and
not espouse political controversies.
.................

THE CHEAPEST WAY

The easiest and least expensive way to improve your life is to take a Personal
Efficiency Course and then the HAS Co-Audit.

This is the lowest cost effective mental help on Earth.

It is very little trouble to put into effect.

You go five evenings the first week and only three evenings a week afterwards.

By giving help to another person like yourself and receiving help from him you
improve your IQ and personality.

Tens of thousands of graphs, like the one you have received, have been
enormously improved by the "PE" route.

Expert, qualified Scientologists are supervising you every moment of the way on
the "PE" route.

It is all good fun as well and you will come to know some of the finest people you
ever met-people like you who have just taken a test and now want to do something
about it. '

All you have to do is see the Consultant. Just say "I want to take the PE" and
you will be signed up at once.

A few days after you will be wanting to thank us all for having opened this door
for you.

Your future depends entirely on either Fate or upon your taking the "PE
Course".

THE FASTEST WAY

The quickest way to change your graph, raise your IQ and alter your future is to
see the Consultant and procure Individual Processing.

A highly skilled and experienced Scientologist will give you fast intensive
processing daily for a week or as long as you require.

The processing consists of getting you to look at and break through all the
barriers you've erected between yourself and your goals.

No drug, hypnotism or psychiatry is used. Only various mental drills that lead you
out into life instead of on down into the steady grind.

Thousands of persons have been individually processed around the world with the
greatest success.

Be sure you will be in good hands.

We are friends of yours.

We want you to be as well a friend to yourself.

198

If you want the fastest way see the Consultant and say "I want individual
processing".

It is more costly than the PE route but it is a thousand times faster.

Remember, only Scientology discovered IQ could be bettered, personality
improved and one's fate altered. And Individual Processing is the fastest, surest way.

The Hubbard Guidance Centre is there to help you.

-------------------

THE EDUCATIONAL WAY

There are many books on the subject of Scientology.

By reading them you can help yourself at very little expense.

The following is the available book list. Buy the copies you want from the
Receptionist.

(List available books and prices)

THE STATE OF RELEASE

The purpose of Scientology is to make the able more able.

There are several grades of ability in Scientology. The first of these is the general
state of the unprocessed human being, or "the average person".

The first level above that is that of "Scientology Release".

A Release is precisely defined as one who has no psychotic or neurotic tendencies
of any kind and has a certainty that he will get no worse.

Technically, a Release is one whose graph has been raised by processing and
whose IQ has been improved.

This is done by Scientology processing obtainable from the Hubbard Guidance
Centre or from the "HAS Co-Audit" (Do It Yourself Processing).

It is a wonderful thing to be able to attain the status of a "Release". For one is
now more cause over life and is less the effect of his environment.

Far above "Release" are other states of being such as "Clear". However, this is a
goal much more distant. One's first target is a "Scientology Release". Now one has a
happier future, is luckier and more able to cope with life.

A "Release" Certificate is issued without charge by the Hubbard Guidance Centre
or the PE Foundation to anyone whose Test clearly demonstrates that he or she has
attained this state.

It is a grand feeling to be a "Scientology Release".

Try it.

-------------------

L. RON HUBBARD

(Please note: The article "What is Scientology?" has been
entirely re-written by Ron, and this one should be used in
preference to the original one which was written in
Johannesburg and issued from there-HCO See WW)

LRH:jl.rd
Copyright Cc) 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Originally issued on 12 April 1961. The 14 April 1961
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED correction added paragraph 9 on page 196.]

199

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST AD 14
Remimeo
Sthil Students
Franchise

PE COURSE

Until further notice, at once begin to teach the Anatomy of the Human Mind as
the sole PE materials taught.

Cease teaching PE the way you have been teaching it. Particularly cease to use
Definition by Agreement.

New study materials reveal that the failure of the student to understand some
word is THE SOLE REASON FOR DISCONTINUING STUDY.

Given a PE being taught at all, then the only reasons you lose people who come
into PE are (a) their failure to understand some word used, and (b) a former failure to
understand some word in some similar subject in the past.

Therefore when you ask any student for a definition and refuse to take what he
gives or when you fail to define, you court losing that student. So why ask him. Tell
him.

The natterer in a PE falls usually under (b) above and can be told so and told to
make out a list of words he has not understood in some earlier subject (religion,
medicine, psychology, philosophy or whatever ARC Broke him first) and go look those
words up and then come back to study Scientology.

Those who fail to grasp a Scientology word must have it fully and accurately
defined for them.

If you use the schedule I dictated to Slabbert in Johannesburg and of which you
have copies, and if you carefully define words used, and if you do nothing to leave the
student in wonder about a word, you will hold and increase your PEs.

I have put my finger exactly, I feel, on the reason you do not get a steady stream
of income-your PE is weak. And I have put my finger on why PEs lose people-they
don't understand certain words as per (a) and (b) above.

So to increase your inflow of PE attendance, and consequently students and pcs,
use The Anatomy of the Human Mind materials in the PE and nothing else and define
for the students every word used and take other measures to make sure none leave that
course or any night of that course with some word misunderstood.

If you do this, I will then have time to get to you a brand new text for use in PE
that will bring them in and keep them coming in.

This PE (Level 1) Book is the first book on my schedule and you'll have it in a few
months.

Meanwhile call the Anatomy Course the PE and teach only it.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.cden
Copyright (c) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

200

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1965

Remimeo

FOUNDATION
BASIC COURSE ORGANIZATION

Scarcity of space may lead orgs running Foundations into a gross organizational
error.
One must NEVER recruit a body of people and then carry just tl'lat group Lip,
opening new courses only when they are ready and closing the lower ones when
emptied. I can tell you by grim experience that that is NOT the way to handle basic
courses. The org will die if it is done that way.

One must continually nightly recruit new people and one must have in existence
the next area up for them to move into. One mustn't wait for people before one
organizes where they go.

One must have new applicants as all courses get smaller as they advance. If they
are well taught they get a little smaller. If badly taught they get a lot smaller.

The assembly line must exist before one can get traffic to put on it. So make the
line. Then get the traffic. And always feed new traffic in at the bottom. Don't recruit
by fits and starts-"An opening evening every two months, etc" is bad promotion. It
peaks traffic. Have one at least every week if at all.

The keynote is standardize. Even out the traffic flow. Feed steadily in at the
bottom and out at the top. Get energetic about lack of people at the bottom and jams
of people in the middle. Even the flow.

SPACE AND COURSES

You must allocate 4 spaces for Instruction to the Foundation. You can starve it
out with 3 spaces, but poorly.

The Introductory Lecture is given every night. It is allocated to the reception
centre. It can be done with earphones. It is supervised by the Introductory Lecture
Supervisor who also helps with reception and routing. This is a Dist Division action. If
you don't have a public reception centre and only have your org Comm Centre you
ought to be ashamed and no wonder your receptionist and comm lines jani up. Public
Reception ought to be separate. It should be plastered with promotion, personality
graphs, tone scales, anything promotional. And the evening Introductory Lecture is
given there every evening. Same lecture. You'll have one to give. In the meanwhile,
cope.
The BS, HAS and HQS courses are all given in the same room. They are done by
twin checking as below, modifying earlier methods.

The Foundation Academy Theory Courses (HRS, HTS, HCA, HPA) are given in
one room under one Supervisor.

The Foundation Academy Practical Courses (HRS, HTS, HCA, HPA) are all given
in one room.

That's four rooms total requirement. If you can gather up only 3 rooms for these
activities you can put the Academy in just one room (Theory and Practical) but I
assure you there won't be as much income in it as people will see no change of space
and they'll disturb one another.

TEACHING BASIC COURSES

Changing previous methods used, we will teach Basic Courses in this fashion.

We will charge a bit for BS. -

We will divide "Problems of Work" and the other books into nightly assignments.

201

We will teach the BS Student Twin Checking.

The BS Course then consists of a number of sheets of mimeoed paper, 5 x 8 or
similar size, vertical. There is a different one for each night of the BS Course. They are
numbered consecutively. The first one is accompanied by a description of Twin
Checking and is the first lesson.

The sheet form contains:
1. Number of lesson
2. Student's name
3. Twin's name
4. Course being taken (HAS, etc)
5. What was applied since last lesson
6. The material to be read in this lesson, certified as read by the Twin
7. Any misunderstood words (Space for notes)
8. Demonstrating examples of what the lesson means
9. Certify that twin has grasped it
10. Signature of twin and time of end of evening
11. Directions to turn sheet into the Supervisor's Basket before leaving as if any
are missing no certificate can be granted.

This form is used for BS, HAS, and HQS. To the HQS is added a homework slip
that also must be turned in.

This system cuts down the number of rooms and supervisors required and
increases the value of the course.

For the moment, make do. Final pads will come but only when we reprint the
books as Scientology texts.

ADS

Advertise your Introductory Free Lecture heavily. Tell people to bring their
friends to it. Remind people of it in the mags. Tell people they can attend it as often as
they like. Put a sign up in the Reception Centre that can be easily read all the way
across the room.

WHEN TO ENROL

You can enrol any course, Basic or Academy on Any night.

Drop Mondays only enrolment. We enrol at all hours at Saint Hill. It cuts the
load.

DON'T TEST

Skip testing on your enrolment line up for students or pcs.

The test has no value now. It's been replaced by Grade Certs and Release Awards.

CHAPLAIN

Get a Chaplain on the job and prominently display this sign

If you are in trouble with your
training or Processing and
nobody seems to listen, see
the Chaplain, Room ..... He
can help.

Then groove in the Chaplain to be a Problems Officer, to listen and try to
straighten up goofs by auditors and supervisors and suddenly your student and pc loss
rate will almost vanish. You lose people on basic courses because they get a brush off
from busy supervisors and auditors. They have no place to go. They mainly want to be
heard and acknowledged. Half the time or more one does nothing, but one does listen.

202

Thus the Chaplain post is a necessity in a Foundation.

BEGOOD

Your courses now have to be good. Your income depends not on enrolment but
re-enrolment.

If your supervision is poor, scheduling bad, the place slack and dirty it will now
show up by sudden falls in Basic Course statistics. Lack of re-enrolment means lousy
instruction and bad quarters and sloppy scheduling.

So be crisp.

And don't try to run basic courses without a minimum Foundation Staff. They
just won't work.

Two orgs in the past week inadvertently confessed the lack of quality of their
evening basic courses (DC and Capetown). Capetown at least is seeking an
extraordinary solution. When all that's needed is a crisp, sharply scheduled
Foundation.

NEW LOOK

To show the benefit of knowing what you're handling, the above data and
changes occurred as a result of getting in the evening Foundation at Saint Hill. I found
we hadn't the space for formal lecture type teaching and so you surely didn't have
either.
Hence these amendments to the Basic Courses of the Foundation.

L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1965
(Correction to HCO Pol Ltr of
13 August 1965)
Remimeo

FOUNDATION
BASIC COURSE ORGANIZATION

CORRECTION

In making up slips of study assignments for BS, HAS and HQS Courses, the
following form may be used:

A general form for all lessons of each course.

A syllabus or outline of the course giving the lesson numbers and subject, printed
on one sheet.
A pad for each course (BS, HAS, HQS) is then made up with the syllabus printed
on a cover and the general forms of the correct number, all alike, made up as a pad of
the correct number.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

203

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Foundation FOUNDATION
Personnel

URGENT URGENT URGENT
EFFE CTI VE A T ONCE

FOUNDATION COURSE CHANGE

THE FOLLOWING LOWER COURSE CHANGES MUST BE PUT INTO EFFECT
AT ONCE:

All students enrolled in BS, HAS and HQS must be given what they were sold.

All new students will follow this exact outline.

INTRODUCTORY LECTURE

An Introductory Lecture should be given every Friday or Saturday night in small
orgs and nightly in large ones and well advertised in both large and small orgs.

It stresses the value of Scientology and the value of Communication.

It sells courses OR processing in the HGC as an alternate for the lecture attendee
but must sell both in the Introductory Lecture and posted prices and registration
facilities must be very available.

As the people leave the Introductory Lecture they are given an outline of what
they heard in the lecture and the definition of certain words.

The lecture stresses that the inability to communicate is back of most
unhappiness, and sells attaining the ability to do so easily and thus handle one's
problems. It is clearly stated that the course they are about to be given will improve
this ability and their lives.

HAS COURSE

The BS Course is skipped. There is no PE Course. The person is sold an HAS
Course.

The cost is a few pounds or dollars. The course is one week long. It enrolls every
Monday. People are enrolled in advance at the Introductory Lecture. Do not sell it too
cheap and sell it for cash only. Sell it by stressing its result.

The course covers exactly 5 nights. People cannot retake it without paying for it
again.

Monday Night: One Hour lecture on Confronting and how it improves commu-
nication and the drill itself. One Hour permissive TR O-(no flunks-only coaxing).

Tuesday Night: One Hour lecture on the need of TR I in life and how to do the
drill. One Hour of TR 1.

Wednesday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 2 in life and how to
do the drill. One Hour of TR 2.

Thursday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 3 in life and how to do
the drill. One Hour of TR 3.

Friday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 4 in life and how to do the
drill. One Hour of TR 4.

This completes the course and an HAS cert is issued at the end of the Friday
programme, the certs being made out during the week for those attending.

WHEN the certs are handed out a short sales talk on applying these drills on the
next course is given, a slip saying the person now needs the next course, and a Registrar
is to hand to enroll them. Selling the next course must not be flubbed.

204

HQS COURSE

This course is longer and more expensive.

It is essentially a Co-audit.

It is two weeks of co-audit on any of the old public co-audit processes done in
Listen Style but with TRs and muzzled.

You must be alert for I st stage Releases.

Those with chronic somatics may be run on a touch assist in the co-audit.

All elementary assists may be used. Problems may be used. The keynote is Itsa
and Listen Style, not duplicative commands.

The process to be done is covered each night briefly and then run, turn about one
hour and one hour, different teams.

Be alert for withholds being missed by watching for critical pc attitudes. The
Supervisor can pull them or send to Review.

Apply Ethics.

Review charges must be scaled down to very small amounts for these lower course
students. But the time used on them in Review is brief-looking mainly for missed
withholds and ARC Breaks. At the end of the two weeks on the last night the student
is given his pre-prepared HQS Certificate and given a sales talk on HRS, the value of
knowing about the mind, your own and those around you and a Gradation Chart is
briefly shown and given each student and a Registrar is on duty to enroll them.

The HQS Course starts every two weeks.

MUSTS

Supervisors on these two courses must:

I . Prevent and explain misunderstood words.
2. Note and patch up ARC Breaks and never permit a student to be run or
drilled past one.
3. Recognize that a critical student attitude is a missed withhold and get it
pulled by self or Review.
4. Be alert for Releases being made.
5. Apply Ethics, Roller Coaster meaning PTS and no case gain meaning SP.

BOOKS

Assign Scientology, Evolution of a Science as homework on the HAS Course.

Assign Dianetics, The Modern Science of Mental Health as homework on the HQS
Course.

EXPERIENCE

We know the above works as we have done it for years.

It however abolishes the possibility of misunderstood words on a PE and turns the
old Co-audit into a Course which is two weeks long and only requires enrollment to go
in it and therefore abolishes the public co-audit.

Note that if you make a couple of releases in HQS (no trick at all, just watch for
good case gains and check them on a meter) you will get a rush to enroll in HRS.

LETTER FOLLOW UP

Every attendee of an Introductory Lecture who does not at once enroll in HAS
must be followed up by invitation to join the subsequent HAS courses with a handout
enclosed stressing the value of personal communication.

Every student of the HAS who does not complete must be sent an order to go to
Review (where his misunderstood word or missed withhold can be handled at very low
cost).

205

Every person completing HAS but not attending HQS must be ordered to Review
as above by mail.

Every person not completing HQS must be ordered to Review.

Every person completing HQS but not enrolling in HRS must be ordered to
Review.

Therefore exact rosters must be kept by the Foundation and carefully followed
through with no errors.

A printed order to Review, on green paper, very politely worded, but an order,
must be made up so the person's name and address can be written in and it can be
placed in an envelope with a glassine window the name and address shows through (like
a bill).

DISSEM DIVISION

The materials of the above must be fully prepared in booklet form, one for HAS,
one for HQS, for use by the orgs and sale to the students at a small price. These should
contain anything mentioned above, lists of Scientology books, a short LRH biography
and anything else of interest to give them high reality on the extent and actuality of
Scientology.

This programme is not to be held up for further materials of any kind.

Get it in and operating and then smooth it out.

It is based on a trusted pattern and the tech is well known to all of us.

LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965

by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo
All Foundation FOUNDATION
Personnel

COURSE HOURS

The Foundation Lower Course Hours should actually be apportioned as follows,
modifying the 12 September 65 Pol Ltr:

The course evening should be divided into 3 parts.

These go for the HAS and HQS course:

I .Talk to students by Supervisor.

2. Team A as coaches or auditors'

3. Team B as coaches or auditors.

A short break can be between I and 2 and 2 and 3.

Supervisors' talks can be only 20 minutes in both HAS and HQS courses.

The exact time a Foundation begins in the evening and the exact time class begins
a bit after is purely on local arrangement. But once assigned, stick to it. You will get
and keep students only if the Foundation runs on a tightly timed schedule, prompt on
the dot and promptly ended. Don't slop on scheduling precision. If classes start at
7:30, they start at 7:30. If they end at 10 they really end at 10 Bang! Breaks begin and
end on schedule.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

206

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue 11
Remimeo
FOUNDATION

The Distribution Division in advertising the Foundation Services and in coaching
Field Staff Members is to bring about the following general effect on the broad public
and lower course applicants:
I . That Scientology is successful and expanding.
2. That Scientology betters one's ability to communicate.
These two points in a great many varied ways should then result in
I . The public accepting Scientology in that it is expanding and is therefore
directed at them.
2. That Scientology is an activity connected with handling the environment
through better communication.
You will find these two points are so basic they form a public image. Scientology
can therefore be explained easily.
The new analysis of art tells us we have a common denominator in the subject of
communication that will bring aboard one and all.
The public will therefore be able to understand and discuss Scientology and
generally accept it.
That it goes far above this, let them find out on personal contact.

PUBLIC LECTURER
The public lecturer in the Introductory Lecture must only elaborate on these two
points and tell the people where to sign up.
Every thetan really wants to (1) Expand and (2) Communicate. Therefore broad
agreement and thus ARC cannot but result.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966
Issue 11
Remimeo
HAS COURSE

There are advantages to running the HAS Course over a period of two weeks, so
you may run it for 5 evenings over a period of one week as per HCO Policy Letter of
12 September, 1965, or for 5 evenings spread over a period of 2 weeks.
Some orgs have found the advantages of 2 weeks as follows:
I . Students have time to study the material more thoroughly.
2. It can be easier to administer re staff and space.
3. It is a better gradient.
The text book is Evolution of a Science. The drills are TR 0-4. Start and end
exactly on time. Have a check sheet. The students receive a certificate and pass on to
the HQS Course.

LRH: rd
Copyright (c) 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

207

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

WASHINGTON, D.C.

JUNE 18, 1957

B U L L E T I N

ALL STAFF-Washington and London

PEOPLE'S QUESTIONS

A Congress M US T

An Organization M US T

Answer people's questions.

This is the primary public complaint-that Scientologists in the Organization or
out won't answer directly questions asked about this or that.

Understand it, answer it, make friends.

Best,

LRH:md.rd L. RON HUBBARD

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1960

Reissued from StHill
BPI
Fran Hldrs

CONGRESSES

A Scientology Congress is a specialised activity. Only HCO can run or sponsor a
Congress. Franchised Auditors and Field Auditors may, with approval of HCO, give
special events to their Groups with tapes or live lectures, and they may call these events
Conferences or some other name, but preferably not Congresses.

Peter Hemery
HCO Secretary WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rf.rd
Copyright Oc 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

208

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1960
HCO Secs (Re-issued from Sthil)
Assoc Secs
Congress Managers

PLAYING THE WASHINGTON 1960 "STATE OF MAN CONGRESS"
TAPE LECTURES AT LOCAL CONGRESSES AND
AS A PROMOTIONAL RE-PLAY PLAN

The "State of Man Congress" held in January, 1960, in Washington DC, was a
three day congress, comprising a total of nine lecture hours. For purpose of congresses
held for the playing of those "State of Man Congress" tapes, only six hours should be
used. The reason for this is that tape congresses should be held for two days only and
three hours of tape lectures per day is as much as an audience needs to stay enthused.

These tapes should be played on hi-fidelity recording and speaker systems only.

The schedule of lectures and the starting point at which they should be played are
listed as follows:

First Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Create and Confront". This tape should be set
to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape on the take up reel with the first
word of the lecture beginning with the word, "want", as follows: "Want to talk to you
about create and confront before it's too late". (This was lecture 8 on the original.)

Second Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Responsibility". This tape should be set to
start playing at 5/8ths of an inch into the tape on the take up reel with the first word,
"OK" as follows: "OK, Let's get down to something here."

Third Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Overts and Withholds". This tape should be
set to start playing at 1/8th of an inch into the tape with the first word of the lecture
beginning with the word, "Want", as follows: "Want to hear some more about this? All
right. You're for it. You're for it. Overts and Withholds."

First Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Why People Don't Like You". This tape
should be set to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape with the first word of
the lecture beginning with the words, "The Title" as follows: "The title of this lecture
is, 'Why People Don't Like You'."

Second Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Marriage". This tape should be set to
start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape with the first word of the lecture
beginning with the word, "Let's" as follows: "Let's take a look at marriage. Our actual
index of break-up on marriage is probably less than the world at large."

Third Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Your Case". This tape should be set to
start playing at 3/16ths of an inch in to the tape with the first word of the lecture
beginning with the word "Well" as follows: "Well, we approach the last lecture of 'This
here' Congress and usually we have messages about the future, and we deplore the past
and not-is the present."

The above sequence of play must be used for public rendition, particularly
abroad. The omitted reels, Lecture One of the original, the lecture on government and
the one on Group Processing are not needed for a public rundown and particularly
sterling areas might be offended by the American aspect of two of these.

MSH:js.gh.rd MARY SUE HUBBARD
Copyright (E) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

209

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 13 MAY 1960

Central Orgs Re-issued from Sthil

Fran Hldrs

CONGRESS SEMINAR HATS

These hats are for the benefit of those who run Co-audits at Congresses. However,

some of the information contained in them will be found useful by anyone who is
engaged in running a Co-audit of any kind.

Included also is an information sheet which will be found useful for handing out
to newcomers to a Co-audit.

SEMINAR CAPTAIN

(Congress Hat)

Purpose: To ensure a smooth-running and effective muzzled co-audit for the congress:

to run tight, high ARC, 8-c on Seminar Leaders and Assistants so that
individual seminars go well.

Post: On the floor, during co-auditing. On stage to start and end sessions.

Conduct: The case gain on a muzzled co-audit is in direct ratio to the confidence felt

by the participants in the 8-c of the Seminar Captain, Seminar Leaders and

Seminar Assistants. Regularity breeds confidence. Be precise, but not

mechanical in your handling of people. Be relaxed, but not sloppy. And BE

ON TIME WITHOUT FAIL FOR ALL SCHEDULED EVENTS.

Duties.- A. Pre-Congress:

I .Gets list of staff available to serve as seminar personnel from Congress
Manager.

2. Gets list of other staff who have no post during co-audit and may be
used to even the numbers in odd seminars.
3. Familiarizes himself with all seminar hats-his own, Leader's and
Assistant's.
4. Reviews, as necessary, stable data for putting on a muzzled co-audit.
5. Mocks up seminars:

Usual Congress arrangements:

Blue Seminar-DScn, HGS level.

Red Seminar-HPA/HCA & BScn/HCS level.

Green Seminar-People with some personal experience in Scien-

tology (Book auditors, HGC pcs, people who have had a PE
or muzzled co-audit).

Yellow Seminar-Brand new people.

6. Makes sure Dir Mat supplies Coloured flags, or markers, for each

seminar, and matching armbands for all seminar personnel (including
pins to fasten them on with).
7. Decides what auditing command(s) will be used in the seminars, and has

enough copies run off for each person attending the congress.
8. May have brief lucid statement of what a muzzled auditor does, and
doesn't do, run off for everyone.
9. Appoints Seminar Leaders and Assistants from list of staff assigned to

him.

10. Holds whatever meetings are necessary to insure all Seminar Leaders

and Assistants understand their hats, and the arrangements for this

particular Congress (times to report, physical layout, etc) thoroughly.
11. Visits Congress quarters, and decides on physical arrangement of
seminars.

210

B. During Congress:

I -Holds final meeting of Leaders and Assistants during the hours of
registration for Congress at the hall, to distribute arm bands, mimeoed,
or printed, auditing commands and instruction sheets.
2. Makes certain seminar personnel are on post, flags in position, and
chairs neatly arranged before people start arriving for seminars.
3. Hands out audience reaction check sheets (obtained from Congress
Manager) to seminar personnel. Tells them when and where to return
these to him, filled in.
4. Goes to stage when time to start seminars, and:
(a) Either has a demonstration team (usually current HPA students)
show how co-auditing, muzzled, is done or simply tells everyone
how to do it, referring them to the Leaders, Assistants, and their
printed instruction sheets in case of doubt.
(b) Announces which row will be auditors, and which pcs, for t is
seminar session.
(c) Starts all sessions at once.
5. After starting teams, finds out from Leaders which seminars are odd
numbered. Either redistributes people, or puts in unoccupied staff till
all seminars even.
6. During co-auditing, gives necessary instructions to Leaders to keep
things going in an orderly fashion.
7. Keeps moving around floor, keeps entire set-up under observation.
Spreads "pools of calm" by attitude and manner. Remains on floor
throughout co-auditing so as always to be available. Runs everything
from 3 feet in back of Leaders' heads, so to speak.
8. Makes sure Leaders and Assistants stay on their feet, on the job, with
their attention on the teams they are monitoring.
9. Ends all sessions together, from stage. Tells everyone to return to their
same seats after break.
10. When restarting sessions after break, has Leaders and Assistants shift
everyone, first, so that former auditors are now in pcs' row and vice
versa.
11. If 4 or 6 seminars are given altogether, start the seating afresh after each
pair of seminars.

SEMINAR LEADER
(Congress Hat)

Purpose: To run a smooth, effective seminar.

Post: Remains on post in his seminar from time told to report by Seminar Captain
until end of session.

Conduct: The case gain on a muzzled co-audit is in direct ratio to the confidence felt
by the participants in the 8-c of the Seminar Captain, Seminar Leaders and
Seminar Assistants. Regularity breeds confidence. Be precise, but not
mechanical in your handling of people. Be relaxed, but not sloppy. And BE
ON TIME WITHOUT FAIL FOR ALL SCHEDULED EVENTS.

Duties: A. Pre-Congress:

1. Familiarizes himself thoroughly with his own hat, and the Seminar
Assistant's hat.
2. Attends all meetings called by Seminar Captain. If must miss a meeting,
appoints one of his Assistants to deputize for him and take notes.
3. Reviews as necessary, stable data for monitoring a muzzled co-audit.
Makes certain these are known and understood by Assistants.

211

B. During Congress:

I . Checks that rows of chairs are straight, flag, or marker, clearly visible,
and all personnel wearing armbands.
2. Detaches one Assistant to cover door, and floor at large, in the minutes
just before the seminars start, to round up strays and route them to
seminar. (He rejoins seminar when it starts.)
3. Makes certain tight 8-c, with high ARC, is being run by all Assistants.
(a) Each person arriving is told exactly where to sit-no one selects his
own seat.
(b) Members of a family and intimate friends are separated so they do
not act as co-audit partners.
(c) Rows filled in methodically so there are no empty seats between
occupied ones. (The tighter you pack 'em the fewer blow.)
4. Tells Assistants which row of teams each is particularly responsible for.
5. If necessary to contact Seminar Captain, either appoints an Assistant to
act for him (informing other Assistants he has done so), or else simply
sends an Assistant with the message.
6. Stays on his feet, running good, overt 8-c on Assistants whenever
indicated (the better the 8-c on Seminars the more people return to
later seminars). Keeps his attention on his own seminar. Is very much
there, controlling it.
7. How to "flip" teams:
The Seminar Leader will have told the people to return to the same
seats they had, when he ends the first of a pair of seminars. Then, when
they have returned to these seats after the break, the Seminar Captain
will announce from the stage when you are to flip the teams. To do
this, have everyone rise and exchange places with the person sitting
opposite. When all re re-seated (so former pcs are in former auditors'
seats, and vice versa) remove 3 people from the end of the new pcs'
row. Have everyone else in the row slide up three seats to fill in the
vacated places. Then put the 3 people you first took out into the now
empty seats at the other end of the row. Make sure your Assistants
understand this procedure, since they will have to shepherd the people
through it.
8. Never Q and A with confusions that may occur. Just run in some more
order.

SEMINAR ASSISTANT
(Congress Hat)

Purpose: To assist Seminar Leader in running a smooth, effective seminar.

Post: In assigned seminar, unless sent on errand by Seminar Leader or reassigned
to another seminar by Seminar Captain (sometimes necessary at last minute
when some seminars turn out to be much larger, or smaller than anticipated).

Duties: A. Pre-Congress:

I . Become totally familiar with own hat.
2. Attend all meetings called by Seminar Captain. If this is impossible have
another Assistant take notes for you.
3. Review, as necessary, stable data for muzzled co-audit. Get Seminar
Captain, or your leader, to answer any questions you may have about
procedure.

212

B. During Congress.-

I . Be on post at time set by Seminar Captain.
2. Assist Seminar Leader in putting seminar into perfect order, before first
people arrive.
3. Have armband on.
4. Seat the people, using good, overt control, with high ARC. Never let
them pick their own seats; you place them.
5. Follow all instructions of Seminar Leader.
6. Keep your attention on the teams assigned to you.
7. Give clear "end of session" and "start" whenever you step in on a team.
8. Check around your teams to make sure auditors are following muzzled
co-audit instructions precisely (correct wording of command, no yak,
except command and acknowledgements, putting out hand whenever
anything goes wrong). Don't hesitate to end session and put auditor on
course when auditor is goofing these.
9. Give most of your attention to the teams that are doing the best;
validate success.
10. Don't get hung up with psychos and goof-balls. (A muzzled co-audit
isn't an HGC!)
(a) If someone wants to "blow", and a couple of minutes of 2-way
comm don't get him over it, let him go.
(b) If someone goes into screaming fits, or conks out, get him back
into session with his own muzzled auditor, on the same command
that got him into it. (Don't cart him off and run CCHS. If he's in
really rough shape, steer him to the Registrar on the next break, to
sign up for some auditing!)
11. Never get flustered by lots of hands coming out. Just handle each team
in an orderly way, and let the others wait for their turn. (Make sure
they keep quiet while waiting for you.)
12. Never spend a long time with any one team-no matter what they're
doing. Get your instructions across to the auditor (make him repeat
them back to you if you're in any doubt as to whether he's understood
you), or patch up the ARC break briskly, and get them going again.
13. No matter what happens, appear calm and in control of the situation.
The steadier you are, the less randomity will occur in your vicinity.

Here is the information sheet for handing out to newcomers:

CONGRESS CO-AUDIT

During this congress you will be able to get a reality on the application of a
Scientology technique from the point of view of a recipient (called a preclear) and also
from the point of view of someone who applies Scientology for the benefit of someone
else (called an auditor). You will actually give and receive auditing (the process of
applying Scientology techniques) under the supervision of trained professional
Scientologists.

In the co-audit, the auditing is "muzzled". That is, the auditor gives a simple,
agreed-upon command, the preclear does this command, and the auditor acknowledges
the preclear that the command has been executed. If the preclear says anything
irrelevant to the execution of the command, the auditor acknowledges it just by
nodding his head. If something comes up which can't be handled by a nod of the head,
the auditor puts his hand out and waits for the instructor to come and handle it.

EXAMPLE:

Auditor: "What part of your life could you be responsible for?"

Preclear: "For calling my brother a fool last night." (An actual occurrence for which
he could really be responsible.)

Auditor: "Good."

213

If the preclear had said anything other than answering the command such as "It is
difficult to find an answer," the auditor would just nod and wait for an answer.

HINTS TO A UDITORS:

1. Don't distract the preclear by excessive fidgetting or moving around. Sit in a
comfortable position, both feet flat on the floor, hands in your lap.
2. Intend to help your preclear and give him or her your full attention.
3. When you give the auditing command really mean it. The process will be in the
form of a repetitive command, i.e., you will keep asking the same question each
time. The idea is for the preclear to take a fresh look each time and find a new
answer-so to help the preclear, ask the auditing question afresh each time and
when you get an answer, acknowledge it thoroughly, ending that particular cycle.
Valid acknowledgements are: "Good", "Fine", "Okay", "Alright" and "Thank
you' .
4. Don't vary the auditing command. Give it exactly and correctly each time.
--------------------

The auditing command is on the back of this sheet. Keep this sheet on your lap
during the period when you are the auditor, so you can refer to the command easily.
(Note: The chosen auditing commands should be put on the reverse side of the
hand-out sheet.)

LRH:js.gh.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery
Copyright (c) 1960 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1960
Central Orgs
HCO Secs
Assoc Secs
Dir Prom Reg

CONGRESS AND ACC PLANS

The following advices have been received from Ron regarding future plans for
Congresses and ACCS. Please publicise them in your area now.

There will be a Congress in Johannesburg on Saturday and Sunday, January 2 1 st
and 22nd, 196 1, followed by an ACC which will start on Monday, January 23rd, 196 1.
There will be no Congress or ACC in Johannesburg before these dates.

Ron will give the Congress and teach the ACC in Johannesburg.

There will also be a Congress in Washington DC on Saturday and Sunday,
December 3 1 st, 1960 and January I st, 196 1, and an ACC immediately following which
will start on Monday, January 2nd, 196 1.

Ron will perhaps give this Congress in Washington DC, and teach the first week of
the ACC there, but this is not at all certain.

LRH:js.nm.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery
Copyright (c) 1960 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
214

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JULY 1963
CenOCon

METER DEMONSTRATION BOOTH
HAT

For use in public services-Congresses, Open Evenings, Tape Plays, etc. (Submit-
ted by HCO Dissem See US, Anton James.)

PURPOSE:
To demonstrate Scientology using the E-Meter and to "fish a cognition" or get an
increase of understanding on the part of the person on whom you are demonstrating to
the effect that Scientology can help him.

DUTIES:
I . To have a well set up demonstration booth with all supplies and equipment
neatly to hand.
A. Table with chairs opposing.
B. E-Meter.
C. Auditor's Report Forms.
D. Listing Pad.
E. Technical Forms (if any needed).
F. Despatch Paper.
G. Kleenex.
H. Ash Trays.
1. Pens.
J. Time Piece.
2. To have scheduling for running of E-Meter demonstrations in order.

3. To see that there are Body Routers who are alerted to bring people to Meter
demo booth and take them from booth to Registrar.

4. To demonstrate the above purpose on people using the meter and techniques
of Scientology, auditing or demonstration.

5. To keep an Auditor's Report which will be filed in the HGC Files.

6. If the person demonstrated on shows further interest (and lie should) to
route this person to Registrar for interview. (Write a brief note to Registrar
saying that a meter demo was run on [name] on the subject of [whatever
was done, such as clean a read on PTPS, or established button oil
purposes-"How has a purpose been invalidated", etc] and have a Body
Router take person to Registrar.)

7. To keep the E-Meter demonstrations within a reasonably short period of
time- IO to 15 mins.

8. To use a technique of demonstration which will create the most cognition
and interest on the individual to whom applied.

9. To keep the "R" Factor in very thoroughly in clearing each action you
undertake and each question you use.

OBJECTIVE:
By demonstrating Scientology using the E-Meter and fishing a cognition to bring
people into Scientology and/or to further them in Scientology. To get people in to the
Registrar so that she can forward them in on our lines.

Issued by: Robin Hancocks
Dep HCO Executive
Secretary WW
LRH:dr.rd for
Copyright (c) 1963 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD

2i5

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 SEPTEMBER 1964
General
Non-Remimeo

CONGRESSES

In future, Congresses will be planned in general from Saint Hill. We will send a
package of tapes suitably edited and sometimes specially recorded. These will comprise
6 Technical Lectures by Ron of about 45 minutes each. In addition there will be a
collection of Colour Slides which Ron has personally taken. They will be accompanied
by a recorded commentary and will last for about one hour. Each collection will be a
complete story. Subjects being prepared are-"A Student Arrives at Saint Hill"; 64A
Student on the SHSBC"; "Round and About East Grinstead", and a number of
collections on Technical material. These collections are masterpieces. Put together the
skill of a professional photographer and the ingenuity of Ron and then add his ability
as a raconteur and you'll get some idea of what I mean.

We now have such an amazing amount of Technical material to present that it is
necessary and indeed vital that Congresses are held frequently and regularly.

Each Area Sec should arrange four Congresses a year as follows:-

1. December or January.
2. March or April.
3. July or August.
4. October or November.

The next Congress therefore will be October or November. The material is nearly
ready and will be despatched to you in good time. Exact dates are left to the Area See,
but decide now and got the Congress well advertised and publicised immediately. Also,
let us know so that you get the material. Here then is your programme.

Oct/Nov 1964 'Learning How to Learn Congress'. Includes 6 lectures of about 45
minutes each on the subject of Study. Also a Coloured Slide programme "A Student
Arrives at Saint Hill".

Dec/Jan 1965 'Emancipation Congress'. Another six lectures following on the
'Learning How to Learn Congress'. Also another slide show.

Mar/Apr 1965 'Congress of Human Advancement'. 6 lectures on the subject of
the Clay Table. And another series of Coloured Slides.

July/Aug 1965 'Healing Congress'. This will include further lectures on the
subject of the Clay Table and a collection of Coloured Slides illustrating Clay Table
Training and Auditing.

At each Congress you should advertise the next one.

Seminars should be arranged at each Congress to put into practice the material
covered in the lectures.

You will need to hire or purchase a Slide Projector capable of showing 2" x 2"
slides. Make sure it has plenty of illumination and will give a good picture at least 8 ft.
x 8 ft.
Make these lectures popular by charging about i I sterling or 5 dollars. One third
of the proceeds (with a minimum of f,30) to go to S.L.R. Ltd. to cover the cost of
tapes and slides.
Keep us posted on what you are doing Congress-wise.

LRH:jw.rd Issued by: Reg Sharpe
Copyright (D 1964 Dissemination Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD

216

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1964

General
Non-Remirneo

RUSH

IMPORTANT CORRECTION

Do not remimeo HCO Policy Letter of September 4, 1964.

The original subject materials of study are being sold to Franchise Auditors
and therefore new Congress tapes on study will have to be prepared for the
scheduled events. So make it plain in Congress notices that different lectures will be
used on the subject.

Also you may find four Congresses a year too many as we usually have only two.
If so Congress managers and Association Secretaries should advise Saint Hill at once of
their preferred Congress scheduling.

LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1964
(Reissued on 21 July 1967)

Remimeo
Franchise
All Students
Tech Divs
Dist Divs

UNDERSTANDING AND TAPE LECTURES

When tapes are played to students (either in groups or individually) the students
should be told to make notes of any word or phrase they do not understand so that
they can refer to the Scientology dictionary, a general dictionary, or their technical
materials for explanation.

The Supervisor should give a brief explanation if the word or phrase is at a higher
level of training than the student is learning or refer student to the detailed definition
to be found in publications if it is at the same or lower level.

LRH:jw.jp.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1964, 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Note: In the 21 July 1967 reissue, "Instructor" has been changed to "Supervisor". The original
issue referred the student to the instructor for in explanation instead of to the materials.]

217

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1964

General Non Remimeo

To: HCO See
Assn See
Org See

Congress Mgr

From: Ron

Subject: CONGRESS ORGANIZATION AND INCREASING INTEREST
AND ATTENDANCE

The London Congress just concluded was well done by staff according to older
standards and was successful compared to recent London Congresses. Its success has
caused me to realize we need a Tape or Film Congress format different from live ones I
give.

The Org See in London, Ray Thacker, just telexed that it was the most financially
successful in recent years. Lots of pcs were booked and case assessments done on all
out of towners. Understand, this Congress was better than any London Congresses (all
done by tape, etc) in recent years.

My effort here then is to analyse a tape or film Congress as such and move toward
a new successful design for them as themselves.

The London Congress gives us an opportunity to improve tape Congresses as that
much success could presage even more.

Attendance was 200, which is still low for London. The price was f, 1, which was
unusual. Last year at IO shillings (one half this one?s price) 400 attended. This tape
Congress was either too high for a low priced Congress or too low for a high priced
Congress. Ten years ago in London more than 200 attended tape Congresses for
f,12-10-0 per seat! They still would. More than 200 have attended in London at f,5! So
there is a wrong middle price. Possibly price should be very high or very low. It
evidently must not be a compromise. If it was more financially successful at -f, 1, then it.
would possibly get more people at even higher prices.

Attendance was affected by insufficient advance notice-a common fault. 6
months from writing the copy for the magazine is the best advance period for notice. 3
months is risky. 6 weeks is catastrophe.

Attendance was also affected by the state of London HASI CF and Address
wherein a large number of people who would otherwise be active have been lost sight
of or retired from the lists. This is not the fault of CF and Address personnel but
efforts to cut printing bills and such poor reasons. Even some UK HPAs don't get the
national magazine or the Auditor due to losses of rosters, etc. Some old pcs are also
lost in the files. This is not just true of London but is a general condition in orgs. CF
and Address need to be fattened up and the people searched out in order to increase
Congress attendance.

The audience reaction to local live speakers to the whole Congress was rather
poor. Ray Thacker only, as local head of the organization, was accepted without
reserve. The public doesn't always care for local live lectures given by staff members to
the whole Congress and there have been instances of heavy protest as they are really
not trained lecturers and don't project. There are, of course, exceptions.

The place staff members should talk is in the seminars where the audience is
smaller and more easily handled, being separated by levels as will be covered later in
this letter.

Speakers who are not well trained do not do well to large masses of people, there
is a ceiling on how many they can comfortably reach. Talking to 50 people in a small
seminar room would find the average speaker very comfortable and interesting. Talking
to 200 in a large hall would find the same speaker too tense to reach effectively.

The programming was poor because it was a completely mixed bag. This tended
to confuse some of the audience. Dangerous Environment, Problems and Solutions,
International City and films on GPMs made for no direct single message and tended to

218

make the audience go in no definite direction. A comprehensive all on one subject
programme is a must for a successful Congress. This points up the vital need of planned
in advance programmes, packaged at Saint Hill. This programme London had was not
its fault. It was too quick for us to provide for it here at Saint Hill.
On the first day there was no audience participation arranged so nobody really
arrived. On the morning of the second day TR 0 was conducted on the whole audience
by Ian Morrison and this put the spark to the Congress that had been missing.
It seems vital therefore in the I st hour of a Congress to do something to get
people there. Remember old "Hello-Ok" with an audience? The Org See should give a
welcome address and handle the hereness.
Seminars used to be divided into new people-old timers-pro auditors with a staff
member in charge of each group. Lots of such seminars, answering questions, seem
indicated and is the true staff role at a Congress.
Although staff did well in organizing things before and after the Congress itself,
during the Congress they tended to let it run on automatic. Some of the audience felt
rather abandoned during the Congress itself.
A thing was noticed about this Congress that seems to have been true of
Congresses all along. The staff likes a Congress because they meet the people they have
been in comm with so long. The paying audience comes to hear tapes, etc. the staff
has heard these already and so during the playing of tapes talks, walks about, distracts
people. An org staff then, has a different reason for liking Congresses than the paying
attendance of the Congress. Staff members should absent themselves entirely from the
hall or give their attention to the programme, one or the other, during the actual
playing of a tape or showing a film. If the staff is going to hold seminars on a tape
immediately it's played, they should have heard it in advance (or seen the film) and
should really take a break during the playing or showing and not be in the hall, leaving
them fresh for the seminars and sales staff for selling.
Despite a lot of electronic gadgets the tape sound quality was woolly and didn't
actually reach through the hall. Crisp, clear sound on tape plays is a must and this
Congress didn't have it. Really good sound quality is so far above what engineers
accept as passing that Congress managers get talked into using very muzzy equipment.
The quality is there on our tapes. It takes HiFi music quality capable of a curve from
30 cycles to 12000 cycles minimum to get it off the tape and to an audience so they
can follow it easily.
The slide show of colour slides of a student coming to Saint Hill went over very
well. The UK audience was mainly intrigued by shots of East Grinstead as an English
audience doesn't have to cross any oceans to get to England.
Films of the GPM demonstrations went over as the best item of the programme.
This was reported as so good that it almost guarantees success for any plan to film
complete Congresses.
However, in the handling of these particular films, either Washington or Los
Angeles, the last users of these films, rewound them across a rough guide and tore long
lines in them throughout so they can't be used again. So if films are to become general
in use they will have to be handled a lot more carefully as they're expensive and easily
damaged.
However on early reports, films were the high point and got the most applause at
the London Congress. Therefore we plan to do more film Congresses.

ADVICES

Congresses immediately coming up in other countries should take note of the
above. And should shift to the Study Tapes for their next Congress regardless of what
they called the Congress in their advertising.
Only the local head of organization should give a live lecture to the whole
Congress and that brief. The head of the org should start the Congress, remedy
hereness, and then should end the Congress with another talk.
The Congress attendees should be severely separated into seminars-new people-
old timers-pros, and a staff member of appropriate class should, with an assistant, take
charge of each group and talk to that group in seminar and answer questions at the

219

level of the group. This is the true staff role. There should be a lot of seminars at a
Congress.

Something should be done to get the people there, like Hello-Ok-locational
processing on the whole group-something like that at Congress start.

The whole body of the Congress should only be gotten together for the tapes or
films or slides and the rest of the time should be in seminars in charge of staff
members.

Any bit of film available should be used in your next Congress (a reel of the old
Clearing Congress film would do). But remember to use good amplifiers even with film
and be awfully careful about film damage in both showing and rewinding it afterwards.

The staff should be actively engaged in mingling and answering questions and
steering people to their seats and all that in all breaks. And should be absent or quiet
during films or tapes.

We should change our programming and sandwich tapes for the whole Congress
with seminars for parts of it right after. Do a tape - seminar - break - tape - seminar
- break - film - seminar - break - tape - seminar - break - slides - seminar -
break - sort of programme rather than mornings for seminar, afternoons for tapes,
evenings for seminars. That gives the staff a breather. Also have breaks after seminars
and no breaks after tapes or films.

Only cover one subject in one congress.

Don't charge a middle range price for any Congress.

Let the staff ONLY hear and study the films or tapes days before the Congress so
they know the material and can answer up smartly on it in seminars.

Key the selling staff up to hard sell during a Congress as only in that way are
books and meters sold and students and pcs signed up. Don't give the selling staff
seminars if you can avoid it as it might prove too exhausting for them.

If people go out of the hall to their seminar at once after a tape or film you can
catch their missed definitions, etc. Seminar leaders should loudly grab their seminar
people and with their assistants rush every one to his seminar right then, fast.

If the only breaks are after seminars then the selling staff has a longer chance to
sell things. So a 2 hour sprint of tape + seminar can actually be followed by a one hour
break in which the registrar and book sales people can operate.

Drills and group processing can also be run in seminars by staff members so this
helps keep interest up.

Congresses are pin-sharp organizational actions, all on time, nothing missed. They
are a precision drill in which all staff participates all the time.

SUMMARY

We are definitely looking at better times ahead and all we have to do now is keep
the show on the road. We've already accomplished "get the show on the road". If we
do better presentation we will increase our numbers at a tremendous rate. I am
working on this very hard.

Please realize that I am happy the London Congress was as successful as it was and
the staff and Ray Thacker have managed a better Congress than any similar ones in the
past. I am just using this Congress as a study to improve all Congresses in general. If
Ray can spark one up that much higher with old materials, then we can get down to
business and blow the lid off with a newer design and new materials.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rm.rd
Copyright (D 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard

220

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1965
Gen Non Remimeo

TO: ALL STAFF

FROM: ACTING EXEC DIRECTOR

SUBJECT: CONGRESS "BREAKS" ARE STAFF'S "SHOW"

Below are some stable data on the presentation of a Congress, born out of many
years of experience and application.

A Congress is most successful when considered to be like a two ring circus, only
both rings are not going on at the same time. There are really two "shows" at the
Congress. The first, and the one that everyone is most familiar with, is Ron's. Whether
in person or by taped lectures, it is Ron's show, and it is the one that everyone comes
to see or hear, and it is the one that forwards Scientology by communicating
Scientology.

The second "show" is the Staff's, and it takes place during the "breaks". When
Ron goes off the stage, or the taped lecture is over, the Staff's "show" begins. The
Staff's "show" forwards the application of Scientology to the individuals at the
Congress. The various "booths" in the Congress Hall are the stage(s) of the Staff. Staff
Members in the Hall (not in booths) who circulate through the Congress Attendees,
and get into communication with them on their needs and desires in Scientology, route
the Congress Attendee to the booth that best suits these needs and/or desires, and
turns the Attendee over to the Staff Member in the booth to take over from there.
Then the Circulating Staff Member goes out looking for a new Attendee to route.

The Circulating Staff Member must realize that he is ON POST to do this, and not
just there to chit-chat. He guides chit-chat into communication about the particular
Attendee that he is talking to, and thence to his needs and desires, and then says,
"Hey, let me take you over here to Bill, because he's got a book that just covers that,"
or "Listen, I'm going to take you over to the D of P to talk about that. She'll want to
hear about that!" or "Do you know Joe Jones? Let me take you over and introduce
him-he's the Level III Instructor and he can fill you in on that." And he takes the
Attendee over and introduces him to the Staff Member in the booth, saying, "I just
told Mr. Philips here that you would talk to him about a problem he's got," or "Joe, I
told Phyllis here that you would fill her in on the Night Course schedules," or "Bill,
Mrs. Marcus wants some data on handling children." And the Staff Member in the
booth takes it from there to channel the Attendee into the proper service, that the
booth is particularized in. If, after a few minutes of talking with the Attendee, the
Staff Member in the booth finds that the Attendee's actual needs or desires would be
in another department, he hails a Circulating Staff Member and says, "Jim, this is
Phyllis Brown. Would you be kind enough to show her where the D of P is, and
introduce her?"

Got the idea? Staff is ON POST, and hard at it, carrying on their "show". It is not
a time to chat idly with Attendees, except as a corner to start guiding the conversation.
For Staff, the "breaks" are a time of all work, team work, like a well oiled machine,
but at the same time, all done in a relaxed, confident manner. But that is a "manner".
The Staff Member's attention must be fully on what he is doing, and his
intentions-the Circulating Staff Members to route Attendees to the Booth Staff
Member, and the Booth Staff Member to channel Attendees into Service.

I have seen Congresses, where this was not done, end up a big Congress with no
sign-up. And I have seen Congresses where the above was done, end up with a BIG sign-
up.

I have seen a Congress where staff, forgetting to be ON POST, as above, (no
sign-up going on) get "kicked into action" by the Congress Manager, and end up with a
good sign-up after all.

The Stafrs "show" is a big dove-tailed action and everyone has his bit. It is a good
idea to rehearse it (drill on it), before a Congress, until everyone knows his part.

LRH:mb.gbb.rd Marilynn Routsong

221

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1966

Remimeo
Dist Div Hats
All Staff Hats

CONGRESS POLICIES

Since 1956 Congresses have been regarded as separate entities, having their own
hats and lines. They have used regular org personnel, and frequently in posts which
parallel the personnel's routine posts (e.g. D of T as Seminar Captain; Org See as Host;
Dir of PrR as Registration Supervisor); but essentially these personnel simply work for
another organization during the time of the Congress only.

Congresses are now a Distribution Division function on the 1966 Org Board.

Therefore, these policies now apply:

All Org personnel are assigned to the Distribution Division as Congress staff,
during the time of a Congress and for duties pertaining to the Congress only. This
includes sufficient time preceding the actual event to gather and transport materials to
the Congress Hall-to prepare signs, etc; and to drill or otherwise groove in staff on
their Congress duties; and sufficient time after the event to return materials to their
usual place in the Org. None of this may be allowed to interfere with the normal
operation of the Org, Day or Foundation.

Where the hours of any regular Org overlap the time of a Congress the activities of
the regular Org are suspended for that time. A Receptionist only may be left to direct
callers to the Congress; but this may also be done by signs displayed at the Org's entry
and no personnel is required for this.

Appointments of Congress personnel are done by Distribution Division See ED,
passed upon as usual by Personnel Officer, AdCouncil and LRH Communicator.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

222

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1967
Remimeo
Tech
Distribution
Franchise
FSMs

TAPE AND FILM PRESENTATION

We are now producing films at Saint Hill, and have been producing tapes for
years. Well presented, tapes and films are great dissemination, but poorly presented
give the audience misunderstoods and a bad impression. Here are a few points on
presentation.

Use the best equipment you can get, especially in the case of loudspeakers. Even
an average tape recorder sounds good when played through a good loudspeaker-but
the best recorder in the world won't sound much good when played through a poor
loudspeaker. If you are using a large room, you may need to use more than one
loudspeaker, perhaps with another amplifier to drive them.

Tapes

Keep your equipment in good order. Clean and demagnetize the recorder
regularly. The heads and all parts of the tape path should be cleaned with a 'Cotton
Bud' or 'Q-Tip' soaked in iso-propyl alcohol (or other solvent which won't damage
heads, etc.). If the heads are not clean, the sound will be muffled. If the heads are
magnetized, they will put a permanent hiss onto the tape: demagnetize them regularly
with a head demagnetizer.

Set up the equipment before the audience arrives. Adjust your level and tone
controls so that the tape sounds good. It is best to have the loudspeaker above the level
of the audience's heads. Now rewind the tape to a point just before the applause
begins. When the audience is ready, start up and you're away.

Films

Again keep your equipment in good order. Clean all parts of the film path,
especially the gate. If the film path is dirty, it will scratch the film; if the gate is dirty,
you will get lumps of dirt round the edges of the picture; so clean them with a small
bristle brush. Don't use metallic objects to scrape away film which has accumulated as
they can scratch the projector; a match stick is better.

Set up your equipment before the audience arrives. Erect the screen so that it is
slightly above eye-level from the audience seats. Make your seating arrangements such
that everyone can see the screen without straining. Place the projector so that the light
exactly fills the screen. Having cleaned the projector, thread up the film and run the
first few minutes of it. Check that the picture is on the screen, right way up, right way
round, in focus and "in rack" (= no frame lines visible at the top or bottom of the
screen). Check that the sound is of the correct level and tone. Try out the various seats
to see how the film looks from there; some screens only reflect over a certain angle, so
be sure that all seats have a good view. Now run the film back to the beginning.

On films which have an Academy Leader (a series of numbers going from 12 to 3
at 16-frame intervals which precede the film), it is the intention that the projector be
threaded with 'Start' in the gate. This then gives 8 seconds run-up for the projector to
get up to speed before the actual film begins. Don't project the numbers on the
screen-they are your guide to when to switch on the projector lamp, not the audience
warm-up film. So the procedure is:-

223

I . Thread up with 'Start' in the gate;

2. When you're ready to go, start the projector, but do not turn on the lamp
yet;

3. When the last number on the Academy Leader (3) has gone through the gate,
switch on the lamp and turn up the sound.

In this way you have an exact point to start the film at, you can be sure that the
projector is up to speed by the time the film starts, and you avoid the embarrassment
of numbers flashing onto the screen.

Stay by the projector for the duration of the film. If anything goes wrong, put it
right with the minimum of commotion. If the projector 'loses the loop' you can
usually correct this with a flick of the finger to pull the loop through while the film is
running. If the film breaks, roll the broken end up on the reel and carry on with the
show, rather than waiting to join the film together again.

When the film ends, turn off the projector-lamp before the length of black film
finishes. Do your rewinding when the audience has gone home. If you are going to
show another reel, get it threaded up swiftly and get on with the show. People are used
to seeing professional film projection in cinemas, on TV, etc; don't make them suffer
home-movie-style presentation when they come to see Scientology films. Have
someone to help with the lights who knows when you will want to start and end.
Promote the film and yourself.

Storing Films and Tapes

Films are very sensitive to dust; if you handle them in a dusty environment, they
will soon look terrible. Tapes, and films with magnetic sound tracks 'are erased by
magnetic fields, which exist around transformers, mains cables, loudspeakers, motors,
etc. Store tape and film in a cool dry place out of sunlight and away from magnetic
fields.

Microphones and Public Address

If you are using microphones for public address, set them up before your
audience arrives and set the levels so that you are not getting-'feed-back' (which shows
up as a howling sound from the loudspeakers).

Never blow on a microphone to see if it's working; tap it gently with your finger
if you want to know if it's on.

Summary

In short, you should have your equipment ready before your audience arrives, and
try to make your presentation as slick and professional as possible. In this way your
audience should enjoy your tapes and films. Hope you do too.

Peter Phillips
Audio Visio Section Officer
Reg Sharpe
LRH Pers Aide
Mary Sue Hubbard
The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:jp.cden
Copyright (D 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

224

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I APRIL 1968
Remimeo

TAPE PLAYBACK FIDELITY

Tape replay machines are a link in the relaying of original lecture materials to
students of Scientology.

The weakest link (operationally) in a tape replay machine is the playback head.

The most common cause of failure to reproduce, with clarity, the information
contained on the tape, is dust particles forming into a lump on the face of the replay
head. This can happen to an immaculately clean replay head within minutes of a tape
play being started, completely ruining the fidelity of reproduction.

The remedy is a version of the 'dust bug' device used by hi-fi record players to
remove dust from the record grooves as the record plays. In this case it is simply a
piece of soft felt cloth (non-abrasive) placed in the path of the tape, (bearing on the
dull, coated side of the tape) and situated before the replay head. On a replay-only
machine the ideal place is on the face of the (unused) erase head. On a full recorder
another place can be found, such as on or near the left hand guide capstan.

With this simple attachment fitted (it takes a few seconds to make and install), a
tape can be played with complete confidence that the head is not going to clog up part
way through.

Fluff and particles found on the pad at the end of the tape play indicate that the
tape has been cleaned of, possibly harmful, material.

The pad itself can then be cleaned occasionally by a flick of a screwdriver or
finger.

LRH:jc.rd Written by Roy McMurray
Copyright (c) 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 DECEMBER 1969
Issue 11
Remimeo
Public Div
PRO Course
MICROPHONE HANDLING

NEVER, NEVER, NEVER blow into a microphone. Any microphone. To do so
can ruin the delicate mechanism inside to the extent that one blow into an expensive
mike can cost up to a hundred dollars in repair.

To test if a mike is on, you can tap it gently on the side with a finger, or speak
"testing" into it but, under no circumstances, should a microphone ever be blown on
orinto.

Geoff Barnes
Flag Audio Chief
for
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:GB:nt.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright (Z 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

225

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MAY 1971
HCO Area Secs
Congress Managers
Ds of T
PE Directors
Audio Hats
AUDIENCE ALERTNESS AND TAPE PLAYERS
(Taken from HCO Executive Letter of
September 10, 1964)

Org failure and bad tape playing quality go hand in hand, much more tightly
locked than you'd think.

Years ago I made some careful experiments with students. The tape recorder
industry knows nothing of this type of data and most electronic engineers are trained
wrong on this data so their advice about equipment is bad. So I carefully tested tape
playing quality versus audience comprehension.

I found that on very bad quality equipment 65% or so of the students went to
sleep.

On Home Recorder equipment (the junk they palm off on you in shops as
"Semi-Professional") 30% of the students konked out. And the remainder couldn't give
any good account of the data.

On "Hi-Fidelity" and good speaker equipment, nobody dozed off, but some went
drowsy and exam grades were down.

On 2 15 inch Speakers with "woofers" (for low notes) and "tweeters" for high
notes, the tape played on a professional player, the students remained alert, interested
ai,d got high grades.

You can't buy really good equipment like that. It has to be made, The cabinet is
huge-about 4 feet by six feet high. But it is available, sometimes second hand. When
you play a Hi Fi record on such a speaker system you can actually hear the pistons of
the trumpets working, the movement of fingers on the strings, changing notes. of the
violin and guitar.

And that's the equipment it takes to give a Congress with tapes. If you don't have
it you'll lose your audience.

Hotel speaker systems are usually about as good as telephones. None of them are
satisfactory.

A small Ampex recorder and a 25 watt (not 10 watt, please) amplifier and 2
15 inch speakers, two woofers and two tweeters and somebody on the controls who
isn't craving to commit overts and you'll have a successful time playing tapes to
students, to Congress, to PEs. Anything less-you'll lose your audience.

The worse your equipment, the less comprehension.

It's doubtful, if you haven't got good speaker equipment, that you've ever heard,
really, one of these taped lectures. And you've not ever seen a really successful tape
Congress.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright (Z 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

226

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JULY 1971
Remimeo
Starrate
Exec Dir
All Public Division Staff
All Dissem Staff URGENT
Body Reg Hat
Letter Reg Hat
Dir PR Hat
Dir Clearing Hat
Addresso Hat
All Orgs
All Staff REGISTRATION CHANGE
NEW NAMES TO C/F CHANGE

This Policy Letter CANCELS: HCO P/L 30 July 70 Registration Breakthrough,
HCO P/L I Dec 70 Clarification Registration Breakthrough, HCO P/L 19 Aug 70
Division 6 Division 8 GDS, HCO P/L 2 Oct 70 Clarification of Division 7 and 8
Statistics.

This Policy Letter MODIFIES: HCO P/L 22 Oct 70 OT Service and OT
Committee, HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 Saint Hill Foundations, HCO P/L 15 Oct 70
Correction to Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint Hill, HCO P/L 15 Oct 70 Staff and
Franchise Day at a Saint Hill, HCO P/L 18 Oct 70 Public Divisions Org Board, HCO
P/L 7 Feb 71 FEBC Org Board Division Six.

HCO P/L 18 June 65, Areas of Operation, goes into full effect. The Definition of
a New Name to C/F reverts back to:

ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM THE ORG.

This does not authorize the illegal practice of counting as a new name to C/F,
someone who had bought an "FSM Magazine" or other small item. The least item
bought is a BOOK.

Anyone who has not bought something from the Org is Div 6 territory. Anyone
who has bought something from the Org is Div 2 territory. All earlier policies on the
subject apply.

A book sold by an Org FSM can be a new name to C/F for the Org. The FSM has
to send in name and address of buyer with evidence of sale to the Dir Clearing who
then routes to C/F via Addresso.

A person who makes an advance payment on a service for the first time and who
is not already in C/F is also counted as a new name.

HIGHER ORGS

SAINT HILL ORGS-HCO P/L 23 Sept 64 Dissem and Programmes fully applies.

QUOTE: Another exception to the above is the Saint Hill CF which contains
only active auditors and Scientologists who buy books from Saint Hill or may come to
Saint Hill. The test is not if they have bought anything from Saint Hill but that they
have obviously bought from organizations and may buy books from or come to be
trained at Saint Hill. Franchise auditors are of course also in CF at Saint Hill.
UNQUOTE.

This means that if someone buys something from a lower Org, that person is also
a new name to C/F for the SH Org.

The administration and flow lines necessary to send these names from the lower
Org to the SH Org must be regular, simple and direct. There are only three flow lines
from lower Org to SH Org involved:-

227

A. Reg interview slip copies sent weekly by the Body Reg to SH.

B. Certificate copies sent weekly by the C & A Officer to SH.

C. Address stickers of Book Buyers sent weekly by Address IIC to SH.

Particles A, B and C go via SH Addresso into SH C/F. Each of these
terminals-Body Reg, C&A Officer and Address I/C have a basket for SH in their
work area and these baskets are simply emptied out and sent to SH Address Officer at
the end of each week.

A. Reg interview slip.- The Body Reg usually makes two copies of a Reg
interview slip in an interview. The original goes to the local Org C/F folder. The carbon
goes into a folder which is kept by the Body Reg. She uses these to keep record of her
stat. Once she has made her stat report, the. folder is emptied into the basket for SH.
The basket for SH is then emptied and sent to SH.

B. Certificate copies: The C & A Officer usually makes three copies of a
certificate. The original goes to the Body Reg for presenting to the graduate or release.
One carbon goes to local Org C/F via Addresso. The second carbon goes into the SH
basket to be sent to the SH at the end of the week.

C. Address stickers of Book Buyers: An invoice copy of a book purchase goes
to local Org C/F via Addresso. Addresso checks if the name is already in the C/F
Address Section. If not, a new plate is made up. These plates are tabulated "BB" and
preferably also with the initial of the book bought, e.g. "BB DMSMH". Stickers are run
off on these new plates (stickers must show the tabulation). The plates are then filed,
the stickers go into the basket for SH and the invoice copies are routed on to local Org
C/F. The SH basket is emptied out and sent at the end of the week.

These lines are very simple. If they bug it will be because of additives or
backlogging admin. When admin has been backlogged badly at least send a trained and
processed list to SH and clean up the backlog so the above lines CAN go in.

ADVANCED ORG

Another exception is an AO. The AO new name to C/F definition is:

ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN SH PAYING IN PART
OR IN FULL.

The administrative lines are exactly as above except it is between the SH Org and
the AO Org.

COMBINED AO AND SH ORG

For an AOSH Org the lines and new name to C/F definition are exactly the same
as for an SH Org, as described above.

PUBLIC REG SYSTEM

The Public Reg system in Orgs is cancelled. Names that do not qualify for C/F are
simply sent to Div 6 and Info Packs are sent. All sign ups and enrollments are done by
the Body Reg in Dept 6 Div 2.

Now that the Body Reg will be handling the Public attracted into the Org by Div
6, proper gradients for each individual must be programmed and pushed. The Registrar
cares for and handles each individual. She leads them on up through each level of the
Gradation Chart and sees they are given the training and processing desired.

PUBLIC HATTING

Every Scientologist or public person should be Hatted as a Scientologist. Public
Hatting consists of an HAS Course (or as most popularly named, TRs the Hard Way)
and a Hat Pack check out with necessary theory and practical actions (fully laid out in
FEBC Projects). It is sold as a package. Div 6 Hats people to be Scientologists.

228

If a person buys Hatting before a Major Service, he is Hatted and then routed on
lines for a re-sign up. If a person does not buy Hatting but goes straight onto a Major
Service, that person, when all his service cycles are completed, etc, should be signed up
for Hatting. A check point should exist on routing forms for people leaving the Org.
The Dir Clearing must always check people coming to him on a routing form, to see
that they have been Hatted before leaving wherever possible.

Hatting people to be Scientologists is important. Any confused or inactive Field
has resulted from its absence. A Hatted Field makes it easy for Orgs to Clear their area.
It is TEAMWORK that will Clear this Planet. Through Hatting our Team is that much
more powerful,

STATS AND STAT REPORTS

The New Names to C/F stat is reported on the new definition in the P/L starting
12 August 71. The recording of stats per the new definition starts 5 August. OIC
Cables must, when reporting the stat as per new definition, put "new def" before the
figures and must do so for three weeks consecutively.

The New Names to Prospect Card Files stat is abolished as of 12 August. Number
of People Routed to Reg is a Div 6 stat and maintained.

DIV 6 ROLE IN HIGHER ORGS

Div 6 people in Higher Orgs are essentially "Bridge Workers". They work the
Bridge to Total Freedom and get people coming up the line from lower Orgs,
Franchises, etc. This is Ron's Bridge and it is an important role. Div 6 has included as
its functions in higher Orgs-broad promotion and events, patrolling the flow lines of
names from lower Orgs to Higher Org C/F, running a broad and wide effective FSM
programme, doing Goodwill visits to lower Org Div 6s and showing them how to get
people into their Orgs, assigning selection quotas to lower Org Regs and even can assign
lower Org Div 6s NNs to C/F quotas.

REASON

It has been found that recent New Name to C/F definitions, e.g.-HAS Grad or
someone who has bought a Major Service-was too steep, with new names being almost
hot prospects when they reached C/F. This resulted in a fast burn up of C/F, faster
than Div 6s could keep pace. Hence earlier new name definition is now restored.

It is also recognized that any registration function affects the GI and therefore
belongs to Dept 6 Registration. Hence all Org registration is reverted back to Dept 6.

While Div 6s must be congratulated for holding this function of Public Reging
valiantly through, they have bigger and better things ahead. PR has now become a
precisely codified subject and lays before us a whole new opening into the field of
Public control. Public Hatting has now opened the way to a Clear Planet and Field
activity has never had a brighter future. This policy marks a milestone of Div 6
expansion.

You have it now. It is simple, easy and effective and just like Ron says.

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
Distribution Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:nt.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[modified by HCO P/Ls 26 November 1971 issue 11, Division 6 Public Re
tireinstated, page 230, and
10 February 1972 Issue 111, Higher Org New Name to CIF Definitions, in e 1972 Year Book.]

229

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1971
Class IV Orgs Issue 11
Dist Sec Hat
Div 6 Hats
Dissem Sec Hat
Div 2 Dept 6 Hats
All Reg Hats
Execs and Staff
DIVISION 6 PUBLIC REG REINSTATED
(Modifies HCO P/L 3 July 71 Reg Change and HCO P/L
14 July 71 FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded)

While there are many different types of registration activities, one can definitely
classify them into two major categories:

a. General Scientology registration, calling in old business.

b. Registration of the raw public and new business.

IT HAS BEEN PROVEN CONCLUSIVELY THAT THESE TWO MAJOR TYPES
OF REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COLLAPSED INTO ONE DEPARTMENT OR
POST. IT DOES NOT WORK.

New business and old business are two very distinct and demanding areas of
attention. When they are collapsed into one post or department two things can occur:
a. Old business is neglected because of great influx of new people and one loses
80% of the Org's current income, or
b. New public coming in are neglected to handle old business from C/F and one
loses Org future income.

A department or person trying to handle both cannot cope with such a wide split
of attention and one of the two-new business or old btisiness-must inevitably suffer.
The above has been founded upon practical experience.

This is what is locking up Org income. This collapse of functions is j'amming up
Dept 6 registration lines. Dept 6 comes up against an impasse.

WHY A REG IN DIV 6?

In review of the situation a careless solution would be to have two Registrars in
Dept 6-one for new business and one for old. This would also be impractical. It would
not work.

The routing lines within a Division are easy to get in and remain strong. A routing
line from one Div to another is a more difficult task. Add to this the randomity of
aimless raw public unconscious of lines or functions and you get the reason why the
new business Reg would be in Div 6.

From observation a routing to Reg line from Div 6 to Div 2 is subject to constant
breakdowns. Either the new public get lost on the way or Div 2 is too busy with C/F
public or Div 6 forgets to route to Div 2.

Therefore a Public Reg would have to be right in Div 6, under Div 6 control and
right there on the scene of public inflow. This would be the effective solution.

ORG BOARD POSITION

The post of Public Reg is hereby re-established in Department 17 as the first
section under the Director of Dept 17.

STATISTIC

The statistic of Public Reg is:

NUMBER OF NEW NAMES TO C/F.

230

NEW NAMES TO C/F

THE DEFINITION OF NEW NAMES TO C/F REMAINS THE SAME:

ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM THE ORG.

THE ADMIN LINES OF HANDLING OF NEW NAMES TO C/F REMAIN THE
SAME.
WHERE NEW NAMES TO C/F ARE CONCERNED HCO P/L 3 JULY 71 REG
CHANGE APPLIES.

DEFINITIONS

PUBLIC SERVICE - Any service that is given in Division 6. This can be book
selling, testing, Intro Lectures, events, basic courses, HAS Course, HQS Course. Any
service given in Division 6.

MAJOR SERVICE - Any service that is given in Division 4 or Division 5. This
can be HGC auditing, intensives, Academy, HSDC, Qual Interneships. Any service given
in Division 4 or 5.

NEW BUSINESS - Raw public brought into the Org and public who have taken
or are taking Public Services but have not yet started a Major Service.

OLD BUSINESS - Scientologists and Dianeticists who are taking Major Services
or who have taken Major Services.

SIGN UP - Someone who has signed up for a service paying the fee in part or in
full but who has not yet started the service signed up for.

ENROLLMENT - Someone who has signed up for a service paying the full fee
and who has started the service signed up for. (A sign-up is just a sign up until he starts
the service at which point he is an enrollment.)

REGISTRATION DIV 2 AND DIV 6

Until a Public person enrolls and starts on their first Major Service he/she is the
responsibility of the Div 6 Public Registrar.

Once a Public person enrolls and starts on their first Major Service he/she becomes
the responsibility of Div 2 Registration.

Div 6 Reg-handles all new business up until the point they enroll on their first
Major Service.

Div 2 Reg-handles all old business-the registration of Scientologists and
Dianeticists.

ROLE OF THE PUBLIC REG

The Public Registrar in Division 6 handles all the new business of the Org up until
they enroll on their first Major Service. She guides all new business onto starting their
first Major Service at which point they become Division 2's responsibility.

PURPOSE: TO GUIDE ALL NEW BUSINESS OF THE ORG ONTO
STARTING THEIR FIRST MAJOR SERVICE.

A Public Reg can sign up and enroll people for Public Services and their first
Major Service.

If anyone has to be tops, hot and on the ball it's the Public Reg. With her lies the
future income of the Org. One goof now means several thousands in future income lost
to the Org. A Public Reg deals in volume registration. She handles large volumes of
people in a short space of time and therefore must be quick and efficient in handling
the public.

A Public Registrar not only has to know cold all standard registration policies but
all PR policies as well. She is an expert in PR Tech, handling human emotion and
reaction, using the tone scale and using PR survey results to her advantage. She can
handle any individual at any gradient of reality.

. Two very important duties are (a) keeping informed and constantly well briefed
on the technical services and results of the Org and (b) keeping very well genned in on

231

current public surveys-what is popular-what people want handled-what isn't
popular, etc.

She uses public surveys in order to know what the public wants, how to give
R-factors that hit the right buttons at the right reality, what to push, what type of
handlings are needed, etc. She is very flexible in aligning her post to public trends.

Raw public come to the Public Reg through Introductory type Public Services:
i.e. Book sales, testing, Intro Lectures, Public Demonstrations, events.

Diagram:

Book Sales Tes Intro Lectures Events and
Demonstrations

Public Registrar

She must be right on the scene of action, at Intro Lectures, events, demon-
strations, near the test evaluator, near the bookstore. No one misses out on an
Interview with the Public Registrar. Div 6 must be effective in driving the public in and
give EXCELLENT public introductions after which the Public Reg takes her stand and
reg's.

Sometimes the volume of public is too much for one Public Registrar. It is
important that the Public Reg in liaison with HCO trains up several other staff
members in the Org as Stand-by Public Regs who can be called in when the crowd gets
large.

WHAT IS SOLD

What is sold and pushed for sign up is always modified by current public surveys.
There is no hard and fast rule except: Give the public what they want and channel
them through public services to a Major Service. Public Services introduce the Public to
Dianetics and Scientology. Some people need more introduction than others. Some
people may sign up for a Major Service right away in which case the Public Registrar
should sign them up for the Major Service without delay. The sooner a person signs up
for his first Major Service the better.

The Public Registrar uses the gradient appropriate to each individual, pushing
them onto their next step with friendly 8C and ARC.

Here is a rough guideline as to gradients of service. It is of course flexible as to
what the public wants and public trends.

PUBLIC SERVICES

Book Sales Intro Lectures Events Demonstrations

11
HAS

major service HQS major service
training auditing

If
MAJOR SERVICE
PREFERABLY TRAINING

232

The Public Registrar ALWAYS sells something, even if it is just a book. The
Public Reg however should be so good that everyone buys a service.

INVOICING

The Public Registrar like any Div 2 Registrar invoices and takes in the money for
the services she signs up. There is a checksheet on how to do it HCO P/L I I March 71
Registrar Invoicing Hat. There is a special P/L on the subject HCO P/L I I Mar 71
Registrar Invoicing Line.

A Public Registrar must do the checksheet and follow the policies therein.

NATURE OF THE POST

The post of Public Registrar is almost totally the handling of registration of
BODIES. Administrative and paper duties are minimal.

ADMINISTRATION

The administration of the Public Reg post is mainly based on Reg Interview Slips.
The primary purpose of a registration admin system is to provide data so people can be
followed up and channeled onto services and further services.

The Reg Interview Slip is as per HCO P/L 26 Oct 71 Public Reg Interview Slips.
She has a pile of these in supply on her desk for use always. They are filled in at each
Interview while the interview is taking place, never after the interview.

The Interview slips are filled in in triplicate: One original and two carbons. The
copies are routed as follows:

1. Original - to Public Reg Files

2. Carbon - to local C/F

3. Carbon - to SH C/F via SH Addresso.

The Public Reg, separate to and aside from normal in and out comm baskets, also
has three special baskets set up, labeled and used as follows:

I . TO PUBLIC REG FILES - In this basket goes the original Interview Slips. At the
end of each week the basket is emptied and handled as follows: Number of Reg
Interviews are counted and given to Div 2 Dept 6 for including in the Reg
Interviews stat. Then each particle is filed in Public Reg files in alphabetical order.

2. TO LOCAL CIF - In this basket goes one carbon copy of each Reg Interview slip.
It is emptied daily and routed to C/F in the Org.

3. TO SH CIF VIA ADDRESSO - In this basket goes the other carbon copy of each
Reg Interview Slip. At the end of each week it is emptied and sent via SH
Addresso to SH C/F.

USE OF FILES

The Public Reg files consist of the originals of Public Reg Interview Slips. This is
all they consist of and are filed in alphabetical order. They are there to provide fast
reference and are not a "second C/F".

The Public Reg files are constantly combed through for people that need follow
up. She locates all those people who have signed up but are not taking the service or
those who have not gone on to their next step and follows them up and gets them
in-using the methods covered later in this Policy Letter.

She also locates in the Public Reg files all those people who have enrolled onto
their first Major Service and routes those Reg Interview Slips out of her files to C/F
marked in bold red letters "OVER TO DIV 2 REG". The Public Reg may have a stamp
for this purpose.

WHY HAVE PUBLIC REG FILES

A new public person has to be gotten in and handled fast. The more the delay the
more difficult it becomes to get that public person in. The reverse can be said of
speedy handling on the first spark of interest.

233

The Public Reg cannot wait for C/F backlogs or delays to file. Having skeleton
files of the originals of Reg Interview Slips helps quick efficiency in following up the
public. New business has to be handled NOW.

WARNING

Public Reg files should not build or stack up. The Public should be enrolled on
their first Major Service with speed. An enmest set of Public Reg files indicates the
Public Reg is not doing her job.

CENTRAL FILES

New business folders in Central Files should have canary yellow tabs on them.
These folders would be the people the Public Reg is handling. As soon as Public Reg
sends to C/F the Reg Interview Slip with "OVER TO DIV 2 REG" the yellow tab is
removed.

The Public Reg must inspect these yellow tabbed C/F files as needed to get data
or whatever. Similarly any action the Public Reg takes must have a copy sent to the
C/F file.

The absence of yellow tabs does not excuse the Public Reg from inspecting new
business C/F folders. She does so whether tabbed or not. Of course tabbing does make
the job easier all round.

MOTTO ON ADMIN

Keep admin in PT. Don't wait to sort out a mess later.

FOLLOW UP

A Public Reg's job is not finished at sign up stage. She must ensure the person
actually gets enrolled and starts the service.

She must inspect the courses and service areas to verify people taking
service-check up, etc.

Follow up can simply be an info pack, a letter or local phone call. When simple
follow up actions don't work, then she alerts the ARC Break Reg or Dir of Clearing to
get an FSM onto it as appropriate to handle the situation.

Whatever happens don't let someone lose their way to Total Freedom!

It is to the Public Registrar's interest that routing forms for Public Services have
the Public Reg on the routing form for RE-SIGN UP. Lack of this will endanger her
job.

SELECTIONS

The Public Reg receives all FSM Selection slips for Public Services. She sends
those selected three selectee advice mailing packs each sent at two week intervals to get
selectees in. Should this be of no avail the Public Reg contacts the Dir of Clearing in
order to get the FSM who selected to re-contact the selectee and bring him/her in
personally into the Org for sign up.

The Public Reg should inspect weekly all FSM Commission Payment routing
forms kept by the Dir of Clearing in order to cross check them with Public Reg files
and ensure anyone who should be under Div 2 Registration is routed out of Public Reg
files to C/F.

FURTHER MATERIALS FOR STUDY

The following is a list of Policy Letters that a Public Reg should study to give a
full picture on how the post evolved and the technology of Public Registration:

1. HCO P/L 18 June 65 Areas of Operation

2. HCO P/L 23 Sept 64 Policies: Dissemination and Programmes

234

3. HCO P/L 6 Apr 65 Letter Reg Hat

4. HCO P/L 7Dec 66 Magazines Permitted All Orgs

5. HCO P/L 17 May 69 Mailing Lists Central Files Addresso

6. HCO P/L 30 July 70 Important Registration Breakthrough

7. HCO P/L 19 Aug 70 Division 6 Division 8 GDS

8. HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 Division Eight

9. HCO P/L 2Oct 70 Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics

10. HCO P/L 1 5Oct 70 Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint Hill

11. HCO P/L 1 5Oct 70 Correction to Staff and Franchise Day
at a Saint Hill

12. HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 Clarification of Div 2 and Div 8 Registration
Functions in Saint Hill Orgs

13. HCO P/L 2 1Oct 70 Saint Hill Foundations

14. HCO P/L 22 Oct 70 OT Service and OT Committee

15. HCO P/L IDec 70 Clarification Registration Breakthrough

16. HCO P/L 3July 7 1 Registration Change

17. HCO P/L 5Aug 7 1 Cancellation

The above P/Ls should be in every Public Registrar's hat and are part of her
hatting.
---------------

This is a very busy post. Here in this Policy lies the unlock of your Org's income.

Every Org should have a single hatted Public Reg. Any executive not pushing to
get one or stopping the appointment of a Public Reg is simply denying staff their pay.

This opens the way to soaring income and prosperity. Open the gate to viability.
Get a Public Reg.

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:DH:nt.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Revised and reissued on 30 October 1972 as HCO P/L 26 November 1971R Issue II,Division 6public
Reg Simplified, which was later cancelled by HCO P/L 1 December 1972 Issue IV, "Big League"
Registration Series 6, ThePublic RegPost SimplifiedandStreamlined, both in the 1972 YearBook.]

235

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1957
[Excerptl

FIELD AUDITOR

Category 4: is in essence Field Auditor. Now what do we mean by Field Auditor?
That means "a man who is running PE Courses and who is actively active in the field". It
doesn't mean "just any auditor". "Just any auditor" falls into Category 3. Somebody we
have trained. But somebody we know is busy, somebody who is doing things, we give him
the label of "field auditor" and that means he's running a little office of his own; therefore
we would handle him quite differently than we would handle somebody who just got
trained and who went out and is flopping, you see. So we'd specially designate this.
This man is sending us in PE lists and he's doing all sorts of things and it shows up in
their folders by the way that they're active, so we give them this special designation.
You can offer those people new books and the auditors should always be selling books
and memberships and so forth, they sell everything; but these fellows get offered
special book deals, bargains: Why don't you get the books out into the drug stores,
why don't you scatter "Scientology: Fundamentals of Thought" around and
"Problems of Work" and get some people in to YOU. Of course we know very well
they'll go into him, but they'll come in to us too. So we pack him up to this degree and
we make it very easy for him to procure books. We even consign books to him. Even
though we don't pull the percentage down to nothing, we'll consign books to him. That is
a careful designation now. Is this man worthy of the designation "field auditor"'?

LRH:rs.cden.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1957
by L. Ron Hubbard [Excerpted from HCO Bulletin of 6 April 1957, Central Files and
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Procurement. A complete copy can be found in Volume 2, page 248.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1969

BPI THE RIGHTS OF THE FIELD AUDITOR

(Re-issued from 15 May 1957)

The field auditor has a right:

I . To his own group.
2. To the loyalty of the people in his group.
3. To send any of his group to a Central Organization for training, coaching or
special processing and have them returned with their group loyalty and
attachment undisturbed.
4. To express his needs and desires for co-operation to a central organization, other
groups or auditors without fear of retribution or reprimand.
5. To place his name and address on the title pages of publications from the central
organization and circulate these in his area.
6. To publications from a central organization at a discount in proportion to the
number he distributes.
7. To respect for his training and experience.
8. To respect for his certificates.
9. To have and to hold his certificates without cancellation by anyone forever.
10. To communicate Scientology and to bring about a civilization for mankind.

By my hand this 21st day of April 1957
L. RON HUBBARD

Proposed as an HCO Policy Letter by:

Mike Davidson - Franchise Officer WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area Sec WW
Jim Keely - Qual Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.rd Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Copyright 1969 Jane Kember - The Guardian WW

by L. Ron Hubbard for L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
236

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE AD IO

Important MA
Franchise Holders

SPECIAL ZONE PLAN

The Scientologist's Role in Life

Ten years ago, on about this date, I was up against third dynamic confusion of
such magnitude that within a few months, I was to decide to forget organization

problems and concentrate on research.

Because of this decision for years we were poorer in numbers but richer by far in

knowledge.

It evidently was not enough to be able to help the basic problems of an individual.
There were eight dynamics. It was necessary to take in at least some of all eight

dynamics before we could be effective.

And toward the end of June in 1950, 1 first sensed that truth. And the
maxim-bring order to your own house before you attempt order next door.

In June, 1950, the Foundations were already beginning to shatter under the
enthusiastic door pounding of the public. I had built the proverbial better mousetrap
and all the world was beating a path to our door-and was breaking the door down!

Yes, we could do wonders with people. Greater wonders than had been done in
recent millenia. But we were ignorant beyond the first two dynamics. The moment we

sought to handle the third we were done.

That was ten years ago. Within months of that date all that was left of the first

organizations was rubble and newspapers blowing by in the wind.

I worked hard, and studied and researched, never friendless, often helped and

worked ahead for ten years.

The First Dynamic, self, fluctuated in results and has stabilized with unsurpassed
processing technology. In proof, our people are individually in better shape than any

other group.

On the Second Dynamic, family and sex, we have gotten into a winning position.
We know the answers to marriage, children and sex. The material isn't all published
broadly enough yet even for Scientologists to know it but it's there and we're living

better lives.

The Third Dynamic, groups,, is the spectacular break through of today. It's
happened so gradiently we've hardly realized we have won. But observe: we have a
magnificent organization. In America, England, South Africa and Australia we have
just about the most wonderful organizations Man has seen for their size, cost and
defensibility. Here we have achieved spectacular stability. Largely self-determined, yet
co-operating smoothly these third dynamic examples compare with June, 1950,
Foundations like the Royal Ballet compares with the aftermath of Hiroshima.

Just as we can represent in ourselves the grip we have on the first dynamic, so do
we represent in our organizations that we have the third dynamic well in hand.

The technology of our third dynamic in organizations and the field is an exact
one, as skilled as an auditor's know-how. And having applied it to organizations we are
now applying it to the field, which is the main subject of this bulletin. You in "the
field", you are about to win, too, with a complete new level of policy and action if you

want it: you are about to be included "in".

The Fourth Dynamic, Mankind, is now an understood zone of operation and is
declared herewith to be operational for a Scientologist. The prize of understanding
Man as a racial and political species has fallen to our hand. Don't smile. I know it's an

incredible announcement. But it's factual.

On the Fifth Dynamic, that of living things, I have been making headway since
last year and know quite a bit now ab out them. M any of the secrets have dropped into

our hands.

On the Sixth Dynamic, the physical universe, we have for some time stood well

above what they know in physics.

On the Seventh Dynamic, the spirit, we covered this ground very thoroughly in

237

1953-54-55 and it's still all true but too advanced for general consumption. The best
record of this was in the 1953 Philadelphia Lecture Series of 64 hours.
On the Eighth Dynamic, the Supreme Being, we have at least found the key
question and in a little while we should have it answered on a demonstrable basis. Far
from presumptions it is about time somebody neither atheist nor zealot asked some
questions, and arrived at some answers that have no self-interested curves in them.
So you can see where we are going and have at least a passing acquaintance with
developments. Here we are with the largest fund of information of life and its patterns
that has been assembled in a factual package on Earth.
Now the question is, what are we going to do with it?
Until we had the third and fourth dynamics demonstrably in hand technically we
could not answer the question. We've each had his own idea of what we should be
doing with it and each of these ideas is right to the degree that it's right for each of us.
I have never discussed this point strongly because I did not want to shake anyone into
an uncertainty. So let's say that all these ideas are right and then add a Third Dynamic
Idea with which we can all agree.
Improvement is the common denominator of all our ideas. And of course each
one has a zone of interest where he or she feels improvement is most needed or where
he or she would be most comfortable in doing the work of improvement.
And that's the gist of this Third Dynamic Idea. It's a rather deceptive idea at first
glance since we are each of us doing something of that.
But let us be far more definite. And let us expose a fallacy that has long been
riding with us, as an unknown passenger.
People think of professional practitioners as doctors who, aloof from all other
concerns, practise on the sick. This is a very novel idea. Dreamed up, probably, by the
first lazy witch doctor and used forever thereafter by most specialists in human
livingness. And here I want to as-is and banish that idea from amongst us all.
If we are doctors (by which might be meant "repairers") then we are doctors on
the third and fourth dynamics and handle the first and second dynamics only to
achieve better function on the third and fourth.
And true enough, most Scientologists agree, I think, with this concept. But it
itself is as new and novel as the idea of being a professional practitioner to individual
health once was.
I believe our third dynamic organization, taking in all Scientologists, should go
this way:
The Central Organization and Centre Scientologists should service the remaining
Scientologists, doing administration, instructing and auditing. Instruction to a
professional level of all Scientologists should be entered upon as a must. Central
Organization and Centre Auditing should be special and referred cases and the
Scientologists themselves when they want it as part of service.
Being trained and cleared need not hold up the next zone of action, though it is
taken for granted that these will occur for each.
The "field auditor" should be included wholly "in" to the general activity as a
large zone divided into smaller specialized zones. The "field auditor" should of course
run a group some evenings (he will find he has to) and audit not only members of his
family but contacts in his zone on weekends or evenings. But, as you will see, he or she
is largely wasting time by trying to be an individual doctor type practitioner where he
or she is only partly successful at it. Some of course will have to work full time in
centres as we get into action but centres are mentioned above as a special activity along
with Central Organizations.
The largest majority of Scientologists should, I feel, consider themselves as
"doctors" on the third and fourth dynamics. And if we work well at this, we will have
answered all our various needs and brought it off on the third and fourth as well.
Now I wouldn't be talking to you like this if I didn't feel I had this studied to a
conclusion.
Consider our position: we have arrived at a very special plateau of knowledge as
has been reviewed above. Data on our know-how is being codified for use in these
zones of action.
Consider the position of the world. The story is often repeated on the whole
track. As Mest is made to help too much, a plateau of civilization is reached in which
the individual is downgraded to a number. The end of this-the lights eventually go out
through lack of personal initiative and ability.

238

We are in a fantastic position, at the right time and place, to halt this cycle of
decay and start a new one on Earth. And I believe we should overtly do so.
How?
We are masters of IQ and ability. We have know-how. Any of us could select out a
zone of life in which we are interested and then, entering it, bring order and victory to
it.
Of course, there's a heavy challenge in doing this. Some of the victories would be
hardly won. But we would win across the world if we kept our vision bright.
The third and fourth dynamics subdivide. Any third breaks down into many
activities and professions, a neighborhood, a business concern, a military group, a city
government, etc, etc, etc. The fourth dynamic breaks down just now mainly to races
and nations.
Now just suppose a Scientologist were to consider himself a professional only for
the purposes of treating and repairing or even starting again these third and fourth
zones?
See this: a housewife, already successfully employing Scientology in her own
home, trained to professional level, takes over a woman's club as Secretary or some key
position. She straightens up the club affairs by applying comm practice and making
peace and then, incidental to the club's main function, pushes Scientology into a zone
of special interest in the club-children, straightening up marriages, whatever comes to
hand and even taking fees for it-meanwhile of course going on being a successful and
contributing wife.
Or this: a Scientologist, a lesser executive or even a clerk in a company, trains as a
professional auditor, and seeing where the company is heading, begins to pick up its
loose ends by strengthening its comm lines or its personnel abilities. Without "selling"
anybody Scientology, just studies out the bogs and remedies them. If only as "an able
person" he would rapidly expand a. zone of control, to say nothing of his personal
standing in the company. This has been and is being done steadily across the world.
Now that we have presessioning, it's easy to straighten up other people. Our unreleased
technology on handling third dynamic business situations is staggeringly large. You'd
be surprised how easy it is to audit seniors. They and their families have so many
troubles. Or how easy it is to spot the emergency-maker and audit him.
And see this: a race is staggering along making difficulties for itself. Locate its
leaders. Get a paid post as a secretary or officer of the staff of the leaders of that race.
And by any means, audit them into ability and handle their affairs to bring
co-operation not trouble. Every race that is in turmoil in a nation has quasi-social
groups around its leaders.
And this: a nation or a state runs on the ability of its department heads, its
governors, or any other leaders' It is easy to get posts in such areas unless one has
delusions of grandeur or fear of it . Don't bother to get elected. Get a job on the
secretarial staff or the bodyguard, use any talent one has to get a place close in, go to
work on the environment and make it function better. Occasionally one might lose,
but in the large majority, doing a good job and making the environment function will
result in promotion, better contacts, a widening zone.
The cue in all this is don't seek the co-operation of groups. Don't ask for
permission. Just enter them and start functioning to make the group win through
effectiveness and sanity.
If we were revolutionaries this HCO Bulletin would be a very dangerous
document. We are not revolutionaries any more than we are doctors of sickness in
individual patients. But we are not revolutionaries, we are humanitarians. We are not
political. And we can be the most important force for good that the world has ever
known. Who objects to a company functioning better to produce a better civilization?
Who objects to a race becoming sane and a stable asset to its communities? Who
objects to a neighborhood smoothing out?
Only the very criminal would object and they are relatively ineffectual when you
can know and spot them. And there are no criminals,except the mentally disabled.
So this is a challenge on the third and fourth. Ahnost all Scientologists are in a
position to begin to help on such a programme.
And I am studying now first the popularity with you of this plan and, if great,
how best to help us all achieve it. The first thing required is an understandable
designation for Scientologists undertaking their portion of this Special Zone Plan. I
should think the word "Counselor" is acceptable with an appropriate additional
designation such as "Family Counselor" or "Company Counselor" or "Child

239

Counselor" or "Organization Counselor". What we would do is issue an HPA or HCA
as a certificate as always and would issue a special zone certificate to any person
operating in that zone after he or she had completed an additional correspondence-
type briefing course covering that general zone. In other words anyone would have to
have a professional certificate before he or she could be designated as a special zone
counselor. The costs of obtaining such a certificate would be kept slight, no more than
bare administration. The advantages of having such a designation are plain. A clerk
with a certificate on the wall from the Academy of Scientology designating that he or
she has been graduated as a "Company Counselor" would startle even a complacent
executive into conversation about what was wrong with the place and as he was talking
to a pro auditor any scepticism would quickly fade. A pro would know! As it all starts
with being a good auditor and as the additional technology is exact in any of these
fields, the programme is feasible.
We are at this stage of this programme: I have found that Scientologists operate
with high success on the third and fourth but that it rarely occurs to them to try it and
when they do they think I want them to audit full time and they are apologetic about
their attempt. I have the technology pretty well to hand and can write zone manuals. I
feel we now have clearing well in hand in Central Orgs and will soon have it broadly so
for Scientologists in "the field" but I do not feel we need wait on that but take it and
further training in stride. I feel that we are ripe for an overt attack on the third and
fourth down spiral. I feel our auditors should take advantage of their increased
personal ability and should be regarded accordingly by society and its zones. I see
clearly that we have to win on the third and fourth if we are to attain our goals of a
better world.
The special zone plan is made possible by a slight shift of approach. Take the case
of a police officer who got interested on a PE course and read some books. He tried to
1 4sell" his chief on Scientology as a subject and was given a heavy loss. One, our PE
level trainee was insufficiently schooled to be effective. Two, as a pro his approach
could have been any one of several. He could have eased himself nearer a command
source area in the department, or he could have taken over a pistol marksman on the
force and made him a champion as we did with the Olympics team once. The slight
shift is that we would have made this police officer get pro training before telling him
4 isell Scientology" to the force and then would have advised him to sell it by action,
not words. Handling the familial problems of the commissioner as his driver or making
the rookies gasp at how fast he could train them would be selling by action only. And
no other kind of selling would be needed. He'd be running an evening coaching class
for his fellows or superiors on Scientology in a few months and making some of them
follow the same route. How long before he had altered the whole character, ability and
effectiveness of the police force and through that how long before he would have
civilized the whole approach to law enforcement in that area? For, once we have
created an opening, we always avalanche to fantastically swift gains.
That's the Special Zone Plan. Several hundred thousand are ready for the first
steps. Those that aren't trained as pro HPAs and HCAs could start in soon. There are
special ways to get training at an Academy now. And even while awaiting this training
and working toward clearing such Scientologists could begin to determine their zone
goals and work on them.
Our impact on the society is already weighty. With special Zone Plans we could
move that impact up thousands of times greater and have in our present lifetimes our
goals at least in part accomplished and a decent world to come back to again.
What do you think of it? Write to me in care of Central Organization HCO in your
area to give me your views on the Special Zone Plan.
When you write please advise me as follows: whether you like or do not like the
idea. If you like it tell me the zone you are in or would like to be in (what area do you
want to help?). But whatever you say please write as your letter will be considered as a
vote. We have arrived at a cross roads where our action now could well affect the
future history of this planet.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

240

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JULY 1960
Assoc Secs
HCO Secs
Directors of Zoning
DIRECTOR OF ZONING HAT

In a Telex message to George Hay, who is the new Director of Zoning at HASI
London, Ron has clarified the purpose of this post.
The Director of Zoning is a new post set up to co-ordinate and bring order to the
Special Zone Plan in any area. It is a HASI post, not an HCO post.
Ron's instruction on this is for each Association Secretary or Org Sec to find their
best "rabble rouser" and appoint him as Director of Zoning for their particular area
and make up his hat in accordance with the following, which is taken almost verbatim
from the Telex message to George Hay:

DIRECTOR OF ZONING HAT

To Director of Zoning London:

Please arrange the following:
That any person wanting to see Reception Registrar or Assoc Sec or me about the
Special Zone Plan gets routed promptly to you, and that your door is well and legibly
and tastefully marked about it. And you can be found, and nobody talks to anyone in
HASI about it but you.
Further, make a card file out on everybody that comes in; and in particular write
down name, address, and the zone they're interested in, and the possibility or not that
they will do volunteer auditing evenings for some special personality.
Keep this list of Special Zone workers and keep it out of C/F as such. You can
info addressograph that so and so is a Special Zone worker, but for now keep your own
card file and build it up.
Answer and demand that you get all letters that contain reference to the Special
Zone Plan even if they contain other matter. Get people to route letters to you which
contain orders to be filled.
Please build up any data you can in ways of actual operation or how to operate
that you get from people, as we will be in desperate need of it one of these days.

Keep the Special Zone Plan corralled and out of HASI, and keep HASI out of the
Special Zone Plan. Any plans to completely control the Special Zone Plan will be
negatived by me. We want people to work as they can work. We don't want it to be a
controlled sphere.
I have a book or rather a paper coming up that is a brief summary of how to get
one's foot in a door in a business company and how to operate along that line, as the
beginning text that will be required for study before we issue counselors' certificates to
anyone. There'll be a booklet for each Zone. These are preliminaries. Later booklets
will be built out of the data we get from people working hard at it.
If you insist on anything insist on people getting decently trained. Make any kind
of arrangements you can pull off or talk people or HASI into, but a non-trained
auditor doesn't do too well hitting at groups et al. We're not near so keen on selling
anything as we are in actually getting them trained.
Special Zone is our area of confusion at the moment, and I don't care how
enthused or ecstatic or confused it gets. Keep it from confusing any part of HASI and
HASI will love you desperately. In short the confusion has power in it. If it meets up
with too much HASI order some of the impetus will be lost, so let the order go as far
as getting people trained, but otherwise isolate Special Zone.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dm.rd
Copyright (D 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

241

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 AUGUST 1960

CHICAGO AREA

In that illegal HCA course is contemplated in the Chicago area promoted by
chopping FC DC lines and in that the area contains auditors who have not been
checked out at an HCO and whose students would be of little benefit to Scientology as
they would not receive actual training' we must assume that Chicago auditors are not
active in enforcing the ethical codes, and the area is not using franchise data for its
most effective gains.

All auditors concerned should be checked out by HCO and straightened up in an
HGC where auditing is not a patty-cake based on tacit consent.

An auditor in the Chicago area, by his refusing auditing, has gotten himself into
such condition as to be of questionable value to anyone.

It is necessary that field auditors bring pressure on people who refuse ethical
practice codes and who fail to cooperate to get audited where the auditing works
best-an HGC.

Some time ago I asked you to help me wear my ethical hat.

It is a grim mistake for Scientologists to think they are being kind by feeling
tolerant and sorry for auditors who are piling up overts. Listen, I am weary of the field
letting such people die.

The list of persons dying from unattended overts increases. Just the other day a
squirrel died in England. Why? Nobody insisted she get her overts off, supposed she
"had rights to act that way". Her friends let her die. They would not help us get her to
an auditor. Maybe they thought she ought to die.

You have not one but several in the Chicago area who will go into psychotic
breaks or die because of overts. It's much kinder to bring on the pressure that gets
them to a good auditor they can't boss.

Help me wear this hat. Send such persons to an HGC before they kill themselves.
Please?

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1960
(Originally issued in Johannesburg)
Central Orgs

HPA GRANTS

No further HPA grants may be issued by HASI. Those outstanding are still valid.
Three letters may now be issued each field auditor to the following effect:-
This letter issued to any shareholder or Life member in HASI grants him not only
his share discount but also f,25 off his HPA course if all other payments are in cash.

The letter may be given only to persons who are needed in your area and are
considered good auditor material.

The letter must be countersigned by the field auditor and bear the nominee's
name.

LRH:js.rd
Copyright (c) 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

242

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 OCTOBER AD 12
Central Orgs
Franchise
U.S. Field

THE PLAN FOR CALIFORNIA

This State has probably more auditors situated than in any other State in
America.

Its potential therefore, is very good.

However, in the past, this potential was greatly damaged by lack of co-ordination.

In order to achieve success it is necessary first to have stable points from which-to
proceed. From these stable points others grow.

So, here is the plan for concerted action to make California a real asset to
Scientology.

Los Angeles, being the only organization for Scientology authorized by the State
of California, and being the enfranchising organization for all Centres, City Offices and
Field Auditors, is the controlling body for all Scientology activities in California. San
Diego, San Francisco or any other City Office is legally enfranchisable only from the
LA Organization.

Any auditor in California or auditing in California may only audit legally if a
minister of the Church of Scientology, Los Angeles. Otherwise that auditor is subject
to severe penalties under California law.

Any Clearing Co-Audit set up in California must be licensed by the Church of
Scientology of California as a branch church. This, by actual test, protects any auditor
from prosecution under psychology laws which are very harsh in California.

A Clearing Co-Audit, a Centre or City Office pays the Church in Los Angeles 10%
of its gross income. In return, as a Minister, there are large allowances in Income Tax as
the Church of Scientology of California has long since become non-taxable by the
State and Federal governments.

Any auditor wishing to set up a Clearing Co-Audit, a Centre or a City Office must
have a charter from the Church of Scientology of California, otherwise no legal
protection or credentials can be extended to that auditor.

We therefore intend to consolidate all auditing activities in California, to help all
auditors who are a part of this network and to forbid operation by all auditors who are
not.

Orderly growth can therefore be expected, more favourable laws can be passed,
and the area and all auditors in California will prosper.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rd
Copyright (D 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCO P/L 18 March 1964, California Franchise, page 262.1

243

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1964
Central Orgs [Excerpt]
Franchise
Field FIELD AUDITOR CONSULTANT

If Field Auditors graduate HAS's and Class I's, a certain number will enrol in the
HQS Course, returning to the Field and send more students to the Academy. After
getting results in the Field, they will then return to the Academy for the HPA/HCA
Course. Thus quality of training is also of interest to the Enrolment Department.
The post of Field Auditor Consultant is created and may be filled by the old
Group Secretary where this post had been filled.
The Field Auditor Consultant will assist all HQS, or above, certificate holders in
establishing and maintaining HAS and Class I Courses-this includes helping them with
promotion and the handling of their courses, assisting in arranging for HGC assists and
ARC Break Assessments when they or their Groups get in trouble, filling their orders
for HAS Certificates and Level I classifications, and getting them in to take their
examinations for classification.

Where the Letter Reg pulls in students on Courses, the Field Auditor Consultant
is responsible to see they come in for their examinations.
The Field Auditor Consultant is the terminal in his area for HAS and Class I
Courses. His effectiveness is measured by the number of HAS Certificates and Class I's
issued and the number of Classified Auditors in his area.
To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general public
there will be good HAS Course enrolments. If HAS Course results are good and
students are informed, there will be Academy enrolments. If the Enrolment
Department is not responsible for this route, then enrolment in the Academy will
decline regardless of the amount of effort put out by the Enrolment Department.
You must see that the Org is almost wholly dependent on a large and successful
field operation. Concentrate first on building up your existing Field Auditors and
providing them service.

Your HGC will be kept full of Assists and ARC Break Assessments from the Field,
and they will be lining up at the doors of the Academy.

LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1964 [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 21 February 1964,
by L. Ron Hubbard Department of Enrolment. A complete copy can be found in
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Volume 2, page 34.1

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1965
Remimeo
Franchise URGENT
Sthil Students
Post B Boards FIELD AUDITOR RATES
Local Orgs Publish Broadly

The rates chargeable by field auditors, dropped in 1964 planning, are again placed
on parity with orgs effective I June 1965.

They may grant discounts to members only.

Field auditors in private practice are bound by their Continental Rates existing in
their area.

LRH:jw.cden.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See also Volume 3, page 84.]

244

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965
Issue 11

Gen Non-Remimeo
A future Issue
of The Auditor
HEALING POLICY IN FIELD

The HCO Policy Letter of October 27, 1964 is now binding on all field auditors
and field staff members.

Many field auditors do not realize that they damage their own dissemination and
usefulness by becoming involved with the very ill and the insane.

The only thing a field auditor can do, really, without going down, is to promote,
run meetings and do short assists as field staff members of their nearest org. But
whether they are or not, all Field Auditors including HBA, HAS and HQS must abide
carefully by this policy and inform those persons who seek to persuade them to help
the insane or very ill that "it is a Committee of Evidence offense to break HCO policy"
and thus get themselves free. I have seen too many field auditors fail by their becoming
entangled with psychos and chronically sick cases to fail to protect them from such a
mistake.

Excerpt from HCO Pol Ltr Oct 27 '64:

"HEALING

"Any process labelled 'healing', old or new refers to healing by mental and
spiritual means and should therefore be looked upon as the relief of difficulties arising
from mental and spiritual causes.

"The proper procedure in being requested to heal some complained of physical
disability is as follows:

1. Require a physical examination from whatever practitioners of the physical
healing arts may be competent and available;

2. Clearly establish that the disability does not stem from immediately physical
causes;

3. If the disability is pronounced to be curable within the skill of the physical
practitioner and is in actual fact a disease or illness which surrenders to
contemporary physical treatment, to require the person to be so treated
before Scientology processing may be undertaken;

4. If, however, the physical practitioner's recommendation includes surgery of
treatment of an unproven nature or the illness or disease cannot be
accurately diagnosed as a specific physical illness or disease with a known
cure, the person may be accepted for processing on the reasonable
assumption that no purely physical illness is proven to exist, and that it is
probably mental or spiritual in origin."

LRH.jw.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[See also HCO P/Ls 21 February 1969, Cancellation of "Corrections to HCO Policy Letters"-Pol Ltr
of November 5, 1964, page 523; 13 March 1969, Addition to HCO Pol Ltr of 23 June 1967 "Policies
on Physical Healing, Insanity and Potential Trouble Sources"-Potential Trouble Sources (b), page
523; and 7 May 1969, Policies on "Sources of Trouble", page 525, all in Volume 1.1

245

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 MARCH 1959
To all HCO Offices
everywhere

FRANCHISES

At once take steps to put every field auditor on an HCO Interim Franchise as
follows:

INTERIM FRANCHISE

"I, L. Ron Hubbard and the Hubbard Communications Office as owner of the
Copyrights, Trademarks, Registered Marks and Rights and Materials of Dianetics and
Scientology, do hereby franchise ( ........ name of Auditor ........ ) at (address) to
use Dianetics and Scientology as the exclusive franchise holder for that area pending a
full issue of franchise in a more formal and exact manner.

The interim franchise is issued conditional upon the following:

1. Payment to HCO (area) of ten percent of his/her gross weekly income.
2. A guarantee to abide by the Auditor's Code 1959, the Code of a
Scientologist and to teach an HAS Co-audit Course as outlined by The
Hubbard Communications Office located at (fill in name).

All services of (name of auditor) are therefore valid continuingly by issue of this
interim franchise.

The above agreement will terminate in the event of failure to ratify the formal
franchise when received or in the event of failure to sign this agreement and return it to
HCO (address) within fourteen days.

Date: L. RON HUBBARD
An Individual

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
A Registered Company

I agree to abide by this interim franchise.

Signature of Auditor Date 51

Stand by to receive from here and give them the gen thereafter on HAS Co-audit
and to heavily advertise for them locally and nationally.

I am readying the whole pattern, the ads, the course data and schedules, the
process pkg, etc for them to be given to them only when they sign up.

Use no judgement in who or what you sign up. We will sort this out after we
plunge (with proper final contracts).

The point is to get everyone signed up quick before we boom Scientology and
they find themselves riding the crest of the wave by merely copying us and then fall
down because we can't afford to help them stay up.

Knit everyone together in contracts. Then we make a huge forward shove.

Best,

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.rd

246

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MAY 1959

HAS CERTIFICATES

No HAS certificates will be issued to persons not holding HCO Area franchises.

10,7o of the gross income from Dianetics and Scientology weekly must be paid to
the nearest HCO office for such a franchise to be valid.

All HAS certificates are to be mailed to the persons receiving. They may never be
mailed to the franchise holder to give to his people.

All franchise holders need to do for their people to receive HAS certificates is to
mail in the name, address, age, sex and profession of the person who earned it and
declare it has been granted after completion of a comm course given such and such a
date.
All franchise holders are required to invoice in a proper book or on an invoice
machine all monies received from each person for any and all Dianetics and
Scientology services.

This IO% buys the right of use of Dianetics or Scientology as a centre. Any service
rendered a franchise holder is gratuitous.

There is no cost for an HAS certificate except the IO% of gross income.

There must be no delay in getting these certificates out to people. The franchise
holder must not delay applying for the certificate. The nearest Central Organization
Address Section is in charge of the issue of HAS certificates. These do not pass through
Certification. Address informs certification that the certificate has been issued after it
has been issued.

Signature on an HAS certificate is a facsimile signature of L. Ron Hubbard,
Founder, printed on at the same time as the rest of the certificate is issued.

An HAS certificate is 5 x 7 inches in size and is mailed in a stiff envelope. Its text
is as follows:

Large print:

THE HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS INTERNATIONAL

Small print: On the Authority of the

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE

Herewith states that (Large print, name of person)

has been awarded the status of

(Large print) HUBBARD APPRENTICE SCIENTOLOGIST

By our hand and seal this
date

L. Ron Hubbard, Founder.

The script should be modern and the paper should be good. A seal goes in the
lower left corner.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:rd

247

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959

TO ALL HCO FRANCHISE OFFICES

The Interim Franchise featured in HCO Policy Letter 27/3/59 is not totally
applicable in Sterling Areas. This is due to the fact that the word area is mentioned.
We do not mind in which area an auditor operates as long as we have an address to send
our communication lines through. Another addition to the Franchise is the fact that
the auditor must pay HCO IO% of his gross weekly income from SCIENTOLOGY and
DIANETICS. The following Interim Franchise is the one being used in London at the
moment:

INTERIM FRANCHISE

I L. RON HUBBARD and the Hubbard Communications Office, as owner of the
Copyrights, Trademarks, Registered Marks and Rights and Materials of Dianetics and
Scientology, do hereby franchise
at
to use Dianetics and Scientology as an exclusive Franchise holder pending a full issue
of Franchise in a more formal and exact manner.

The Interim Franchise is issued conditional upon the following:

1. Payment to HCO London of ten percent of his/her gross weekly income
from Scientology and Dianetics.

2. A guarantee to abide by the Auditor's Code 1959, the Code of a
Scientologist and to teach an HAS Co-audit Course as outlined by the
Hubbard Communications Office located at
.....................

All services of are therefore valid
continuingly by issue of this Interim Franchise.

The above agreement will terminate in the event of failure to ratify the formal
Franchise when received or in the event of failure to sign this agreement and return it
to HCO, at within fourteen days.

Date
L. RON HUBBARD
An Individual

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
A Registered Company

I agree to abide by this Interim Franchise.

Signature of Auditor: Date:

This Interim Franchise is only a temporary Franchise. We are going to sign up as
many auditors as possible. The only necessary qualifications are to be a validated
auditor. Once they are all signed up we shall then start issuing the final Franchises. At
this stage we shall take a more careful look at what's what, before handing out the real
thing.
HCO offers these Franchise holders certain services. One of these takes place in
co-operation with the PE Foundation. Those auditors who live near enough to the
HASI to attend classes are invited to a week on the Comm Course and a week on the
HAS Co-Audit. This is a period of six evenings which is free of charge. While on this
course they are regarded as students and are treated as such. They are not allowed to
walk around with the instructor or to get any briefing on case assessments and E-Meter

248

readings during class. This must not interfere with the public in any way. By coming on
this course they can get a subjective reality of what HAS Co-Audit is about and also
observe how the instructor handles the situation.

In order for them to get some briefing on case assessments and the latest
processes, courses can be arranged every so often through HCO with the PE
Foundation. These courses take place over the weekend and would consist of auditors
(having signed Franchises) doing the new Comm Course TRs and also some hours on
HAS Co-Audit. At the same time would be played Ron's tape on HAS Co-Audit which
he made on his special HPA/BSen Course. The instructor is also to give them some
briefing on E-Meters and case assessments.

The auditors are to start paying HCO 10% of their gross weekly earnings from

Scientology and Dianetics immediately they have signed a franchise. This also applies
even if they haven't started an HAS Co-Audit. The auditors are requested to keep
books in which they can keep their finances up to date. They are also required to send
in a financial statement of all monies received each month.

In HCO Policy Letter 27/3/59 Ron says "I am readying the whole pattern, the
ads, the course and data and schedules, the process pkg, etc". Until such time as he
does this it is HCO's responsibility to keep the field auditors supplied with data. All
technical bulletins should be sent to them.

At the moment there is no definite mock-up on the advertising scheme. HCO can
advertise, however, in various ways: such as giving people the addresses of HCO
Franchises; also featuring the names in the magazines. A list should be sent to auditors
of past HASI students, pcs and book buyers on the files. To prevent the HCO
Franchise holders from having these names is a very short-sighted viewpoint. There is
no shortage of people on this planet.

HCO services to Field Auditors are:

I . Advertising.

'). Free OCAs and lQs and the marking thereof.

3. Technical bulletins and any data about the latest processes.

4. Lists of addresses of people on HASI files-also list of HCO Franchises.

Auditors should be informed in circular letters of the latest courses taking place in
the Academy and should be encouraged to participate ' They could attend the course
during the Theory and Practice week at 15 gns a week to learn about case assessment
and the latest processes.

Field Auditors should be informed that the IO% they are paying in is going to be
spent in services for them. This is our way of disseminating Scientology.

Staff members are not allowed to run HAS Co-Audits while on staff. If they want
to increase the unit or disseminate Scientology they should send as many people as
possible to the PE Foundation in the HASI.

Now is our chance to spread Scientology more rapidly than ever before and thus
clear earth.

Best,

HCO Continental See WW

NW:gh.rd
[Corrected by HCO P/L 18 June 1959, page 250.]
249

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1959
Dist
CO and
Central
METHOD OF FINALIZING HCO FRANCHISES

Any auditor may be signed on an Interim or Temporary HCO Franchise.
A final, full Franchise may be issued only on the following routing:

The auditor has attended and passed:

I . The 2 1 st American
2. The LRH BScn/HPA course of 1959
3. Subsequent renditions of the 1959 BScn/HPA course or future ACCS,
or
The auditor must attend a Central Org PE Foundation field auditor course under
the specification and direction of the PE Director.

If and only if the PE Director passes the field auditor, the HCO Board of Review
examines the applicant.

If the field auditor passes the exam, the HCO Secretary Continental passes the
final Franchise on to HCO WW for issue.

LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959

CORRECTION OF HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959

The following are changes to HCO Policy Letter dated 28 May 1959, titled "To
All HCO Franchise Offices". Under "HCO services to Field Auditors" should read:

2. The marking of OCAs and lQs.
5. The issuance of free HAS Certificates.

In any written data to Field Auditors it should be mentioned that the IO% paid
into HCO is not for HCO, but is to be used in the dissemination of Scientology in the
field.

The goal for running an HAS Co-Audit should be pointed out to the Franchise
holders.

Goal: To run HAS Co-Audit courses in the direction of having the co-auditors
attain the state of release, and so get their cases moving towards Theta
Clear.

Franchise holders who are running an HAS Co-Audit group are entitled to a 30%
discount on books bought from the HASI.

HCO Secretaries are requested to get in touch with all groups and to persuade
them to sign Franchises.

L. RON HUBBARD
by
HCO Continental See WW

250

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959

U.S. FRANCHISE HOLDERS

It has come to the attention of HCO WW that U.S. Franchise holders are not
being properly served by Bulletins.

It is of paramount importance that HCO Bulletins and other services reach U.S.
Franchise holders with the least possible delay.

The basic function in handling the activities of HCO Franchise holders is to
give them bulletins, a service, and know how. One of the fundamental actions is to
receive HCO WW releases and convert them locally for re-mailing to Franchise
holders. The other function is to collect that 10% of the gross income from Dianetics
and Scientology and forward it through to the proper terminal so that it can finance
this activity.
Until HCO WW which is to say myself, and the large and very competent staff
located in London can be completely satisfied that the HCO Franchise holder is getting
everything he is supposed to get and that this highly successful activity goes through
rapidly THE BULLETINS AND POLICY LETTERS OWING TO ALL U.S. HCO
FRANCHISE HOLDERS WILL BE MAILED FROM LONDON BY AIR MAIL AND
ALL COLLECTIONS FROM U.S. HCO FRANCHISE HOLDERS SHOULD BE MADE
OUT TO HCO LONDON AND AIR MAILED THROUGH.

There is a great deal of information on the subject of running an HAS Co-audit
course. It is vital that this information reach Franchise holders, both to improve their
activities and to forward this general programme.

Therefore until we are completely satisfied that the information which is put out
by HCO WW is reaching Franchise holders, and until we are satisfied that Franchise
holders are responding, U.S. Franchise holders will be serviced by HCO WW, 37 Fitzroy
St. London W.I. All cables should be addressed to:
SCIENTOLOGY, LONDON
and arrive for the most part in my hands.

The staff of HCO WW now includes HCO Saint Hill, which is shortly to be
connected by teletypewriter with most important Scientology Centres throughout the
world.
The mission of HCO WW is to get the information out and to help those who help
US.
As the cost of air mailing bulletins to a large number of Franchise holders from
this distance is high, it is sharply called to attention that these bulletins will be mailed
only so long as their cost is defrayed by the prompt payment of 10% of gross income
by Franchise holders.

HCO WW means to give service.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.rd
251

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959
Issue 11

SERVICES OWING TO HCO FRANCHISE HOLDERS

An HCO Franchise Holder who has been given an interim Franchise is due the
following services:

40% discount on all books and tapes.

All bulletins written by myself and PE Foundation HCO WW on the subject of
recruiting and running HCO HAS Co-audit courses, answering personal questions and
resolving difficulties.

World wide advertising campaigns.

Visits by trained experts in the handling of HAS Co-audit courses.

Checking out and issuing clear bracelets.

If at the end of a period HCO WW or Continental Offices are satisfied that the
HCO Franchise Holder is making it, is paying his 10% regularly and is going over the
top with his activities, the Franchise will be confirmed and other valuable rights will be
assigned to the HCO Franchise Holder. If, however, royalty payments are laggardly, if
use of the information is poor, if no real enthusiasm is shown by the Franchise Holder,
no final contract will be issued and the interim contract will be cancelled. This contract
is an extremely valuable item, since in the future it alone will carry the rights and use
of rights of Dianetics and Scientology.

We have every hope that our HCO Franchise Holders will make it and conquer
their particular zones and areas, but we cannot expect them to unless we give them all
possible aid and assistance. Therefore, all HCO offices are alerted to the above and
other conditions, and it is repeated that we in HCO are in the business of helping
people to help others.

LRH:mp.vmm.rd L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JULY 1959

US HCO FRANCHISE QUERIES

All letters from HCO Franchise Holders in the US should be acked by postcard on
which is mimeoed:
------------------

Your letter concerning HCO Franchise matters is being forwarded to HCO World
Wide, located at Ron's International Headquarters at Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex, England for answering.

Thank you.

HCO Continental US
------------------

It is forbidden for HCO Secs US to lay down or answer questions about policy
until these matters are better understood.

L. RON HUBBARD

252

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF IO AUGUST 1959
To All US and
UK Franchise Holders FRANCHISE 10%s TO WW

This Policy Letter cancels all previous Policy Letters which you might have
received referring to your gross weekly income from Scientology and Dianetics.
All I O%s are to be sent to HCO WW, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.
This is directly to Ron and HCO WW who need your 10%s to disseminate Scientology
in the field for you.
Do not send any I O%s to your Central Organization-send all I O%s to HCO WW,
Saint Hill, East Grinstead.

NW:brb.rd HCO Secretary WW
Copyright (D 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959
To US Franchise
Holders
MAILINGS

HCO Franchise Centres are growing rapidly in the USA. This is due to the
auditors being interested, working with enthusiasm, and finally, keeping in excellent
communication with HCO WW Saint Hill.
What HCO wants is activity in the field. We want Scientology to spread
throughout the world, and each day it becomes more obvious to us that this is being
achieved.
Those that are busy and getting on the road will receive bulletins and special
mailings airmail. This covers about 98% of all auditors in the States.
The odd 2% will receive all data surface mail.
All large packages will go surface mail.

NW:brb.rd HCO Secretary WW
Copyright (c) 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959
LTD
HCO Offices
HCO SECRETARIES

All auditors who are not certificated and who have signed interim Franchises
should be handled individually.
Forbid advertising for them at all times. We want to be proud of our auditors
being fully trained and qualified.
Get them in for training before the permanent Franchises come out!

NW:brb.rd
Copyright 0 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

253

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1961
Issue II

sthil

FRANCHISE POLICIES

Only those persons who have consistently remitted to HCO WW or to a Central
Organization may now retain a Franchise in force. To this may be added only new
persons (or old Franchise Holders now cancelled) whose new training guarantees a high
reality on Scientology and a very advanced state of case.

Otherwise all Franchises are cancelled.

There may be no Franchises held for any fixed payment for bulletins.

There may be no Franchises held without consistent payment of royalty, allowing
only a five months state of grace if the person is under competent training or
processing, beforehand advised and approved by the Franchise Secretary.

Our key programme is

I . Bring Central Org Service up to clearing level in HGCs and clearing techniques
taught in the Academy, particularly to a point where confidence can be reposed
by HCO WW that if a person is sent to a Central Org he or she will be competently

(a) See Checked fully and ably on HCO WW See Check Form 3, last two pages,
HCO WW See Check Form 6, in full.

(b) Have their goal and terminal located.

(d) Be competently trained on clearing in the Academy.

(e) Sent home with high subjective reality on Scientology, without withholds,
and capable of clearing people.

2. Steer all potential persons or pairs to Saint Hill or a Central Org to have the above
done.

3. Award or return a Franchise after we are sure the above has been done.

4. Service the Franchise Holder well.

5. Protect the Franchise Holder and his or her Franchise from all encroachment.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jl.rd
254

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1962
Central Orgs
Franchise
BPI

CURRENT FRANCHISE POLICY

Franchise Policy now is:-

Franchise for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (minimal) certificate-
holder, have International Membership in force, and in good standing with the Org.

Weekly reports no longer mandatory. Reportsneed only be sent in when they
have something to report at which time they remit. Letters, however, always
welcome. Reports sent in in duplicate, also letters with tech queries in duplicate
greatly help in replying.

People who are active get all their mailings by airmails. Less active by surface
mails.

No permanent Franchises but no expiry dates for Franchise-remain in force as
long as in use. St Hill grads, however, more or less regarded as permanent and get
airmail postings for at least a year, and much longer or ad infinitum whilst active.

Franchise-holders who don't know the current data will not expect to have it all
explained to them by Franchise Sec but be told to get retrained.

No great emphasis will be made-in fact probably none-on the need to form
Franchise Centers as this will come about naturally.

City Offices will be established by Central Orgs.

It's up to Franchise-holders to make it worth while for Central Orgs to
establish a City Office in their area.

No Training Courses allowed in the Field-only in Academies.

Reason: Inadequate facilities, and administratively difficult.

Elementary training OK privately for auditors.

No St Hill Briefing Course Tapes available outside a HASI.

All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and business
associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and run elementary
basic Courses (PE, HAS Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind) when they can, to
keep in good comm and good standing with the Organization and remit I 0% of all
Scientology income to keep the service and research going.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr.rd by Robin Hancocks
Copyright (c) 1962 HCO Franchise See WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

255

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1962
HCO Secs and
Assoc Sees only

RELATIONS WITH FIELD

Our whole Franchise policy is, and always has been, to keep the Field happy,
give them what they want, and get in their I 0 per cents so we can give them service.
This is a direct quote from Ron's instructions to the Franchise Sec WW.

Your co-operation is requested to let this get into effect now.

We have Technical squared away-it is just a question of training auditors to
apply it. So we shall shortly be facing a boom. We need to be well prepared for it
and have our house in order.

it is essential to cut out any games condition with the field. Some individuals may
be in a games condition with your Org. Is that any reason why your Org should waste
time Q and A-ing by being in a games condition with them? No, skip them.

So as to be ready for the rush, your chief preoccupation at this time should be
to get your Org into superb condition both technically and administratively. No
extraordinary solutions are needed for this. The policy is there. Follow it and you'll
win.

LRH:dr.rd Issued by: Robin Hancocks
Copyright (D 1962 HCO Franchise Sec WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JULY 1962
Central Orgs
Franchise
BPI
MIXING SCIENTOLOGY WITH VARIOUS
OTHER PRACTICES

Any Franchise-holder known to be mixing other practices with Scientology, e.g.
psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, yogi, etc., etc., will have his Franchise
cancelled and his certificates suspended. Examples: Using processing to "help"
colonics, using chiropracty to run engrams.

This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15:

Never mix the processes of Scientology with those of
various other practices.

LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1962 by: Robin Hancocks
by L. Ron Hubbard HCO Franchise Sec WW
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

256

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1962
Franchise

A RESUME OF FRANCHISE POLICY

Franchise is for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (Minimal) certificate
holder, have International Membership in force, and be in good-standing with the Org.

Weekly reports no longer mandatory. However, regular reports are appreciated,
especially those submitted in duplicate on the format set out. This greatly facilitates
fast handling and replying.

Franchise Report Forms are available free of charge, in any quantity, from
Franchise Secretary.

HCO is not greatly interested in each pc result of each Franchise-holder. HCO is
far more interested in the overall effectiveness of each Franchise-holder.

Therefore, don't send voluminous pc reports to us.

However, for any outstanding results which you obtain which you wish to submit
give a brief resum6 of processes used, time spent, before and after profiles, physical
changes, cognitions and anything you wish to include, and we will more than likely
publish this.
-----------------
For technical queries, use the Franchise Report Forms where possible, and in
duplicate. If you wish to write a letter with a number of technical queries in it, please
do send the letter in in duplicate too. Reports and letters sent in duplicate receive top
priority, and greatly facilitate speedy handling.

Letters are always welcome especially those of interest to other auditors and these
will always, where possible, be published.

A group of Franchise-holders operating together are a much more effective unit
than a lone-operator. No great emphasis will be made-in fact, probably none-on the
need to form Franchise Centers as this will come about naturally.

The amount of activity you engage in, as a Franchise-holder, in your area will be
up to you.

Franchise is for the part-time participant and the full time professional.

The Franchise-holders who are the most active and effective in their areas and
who are doing a good job, who are up to date and who are sending reports in regularly
will naturally get the best service.

These get all their mailings by airmail and get publicity as much as possible. Those
on Franchise-Airmail are either Saint Hill graduates or students actively aiming for
Saint Hill.

It is very helpful for Franchise-holders to have a Central Org or City Office in
their area. City Offices will be established by Central Orgs. It's up to Franchise-holders
to create enough activity and interest in their area to warrant a Central Org to estab is
a City Office there.

257

Reason: Inadequate facilities and administratively difficult.

Elementary training is OK privately for auditors.

No Saint Hill Briefing Course tapes are available outside a HASI.

Saint Hill Graduates may, however, listen to these tapes at a Central Org for their
own information, by arrangement with the HCO of their area.
-----------------
One of the aims of being awarded a Franchise is to encourage the establishment of
a stable datum in an area.

A very small percentage of Franchise-holders seem to have an inherent desire to
go on whistle-stopping tours.

Unless officially appointed, itinerant Franchise-holders are not encouraged.

Also not encouraged are those who desire to promote themselves in every place
but their own area.

Those who desire to go "walk about" or who desire to broadcast far and wide in
order to get business, reveal their inability to be effective in their own areas.
------------------
No Franchise or Field Auditor should charge less for services than the Central
Organization. They may, however, charge more.

No responsibility need be accepted and no legal help nor advice need be given
where, on investigation of a complaint, it is found that an auditor has given auditing
for fees that are less than those charged by the Central Organization for that area. In
the event of preclear complaints in such circumstances, severe disciplinary action may
be taken against the auditor concerned.

However, in the case of complaints against an auditor, if it is found that the
auditor has conscientiously applied standard procedures to the best of his ability, and
has not charged less than the recognized fee for the area, he may expect some support
from the HCO, HASI and LRH.

Any Franchise-holder known to be mixing other practices with Scientology e.g.,
psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, yogi, etc, etc, will have his Franchise
cancelled and his certificates suspended. Examples: Using processing to "help"
colonics, using chiropracty to run engrams.

This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15: Never mix the processes
of Scientology with those of various other practices.
-------------------
The use of advanced clearing techniques, unless closely supervised by fully
qualified auditors (St Hill graduates) is hazardous and dangerous to the pc. One UK
untrained in 3GA field auditor found using 3GA has had his certificates suspended.
Running 3GA unknowingly is a highly irresponsible act, and finding and running the
wrong goal could be fatal. Finding the right goal demands a highly skilled auditor with
superb metering.

A Franchise-holder can be extremely effective with the data at his disposal and
within his skills.

All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and business
associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and run elementary basic
courses (PE, HAS Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind) when they can, to keep in
good comm and good standing with the Organization and remit 10% of all Scientology
income to keep the service and research going.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr.rd by Robin Hancocks
Copyright (c) 1962 HCO Franchise See WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

258

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1963
HCO Secs
New Franchise-holders
Franchise for info

A RESUME OF FRANCHISE POLICY
(Supersedes HCO Policy Letter of
27 September 1962 of the same title)

Who can have a Franchise?
Franchise is for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (Minimal) certificate
holder, have International Membership in force, and be in good standing with the Org.
Must be situated outside a promulgated Central Org Control Area.
Franchise is not available within a promulgated Central Org Control Area.
Auditors operating within a Central Org Control Area should see their HCO Area
Secretary to arrange collection of bulletins which are readily available under the
Interim D.O. Arrangements-details of which are available from all HCOS.
The amount of activity you engage in, as a Franchise-holder, in your area is up to
you.
Franchise is for the part-time participant and the full time professional.
A group of Franchise-holders operating together are a much more effective unit
than a lone-operator. No great emphasis will be made-in fact, probably none-on the
need to form Franchise Centers as this will come about naturally.

Airmail Facilities for Bulletins:
All HCO mailings are normally sent by surface mail free of charge to
Franchise-holders. Those requiring airmail facilities will henceforth be asked to
subscribe as below.
It is realized that lengthy delays sometimes ensue with mailings sent by surface
mail and in order to obviate this for those who would like it otherwise, the following
additional service became available as from I st January 1963. (This does not affect the
normal service of free of charge mailings of bulletins by surface-mail to those not
affected by these delays.)
A subscription can be taken out in which the expiry date is always 3 1 st December
of each year.
The full year subscription is US $I 2 or E4. 4. 0 (sterling).
A subscription taken out later in the year-but always expiry date of 31st
December-would be exactly pro rata.
For example, a subscription taken out in February for starting Ist March would
cost 10/12 of the yearly subscription or $10 or f,3.10. 0 (sterling). A subscription
taken out in August for starting Ist September would cost S4 or fl. 8. 0 (sterling).
Hence, the rate is $1 or 7/- (sterling) per month to be calculated from the date
you want service to start, on exact pro-rata, to the 3 1 st December of each year.
No subscription can be accepted for say a 3-month period in the middle of the
year as this would entail an unnecessary load on record-keeping.
A weekly mailing from Saint Hill is made each Thursday to all ranc ise- ers
throughout the world. Payment should be made to HCO WW.

About Reports:

Weekly reports not mandatory. However, regular reports are appreciated,
especially those submitted in duplicate on the format set out. This greatly facilitates
fast handling and replying.
Whenever possible, please always use the yellow Franchise Report forms. These
are readily available free of charge, in any quantity, from Franchise Secretary.
For technical queries, please use the Franchise Report forms also whenever
possible, and in duplicate. If you wish to write a letter with a number of technical

259

queries in it, please do send the letter in in duplicate too. Reports and letters sent in
duplicate receive top priority, and greatly facilitate speedy handling.
HCO is not greatly interested in each pc result of each Franchise-holder. HCO is
far more interested in the overall effectiveness of each Franchise-holder.
Therefore, don't send voluminous pc reports to us.
However, for any outstanding results which you obtain which you wish to submit,
give a brief resume of processes used, time spent, before and after profiles, physical
changes, cognitions and anything you wish to include, and these will more than likely
be published.
Payments to HCO WW:

To avoid accounting difficulties, and to ensure prompt service, it would be
appreciated if the following points are observed when money is sent to HCO WW.
1. All cheques, credit transfers, etc, should be made payable to:-
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
No other payee (i.e. HCO WW, Saint Hill Manor, Tech Materiel Secretary, L.
Ron Hubbard, etc) should be used. Cheques should not be made out to
individuals on WW staff.
2. Payments for books, E-Meters, badges and other materials should be made
on a separate cheque. They should not be included in one cheque with
Franchise payments, etc:- e.g. Franchise-holder "A" has a Franchise 10%s
payment of f,50 to make and also wants a book priced 51-. He should send
one cheque for f,50 for the Franchise payment and another, separate, cheque
for 51- for the book.
3. Where payment is made corresponding to a particular HCO WW invoice
please quote the invoice number when making payment.
If these simple points are observed it will greatly assist us in providing a quick,
trouble-free service and thus help you.

Terminals for Franchise-holders at HCO WW and at Central Orgs:

Please see HCO Information Letter of 18 February 1963.

Some Policy Rulings:

No professional course (HPA/HCA and above) or retread of any such course may
be offered or run outside a Central Organization Academy. This includes the HPS
(Hubbard Practical Scientologist) Course, as this is run concurrently with the
HPA/HCA Course in an Academy. Saint Hill Graduates are not permitted to run
professional courses or Class 11 or other special courses in the field.
Reason: Inadequate facilities and administratively difficult.
Elementary training is OK privately for auditors.
Saint Hill Briefing Course tapes are normally not available outside a HASI.
Franchise-holders may, however, listen to these tapes at a Central Org for their
own information, by arrangement with the HCO of their area.

One of the aims of being awarded a Franchise is to encourage the establishment of
a stable datum in an area.
A very small percentage of Franchise-holders seem to have an inherent desire to
go on whistle-stopping tours.
Unless officially appointed, itinerant Franchise-holders are not encouraged.
Also not enocuraged are those who desire to promote themselves in every place
but their own area.
Those who desire to go "walk about" or who desire to broadcast far and wide in
order to get business, reveal their inability to be effective in their own areas.

No Franchise or Field Auditor should charge less for services than the Central
Organization. They may, however, charge more.
No responsibility need be accepted and no legal help nor advice need be given

260

where, on investigation of a complaint, it is found that an auditor has given auditing
for fees that are less than those charged by the Central Organization for that area. In
the event of preclear complaints in such circumstances, severe disciplinary action may
be taken against the auditor concerned.
However, in the case of complaints against an auditor, if it is found that the
auditor has conscientiously applied standard procedures to the best of his ability, and
has not charged less than the recognized fee for the area, he may expect some support
from the HCO, HASI and LRH.

Any Franchise-holder known to be mixing other practices with Scientology, e.g.,
psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, yogi, etc, etc, will have his Franchise
cancelled and his certificates suspended. Examples: Using processing to "help"
colonics, using chiropracty to run engrams.
This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15: Never mix the processes
of Scientology with those of various other practices.

The use of advanced clearing techniques, unless closely supervised by fully
qualified auditors (St Hill Graduates) is hazardous and dangerous to the pc.
A Franchise-holder can be extremely effective with the data at his disposal and
within his skills.

Some General Points:

Always, please, separate your communications for different subject matters.
Franchise and Books, for example, are quite separate departments. We have a rule in
the Orgs: one subject, one despatch. If you will do this also, it helps greatly and
obviates delays on your lines, too. (You can always place the different communications
in the one envelope to save postage.)

Always, when sending in a report, please use the yellow Franchise Report in
duplicate-rather than letters. This will really help speed your comm-lines here.
(Franchise-holders are usually pretty good on both these above two points.)

The various types and categories of Franchise that used to exist for various
reasons have all been dropped. For example, comparatively recently, there used to be a
special airmail list of Franchise-holders who received Class III material, but the need
for these categories has fallen away. There is only one type of Franchise now and
whether the Franchise-holder is receiving his bulletins by airmail or by surfacemail,
everyone on Franchise gets the same bulletins.

In the USA and Canada, when you want to enquire about getting Church
Incorporations this is the method adopted: You get your appointed lawyer to contact
our lawyers. Our lawyers have been briefed and will advise your lawyer of all details.
After documents have been submitted and passed by our lawyers, they are then
submitted to HCO Continental USA who then obtains LRH approval and signatories.
Documents are then returned to our lawyers who forward to your lawyer for filing in
your State. Your lawyer's fees and our lawyers' fees pertaining to this particular
incorporation are reimbursed by the new entity thus created, and thus you incur no
personal expenditure. For particulars, write to HCO DC. This applies for all States in
USA and Canada outside California. For California-wtite to HCO State HQs, Los
Angeles.

All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and business
associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and run elementary basic
courses (PE, Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind) when they can, to keep in good
comm and good standing with the Organization and remit 10% of all Scientology
income to keep the service and research going.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd by Robin Hancocks
Co.pyright (D 1963 HCO Franchise Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Cancelled by HCO P/L 20 March 1964, District Office & Org ControlAreaPolicy Revised, page 303.1

261

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964
Sthil Only
Franchise Sec
& Executives FRANCHISE PROGRAMME

The Franchise Programme laid out in 1961 has not been changed. It was, is and
must be:

I . Get all the HCAs/HPAs in the world on file at HCO WW;
2. Keep them advised about Scientology progress;
3. Give them a Franchise;
4. Coax them along;
5. Get them to Saint Hill for training;
6. Send them home more competent;
7. Build up centres in that way;
8. Collect all 10%s consistently.

This programme works.

It must be consistently applied with good Admin and prompt comm and good
COMM.

LRH:gl.rd
Copyright Oc 1964 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1964
Orgs
Franchise
US Field CALIFORNIA FRANCHISE
(Amend,v HCO Policy Letter of October 1, AD12-
"The Plan for California')

Henceforth, all California Franchise holders are to send their reports and 10%s
direct to HCO WW.

They are to discontinue remitting IO% of their Scientology and Dianctic incomes
to HCO Los Angeles/California.

They need not report routinely to HCO Los Angeles/California, but may do so, if
they wish.

This does not alter the fact that all California auditors, in order to practise in
California, must be licensed by the Church of Scientology of California, and must have
a Charter from that Church, as a Branch Church. Otherwise no legal protection or
credentials can be extended to that auditor.

No auditor in California will be franchised by HCO WW without this charter and
licence.

All California Franchise must be Ministers of the California Church.

The Church of Scientology of California may charge a fee for this licence and
Charter, but may not request nor accept a percentage from California auditors.

LRH:gl.rd Issued by: Joseph Breeden, HGA
Copyright (c) 1964 HCO Franchise See WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
262

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1964
Franchise

FRANCHISE
WHAT IS IT AND WHO MAY HAVE IT

Franchise is awarded to active, productive auditors only.

Up to now there have been very many auditors allowed to remain on Franchise
who have not been very productive, or who did not remit IO% to HCO WW regularly.

This will no longer be allowed.

In order to retain a Franchise an auditor must do the following:

1. Produce case gains on individual preclears and co-audit preclears.

2. Produce well trained HAS and HQS certificate holders. (HQS only if a St Hill
grad.)
3. Sell books.

4. Produce evidence of 1, 2 and 3 above by sending regular reports to the
Franchise Secretary, HCO WW as requested; and by remitting a contribution
to HCO WW consisting of 10% of income derived from 1, 2 and 3.

The amount of activity may vary from auditor to auditor, but the Franchised
auditor is expected to produce. Franchise is reserved for the most productive auditors.

In view of this policy, a number of Franchises have been cancelled. Several of
these are cancelled because the auditors failed to report or remit 10%s, although they
were busy auditing and training.

Any classified auditor may apply for Franchise. Application is made through the
local HCO to the Franchise Secretary, HCO WW.

Franchise holders are mailed bulletins each week usually; are entitled to a 40%
discount on books and tapes; may write the Franchise Secretary HCO WW for advice
and consultation; may have a Franchise Certificate, and have priority on technical help
and information from Central Orgs.

Franchise holders are the elite of Scientology Field Auditors and are treated as
such by HCO WW.

Leading Field Auditors are only appointed if the appointee is Franchised. If an
area has no Franchise holder, then it has no Leading Field Auditor.

Note: Where two or more auditors are working together, as in a Franchise
Centre, each must individually apply for a Franchise if they each wish to have
Franchise privileges. However, they may report and remit I O%s collectively, as long as
each auditor's name is included in the report.

Issued by: Joe Breeden
Franchise Secretary
for
LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard Authorized by: Mary Sue Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Organization Secretary HCO WW

263

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JANUARY 1965

Remimeo

FRANCHISE APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT

This Policy Letter is for use by all auditors wanting to take out a Franchise with
HCO WW. The agreement forms the basis of the relationship between Franchise
Auditors and HCO.

Three copies are required when making an application. These are obtainable from
Area HCOs (who obtain their copies, airmail paper except UK, from stencil keeping
Central Orgs). Three copies are required when making an application so that the
Franchise Holder, the Area Sec and the Franchise Sec each have a copy for reference.

When the intending Franchise Holder has completed his parts of the three forms,
they should be forwarded to the Area HCO and then to Franchise Sec, who will
complete the lower part of the agreement and distribute copies to Area Sec and
Franchise Holder. For an Auditor to be on Franchise he must be Class III or over, hold
an International Membership and be in good standing with his Central Organization.

INTERIM FRANCHISE APPLICATION

I Mr./Mrs./Miss
name in capitals)

of (vif 'postal address in capitals

....................................................................

hereby apply for an HCO Interim Franchise.

My highest Scientology qualification is

My highest Class is

My International Membership is in force until when I shall see
that it is renewed, and kept in force thereafter.

I am in good standing with the Central Organization.

Signed

Date

The above statements are true, and I approve of the above-mentioned being awarded an
Interim Franchise.

in e
-H. C6,Wrea or 6ont ental cretary

Date

264

INTERIM FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

I Mr./Mrs./Miss
hereby agree to the following conditions on being awarded an HCO Interim Franchise.

I agree:-
1. To be active in the Field, disseminating and practising Scientology
professionally, establishing myself as a stable terminal for Scientology in my
area.
2. To maintain my own case and training at a high standard.
3. To maintain the Auditor's Code and the Code of a Scientologist.
4. To maintain good standing with Scientology Central Organizations.
S. To maintain my International Membership in force.
6. To remit 10% of my gross income from Scientology and/or Dianetics as my
contribution towards research and World Wide dissemination.
7. To send in weekly reports of my activities to HCO Franchise Secretary on
the standard fon-n supplied by HCO WW.
8. To conform to Policies laid down for Franchise Auditors.

Signed
Date
Witness

I hereby certify that
has been awarded an HCO Interim Franchise as from and will be
kept supplied with all Bulletins, Policy Letters and other mailings applicable to
Franchise Holders, and will be given all possible technical advice and help from HCO to
maintain a high effective level of technology in the Field in his/her area, so long as the
conditions of this Agreement are complied with.

Signed
HCO Franchise Secretary WW

for L. RON HUBBARD
Date

Prospective Franchise Holder should write here the types of Scientology Activity
he/she expects to engage in (i.e. individual auditing, training, co-audits, etc) so that this
can be published against his/her name in lists of Franchise Holders.

....................................................................

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd
Copyright Oc 1965
by L. Ron flubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

I Amended and reissued 14 January 1970, samc title, in the 1970 Year Book; cancelled by HCO P/L
1 1 May 1971 Issue IV, Mission Application andagreement, page 296, which also cancelled 14 Jan. '70.]

265

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JANUARY 1965

Remimeo
Franchise

Franchise:

WHO MAY HAVE IT AND HOW TO MAINTAIN IT, AD 15

The Franchise Programme has been a part of the broad, public dissemination of
Scientology for a long time now, almost six years.

The purpose of this programme is to build up a really fine group of professional
auditors practicing and disseminating Scientology in the field, professional auditors
who could help carry out the goals, aims, and ideals of Scientology and who could in
the practical aspects of training, processing, and like activities, help other people to
higher levels of awareness and beingness.

To accomplish this purpose we had to ensure to the Franchise Holder and to the
general public that they would get the very best data and technical information with
which to succeed, the dissemination and help of Scientology relying wholly on
technical working in the hands of those who apply it, not just those who are closely
supervised in it's application, but in everyone's hands.

So we had to provide the service of seeing that this technical information was
relayed as fast as possible each week on established communication lines; that there
was someone to answer and handle the natural queries that result from new technical
information; that the general public be advised throughout our various magazines that
these Franchise Holders were the elite corps from whom the best technical could be
expected in the field; and that we could do everything possible to promote the
activities of the Franchise Holder through advertising, technical information, and
administrative advice.

In return for such information and services, we ask that ten percent of the weekly
gross income of the Franchise Holder be sent, along with a weekly report, to help
defray the expenses involved, to help pay for the advertising and to help pay for the
research involved in the development of new technology.

Thus a two-way flow is maintained with affinity, reality, and communication.

New promotion and a new technical bridge have been originated to increase even
further the effectiveness and reach of our Franchise Holders. This new promotion and
new bridge, via the training and processing levels, will bring about more success and
more wins and more people.

To cope with this forward reach and progress, we would like to ensure that those
who are now Franchise Holders will continue to be Franchise Holders in the future and
to ensure that the members of Franchise Holders are increased.

First, let's review the definition of a Franchise Holder: A professional auditor,
with a classification to Level III or over, who practices Scientology full or part time for
remuneration, who conducts processing and training privately or to groups, whose
understanding and experience of Scientology is sufficiently broad for him to be
publicized to others as a stable terminal, who has signed a Franchise Agreement, who
receives Bulletins, Policy Letters, advice, advertising, technical information, services
and administrative data from HCO WW, and who, in return for same, maintains

266

regularly a weekly report and a weekly payment of ten percent of his gross income to
HCO WW.

Contained in this definition are all the agreements which create the reality of the
communication flows and which help to maintain affinity in common purpose and
understanding.

The administrative actions which we engage upon, to maintain the Franchise
programme are much more complicated and time consuming than the fifteen or thirty
minutes (and even less, in the case of some very efficient Francl-lise Holders) required
to write out a supplied report form and check (cheque), but this difference is made up
in the hours and time devoted to handling, processing, and training people by the
Franchise Holder.

We would like to see in the future more Franchise Holders, and Franchise Holders
so busy and successful that they need to hire someone to file their report to HCO WW,
to enroll all the people, to answer the telephone, and to keep that over-full
appointment book.

The future of the Franchise Programme is bright. Let's keep it that way by
maintaining the agreements upon which it is founded and by gathering together new
members with the same aims and goals.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:lb.cden
Copyright (D 1965
for L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Modified by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page 278.1

267

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Gen Non Remimeo
HCO Dissem Sec HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1965
Dist Sec
Mimeo
Registrars
Tech Pets SALE OF BULLETINS & TAPES
Qual Pers FORBIDDEN

The sale of HCOBs and HCO Pol Ltrs and Tapes is FORBIDDEN to all orgs.

No org may sell any Field Auditor or Franchise Auditor or the public any Bulletin
or Policy Ltr or tape.

No org may lend or permit to be copied any HCOB, Pol Ltr or tape.

No org may permit notes of tapes to be mimeographed, published or sold.

The only materials which may be released or sold are those authorized by the
Office of LRH at Saint Hill through the HCO Dissemination Secretary Saint Hill and
only by specific written orders from the Office of LRH Saint Hill.

All materials issued are for use only by orgs in the conduct of their business and
basic activities of training and processing.

LRH:wmc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Modified by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page 278; amended
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED by HCO P/L 18 April 1970 Issue III, Tapes, Volume 2-page 227.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise DISTDIV(6)

FRANCHISE COURSES

Franchise may teach the following Courses:

Beginning Scientologist
Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist
Hubbard Qualified Scientologist.

They may not (and were never authorized) to offer classification or classed
courses such as Level 0, etc.

The deadline of Jan 1, 1966 that would have ended their courses is herewith
removed.

To teach an HQS Course the Franchise holder must have an excellent presentation
of the course and materials.

All Scientology courses must have check sheets, even BS and HAS.

They may charge for these courses.

They must not imply such courses are Level courses for classification or a
substitute for proper Academy training.

LRH:mh.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

268

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MAY 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise Holders DISTRIB UTION DIVISION
Franchise Officer Hat
FRANCHISE SUMMARY OF POLICY

Franchise is now under HASI Saint Hill the Distribution Division (Division 6),
Department of Field Activities (Department 16), Franchise Section and is under the
direct supervision of the Franchise Officer, the title Franchise Secretary being
abolished.
All Franchise Holders now in good standing may retain their Franchises. Being in
good standing consists of the Franchise Holder submitting weekly reports to the
Franchise Section and paying their IO% the week it is received. Franchise Holders not
doing so are removed from the Franchise List and all privileges are cancelled.
Franchise Holders receive weekly mailings from Saint Hill and advices and special
book discounts.
Franchise Holders may teach certain courses, as permitted years ago, the HAS and
HQS of those times. For a short while Academies taught an HAS and HQS course and
these courses became level courses. This was after they had been allowed as non-level
courses to Franchise Holders.
Despite any apparent change, the Franchise Holder may still teach these NON
LEVEL HAS and HQS courses as first arranged years ago. These are no longer
Academy Level Courses. NO FRANCHISE HOLDER MAY CALL HIS COURSES
"LEVEL ZERO or LEVEL ONE". The Level Zero and Level One Courses are now
HRS and HTS. The Franchise Holder was allowed to teach HAS and HQS and is still
allowed to teach HAS and HQS. He has never been allowed to teach Level 0 or Level I
Courses. A confusion on this by the former Franchise Secretary has been discovered
and corrected. LEVEL means an Academy Course.
To these we now add the BEGINNING SCIENTOLOGIST COURSE. This is the
first, lowest course. It is the old PE Course. It is not a Level Course.
According to the Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart there are four
certificates below Zero. One of these is by book (the HBA) and is therefore not taught
but Scientology books and use of them can be recommended. The other three, BS,
HAS and HQS are taught. HBA is not required for HQS.
Thus a Franchise Holder should teach from one to three courses. Beginning
Scientologist, Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist, and Hubbard Qualified Scientologist.

The texts of these are fairly well known.

THE BEGINNING SCIENTOLOGIST

The BS Course is all evening PE, covering the Problems of Work and stressing how
people need Scientology being in a mess and their need for Change. It has no auditing.
Just data. The people should understand the words used or they will wander off. So
use a few principles, define every word, review the principle and definition often.
DON'T teach any definition by agreement. It loses people like water through a sieve,
according to actual data of attendance. The best BS Course hammers the few simple
principles contained in Problems of Work, page by page from the actual text read to
the students with pauses for their examples. Teachfrom this text only, not from "live
lecture". Read the book page by page and assign work from it. The student is also
given the 13 basic words for vocabulary as between session study assignment. Few
data, lots of quantity about them, lots of examples. And stress that knowledge of them
can change things and that people are in bad shape and that change is needed. IF THE
PEOPLE CAN'T APPLY THE DATA TAUGHT IN THEIR DAILY LIVES, IT IS NOT
A BS COURSE. A BS Course is now taught from this one text. And remember to tell
them it isn't a level course, or an example of an Academy Course.

THE HUBBARD APPRENTICE SCIENTOLOGIST
This is another data course. It has no auditing connected with it. It is not a Level
Zero Course and must never be called so as no Franchise Holder was ever given the
right to teach any Classification Course.

269

It has two courses, really. The first course runs for a week or two of evenings-at
least nine evenings or three week ends. (This time can be doubled if you wish.)

The "Theory" part of the Course consists of a painstaking coverage of "The
Original Thesis" page by page. It is gone over with great thoroughness and no word is
left in doubt in the student's mind. You will find this book has far more data and
appeal at this level than any other. It defines the mind and without it, a lot of students
are left adrift.

The method of' teaching is by reading a part of it and defining every word in it
and asking the class to give examples of it in life. And then how the principle can be
applied.

Using just this one text and covering it thoroughly will get you further than trying
to go to glory on "live lecture" and tapes and all that.

The text itself must be possessed by the student as well as a dictionary and the
student must keep a notebook of words he has defined and axioms and his examples.
He gets his pass on Ws notebook. (PE can be taught the same way.)

(The Original Thesis will be available much later reprinted as a Scientology text,
by changing the word Dianetics to Scientology in it.)

The HAS has a second stage course called the Practical Course. It is taught in
another 9 evenings or 3 week ends. (This time can be doubled if you wish.)

It uses the TRs to teach people to Communicate. Between evenings, or week ends
the class is given assignments of observing examples in the world around them of
principles taken from the Original Thesis.

Note that there is no auditing. You will lose more people if you try to get a
co-audit going than if you don't.

However, at this stage you carefully teach them the usual assists published from
time to time.

You make them show you they can do them. You don't have a class auditing
period in which to do them.

When they've mastered their TRs and done lots of examples of principles in the
Original Thesis and mastered Assists, that's that.

THE HUBBARD BOOK AUDITOR

If a student wishes he can have his HBA instead of his HAS if he will submit 3
assists he has done successfully.

The application may be through his Franchise Holder.

THE HUBBARD QUALIFIED SCIENTOLOGIST
The first stage of this course (Theory) is the same length (minimum) as the 9
evening or 3 week end HAS. It can be doubled in time.

Its texts are Dianetics: Evolution of a Science and Dianetics: The Modern Science
of Mental Health. (These will be reissued as Scientology texts and edited much later
but meanwhile they serve.)

There is no auditing on the Theory Course and no co-auditing as we know it on
any part of either one, Theory or Practical. Therefore the auditing part of Dianetics:
The Modern Science of Mental Health is not covered in the Course. Thus Book 3 is
omitted (page 165 on).

These texts are read to the students and clarified. Examples are asked for. The
student must learn to think in these principles.

As in all courses the texts must be in the student's hand in class as well as a
dictionary.

When these texts are completed, the Theory Course is over.

The student now enrols in his HQS Practical Course. It is the same length as the
Theory Course.

The Practical Course consists of the Body Steering Drill, the old Body Mimicry
Process (where "'auditor" and "pc" sit across from each other and the commands are

270

hand signals which are answered by the same hand signal and the command is repeated
by the "auditor" until it is duplicated by the "pc".) There are no other processes
allowed and neither "auditor" nor "pc" may speak.
A feature of this Course is Group Processing. Tapes of the Group Processing I
have given Congresses are being made into records or are available as tapes. They are
not the Tone 40 processes. The students as a body do these Group Processes from the
tape.
They purchase copies of the old Group Auditor's Handbook and after a lot of
processing by tapes they then learn how to Group Process.
They finish up their course capable of doing Body Steering, auditing by mimicry
as above, and being able to do Group Processing.
They should realize as well that Group Processing brings people up out of their
engrams and that awareness is thereby increased.
When they can do this, they are terminated from the course.

The Franchise Holder will find that teaching people Scientology without
following along the track of research and books gives people loses. DO NOT teach
these students without books in their hands and read at them, don't try to live lecture
it.
The principle here is entirely this, the student will get his biggest case gain from
data and is most likely to become a problem if students co-audit.
In 1954 1 taught a whole ACC without permitting any auditing amongst the
students and GOT A HIGHER AVERAGE GRAPH CHANGE THAN ON ANY
PREVIOUS ACC. The entire gain was from data carefully taught and my lectures!!!
Group Processing was very successful at these lower levels and it forms a good
group spirit.
Do NOT try to use these courses only to get pcs. You will soon cave in from
overwork and that will be that. You won't have courses or pcs. I ran a pilot on this via
a Franchise Centre co-auditing and getting pcs and auditing them, and the activity
eventually folded up for the above reasons.
Send the pcs to your nearest org for commission and keep running courses.

AUDITING
The Franchise Holder can audit the occasional easy pc, of course. But beware-it
looks like easy money. But it soon caves the place in. Every moment spent auditing is
time one isn't promoting. Individual practice killed psychoanalysis.
One auditor or a team of auditors in one place teaching courses and promoting
makes a solid future. Auditing individual pcs without a whole org to back you up never
will.
DATA GIVES A HIGHER CASE GAIN THAN STUDENT PROCESSING.

CHARGES

Charge what you arrange with your Continental Director. DON'T charge for "An
HAS Course". Charge for the "HAS Theory Course" and then charge for the "HAS
Practical Course". Same with HQS, get two fees for an HAS and two for an HQS.
Don't pretend these are Academy Level Courses. Send your people for the Zero
HRS to an Academy for commission.

FIELD STAFF MEMBER
You cannot afford not to be a Field Staff Member, your centre cannot exist long
without a place to send pcs and upper students and you can't survive unless you just
promote and handle small courses. The second you try to go into too many actions
you will spread too thin, your delivery will worsen, your lack of promotion will cave
you in.

DURATION OF FRANCHISE
You may have been told "Franchise was to be cut out." This was not true.

271

The Franchise Holder will do best who builds up his area, gets a lot of people up
to HQS in it, sends some off for training to an Academy and gets them back well
trained to help out and when big enough, convert to a City Office.

DATA

The data outlined above, taught from the book, will be found sweepingly
successful-tens of thousands travelled that road. If they don't travel the data road
they won't have a clue. And data at these levels is safer case gain than student auditing
of students. Assists and Group Processing done well, are safe to put in these students'
hands and from them they'll get results. Group Processing was seldom explored for all
its uses. Raw meat loves it. And in the files I have huge numbers of people who list
under "What auditing have you had?" "Ron's Congress Processing" like it was a 50
hour intensive. Good group auditing is good!

TAPES AND RECORDS

You can have all kinds of tapes at these levels. They are being made, a lot of them
into records. Hi Fi phonograph equipment is ordinary.

Beware of bad quality reproduction of lectures. It is deadly. Students go to sleep
on poor quality, are bright and happy on good quality reproduction by actual test.

You can give public tape plays all you want. Don't skimp reproduction quality.

BOOKS

You can buy books at a good discount and sell them to your students at a profit.
Discounts are announced from time to time.

New texts will be coming someday, covering the exact ground as above. But don't
wait for them.

Don't underestimate the effectiveness of teaching from a book. The data in these
books needs no amplification or interpretation. It's there.

Don't try to teach Level Zero or Co-audits or pretend the qualification is greater
than it is. Don't bar the door by skipping essentials. Data may be interesting to you
only if it's high level. But you aren't trying to interest you-you are trying to interest
the public for whom these books were written.

ETHICS

Your nearest org will help you with Ethics. Ethics exists to get technology in. If
your course has a suppressive in it you'll have a hard time and lose your students. So
don't fool with it. Use Ethics Codes. Only then can you get tech in in your area.

You are saving your students from sickness and death. Don't let a suppressive do
them in before they can be salvaged.

If you teach them as above and put their feet on the road, enough of them will
make it to salvage the rest when the few get further across the bridge.

We're dead serious about this.

The Franchise Holder is a vital part of the bridge. It's open now. Help crowd them
across it.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRfl:mh.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

272

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Office of L. Ron Hubbard

SECED 67 SH 5th August 1965

FRANCHISE TRANSFERRED TO DIV 6

Franchise is transferred to Division 6, the Distribution Division.

In addition to Deputy Director of Field Activities, Mary Skelton is also appointed
Franchise Officer.

L. RON HUBBARD

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 AUGUST 1965

Remimeo
Franchise

CERTIFICATION OF FRANCHISE STUDENTS

In order to ensure that Franchise Auditors are able to get their students certified
for Beginning Scientologist, Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist, and Hubbard Qualified
Scientologist, a Franchise Auditor is permitted to make an Attestation as to the
competence of the students as regards their practical and theory work as laid down by
policy covering the above named courses.

Such Attestations are to be sent in to the Director of Examinations of the nearest
Central Org and are then passed by that post to the Department of Certificates and
Awards for making out and mailing of the certificate to the student.

The nearest Central Org may charge for such service.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

273

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965

Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise

CURRENT POLICY-FRANCHISE
(Preserved policy from former Policy Letters
which have been cancelled)

Stable Franchise Centres are expected to become City Offices, and other
Franchise Holders are expected to build stabilized Centres toward the end of becoming
City Offices. Those not doing so may become individual Field Staff Members.

FRANCHISE BECOMING CITY OFFICES

Successful Franchise Centres may become City Offices on application if their
record and activity as a Franchise Holder is adequate.

The requirements of a City Office are (a) corporate regularity by which is meant
their incorporation must be passed up and in accordance with policy, (b) adequate
premises, (c) the presence of a full time HCO Area Sec, (d) training of someone in org
administration at their Central Org.

MEMBERSHIP SALES

No Franchise Holder may sell memberships. Memberships may be sold only by
City Offices or Central Orgs.

All Membership money received by a Central Org or City Office must be paid into
the HCO Book Account of that office and this money is used for dissemination.
Salaries and general org bills may not be paid from the HCO Book Account.

Franchise Holders receiving requests or monies for membership must forward the
matter to the Central Organization, referring the requests and sending the money in its
entirety.

Franchise Holders who are Field Staff Members may, however, select members
and receive FSM commission on such selections.

A Franchise Holder should advise memberships as he will receive the benefit of it
directly, membership monies being invested mainly in advertising of books and
assisting his own sale of these as well as bringing other indirect benefits.

FRANCHISE HOLDERS MUST CHARGE CENTRAL ORG PRICES

Franchise Holders must keep to the scale of processing fees announced by Central
Orgs for each year. These are precisely calculated.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: The original PLs, now cancelled, from which these were
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED preserved, are in Volume 3, Price Engram section, pages 91-136.

274

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF IO SEPTEMBER 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise
Post Public
Bulletin Boards
Sthil Students FRANCHISE AWARD OF MERIT

As part of the programme to promote Franchise, and to reward those Franchise
Holders who have done well in the Field, a special Franchise Award has been
introduced. It consists of an invitation to come to St Hill for a free briefing on how to
give a Release check and rehabilitation, and to be released by Power Processes to 2nd
Stage at 50% discount.
To qualify for the award, the Franchise Holder will have to fulfil the following
requirements:

I . Send in reports and I O%s every week.
2. Income from 10%s received must be over $300 or LI OO per month for a
three month period.
3. They must have a good record with St Hill.
The award will be announced every three months.

For the six month period to I st September 1965 the following have qualified for
the award:

VIRGINIA AND ALLEN KAPULER, LAS VEGAS
ALLAN AND JOY WALTER, DALLAS
JOHN AND MILLIE GALUSHA, COLORADO

LRH:mh.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue III
Gen Non-Remimeo

CORPORATE NAMES
GROUP NAMES

The only corporation that may use the word "FOUNDING" in its name is the
FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF WASHINGTON D.C.

Any other corporation in the USA or elsewhere including the word "Founding"
in its name must change it by Board resolution, filing name change correctly before
relevant authorities.

No group or congregation, etc, incorporated or not, may use the word
"Founding" in its title. Any such existing shall change their name in accordance with
this policy.

LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

275

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 OCTOBER 1965
Gen Non-
Remimeo
Franchise
Qual Secs
Review Personnel

RELEASE CHECKS FOR
FRANCHISE PRECLEARS

It has been brought to my notice that with the new grades of Release, preclears of
Field Auditors may have to make repeated journeys to their local Orgs for a check and
rehabilitation.

To surmount this problem the following policy is introduced:

When a Franchise Auditor works a long way from his nearest Org, lie may audit a
preclear on the next level above that on which the preclear has been released, up to the
highest level consistent with his class.

When the auditor can continue the pc no further, he may then send the pc in for a
check and rehabilitation on each level released.

In the case of a Class III auditor, then, he would:

1. Audit the preclear on 0 processes to a free needle.

2. Audit the preclear on level I processes to a free needle.

3. Audit the preclear on level 11 processes to a free needle.

4. Audit a preclear on level III processes to a free needle.

5. Send the preclear in for a release check and rehabilitation on Grades 0, 1, 11,
Ill.

In sending the preclear in to an Org, the following steps must be followed
precisely.

I Send the preclear's folder in advance with a note stating which grades the pc
has attained, and requesting a time that the pc can appear, to the Dept of
Review, Dept 14, Div 5.

2. The auditor receives a letter stating the time the pc is to appear.

3. The auditor then hands the letter to the pc, who presents it at the appointed
time to the receptionist.

WARNING

Do not, however, allow a preclear who has reached a free needle on a level go
around for a long time without being checked as it makes for by-passed charge.

The above rundown will keep our lines smoother and make for faster results.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.cden
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Cancelled by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page 278.]

276

Instead of all the force vectors lying about in a random confusion, opposing each
other, you add up some of the vectors all in one direction and achieve thereby a
concentration which brings a result.
Even a small local campaign so coordinated will work.
It won't work if you go to groups for the purpose and ignore the men in the
street. Groups get individuated. Each group is to some degree attacked or opposed and
each is trying to do something. This brings about a stagnation of action. You also get a
disinterested, often disloyal society. You get dope addiction, immorality, bad
indicators in general.
A real society is one in which the majority are going in some direction toward a
desirable goal. But it has to be their goal. This rekindles interest, action and hope. It
revitalizes society.
Also we begin to stand for something they all stand for.
If as we progress a lot of people also get processed, then there's also the effect of
their beneficial influence added to it.
Example: We poll an area or a country regarding desirable social targets with
"What should be done to improve human rights?" We get a lot of answers. We boil
these down to an honest common denominator. We find whatever we find. Maybe it's
"Parking tickets should be given to the person, not left on cars". So we liaison with
any and all civic groups and put this up to them. What can each one do about it. We
keep it rolling. Suddenly the practice is effected. People wake up to the fact that
something can be done about something. So we do it all over again, using perhaps the
same original question to individuals.
Now that example is developed from a preconceived question.

You can do it with a much more general approach.
"What should be done in this city to better it."
The choice of the question of course to some degree regulates the campaign. The
improvement of human rights will be found to be very generally acceptable.

If you choose a question which then runs too contrary to the forces of law and
order, even more confusion will result. So one tries to get a theta approach to things.
People are usually able to agree with getting something stopped. This is not
always bad. Sometimes that's all you can get them to agree with.

Today we have government by special interest. It ignores to a huge degree what
the average citizen really wants. This winds up usually in some weird special interest
Utopia mess like the book George Orwell's "1984". The number of Utopia planners
around would amaze you. The average individual shuns Utopias like the plague. One
has to go to the individual member and go to many individuals in many strata of
society to find out what's really wanted. It's usually pretty simple.
The way the question is worded should guide toward a simple action, not some
long term complex action.
A lot of actually done, easy actions each one completed will straighten out a lot
of vectors.
The HCO Pol Ltrs on Targets can help. The one purpose selected via individuals
becomes a Major Target for the programme.
Our overall Major Target is of course our Humanitarian Objective, with Scn Orgs
and Gung Ho groups as Primary Targets and keeping Scn going as a Vital Target and
Revitalizing society as the Operating Target.
Each programme developed by polling individuals has the majority goal as its
Major Target.
We are weary of rule by Special Interests. It's about time we helped make a
society of which every one can be proud and where they all win.

LRH:Idm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright nc 1969 Founder
by L. Ron ffubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

371

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 APRIL 1968
Remimeo
Franchise Holders

FRANCHISE
(Cancels HCO PL 21 Oct 65 "Release Checks for Franchise PCs"
Modifies HCO PL 13 May 65 "Sale of Bulletins and Tapes Forbidden"
Modifies HCOB 28 July 59 "Our Goals"
Modifies HCO PL 2 Jan 65 "Franchise Who May Have It and How to Maintain It")

The Franchise Programme was first introduced in the early lyart of 1959. Since
that time some changes have been introduced. With the stabilisation of our technology
it becomes possible also to stabilise the Franchise Programme.
The original aim has not been altered. It is simply, to Clear Earth.
Clearing a large population in our lifetimes is quite within reach.
If each Scientologist were to contact 3 people per year and bring them into
Scientology we would Clear this Planet within ten years. So it is time we got down to
business.
All HCAs and HPAs and above, not on Org Staff are to be issued with an interim
Franchise which they are to ratify within 14 days. Failure to do so will result in the
revocation of the Franchise.
Franchise Holders are expected to do one or more of the following:
Run BS, PE, HAS, DCA, HQS, Anatomy of the Human Mind Course, or HDA
Course or process to the Level of their classification (Class VI or VII may only
audit to Level IV of course).
The exact plan for a Center is this:
I . Sign an interim Franchise
2. Run Basic Courses
3. Process to the Level of their training, keeping up with own training at the
Local Org
4. Keep a good Level of activity for some months, selecting Students and Pcs
for training and processing in the Local Org, St Hill and AO.
5. Get trained to Class VI at St Hill
6. Take out a permanent Franchise
7. Progress towards clearing the area, by getting as many trained in the Org as
possible and getting them set up in new Franchise Centers.
It's a tough Planet so we'd better face it and measure up to it. Use the Local Org to
keep Ethics in in your area.
But the First step is to say "I'm going to Clear (the Continent)
and start telling people. And moves that don't aim that way are dispersals.
The easy part is getting people on our side. You've heard it said "everybody is a
Scientologist-some haven't cognited yet". The tough part is to keep everyone pointed
toward the goal.
So a Scientologist should say first to himself "I'm going to clear
(his Continent) and then tell others "We're here to clear (his
Continent).
Then work on the above programme and we'll do it easily. It is only essential we
keep the goal before us and cooperate. We are not here to play games with each other.
We're here to Clear Earth.
So all we ask of a Franchise Holder is:
I . He must send in IO% of his weekly income (apart from booksales and FSM
commissions) from Scientology and Dianetics to the Church of Scientology
of California (WW Org) each week.
2. He must abide by the Code of a Scientologist and the Auditor's Code and
the Policies governing Franchise.
3. He must charge at least the Continental charges.
In return, the Franchise Holder:
I . Receives the Franchise starter pack consisting of the Policies relating to
Franchise.

278

2. Receives for a small fee technological materials, consisting of the packs of
star rated materials up to the Level of his Classification (or Class
IV-whichever is least) and any new Bulletins up to that Level will be mailed
within a week of issue.
3. Receives service for his individual wants from the Franchise Officer WW.
This may include issue of single copies of past Bulletins which concern
current unclassified technology to their level, past Policy Letters giving
useful info on administration, Ethics handling, the public or promotion
which contributes to the expansion of the Franchise. These may only be
supplied where a genuine need is demonstrated. Such are for use by t e
Franchise Holder only. More than one copy of HCOBs or HCO PLs will only
be sold and then only where these are for a recognised Course (or recognised
process: e.g. List 1).
4. Receives a pack of special Bulletins and Policies relating to instructional
technology.
5. Receives the materials of Staff Status I and 11.
6. Is appointed an FSM for his local Org, St Hill and World Wide.
7. Receives materials such as fliers for Courses which he can use to disseminate
with (these may be charged for).
8. May, if desired, purchase free dictionaries for issuance to his Students and
Pcs. He must however, send in the names and addresses of all those receiving
such dictionaries with a properly filled in standard Application Form to St
Hill.
9. An interim Franchise Holder may not run S & Ds, Green Forms or Rehabs
unless authorised to do so.

On completion of a Grade, the Franchise Auditor attests that the correct
phenomena have been obtained for the Level and gets the Pc to attest that
he has attained that Grade of Release. Both attestations are sent to the Local
Org with requisite fee and a Certificate is mailed for that Grade to the Pc-
Attestations for all the Grades may of course be sent in all at once.

A similar system exists for Certification of Students on Courses. All that is
required is an attestation from the Supervisor and the Student that the
Student has completed the requirements for the Course. A Certificate will
then be mailed to the Student for the nominal Fee charged by the Org for
this service.

If a Student or Pc cannot attest, they are routed to the Local Org for Review
services. The penalty for false attestation is the assignment of a Condition of
Liability on those so attesting. In serious cases the Franchise may be
revoked. The assignment of such Conditions may only be done through the
Franchise Officer WW.

Help in Ethics may also be obtained from the Local Org.

10. Receives 40% discount on all books valued at more than S 1.25 (6/- sterling)
but receives discount on tapes and individual meters solely by virtue of
memberships held. 10 or more meters may be purchased at 50% discount.
Bulk orders (200 or more) of any book may be placed with 50% discount.
11. He may not have his own FSMs selecting to his own Center for profit. FSMs
are for Orgs. He may however teach the Dissem Course to his Staff or
Students. He must send in the names and addresses of those who buy books
or receive service for the first time to an Org. These people will then receive
the Area Mag, Continental Mag and "The Auditor" and be offered a 6 month
free International Membership.
12. He may not audit or train Org Pcs or Students or the Pcs or Students of
another Franchise Center within 2 years of the Pc terminating at that Org or
Center unless the Pc or Student cannot now attend that Org by virtue of
emergency or unless the person wishing to take processing or training can
obtain permission in writing from the Local Ethics Officer that he may do
so. Such permission may be obtained after the fact, but if the action is found
to be unwarranted Ethics action may result. Such notifications will enable
any Ethics outness in either the Franchise Holder or the Student to be
remedied. A copy of any Ethics Report made by a Franchise Holder should
go to the International Ethics Officer via the Franchise Officer WW.
13. Receives weekly mailings by surface mail (airmail may be paid for if desired).
14. He may give disagreement checks to his Staff if so qualified.

Those who remain inactive or who fail to send in 10% payments will have their
Franchise revoked after one year.

279

We are out to Clear Earth, therefore we can't afford to carry the inactive at the
expense of the active.

The Local Area See is informed at I st Jan each year of all those who have a
Franchise in force. These lists may be publicised. Only such and those appointed in the
meantime may receive discounts and other privileges of Franchise. The Franchise
Holder and Local Org are expected to keep in good ARC with each other (see HCO PL
19 Mar 68 "Service").

Those who earn consistently tnore than $500 per month and who intend to
continue their Franchise activities indefinitely (or become an Org at some future time)
and who are SHSBC Grads Class VI, may be granted a permanent Franchise. A
Franchise Holder who qualifies through his statistic may be so appointed immediately
on completion of the SHSBC.

A permanent Franchise Holder in addition to the above privileges:

I . Receives the Org Exec Course at 50% discount and the Minister's Course at
50% discount.
2. May run Rehabs and S & Ds if desired.

It is held that those to whom a permanent Franchise is issued, have
sufficiently good tech to handle these services. This right will be revoked in
the event that abuse of these services occurs or statistics decline subsequent
to this right being granted. They must inform the local HCO of the names
and addresses of those who have had S & Ds in their Center. They also
forward attestations from the Pc and auditor that the Pc is no longer PTS.
Disconnection Letters must be sent to the Ethics Officer of the nearest Org
for inspection before being mailed, the disconnection letter being stamped
and enveloped properly for such so the Ethics Officer needs only to inspect
it and post it.

Green Forms may not be run unless the auditor has been trained in Review
actions in an Org. Normally a Franchised auditor will find which of the 6
things (which can be out on a Pc) are out (HCOB 13 Sept 65 "Out Tech")
and act accordingly.

3. May offer services to Junior Franchise Holders by way of tuition on the
premises of either himself or the junior and may charge for these services or
receive return services from the junior during tuition.

4. Receive the weekly mailings airmail (as do Orgs on the mailing list).

All Franchise Holders are subject to our Ethics system as are all Scientologists.
Franchises are reminded that Ethics exists to make Tech possible. -Hence, where tech is
in, Ethics isn't interested, but where there is squirreling, ARC broken Pcs, squabbling
between Franchise and Orgs, statistics down, Ethics will become fascinated. Therefore
keep the goal in mind, and work towards achieving it. The high statistic Franchise
Holder is a valuable being, it is his actions as an FSM that keep Scientology expanding
(along with others).

If this programme is followed closely we'll soon Clear Earth.

Mike Davidson Franchise Officer WW
Nada Shultz Public Activities See WW
Kevin Kember Qual See WW
Brian Day HCO Area See WW
Tony Dunleavy Public Exec See WW
Anne Tampion D/HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson Org Exec See WW
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm WW
Joan McNocher D/Guardian WW

LRH:jc.rd Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW

[Note: "Since we can now handle all types of cases disconnection as a condition is cancelled."-LRH
HCO P/L 15 November 1968, see Volume 1, page 489.]

tthe above 20 April '68 Pol Ltr was modified by HCO P/L 8july 1969,Franchise, WhoMayHave0ne
(Extension), page 282, then later cancelledby HCOP/Ls 1OMay 1971 Issue 11,Mission, BasicDefinition
of, (see page 299) and 20 September 1971 Issue 11, same title, page 299, which revised 10 May '71.1

280

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 FEBRUARY 1969

Distrib
Divs 8
Franchise
MATERIALS TO FRANCHISE

All orgs are to make available to Franchise Holders those HCO Policy Letters and
HCO Bulletins which HCO Policy Letter of 20 April 1968 "Franchise" ENTITLES
THEM TO HAVE.

They are to be charged for. Recommended price is 2/6 sterling or 30 cents US or
equivalent per copy. This may be reduced at the discretion of the Executive Council of
the Org for multiple copies where more than one copy is authorized by policy or for
packs, not less than I /-per copy.

Starter packs and weekly mailings to Franchises are still issued from WW.

Tony Dunleavy
LRH:TD:nt.ei.rd CS-6, Public Aide
Copyright (D 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 APRIL 1969

Remimeo

FRANCHISE SECTION WW

The Franchise Section WW continues at WW in the same format as previously
and is placed directly under the Distribution Secretary WW.

In other orgs the franchise functions of the org exist in their respective sections
and exist in the three departments of the Distribution Division VIII in accordance
with HCO Policy Letter of 29 January 1969 "Public Divisions Org Board Revised"
and the purpose of these functions is to back up the Franchise Section WW by
expanding Franchise activity in the org's own area.

The Franchise Section WW is headed by the Franchise Officer WW. It contains
Franchise Communicators and is to be expanded as required to properly service
Franchise needs.

Tony Dunleavy
LRH:TD:hk.ei.rd CS-6 Public Aide
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

281

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Franchise
CRAMMING SECTION - SERVICE TO TRAINED AUDITORS

The Cramming Section 'teaches students what they have missed'. This includes
Trained Auditors who wish to be brought up to date on current technical
developments.
A Field or Franchise Auditor wishing to up-date his technical data may do so in
the Cramming Section of any Org qualified to teach his level of Training.
The Director of Exams may determine that the Auditor is missing too much data,
such as a whole course, to handle in Cramming and route the Auditor to the Tech
Division for retraining. Cramming does not teach full Dianetic, Academy or SHSBC
courses.
The line of keeping Tech in the area up to date and standard is indeed a Qual hat.
It is also a source of steady Qual income.
"New" courses are of course taught in Tech.

Rodger Wright - Chairman
Ad Council WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area Sec WW
AD COUNCIL WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:RW:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Remimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Franchise
Dianetic HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 JULY 1969
Counselling (Modifies HCO Pol 20 April 1968, "Franchise")
Groups
Gung-Ho Groups
FRANCHISE, WHO MAY HAVE ONE (EXTENSION)

For the purpose of running a Dianetic Counselling Group a HUBBARD
DIANETIC COUNSELLOR may have a franchise. They will receive HCOBs up to their
level plus policies relevant to operating a Dianetic Counselling Group.
A Dianetic Counselling Group is expected to have several staff including a
Scientology Auditor of at least Level IV.
Any Dianetic Counselling Group to run an HSDC, must apply for and obtain a
Franchise. They must of course have an HDG.
Clive Whittaker - D/Franchise Officer WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Rosalie Vosper - HCO Area Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Anne Tampion - HCO Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:CW:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright (cD 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Cancelled by HCO P/L 28 April 1970, The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme, page 390.

282

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1969
Issue 11

Remimeo
Franchise
Franchise Hats
Public Officers

FRANCHISE GRANTS OR CHARTERS

Since the earliest days of Franchise, a Franchise Grant is awarded only to ONE
INDIVIDUAL IN ONE AREA.

There are no floating Franchises or combined Franchises in accordance with
long-standing policy.

A Franchise Grant is a right to use the name approved by Franchise WW in a
single area by an individual in that area.

It is for a period of good usage and remains valid only if its 10%s are paid
regularly. That too is long-standing policy.

Business and profit Corporations are not granted Franchises.

A Franchise is now regarded as a MISSION of the church run by a minister ot'the
church and bears non-profit status.

An individual in that area may file the name as a "business name" but must take
needful steps to ensure that non-profit status is not compromised.

Running a Franchise under a name other than that granted or for other use than
Dianetics and Scientology services can cause a cancellation of the Franchise and
withdrawal of the name.

An individual may sell his Franchise to another providing that other is going to
operate it and be as a person in that area. The Franchise may not be sold into any
network for non-resident management.

The proper US term for the type of company is "corporate sole" meaning an
individual in whom the property and funds of a social or religious group is invested.
The "corporate sole" is a person who is a custodian of the funds and property of the
group. This type of "corporation" is permissible in Franchise.

Several trustees may combine in a board and register their Franchise as a church
or religious association or an association or society of which they are the board. This
has been done in the past in various areas.

Anyone receiving a Franchise or who holds an active Franchise as of the date of
this policy letter should rearrange his or her Franchise status to comply with the above
or with any additional requirements as may be specified by the Deputy Guardian for
Legal, C of S, Worldwide.

All Franchises which are not in good usage or which have been in any way
irregular in their IO% tithe to the mother church are cancelled by this policy letter and
must be re-applied for to Franchise WW.

Any Franchise found to be in conflict with this policy letter but is in active use

283

and has regularly paid its tithe to WW should be regularized with Franchise WW and
Deputy Guardian for Legal WW who have full authority to effect satisfactory
resolution of any difficulties within the meaning and spirit of this policy letter.

The work and activity of Franchise holders over the world is appreciated and it is
realized that both time and money have been expended and that many Franchises have
value and assets. No orders have ever been issued by any Scn official to compel or
coerce any Franchise holder into any network or compel percentages to any individual
or group other than the Franchise holder in the area for which the Franchise was
granted and such arrangements are frowned upon as depriving the Franchise holder of
the benefit of his Franchise and compromising the good of the community.

The actual persons running a Franchise in an area and who are in that area are the
persons looked upon by the church as the Franchise holders and actual custodians of
the Franchise name granted to that area. These, if any irregularity of status (as per
Franchise tradition and this policy letter) exists should contact the nearest Central Org
or Franchise WW to regularize their status and have their existing Franchise and name
cancelled and the Franchise reissued in a new title by WW so that it will be fully valid.

Any monies given to Franchise holders or arranged to "buy the Franchise" should
be considered a loan and should be promptly repaid to the donor. Franchises should
pay their debts and be solvent. The Mother Church is not responsible for their debts
but solvency is in the interest of good public relations.

(This policy letter has been issued at the request of the Deputy Guardian for
Legal WW to resolve the many irregularities in Franchise status now existing.)

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

284

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo Issue 11
OES Hat
PES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise PROMOTION AND MOTIVATION

Many promotional methods have been used in Franchise Centres. These would
have to be studied in very successful franchises such as the old Las Vegas centre when
it was under Kapulers. (His write up on this is available from Franchise WW. Applying
the same principles the Kapulers' Franchise in Sparks, Nevada is currently booming.)

The heart of Franchise is the FSM programme wherein the Franchise has its own
FSMS. (FSM = Field Staff Member.)
No Org or Franchise centre ever got anywhere with "covert selling" wherein they
somehow pretend not to be Scientologists but to sell covertly. Also no Franchise ever
got anywhere "not quite agreeing with Ron"-the public leaves them alone in droves as
we know by numerous tests. Centres which "knock Ron" or the Sea Org or Scn orgs
vanish after awhile because the public holds them in contempt.

There is no substitute for being an honest part of the team.

MONEY MOTIVATION

The weakest motivation is money. People and businesses that are motivated only
by money are wobbly people.
A primary cause of Franchise failure is money motivation.

The scale of motivation from the highest to the lowest is

Duty - Highest
Personal Conviction
Personal Gain
Money - Lowest.

Money is important in the world. But it is the grease on the machinery, not the
motors. In a society which has lost its patriotism and pride, money will be found as a
primary motivation. True, one is in trouble without money and it is a crime in the eyes
of the society to be without money. But one also needs dirt to grow things in and yet
dirt cannot be said to be the primary motivation for living.

So money is a tool, a gas tank. It is a MEANS of getting something done. It is no
valid end in itsell
Thus a Franchise motivated only by money will eventually fail. For it depends
more on the good will and personal conviction of Scientologists and the public than it
does on cash. Thus there will come about a ridge between a money motivated
Franchise and a public motivated by personal conviction or. even personal gain. The
potential agreement between the centre and the public is therefore a disagreement. The
Reality, the R, is out and so the ARC is out and so there is an interruption of flows.

A centre or an org must flow out service, help, wisdom, useful data. These
strengthen personal conviction and result in personal gain for the public. Processing is a
personal gain that leads to personal conviction. Money therefore flows back in AS A
MEANS OF KEEPING THINGS GOING. As you will see on the above scale money is
junior to personal conviction and personal gain and so is dominated by them or
vanishes when personal conviction or personal gain are absent. Money flows poorly
when motivated only by money. Look at bankers. Ever try to get a loan? And if you
did, were you ever sorry you borrowed?

Health, ability, immortality on the first dynamic are personal gain, gains never
before attainable. They are so rare they are almost beyond price.

On the 2nd, 3rd and 4th Dynamics, the social advantages of Dianetics and
Scientology add up to personal conviction.

The public understands that an org or centre must have money to keep the wheels

285

going. They look on anyone using such wisdom and tech only for money with a kind
of horror. They see it as an invalidation or a declaration that the material is worthless.

The public even understands an org or centre needing or having a lot of money
only so long as money is used to improve the product, spread the word, provide
facilities and support the people doing the work.

Such service as training, processing, publications, administration and management
take an awful lot of money.

An expert survey once done at SH left the surveyors who had costed what was
needed to deliver processing wondering how we ever did it.

A full psycho analysis covering five years cost a decade ago E9000! Yet we furnish
far more and far more lasting a result for $500. And all the processing we have to sell
all the way costs far less than $9000 much less pounds. It costs about $75,000 to
educate a psychiatrist who can obtain no good result. For $500 or less we can train an
HDC who can run rings around any commie psychiatrist on the planet. And all the
training we can give wouldn't cost $5000.

One of the reasons these services cost as little as they do is no org ever had to pay
the research costs. I paid them. And a couple years ago I forgave 131/2million dollars
owed me by orgs for real finance and service contributions. So whatever the enemy
may say, the material was not developed only to make money. And so it can't be sold
or managed only to make money. So it tends to make me and the public and almost all
Scientologists a bit nauseated when we get a profit of BIG PROFITS to be made in
Scientology.

One is usually paid less than he is worth, excepting of course politicians, bankers
and thieves and con men. When people are paid more than they are worth they don't
last long.

Therefore to obtain operating funds you have to give real service, real training,
real wisdom. You have to lead the field toward personal gain like health and personal
conviction, like a better soci6ty. If you lead very well and actually deliver you will be
paid proportionately and will have security and longevity. You have to be interested in
what the clientele is interested in, not only in their pocketbooks.

Psychiatry and psychoanalysis cannot survive except on government dole. As
individual practitioners without grants, salaries and supports, they generally fall on
their heads. The public won't support them since they represent no deliverable
personal gain and certainly an adverse personal conviction. Thus their real income is as
government hatchet men.

But a brief survey of psychiatric and psycho analytic students at a university
showed they were motivated almost wholly by money.

There are many ways then that a franchise or an org can mis-promote. They are
all contained in failures to serve and failures to enhance personal gain and personal
conviction in the field and public or demonstrations that their money is not used to
support the upper dynamic goals or support people who give service.

Franchises have a common fault of trying to run with too few people. With only
2, 3 or 4 people they can't really give full service. They are parasitic on the research,
publication, PRO area control, ethics and activities of orgs to provide all their local
services. So they appear to make more money per capita. Only by supporting and
selecting to higher orgs do they contribute enough to justify their existence.

Org staff members, particularly those of the Sea Org, are motivated by duty as
well as personal conviction. And they far and above do the best job. One of the
infamous prophets of profit will never know how close he came to getting slaughtered
in one org when he said to its staff, "Any auditor worth anything at all can make
$1,000 a week in the field." He never realized how he had his values crossed up-or
how close he came to getting clobbered for his lying invalidation. We unfortunately
have seen a half a dozen of these fellows in the last two decades. They are always
totally puzzled as to why they get a cold shoulder from staff members. And these
fellows, being only motivated by money and unable to get any higher, never have seen
that they are talking to people whose motivations are far higher.

There is nothing wrong with having lots of money. There is everything wrong with
having no money.

286

But to work only for money is the dreariest thing there is, very short term indeed.
Thus Franchise (and org) PRO is governed by providing real service leading to
personal gain and personal conviction and visible evidence that all monies are used to
provide those services, improve them, maintain them and support those who in turn
serve. This happens to be the truth of it.
The public does not require us to be poor. In fact they require us to be solvent so
that we endure. But they do require (and so do we) that the motivation is service, the
improvement of service, the support of those who serve and a better world.
Thus, particularly if you care to read HCO Pol Ltr II Nov 69, we have
SOLVENCY as a MUST in this society. But we also have MOTIVATION. One is paid
FOR carrying out the general motivation of an acitivity. He can be paid very well for it
indeed. But only if he carries out the real motivation.
Solvency for the sake of solvency cannot be achieved because one is not paid only
because he is solvent. One is paid for strengthening and carrying out the service one is
paid FOR.
If you are going to be paid as an org or franchise it will only be because you are
strengthening and serving individual and social motivations, not because the org or
franchise wants to be paid.
Some muddle headed misinterpretation of this is not only possible but probable.
If money is a poor motivation then obviously, someone may say, one should reduce
prices or never make any charge at all.
But THAT solution we find is so bad that people who do not contribute money
and get free service do not in fact accept it and can't have it.
Further, the whole service would vanish and cease to exist and that TOTALLY
violates motivation on all the dynamics.
No, the solution is to charge whatever the traffic will bear because one serves the
motivations of personal gain and personal conviction. But in charging for it, DELIVER.
DELIVERY then is really more important than payment to the public.
Thus an org or franchise must deliver services that definitely serve personal gain
and personal conviction. Wisdom, facts, auditing, training, leadership, worthwhile
programmes and targets, smooth admin, good ethics, support for those who serve and
facilities for service, these are the first consideration of an org or franchise and what is
stressed in promotion and what is delivered in meetings, lectures, courses and auditing
rooms. We CAN and do deliver these.
Given normal promotion of these services and good back up of the promotion,
finance ceases to be a vital point. The org or franchise makes money, is solvent and
well supported.
Give good promotion and service and your price list is taken for granted.
Direct positive coffective interest in all service flubs or failures is itself good
promotion.
The high hysteria the wog world gives finance and solvency and the necessity to
keep pace with it is an evil with which we live. Working ONLY to "make good" within
that hysteria is an hysterical action.
We have and do achieve excellent financial stability due to the dedication of our
accounts people and despite a very woggy wog world.
But we live to serve. And we do it well.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:ei.rd
Copyright (D 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

287

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1969
Issue III
Remimeo
PES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise
Holders

FRANCHISE PROMOTION MUSTS

The following data was isolated as the Key things done by the Kapulers in their
highly successful (highest Franchise stats ever) Las Vegas Franchise and which are
being done in their new equally successful Sparks, Nevada Oust outside Reno)
Franchise.

It is noteworthy that Stanley Richards the all time record continuous attendance
PE Course lecturer used almost exactly the same lecture approach and that all really
successful PE and public lecturers do this exact public lecture approach. Successful Scn
lectures so consistently use this "exact-data" approach that it should be policy.

Instead of Pol Ltrs and HCOBS, Stanley Richards used chapters or parts of
chapters from Scn and Dn books-which makes it very easy to sell the book used also.

Here is the Kapuler rundown, followed by four notes written by Nikki Freedman
who was also there at Las Vegas and is now in the SO.

It is notable that the 1950 to 1963 period is absolutely loaded with lectures and
papers and tapes never heard by the public.

THE WINNING APPROACH

This is for the Franchise auditor who wants to have a consistent good flow of new
business and consistent benefits of the quarterly Franchise Awards of Merit.

Over the past four years I have enjoyed just that. This is one of the main factors
why:

ALL LECTURES ARE DONE OFF AN LRH HCOB OR HCO PIL. Even the first
Introductory Lecture. When I walk to the front of the group that I'm going to talk to I
take a bulletin and an abridged Scientology dictionary. The bulletin is read line-by-line,
words are defined, two-way comm is invited (two-way comm with small groups under
thirty people. Over that I skip the two-way comm). I then talk on the major points of
the bulletin giving examples from life and push for the GIs-and am willing to quit 30
minutes early when the GIs are in.

"Evidences of an aberrated area" is a very fine PC producer. "Anti-social
individual" has been a big winner. "Supreme test of a thetan" produces people who
want training. "Overts, what lies behind them" produces cogs, GIs and paying
preclears.

This approach keeps LRH as source. That is a big help to you. It's just like
auditing. LRH supplies the data. You apply it to the point of GIs and bail out.

Auditing for a living is very lucrative, in terms of money made and loyal friends
and personal satisfaction. Use the straight LRH data to disseminate with-then use the
straight LRH data to audit all them new PCs with-and you have got it made.

SEND OUT A MONTHLY PROGRAMME OF LECTURES. Include 2 Free

288

Introductory Lectures a week, plus a monthly topical series of lectures-such as a 6
lecture Study Series, 2 a week for 3 weeks. You can always include one "Special" tape
play a week.

After an Intro Lecture, direct everyone to the Book Store. Make sure each new
body buys a book. You can use the last 5 minutes of your lecture time disseminating
Problems of Work, Fundamentals of Thought, New Slant, etc.

HOLD MONTHLY FSM MEETINGS. Hand out the pertaining FSM policy to the
people, and explain the FSM Programme to them.,Before you close the meeting, give
each person a couple sheets of paper and envelopes, so they may write out their
applications to the nearest Orgs, AO and SH to select people for them. You even mail
the letters for them! AT THIS MEETING, EXPLAIN TO THEM THAT THEY MAY
SELECT EVERY PERSON THEY BRING INTO SCIENTOLOGY, and that if they
have not done so in 2 weeks, the Franchise will select them. This chance for them to
make some money creates a terrific body and money flow for the Franchise.

ENCOURAGE YOUR STUDENTS TO BUY BOOKS IN QUANTITIES OF FIVE
AND SIX AND SELL THEM AT WORK AND AT HOME. If they have Memberhips,
they get their books from you at a discount, so here's more cash for them.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

289

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo
PES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise Holders
LEGAL ASPECTS OF MISSIONS

This policy follows from HCO Policy 10 Nov 69 "FRANCHISE GRANTS OR
CHARTERS", and gives the exact steps to be taken with legal significances and reasons
by anyone who runs or wishes to open a Mission.

The first step is to make an Interim Franchise Application (per HCO Policy I Jan
65 "FRANCHISE APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT") to the Franchise Officer WW.
This is merely a request and has no other significance.

Upon the application being accepted by the Franchise Officer WW, and the
proposed name approved by Issue Authority WW, the Church of Scientology of
California, as the Mother Church, will issue to the individual making the application, a
Charter, in the following form:

MISSION CHARTER

This CHARTER is granted to
by the Board of Trustees of the Church of Scientology of California, and Mother
Church, upon his/her or their application submitted in accordance with the rules and
requirements set down by the Church and having been found meritorious, to found the
Church of Scientology Mission of which may be known also as
Scientology or Scientology Centre to
present and propagate the religion of Scientology as founded, and as it may be further
developed by L. Ron Hubbard to the end that any person desiring participation or
participating in Scientology may derive the greatest good of the increased spiritual
awareness of his eminent and immortal soul and of forwarding and enhancing its
external activities in the material world through application of the Church's religious
guidance and ministration.

And to this end, to recognise the spiritual leadership of L. Ron Hubbard in the faith
known as Scientology, and the need of this Mission for his continuing spiritual
guidance in its religious and educational endeavours, and to recognise the Church of
Scientology of California as the Mother Church, and the need for such Church's
continued guidance in its religious and educational endeavours.

And in furtherance of such objects and purpose, to conduct religious services for men,
women and children of its congregation and engage in other activities of a religious and
educational nature for the propagation of its Faith. The purpose of such activities shall
be to foster the spiritual welfare of its members, recognising the vital and divinely
appointed interrelationship of mind, body and spirit of mankind.

And in the belief that Man's best evidence of God is the God he finds within himself,
and trusting with enduring Faith that the Author of this Universe intended Life to
thrive within it, to espouse such evidence of the Supreme Being and Spirit as may be
knowable to Man and by their use and dissemination to bring a greater tranquillity to
the State and better order and survival to Man upon this planet, in accordance with this
Creed:

(Here follows the Creed)

This CHARTER is granted and shall remain in force as long as its grantee shall remain a
Scientologist in good standing with the Mother Church or until he surrenders his
Charter to the Mother Church (which shall not be otherwise disposed save with the
consent of the Mother Church), to the end that he might do all such acts as are
necessary or convenient to attain the objects and purposes herein set forth, not for
profit, but for the proper ministration of his Mission, his congregation and Scientology
as herein laid down and as further explained in the Articles and Bye-laws of the Mother
Church and in the policy of the Mother Church issued under the hand of the Founder,
L. Ron Hubbard.

The Mother Church shall not be liable and the Mission shall indemnify and otherwise

290

discharge and hold harmless the Mother Church of any and all manner of liability or
litigation arising from its activities.

The Mother Church shall, in pursuance of the purposes herein set forth, but without
any legal or other liability attaching thereto by reason hereof, foster, assist and support
this Mission, in the achievement of the purposes and aims of Scientology as founded,
developed and expounded by L. Ron Hubbard.
-----------------

This Charter gives official authority to the individual who receives it to conduct a
Mission in the area specified. It does not confer any liability on the Mother Church but
it does confer upon the individual a right to practise Dianetics and Scientology in his
area. This right is granted by the Mother Church by virtue of authority given it by
L. Ron Hubbard, sole owner of the materials and copyrights of Dianetics and
Scientology. The right is dependent upon good usage, regular remittance of tithes, and
the continued good standing of the grantee.

The grantee then has authority to run his Mission. He may file the name of the
Mission as a "business name", but not if by doing so his non-profit status is
compromised. The local Legal Chief can give advice on this if needed.

The grantee may also incorporate his Mission as a "corporate sole" which means
that the Mission is permanent and continuous and can survive a change of personnel in
charge of the Mission. It also means that non-profit status can be easily obtained. This
step can be taken in the United States, and the D/Guardian for Legal U.S. will advise
on the legal steps necessary.

The third possibility is that several persons, who have been granted a Charter, may
combine as a Board of Trustees and register their franchise/mission as a Church or
religious association or society of which they are the Board. The corporate documents
necessary are called Articles and Bye-Laws of Incorporation. The form of these
documents is obtainable from the D/Guardian for Legal U.S., in the U.S., and from the
D/Guardian for Legal WW, for anywhere else. Upon receipt of these documents, the
trustees file them with the local Registrar of Companies or its equivalent.

The significance of incorporation, as a corporate sole or as a religious corporation,
is this-the corporation is itself a separate legal entity apart from the individuals who
serve it. So that the individuals may change but the corporate entity continues. It also
means that legal non-profit status can be obtained-.

The difference between a corporate sole and a religious corporation with 3
trustees, is merely in the number of people who serve the Mission in the capacity of
trustees.

Where the grantee of a Charter wishes to move on and hand his Mission to another
person, the following points should be noted:

1. He cannot sell his Charter
2. He cannot sell a corporate sole
3. He cannot sell a religious corporation.

What he can sell is the MEST and assets which he owns and which he has been
using to run the Mission. These are his property. He does not own his Charter, nor does
he own any of the materials of Dianetics and Scientology. But he can sell what he
owns, which is the MEST and assets which he has been using to run the Mission.

The distinction between the individual and the Mission may be summarised thus:-

Individual Mission

I . Receives a salary. I . Non-Profit.

2. May move on without the Mission 2. Perpetual.
folding up, provided handed over to
another franchise-holder in good 3. Profits are for the benefit of the
standing on OK of Franchise Mission not personal gain.
Officer WW.
4. Any mest owned by the Mission
3. May lend or rent mest owned by itself may not be sold for personal
him to the Mission. gain.

291

4. Must keep his own property 5. Is conducted as a trust for the
separate from the property of the benefit of the people in the area.
Mission.

The following conditions therefore pertain-
1. Every franchise-holder will be issued with a Mission Charter, which regularises his
position with the Mother Church. The Mother Church here acts as an agent, under
authority from LRH, who owns the materials and copyrights.
2. Some franchise-holders will then incorporate as a corporate sole or religious
corporation, and then will be a separate permanent non-profit legal entity, which
will stabilise Scientology in the area. The Mission is run as a 'trust' for that area,
which is why its trustees are so-called.

C.B.B. Parselle
D/G for Legal WW
for
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:CBBP:pb.ei.rd Controller
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

CenOCon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1970
Franchise Officer WW
Franchises
Gd, Ww
D/G Legal WW
FRANCHISE, MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP

If a Franchise holder wishes to start or buy a second or further Franchise, consent
is required in writing from the Franchise Officer WW, Guardian WW and CS-6.

Any such second Franchise or further Franchises must be in the form of missions
or as directed for that country by the Deputy Guardian for Legal WW.

Permission to own and operate more than one Franchise is based:
I . On the number of selections to official orgs by that Franchise holder's
individual Franchise.
2. A good record of I O%s sent to WW.
3. An absence of failed cases or inadequately handled cases from that
Franchise.
4. An absence of anti-org enturbulation.
5 . Good relations with Franchise See WW.
6. Good and co-operative relations with the Guardian Office and its branches.
7. Good and co-operative relations with the Sea Org and CS-6.
In the past, some of these points have been violated by a Franchise chain and one
was so unwise as to do its recruiting for staff by invalidating official orgs and spreading
false reports to cause disaffection.

It is an operating principle of official org management to help Franchises to
survive and there is no objection to their making good money or having influence. It is
only required that the action be reciprocated by the Franchise.

LRH:jz.ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1970 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

292

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1970
Remimeo

LEGAL - INCORPORATION OF MISSIONS

IN THE U.S.

MODIFIED

Franchise Officer, U.S., Carol Campleman, is currently in the U.S. with orders to
regularize the status of all U.S. Missions. INCORPORATION OF U.S. MISSIONS IS
OPTIONAL.

The reason for this is that unregularized but expanding U.S. Missions are
vulnerable, particularly along tax lines. Several Missions have received unwanted
governmental attention (1) because they are more vulnerable than orgs (2) because
they are expanding and noticeable.

Therefore it is now policy that Missions in the U.S. be non-profit Missions.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.ei.rd Founder
Copyright (D 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Originally issued by D/G Legal WW on 24 February'70, the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED above issue has been modified by making incorporation optional.]

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 APRIL 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo

MISSION DESIGNATION

In the United States, the word "franchise" whose original meaning was "right or
privilege", has become associated in common usage with mere commercial or business
activity. Since the Church is not, and never has been concerned with that type of
activity, this word will no longer be used to describe its religious field activity.

From this date, any legally chartered Scientology field activity will be properly
designated only as MISSION OF THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY.

Robert H. Thomas
Deputy Guardian US
for
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:MSH:JK:RHT:nt.rd The Controller
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

293

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MAY 1971

Remimeo
Franchise Office
Missions

CENTRE MAGAZINE POLICY

The publication "Centre" magazine is hereby authorized for issue by Franchise
Office WW to field and Missions. It is issued quarterly.

Purpose: The purpose of the magazine is to help Ron establish new
Missions and get existing ones active and expanding.

It contains feature news photos of Mission personnel in action, and of Mission
Centres. Articles concern successful actions or good applications of tech in dissemina-
tion or administration and show how Missions are changing their environments with
Scientology.

The main feature is an LRH article (tape transcript, HCO B, HCO PL marked
"Franchise", "Missions", "FSMs", or "BPI") of definite application in dissemination,
auditing or training.

MOTIF: THE ROLE OF A MISSION: RAW PUBLIC, GET THEM IN AND
UP THE LINE TO ORGS.

Emphasis is placed not on the latest and greatest but on the early time proven
successful programmes, tech and policy. Each issue has its articles, advertisements,
editorials, etc, implementing the motif throughout the issue.

The editor of the magazine is the Franchise Officer WW. The format and
masthead of the magazine are simple. The size is A4 (I 13/4" x 81/4"). It is an offset litho
item, not a mimeo. The mag can be 8 to 16 pages.

Publics: The mag is circulated by Franchise Officer WW'to Mission staffs and field
auditors.

Directors of Clearing in each org are sent a few dozen copies for them to relay to
field auditors, Scientology groups or Dianetic Counselling groups, with whom they are
in good comm.

A mission receives one copy of the magazine for each trained staff member. The
articles, or extracts thereof, may be read to Mission students and pcs, or reproduced in
the Mission's newsletter, as is desired by the Mission Director, as it will be found that
some materials are of public interest also.

LAYOUT

I . Front Cover-name of magazine as headline, number of issue and volume with
date and a picture of some Centre or Mission activity.

2. Inside Front Cover is an editorial pushing activity on the role of a Mission,
selecting, selling books, auditing and training.

3. Pages I and 2 are devoted to LRH photo and article interspersed with a few ads as
described below.

294

4. Back pages are devoted to Mission news, successes, wins, "Mission Award of
Merit" winners, and are interspersed with ads to buy and sell books, get trained,
audited, deliver and select. There is a column of "personal ads and notices" for
technical and admin aids (but not for training and processing) and ads for needs
may be placed by Orgs, Scientologists, Missions and businesses, but only as
personal column items, for a fee.

5. Part of the Back Cover must have a drawing of the Bridge to Total Freedom if 8
pages. If issue is 12 to 16 pages, all the back cover is used for the Bridge.

6. An insert of a Mission application form that a person can fill in to apply for a
Mission with the Franchise Officer WW is in every issue.

7. The fees for these ads may be used only to finance the magazine. Any extra
printing or production costs above these fees is borne from the PES A/C WW.

D/Distribution Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:BS:act.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1971

Remimeo
Franchise Office
Missions

MISSION CLOSURES

There have been a few instances in which a Mission has closed down unbeknownst
to F/0 WW or the Dist Aide. Some of these closures have resulted in misunderstandings
and upsets, both on Scientology lines and in the field.

Therefore effective as of this date, no Mission of the Church of Scientology may
be closed down or merged with any other Organization or Mission without full written
approval from the Distribution Aide Flag.

D/Distribution Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:BS:nt.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

295

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue IV
(Cancels HCO PL I Jan 1965 and HCO PL
Remimeo 14 Jan 1970 of similar title)
Franchise Office
Missions

MISSION APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT

This Policy Letter is for the use of all Auditors seeking to operate a Mission. The
agreement forms the basis of the relationship between mission executives and WW. The
agreement is always between the Church and an individual auditor with the required
qualifications.

Two copies are required when making an application. These are obtainable from
WW or local orgs. Two copies are required when making an application so that the
Mission Executive and Franchise Office WW each have a copy.

When the intending Mission Executive has completed his parts of the two forms
and has had it witnessed, they should be forwarded to the Franchise Officer WW who
will complete the lower part of the agreement and return one copy to the Mission
Executive. For an Auditor to operate a Mission he must be a Class 11 or over, or HDG
(HDC and HPGC as of Jan 1972), hold an International Membership and be in good
standing with his central organization, having had no bad ethics history.

Missions holding the agreements of either HCO PL I Jan 65 or HCO PL 14 Jan 70
are requested to fill in the agreement of this policy letter and send two copies to the
Franchise Officer WW. Franchise Officer WW will complete the lower part of the form
and return a copy to the Mission Executive. Upon receipt of this copy, the Mission
Executive must turn in his/her old Agreement to the Franchise Officer WW as
superseded by this issued new Agreement.

As of I st Jan 1972 all Missions existing must be on the Agreement of this Policy
Letter. No Missions are cancelled by this Policy Letter-they are merely to get
transferred to this revised Agreement for legal purposes.

MISSION APPLICATION

I Mr./Mrs./Miss
(full name in capitals)

of
(full postal address in capitals)

..............................................

HEREBY APPLY for a Mission for the area of

and to use the name

My highest Scientology classification is

My highest Dianetic classification is

My International Membership is in force until

when I shall see that it is renewed, and kept in force thereafter.

I am in good standing with the Central Organization.

My Ethics History is:

..............................................
(lowered conditions assigned with reasons, etc)

296

Prospective Mission Executive should write here the types of Scientology Activity
he/she expects to engage in (i.e. individual auditing, training, co-audits, etc) so that this
can be published against his/her name in lists of Mission Owners.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signed

Date

MISSION AGREEMENT

I Mr./Mrs./Miss
hereby agree to the following conditions on being awarded a Mission.

I agree:

I . To be active in the field, disseminating and practising Scientology professionally,
establishing myself as a stable terminal for Scientology in my area.
2. To maintain my own case and training at a high standard.
3. To maintain the Auditor's Code and the Code of a Scientologist.
4. To maintain good standing with Scientology Central Organizations.
5. To maintain my International Membership in force.
6. To remit 1 0% of my Gross Income from Scientology and/or Dianetics training
and processing, realizing that this remittance is for the use of the name and
copyrighted materials and is my contribution towards the Public defence of
Scientology.
7. To send in weekly reports of my activities to Franchise Officer WW on the
standard form supplied by F/0 WW.
8. To conform to Policies laid down for Mission Auditors.

Witness Signed

Witness Date

I hereby certify that

has been awarded a Mission for the area of

as from and will be granted the us o the name
Dianetics and Scientology, and the use of copyrighted materials to ma ntain a high
effective level of Technology in the field in his/her area, so long as the conditions of
this Agreement are complied with.

Signed
Franchise Officer WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD

Date

LRH:BS:m6s.rd D/Distribution Aide
Copyright (D 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

297

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

P,emimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1971
Franchise Office
Dir of Clearing Hats
Missions

MISSION ISSUES

In the past year, Scientology has greatly expanded into the field. Scientology
Missions have been one of the major spearheads of this expansion.

To reinforce this successful activity, we will see that up-stat Missions are kept
well-informed on recent Policy and Bulletin releases.

With these materials and the availability of higher training in the local Orgs,
Missions will continue to expand and boom Scientology.

So those Missions that are up-stat and are making regular and accurate payments
of I O%s become eligible to receive HCOBs and Policy Letters.

However all HCOBs and Policy Letters are sent entirely at the discretion of the
Founder and Distribution Aide.

As a special service, F/0 WW will air mail copies of these awarded Policies and
Bulletins at the usual rate to cover the cost of postage and handling.

LRH:BS:act.rd D/Distribution Aide
Copyright (B 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 OCTOBER 1971
Remimeo
Franchise

INTER-ORG DISTANCES

When a Mission is being considered for Org status, one of the factors that is taken
into consideration is the distance of the Mission from the nearest previously established
Org.

The policy is that each different area is open to consideration but the basic
guideline is that the distance should be more than five miles in a heavily populated city
or county.

When filling out the Org formation checksheet, be sure to include in your CSW
the distance that your Mission is from the nearest Org, and if obtainable the municipal
population density figures. These will help to adjudicate whether there is sufficient
separation to prevent inter-Org squabbles and crossed lines. There is plenty of room for
all so utilize it.

D/CS-6
for
LRH:DH:BS:mes.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright (c) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

298

HUB13ARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1971
Issue 11

Remimeo
Franchise Office
Mnsiotis

MISSION, BASIC DEFINITION OF

(This revises HCO PL 10 May 71 Issue 11 of same name to
delete the name Hubbard from text as this name can only be
used by Official Orgs. Correction is indicated in this type style.)

(Cancels HCO PL 20 Apr 68, "Franchise", and
amends HCO PL 20 May 70, "DCG Program")

NOTE: SeeHCOPL12Apr7l,"MissionDesignation"

According to HCO PL 12 Apr 1971, any legally chartered Scientology field
activity will be properly designated only as Mission of the Church of Scientology.

Referring to Webster's Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary, a mission is "a
ministry commissioned by a religious organization to propagate its faith or carry on
humanitarian work"i

In Scientology, this commission is the right to constitute a mission for a certain
district or territory and to use the names Applied Philosophy, Scientology and
Dianetics.

The powers granted are those to be a group of people, dedicated to a common
purpose, acting as a single unit to forward Scientology and Dianetics in a certain area.

This commission is granted entirely at the discretion of those properly constituted
to grant it, on behalf of the Founder.

In order for a field auditor to become eligible for this commission, he must agree
to make a remittance of IO% of the Mission Gross Income. The fee gives a field auditor
the privilege of holding and operating a mission.

These IO% remittances are used for the Public advancement and Public defense of
Scientology.

D/Distribution Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:BS:nt.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

299

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1971
Issue III

Remimeo
Franchise Office
Missions

ADVANTAGES OF MISSIONS
(This revises HCO PL 10 May 71 Issue IV of same
name to delete the name Hubbard from text as this
name can only be used by Ofticial Orgs. Correction is
indicated in this type style.)

All Field Auditors and DCGs should be actively encouraged by established
Missions and Orgs to apply for Mission status. There are several good reasons for this.

When a Dianetic Counseling Group or Field Auditor decides to become a Mission
and has had their application approved, they then remit 10% of their Gross Income to
the Franchise Office WW. This 10% then makes them eligible for the use of the names,
Applied Philosophy, Scientology and Dianetics, and for the use of copyrighted
materials. Further, they are protected by the Franchise Office WW from any
encroachments on the use of these names and copyrights.

As per HCO PL 17 May 197 1, Missions have a specially authorized issue line that
DCGs and Field Auditors are not eligible to receive from Franchise Office WW.

There also becomes active the opportunity to expand by setting up chains of
Missions provided the proper permission is obtained. DCGs and Field Auditors are
ineligible for this method of expansion.

However the greatest advantage comes from becoming an integral part of the
Scientology network. Field Auditors and one-man bands, though valiant and
on-purpose, do not usually survive. To expand takes team work and cooperation; and
where could one find it more apparent than in the established Scientology network.

This is not to discourage the formation of DCGs for they fill a very valid purpose
but they should have expansion in view. They should be prepared to meet the
challenge of expanding quickly into the environment to help Ron achieve the goal of a
Clear Planet in less time.

D/Distribution Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:BS:nt.rd
Copyright (c) 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

300

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Gristead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1962

CenOCon

RESTRICTION ON SAINT HILL AREA
(Amends HCO Pol Ltr of 20 December 1960, same title)

It is laid down as a general policy that no professional auditor shall set up a full
time Scientology practice, or remain in active full time practice, within a radius of 20
miles of Saint Hill.

This is now specifically intended to apply to auditing of whatever kind within this
area.

If any auditor has a good and valid reason for auditing within this geographical
area, lie or she should seek prior permission and approval from me in writing,
informing me fully of the circumstances which make it necessary.

No such auditing may be done without my prior permission and approval.

Permission will not be unreasonably denied to bona fide auditors who are in good
standing with HCO.

This also applies to Saint Hill Briefing Course Students on other than fellow
students.

LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: The amendment was the addition of the last five
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED paragraphs. I

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1963
CenOCon
Franchise
Field
BPI

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF CENTRAL ORGS' CONTROL AREAS

Any auditor within a 50-mile radius of a Central Org must operate a District
Office with finances completely under Central Org supervision and pay comparable to
Org Staff. This takes effect as from Ist March, 1963.

All Franchises within these 50-mile radius control areas are to be withdrawn by
Ist March, 1963.

LRH:dr.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Cancelled byHCO P/L 20 March 1.964, District Office & Org ControlAreaPolicyRevised, page 303.1

301

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
CenOCon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1963
Franchise
Field
BPI CLASSIFICATION OF CENTRAL ORGS' CONTROL AREAS

Following on HCO Policy Letter of February 14, 1963, "The Establishment of
Central Orgs' Control Areas", in order for a Central Org to have a Control Area, it
must be in a position to supply all the services of a Central Org (HASI) and have a
fully operating HCO. It does not necessarily have to have its own Academy.
The following Orgs are classified as Central Orgs with 50-mile radius Control
Areas:
Washington DC London Cape Town Melbourne
Los Angeles Johannesburg Perth
Durban Sydney
Port Elizabeth Auckland.
New Central Org Control Areas will be promulgated as new Central Orgs get
established.

LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MARCH 1963
CenOCon
Franchise INDIVIDUAL AUDITORS OPERATING WITHIN
A CENTRAL ORG CONTROL AREA

It is not mandatory at this time that all monies be paid into the Central Org which
have been earned by individual auditors operating outside the Central Org but inside a
Central Org Control Area.

Those operating Centres, however, within a Central Org Control Area proceed
with the normal formation of their District Offices, as set out, and are unaffected by
the above ruling.

LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

CenOCon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1963
Franchise
Field INDIVIDUAL AUDITORS OPERATING WITHIN
A CENTRAL ORG CONTROL AREA
(Supersedes HCO Policy Letter of March 1, 1963)

It is not mandatory at this time that all monies be paid into the Central Org which
have been earned by individual auditors operating outside the Central Org but inside a
Central Org Control Area.

However, for all those who are receiving services from their Central Org it has
always been understood that they pay their I O%s to the Central Org from which they
receive these services, just as an auditor on an HCO WW Franchise receiving services
from HCO WW pays his I O%s to HCO WW.
LRH:dr.gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

302

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MARCH 1964
Franchise
Field
Orgs

DISTRICT OFFICE & ORG CONTROL AREA POLICY REVISED

(Cancels HCO Policy Letters: Feb 14, 1963 "The Establishment of Central
Org Control Areas"; Feb 19, 1963 "Classification of Central Org Control
Areas"; Mar 1, 1963 "Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org
Control Area"; June 26, 1963 "A Resumd of Franchise Policy"; and Aug 16,
1963 "Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control Area". Also
cancels: HCO Information Letter Feb 22, 1963 "Franchise & Field
Arrangements after Mar 1, 1963". Amends HCO Admin Ltr of April 4, 1963
"Interim District Office Arrangements" [issued to HCO & Org/Assn Secsi.)

ORG CONTROL AREAS

All Central Organization Control Areas are hereby cancelled.

No Scientology organization, as of now, is to have a control area.

The policies affecting auditors within a fifty mile radius of an organization are
void.

Those individual auditors that have been in an organization's control area, and
have been remitting 10% of their incomes to that org, need no longer do so.

Orgs are no longer to supply individual auditors in their area with regular issues of
Franchise bulletins or Field mailing pieces.

All individual auditors will be sent Field mailing pieces from HCO WW.

In order to receive Franchise bulletins, an individual auditor must take out a
Franchise with HCO WW.

DISTRICT OFFICES

The status of District Office is no longer compulsory for a centre operating near
an org. However, District Offices may still be formed; and wherever practical and
desired-not only near an org necessarily.

Existing DOs may continue to operate as such if they wish to do so.

However, wherever possible, all DOs should be established on the lines of HCO
Policy Letters of January 4th 1963 and February 20th 1963-The Pattern and
Evolution of DOs.

The DO is part of the Central Org, and its administrative lines are integrated with
those of the org. Its staff are part of the org's staff, but are paid according to the
income of the DO.

Existing Interim DOs must either become established DOs, as above, or revert to
being a Franchise Centre with HCO WW, before I st June 1964.

LRH:jw.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery

by L. Ron Hubbard for L. RON HUBBARD

303

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965

Gen Non-Remimeo
The Auditor
Franchise

Dept 15

FIELD AUDITORS
(To be released in The Auditor and
effective when so released.)

In accordance with a survey undertaken several years ago amongst Field Auditors,
in preparation for the day technology was complete and positive in results, the
following appointment is made:-

All field auditors of the level of HQS and above are appointed herewith FIELD
STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.

Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).

They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Department 15, Director
of Clearing of their nearest org.

The purpose of the Field Staff Member is: -

To help LRH contact, handle, salvage and bring understanding to individuals and
thus the peoples of Earth.

Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal to that
of general staff members in the orgs'themselves, depending only on the activity of the
Field Staff Member. The field staff member is not on proportionate pay and is not on
payroll for tax purposes.

The situation is this:- The idea of the practitioner setting up a practice to audit
preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor success by new doctors and
psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for them as groups as they more and more
require government subsidy, require large borrowed sums to set up new practices and
depend for affluence on laws passed to protect them and give them a monopoly: a
monopoly which is not itself giving good service soon vanishes. Further their system
took over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand the
legislation needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a medical man in the
centuries between the Great Plague and today century by century and see the tiny
advance in the standing of their profession and their security.

We neither have nor need 700 years.

Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in our present
society has a rough time.

We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence the
appointment.

This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting only for the
completion of technology to press the boom buttons. And one of them was to reclaim
and enrol as staff members everyone we have ever trained.
304

COMMISSIONS

The official Scientology Organization to which the field staff member is attached
will pay the field staff member 10% of all training and processing fees collected by that
organization through its field staff members.

This system has already been piloted some years ago and its administration design
is now smoothed out. However, it must be followed closely.

The field staff member selects the person to be trained or processed after direct
personal contact and issues to that person a paper stating he has been selected. This
paper bears the HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the selection.

The paper is in triplicate. The original goes to the person selected (selectee), the
second copy is sent promptly to the field staff member's org (Central Files) and the
third copy is held by the field staff member.

If within one year the selectee appears at the org and enrols for training or
processes, the org sends at once a commission of 10% for cash payments and 6% for
credit payments. There is no waiting in sending the commission for either cash or
credit. The org sends the sum at once. There is no commission on memberships bought.

Only the selectee's first purchase of training or processing or both if done at one
time is commissionable. If, however, after one year, the pc or student has not returned
to the org of his own volition, he is treated as a new person and may be again selected
by a field staff member for commission purposes, again for one grade of processing or
one course using the same procedure as before.

EXISTING CENTRES

Existing centres are not official orgs. The field staff member is not attached to
unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of auditors may send a person as a
student or pc providing it is a field staff member that signs the selection form.

FORMS

Where no forms exist the field staff member can write on plain paper, preferably
green (the org flash colour) and using carbon or hand copying can make the forms
himself.

The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and certificate initials
and certificate number of the field staff member and what the selectee is selected for
(training or processing) and some approximation of arrival date at the org.

Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.

MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS

The field staff member should be supplied with or copy the two types of
membership descriptions used in accounts and the org rate card. He or she should give
copies of these to the selectee.

BOOKS

The field staff member may buy books from an org and sell them for his own
profit.
ORG MEMBERS

Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not field,
staff members but where they have personal pcs before taking org employment handle
the matter as a field staff member would.

305

PITFALL

This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field auditor there
was.

I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I was
only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.

The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too pinned
down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn to other activities.

I got my pcs by casual personal contact and by circulating a book (the Original
Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type course (not as high as an
HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists demanding I process their wives.

The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local public
promotion.

Remember, I had no "name" or any other "front". Just me. I did not even claim
to have discovered anything but only promoted it to individuals and (less successfully)
to groups.

I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of expansion. Only
an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork can handle pcs. Even a very
small org doesn't dare process pcs or train students. It does best when it only
promotes. And it should send its pcs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did after
orgs took my pcs over, to free, short assists.

DISSEMINATION FORMULA

I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and it's
easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train field staff members on it in the staff
training programme. Being tech it has no part of this policy letter. It takes four or five
hours to learn, theory and practical. The Academy will have all such programmes of
staff training.

PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

Accounts will receive from Central Files the field staff member's copy after the
selectee presents the selection paper at the cashier's window and verify that the
selectee (who has gone on to processing or training interview) was actually selected by
the field staff member whose paper was submitted at the window.

Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a cheque for
IO'YO of the cash payment made (but not memberships or books) to the field staff
member and mail it to him or her. In the case of a credit purchase the exact same
payment procedure is followed but the cheque is for 6% of the local purchase. The org
does not wait until the bill is paid.

The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or obtained
credit for on his first appearance at the org. In intensives this would be for one grade
worth of intensives. However if at that first appearance the selectee bought several
grades worth of intensives or several courses, the commission is also given for those.

No commission is given on repeat business at the org after the first purchase. But
if the selectee falls out of contact after service, and is not given any org service for one
year the person becomes the subject of new selection as before. As a course and grade a
year is a good average, the person will probably become eligible again for selection.

DISPUTES

Where one field staff member claims he or she sent in a pc or student and another
also claims it, the Finance org member copies any and all the Central Files selectee

306

papers on that selectee and sends them to Department 13 Department of Inspections
for adjudication and the Director of Inspections sends both contestants copies of the
selectee papers in question, which should settle it.

All org mail is time-date stamped so the selectee papers coming into Central Files
are so stamped.

Adjudication is made on who contacted the pc or student first within the past
twelvemonth and the comniission is paid that field staff member. However, "unseemly
delay" by the field staff member in sending Central Files a copy of the paper given the
selectee can be used to nullify one of the claims.

At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid on the
same matter to settle a dispute.

Finance pays the earliest selectee paper in that selectee's Central Files file in the
past twelvemonth.

If a selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no commission is paid
even if a Central Files selectee paper exists. A Field Staff member however who feels
an error has been made can write Department 13 and if the Director of Inspection
finds that the person was first selected by the field staff member within the past 30
days before date of first enrolment of the selectee the Director of Inspections may
direct that the proper commission be paid. To make such a claim the field staff
member must have reason to believe the selectee did enrol and within 30 days.

DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

In any disputes arising between Field Staff Members, they may petition the org
(Department 13) for a Civil Committee of Evidence (which is composed of one person
acceptable to all contestants) and must abide to the result.

FORMING ORGS

As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant service is not
easy as close service, the Director of Clearing of the org (Department 15) should be
approached concerning the formation of a local org. Such an org would be owned and
operated by Scientology from Saint Hill. The Director of Clearing will base his whole
decision upon the amount of traffic coming from that area and the successfulness of
the field staff menbers there. The new org will be only a class zero org at first with very
limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be fon-ned and conducted like any
other official org.

The new. org pays 10% of its gross to the forming official org. And it pays 10%
and 6% commissions as above to the field staff members on its staff.

FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION

A field staff member comes under the same discipline as any other org staff
member and is subject to the same codes of conduct. Auditing org pcs or students is
forbidden to all staff members.

ACCEPTANCE

The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization addressing
his letter to Department 15, Director of Clearing, who would be his immediate superior
in an org, giving his acceptance of appointment or declining it. In return he will receive
his credentials as a Field Staff Member which consist of a letter signed by the HCO
Secretary signifying his or her appointment to be followed later by more formal
credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there are any
questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.

307

PROVISIONAL

The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed at the end of
one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive credentials are issued.

When the field staff member (provisional) has been one for ten months, he or she
should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full appointment be made
and giving a list of commissions collected as evidence of good work. At that time the
Director of Clearing will cause to be issued a new set of credentials to the field staff
member, declaring him or her to be a full field staff member. Activity is the criteria of
issuing full credentials. If any difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials, contact
me at Saint Hill.

PRIVATE PRACTICES

Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should advise his
Organization or Association Secretary and explain why.

CENTRES

Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise Department 15 of
their nearest org. They are accepted when the earlier mentioned conditions for a new
org are met. Meanwhile they operate in relation to their nearest org as a group of field
staff members if they accept appointment.

FRANCHISE HOLDERS

Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchises and status so long as they
remain in good standing at Saint Hill.

NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING

Field staff members have the professional rate now for HGC intensives if
International Members in good standing.

Courses for field staff members are given at the same fees as for any other
International Member or Staff Member. They are however given short briefings on
pertinent subjects at such times as the secretary of their org makes it available.
However, the better trained a field staff member is, the better he will succeed and
therefore this appointment should not interrupt training plans.

SAINT HILL

The Saint Hill HGC adheres to the policy herein given. The briefing course is
excepted from Commission as only I can accept students for it.

It is hoped that individual prosperity and a better world will result from the Field
Staff Member System and that it places us much nearer the attainment of all our
purposes.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.pm.cden
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Revised 30 March 1965 and retitled Field Auditors Become Staff, page 312; cancelled by HCO P/L 9
May 1965, Field Auditors Become Staff, page 318; added to by HCO P/L 30 August 1966, Selection
Regulations, page 330; corrected by HCO P/L 10 November 1966 Issue 111, Field Staff Member, page
331; and cancelled also by HCO P/L 9 May 1965 (revised & reissued 14 January 1968), Field
Auditors Become Staff, page 339.1

308

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965
Issue 11
Gen Non Remimeo
Director of Field
Activities

DEPT 15

DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
HA T

FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

Over the years our best sources of pcs and students have been:

I . Books bought

2. Personal contact by field auditors.

On (1) no org that doesn't sell books hard can long survive. This is the front line
and its neglect causes the later finance troubles.

On (2) although it is fashionable sometimes for orgs to curse the field and for the
field to curse the org, the solid truth is that the second source of org pcs and students
has been the field auditor.

Therefore, he must be a commission earning staff member and let go on as before
in the field. A Field Auditor rarely sets up a practice successfully, but the idea of the
Field Staff Member saves the field auditor's bacon and the org's bacon as well. It's all
described in the HCO Policy Letter of 26 March 1965.

If new students are taught also how to be a Field Staff Member and the
dissemination formula and its drills are taught you will have enrolments galore just for
that. You don't enrol free however, ever, to get a Field Staff Member. Free training has
always turned out sour auditors.

The Field Staff Member system will also recruit you new general staff members
which you'll be needing regularly as you grow.

The 'idea is a parallel of the sales representative. This is the most successful of
industrial sales plans. The evolution is from factory to factory-product-salesmen to the
factory having retail stores. If the retail branches don't forget to have field (not store)
salesmen in their turn then expansion goes on. Always have a public contact pursue out
in the public, not at a nice desk in the factory.

When Field Auditors receive notice of their appointment (by seeing HCO Policy
Letter 26 March 1965) get it they're to write in to your Dept 15, Department of
Clearing. This gets out a letter on LRH stationery to each as follows:-

Date
John Doe,

It is with pleasure that I inform you of your appointment as FIELD
STAFF MEMBER (Provisional) of (Org and location).

You are assigned to the Department of Clearing with the duties of
selecting persons to be trained or processed. This appointment will expire or
become permanent in a period of one year from the above date.

309

Signed

(Typed) Director of Clearing.

Appointed by L. Ron Hubbard

(Signed) per pro
HCO Secretary

Carefully file the name of each Field Staff Member appointed so in address, in a
separate drawer of plates, no matter if you already have their names in another drawer
in Address and Central Files. Don't lose the people into other address files-they are
staff. Be able to contact them easily by a simple run-off of that drawer of addresses on
envelopes. You'll have orders and advices to send them from time to time as well as
better credentials later.

Don't get choosey. If they apply for appointment appoint them. Ride them with
a very light rein as they're "militia", not "regulars" and aren't used to discipline. When
they come into the org get them routed only to their Chief Director of Clearing-don't
let the rest of the org treat them like visiting guests or let them roam about. Have Dept
15 where it's out of other traffic flows.

They will of course process a person now and then for fee themselves. Discourage
it but don't try savagely to stop it. Main thing is to keep your org's general staff
members from being corrupted. Only request a Committee of Evidence on Field Staff
Members who really commit a crime or a suppressive act.

Use them to promote. Coax them into being verv forward and definite. Keep
them bright-eyed and bushy tailed.

Make them promote Congresses or new sales ideas or bits by warning them in
advance (before others in the field hear of it) so they feel part of the team.

Give them copies of your org board and hats when you have them for them.

Treat them like a sales manager would treat salesmen-watch their morale, keep
them going.

Don't refuse their selectees. In short don't let anybody close the org door to
business-kick it open and to the waste basket with how much "trouble it makes for
the service departments". Academies and HGCs just have to learn to cope. I never let a
D of T tell me a student is too dumb or an Academy too full. I never let a D of P tell
me he has no auditors. When I look at them and laugh at them somehow there's always
places to teach and audit and enough instructors and staff auditors. After all service has
first call on staff.

Any hint of refusing traffic becomes a top priority crash programme for more pcs
and students.

Don't ever let a pc or student sent in by a Field Staff Member be made to wait
days or told "our appointment book is full". We're not psychiatrists. We don't have
such books in orgs. Students start every Monday or when they arrive. Pcs start every
Monday and, we only sell 25 hour intensives, and we sell as many courses or intensives
as people can be made to buy at once.

Your door will get closed if you let anyone confuse the public as to prices or
complicate an entrance routing.

A selectee goes at once to Accounts, buys his membership and service right then.
We don't hold him up. No interview. They've been interviewed. Don't let anybody in
any way close the door or slow the entrance. Open it up, that's what the org's for.

310

And send the pc and student back to your Field Staff Member's area in good
shape and happy and don't let him go if he isn't. Don't louse up your Field Staff
Member's area with ARC broke pcs and students trained without check sheets or
messed up by alter-is.

FAST ENTRANCE, GOOD CRISP SERVICE, HAPPY EXIT.

That's the whole secret of building a buzzing busy field. There is no substitute for
fast accurate org delivery.

If as Director of Clearing, you can't get that from the org, write me (with the
statistics, not a fragmentary report full of rumours) and we'll see why it isn't
happening awful fast. For that's all that orgs are really supposed to do. Get that done
and your Clearing job is a song.

And your Field Staff Members will be easy to handle and the org will boom.

Remember to teach Field Staff Members constantly that an Org Board shows
sixteen stages of progress. It takes a lot of stages to totally clear a pc, including
training. Caution them to always explain it's a long road to their projects, but that it is
a positive one. Don't let them send in people who have been promised "clear" in one
intensive. Make them see that real selling is selling reality. There's enough to offer
today to please anyone. It doesn't have to be oversold. Do that and you'll have but
little trouble.

Well trained new students, HQS and above should be recruited while on course
and made to see their future as Field Staff Members. That's done by the Dept 15
Director himself or herself.

And so you'll grow.

Your org board contains the keys to a better world. And one of them is the Field
Staff Member. Use him or her well.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

311

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965
REVISED 30 MARCH 1965

Gen Non-Remimeo
The Auditor
Franchise

FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(To be released in The Auditor and
effective when so released)

In accordance with a survey undertaken several years ago amongst Field Auditors,
in preparation for the day technology was complete and positive in results, and
majority of whom were in favour of being part of Central orgs, the following
appointment is made:-

All field auditors of the level of HQS and above are appointed herewith FIELD
STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization on application.

Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).

They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of Clearing of
their nearest org.

The purpose of the Field Staff Member is:-

To help LRH contact, handle, salvage and bring to understanding individuals and
thus the peoples of Earth.

They come under Division 6, the Director of Clearing.

Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal to that
of general staff members in the orgs themselves, depending only on the activity of the
field staff member. The field staff member is not on proportionate pay and is not on
payroll for tax purposes.

The situation is this:- the idea of the practitioner setting up a practice to audit
preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor success by new doctors and
psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for doctors as groups as they more and more
require government subsidy, require large borrowed sums to set up new practices and
depend for affluence on laws passed to protect them and give them a monopoly: a
monopoly held in place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their system took over
700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand the legislation needed
to protect them-proof: examine the status of a medical man in the centuries between
the Great Plague and to-day century by century and see the tiny advance in the
standing of their profession and their security.

We neither have nor need 700 years.

Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in our present
society has a rough time.

We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence the
appointment.

Commissions

The official Scientology Organization to which the field staff member is attached
will pay the field staff member I 0% of all training and processing fees collected by that
organization through its field staff members.

312

This system has already been piloted some years ago and its administration design
is now smoothed out. However, it must be followed closely.

The field staff member selects the person to be trained or processed after direct
personal contact and issues to that person a paper stating the contacted person has
been selected. This paper bears the HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the selection.

If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the Cashier
and enrols for training or processing, and pays or signs the credit papers, the org sends
at once a commission of 10% for cash payments and 6% for credit payments. There is
no waiting in sending the commission for either cash or credit. The org sends the sum
at once. IO% is also paid in memberships bought by the selectee if accompanied by a
selection paper marked Membership.

No cash for memberships may be taken by the field staff member as Memberships
must be paid for only to the Org Accounts Cashier.

Only the selectee's first purchase of training or processing or both if done at one
time is commissionable. Purchase of memberships by mail bought by a selectee does
not count as a "first time". If, however, after one year, the PC or student has not
returned to the org of his own volition, he is treated as a new person and may be again
selected by a field staff member for commission purposes, again for one grade of
processing or one course using the same procedure as before.

Existing Centres

Existing centres are not official orgs. The field staff member is not attached to
unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of auditors may send a person as a
student or PC providing it is a field staff member that signs the selection form. Centres
may not have field staff members of their own unless the Centre is owned and operated
by Scientology and field staff members may not send PCs or students to any but
official orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology official orgs as this is a
Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or franchise holders to use until
officialized and their service can be supervised. Remember, to use this system all a
centre has to do is become official and meet requirements for a new org.

Forms

Where no forms exist the field staff member can write on plain paper, preferably
pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using carbon or hand copying can
make the forms himself.

Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.

Membership and Rate Cards

The field staff member should be supplied with or copy the two types of
membership description used in accounts and the org rate card. He or she should give
copies of these to the selectee.

Books

The field staff member may buy books from an org and sell them for his own
profit.

Org Members

Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not field,
staff members but where they have personal PCs before taking org employment they
may handle the matter as a field staff member would.

313

Pitfall

This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field auditor there
was.

I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I was
only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.

The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too pinned
down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn to other activities.

I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate (the
Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type course (not as high as

an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists demanding I process their wives after
they had heard one lecture.

The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local public
promotion.

I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of expansion. Only
an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork can handle PCs and students.
Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs or train students. It does best when it
only promotes. And it should send its PCs to a big
$er org. It should limit itself as I did
after orgs took my PCs over, to short assists, P.E. courses and small co-audits.

Dissemination Formula

I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and it's
easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train field staff members on it in the staff
training programme. Being tech it has no part of this Policy Letter. It takes four or five
hours to learn, theory and practical. The Academy will have all such programmes of
staff training.

Payment of Commission

Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when that
person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the Invoice the
auditor's name who did the selection.

Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a cheque for
10% of the cash payment made (but not memberships or books) to the field staff
member and mail it to him or her. In the case of a credit purchase the exact same
payment procedure is followed but the cheque is for 6% of the total purchase. The org
does not wait until the bill is paid.

When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the payment and
of the PC or student's training, processing or membership payment to Central Files.
Central Files staples these to the field staff member's copy. If other selection papers
are in Central Files for the same selectee they are ignored. The one presented by the
selectee is the only one paid regardless of date on other auditors' selection papers on
the same selectee.

The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or obtained
credit for on his first appearance at the org. In intensives this should be for one grade
worth of intensives. However, if at that first appearance the selectee bought several
grades worth of intensives or several courses, the commission is also given for those.

Time

There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be selected and the org
has no period of grace wherein a person may only be selected by the org itself. If an
org procures a PC or student however, directly, the org, not one of its general staff
members gets the commission.

Professional Rates

Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the auditor himself or a

314

"friend" who will refund the commission. The professional rate applies only to
auditing. There is no staff or professional rate for training or courses.

Disputes

Where one field staff member claiftis he or she sent in a PC or student and another
also claims it, the Finance org member copies any and all the Central Files selectee
papers and pertinent invoices on that selectee and sends them to Department 3,
Department of Inspections for adjudication and the Director of Inspections sends both
contestants copies of the selectee papers and invoices in question, which should settle
it.
The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee, not on
earliest contact.

At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid on the
same matter to settle a dispute.

If the selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no commission is
paid even if a Central Files selectee paper exists. A field staff member however who
feels an error has been made can write Department 3 and if the Director of Inspections
finds that the person was first selected by the field staff member within the past 30
days before date of first enrolment of the selectee the Director of Inspections may
direct that the proper commission be paid. To make such a claim the field staff
member must have reason to believe the selectee did enrol and within 30 days.

Disputes Between Field Staff Members

In any disputes arising between Field Staff Members, they may petition the org
(Department 3) for a Civil Committee of Evidence (which is composed of one person
preferably in the contestants' area acceptable to all contestants) who will hear the
matter and the contestants must abide by the result.

Forming Orgs

As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant service is not
as easy as close service, the Director of Field Activities of the Org should be
approached concerning the formation of a new local org. Such an org would be owned
and operated by Scientology from Saint Hill. The Director of Field Activities will base
Ws whole decision upon the amount of traffic coming from that area and the
successfulness of the field staff members there. The new org will be on y a c ass zero
org at first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be formed
and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an old org to finance a
new org in any way.

The new org pays IO% of its gross to the forming official org. And the new org
pays IO% and 6% commissions as above to the field staff members on its staff but only
if it is fully official and only when authorized to have an HGC.

HGCs and Academies

Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and Academies
of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members as long and arduous
experience has determined that great quantities of trouble can come from courses and
clinics which are unofficial and usually official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up.
Notable examples were Sydney, and the U.S. Pacific North West in '54. There have
been dozens of such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance
Centres and Academies of Scientology are protected by law.

Field Staff Member Regulation

A field staff member comes under the same discipline as any other org staff
member and is subject to the same codes of conduct. Auditing org PCs or students is
forbidden to all staff members.

Acceptance

The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization addressing

315

his letter to Department 16, Director of Clearing, who would be his immediate superior
in an org, giving his acceptance of appointment or declining it. In return he will receive
his credentials as a Field Staff Member which consist of a letter signed by the HCO
Secretary signifying his or her appointment, to be followed later by more formal
credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there are any
questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.

Provisional

When the field staff member (provisional) has been one for ten months, he or she
should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full appointment be made
and giving any evidence of good work, At that time the Director of Clearing will cause
to be issued a new set of credentials to the field staff member, declaring him or her to
be a full field staff member. Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any
difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.

Private Practice

Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should advise his
Organization or Association Secretary and explain why.

Centres

Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise their nearest org.
They are accepted when the earlier mentioned conditions for a new org are met.
Meanwhile they operate in relation to their nearest org as a group of field staff
members if they accept appointment.

Franchise Holders

Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long as they
remain in good standing at Saint Hill.

New Courses and Processing

Field staff members have the professional rate now for HGC intensives if
International Members in good standing.

Courses for field staff members are given at the same fees as for any other
International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate for courses, only
for intensives. They are however given short briefings on pertinent subjects at such
times as the secretary of their org makes it available. However, the better trained a field
staff member is, the better he will succeed and therefore this appointment should not
interrupt training plans.

Debts

Field Staff Members may be requested by Finance to collect overdue accounts on
which 10% commission will be paid by the org. But they may not be ordered to do
this.

Accounts may release to field staff members in an area lists of overdue accounts
in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the field staff member may
collect the sums in cheque fon-n only payable to the org and forward it with any details
to Finance in the org. Finance must infonn Department 3, Inspections and Reports of
any such issue of lists or any collections received by this method. All such assists are
given at the Field Staff Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.

316

General and Executive Staff Member Selections

The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or members by
issuing them Selection Papers to their own orgs. In this case there is no commission
paid and the Selection Paper is of a different appearance. The general or Executive
staff member receives the benefit through org pay.

Saint Hill Field Staff Members

Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly appointed by this Policy
Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore appointed FIELD STAFF MEMBERS SAINT
HILL. When working as a general staff member or executive for an org, the 10% or 6%
is paid to that org, not the staff member personally so that all its staff may benefit.

The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above in this Policy
Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.

Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill HGC if the
student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.

Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as well a field
staff member of a local org.

Senior Org Preference

A field staff member trained and certified at a senior org may be a field staff
member of that org even while employed on staff by a junior org but the commission is
paid to the junior org. The junior org is paid the commission on any PC or student he
sends to the senior org (not his own). Memberships alone are denied commission in
such a case as the junior org can also sell them.

Such a field staff member for a senior org employed in a junior org must not
distract students or PCs already selected by a field staff member of the junior org
before they can present selection papers.

Being on Two Staffs

Any field auditor can be a staff member to more than one org but is actually on
the staff of the nearest org to his address and may not use another appointment to
another org or Saint Hill to set aside the nearest org's requirements of him or her. In
changing location the field staff member must inform the Director of Clearing of the
Org he has been nearest to and inform the Director of Clearing of the Org he will now
be nearest to. In case he is a Saint Hill field staff member also he should inform the
Director of Clearing Saint Hill.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:wmc.cden
Copyright (-c) 1965
by L. Ron flubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Corrected by HCO P/L 10 November 1966 Issue III, Field Staff Member, page 331; cancelled by
HCO P/L 9 May 1965, Field Auditors Become Staff, page 318, and its revised reissue of 14 January
1968, same title, page 339.1

317

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
Auditor #8 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY AD 1 5
Franchise
Saint Hill Students
Post Public B Board FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(Becomes Effective when Released in Auditor:# 8)
and
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs Mar 26 '65 & March 30 '65)

All field auditors of the level of HBA and above are appointed herewith FIELD
STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.

Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).

They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of Clearing of
their nearest org.

The purpose of the Field Staff Member is: -

TO HELP LRH CONTACT, HANDLE, SALVAGE AND BRING TO UNDER-
STANDING THE INDIVIDUAL AND THUS THE PEOPLES OF EARTH.

Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal to that
of general staff members in the orgs themselves, depending only on the activity of the
Field Staff Member. The Field Staff Member is not on proportionate pay and is not on
payroll for tax purposes.

The situation is this:- the idea of the practitioner setting up a practice to audit
preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor success by new doctors and
psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for doctors as groups as they more and more
require government subsidy, personally require large borrowed sums to set up new
practices and depend for affluence on laws passed to protect them and give them a
monopoly: a monopoly held in place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their
system took over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand the
legislation needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a medical man in the
centuries between the Great Plague and today century by century and see the tiny
progress each century in the standing of their profession and their security.

We neither have nor need 700 years.

Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in our present
society has a rough time.

We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence the
appointment.

COMMISSIONS

The official Scientology Organization to which the Field Staff Member is attached
will pay the Field Staff Member a percentage of all training and processing fees
received by that organization through its Field Staff Members.

This system has already been piloted some years ago and its administration design
is now smoothed out. However it must be followed closely.

The Field Staff Member selects the person to be trained or processed after direct
personal contact with the person and issues to that person a paper stating the
contacted person has been selected. This paper bears the HOUR, DATE and PLACE of
the selection.

The paper is in triplicate. The original goes to the person selected (selectee), and
the second copy is sent promptly to the Field Staff Member's org (Director of
Clearing) and the third copy is held by the Field Staff Member.

If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the Cashier

318

and enrols for training or processing, and pays or signs the credit papers, the org sends
at once a commission of IO% for total cash and 6% for credit + cash payments. There is
no waiting in sending the commission for either cash or credit. The org sends the sum
at once. I 0% is also paid in memberships bought by the selectee if accompanied by
another selection paper marked Membership also issued by the Field Staff Member.

Example of Commission: A selectee presents the Selection Paper at the Org
Accounts Office and pays for the services bought totally in cash. The org promptly
sends the Field Staff Member 10% of the whole payment. Example: A selectee
presents the Selection Paper of the Field Staff Member at the org accounts office and
pays for the service in some cash and the remainder in credit. The org promptly sends
the Field Staff Member 6% of the total sum, payment + credit. These both end the
transaction. There is no later amount owing the Field Staff Member when the credit
extended is paid off. Further if the selectee buys something else even a week later, not
having a selection paper, there would be no commission. But if any Field Staff Member
gave the selectee another later paper the selectee then used, again commission would be
paid by the org.
The person selected is directed by the Field Staff Member to Reception at the
nearest organization, the name and address of which is given to the selectee.

No cash for memberships may be taken by the Field Staff Member as
Memberships must be paid for only to the org Accounts Cashier.

The preclear or student may be selected as often or as many times as the Field
Staff Member can do so.

If the person is not, however, selected again by the Field Staff Member after
training or processing, the org may select the person once more and no commission is
paid. The org does not have to have a selection paper to train or process a person.

The org will honour and pay commission on the selection papers presented to
Accounts by the selectee. If the selectee presents no selection paper the org does not
pay. It is the responsibility of the Field Staff Member to inform the selectee to present
his or her selection paper.

EXISTING CENTRES

Existing Scientology Centres are not official orgs. The Field Staff Member is not
attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of auditors may send a
selectee as a student or pc providing it is a Field Staff Member that signs the selection
form. Centres may not have Field Staff Members of their own unless the Centre is
owned and operated by Scientology, and Field Staff Members may not send pcs or
students to any but official orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology
official orgs as this is a Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or franchise
holders to use until they are officialized and their service can be supervised.
Remember, to use this system all a centre has to do to use the Field Staff Member
system is become official and meet requirements for a new org.

FORMS

Where no forms exist the Field Staff Member can write on plain paper, preferably
pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using carbon or hand copying can
make the fon-ns himself.
The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and certificate initials
and certificate number of the Field Staff Member and what the selectee is selected for
(membership, training or processing) and some approximation of arrival date at the
org.
Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.

MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS

The Field Staff Member should be supplied with book lists, membership
descriptions and the org rate card. He or she should give copies of these to the selectee
if the Field Staff Member has them.

BOOKS

The Field Staff Member may buy books from an org and sell them for his own

319

profit. Any discounts are arranged with the org and regulated by the Director of
Publications, Saint Hill.

ORG MEMBERS

Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not field,
staff members but where they have had personal PCs before taking org employment
they may handle the matter as a Field Staff Member would if done within the first
three months of Org employment and the selection was done before org employment.

CERTIFICATE REQUIRED

Any auditor who has any certificate including Hubbard Book Auditor may
become a Field Staff Member.

No classification is required.

No other stipulations may be locally made.

PITFALL

This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field auditor there
was.

I was harnmered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I was
only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.

The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too pinned
down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn to other activities.

I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate (the
Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type course (not as high as
an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists demanding I process their wives after
they had heard one lecture,

The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local public
promotion.

I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of expansion. Only
an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork can handle PCs and students.
Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs or train students. It does best when it
only promotes. And it should send its PCs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did
after orgs took my PCs over, to short assists, PE courses and small co-audits.

DISSEMINATION FORMULA

I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and it's
easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train Field Staff Members on it in the staff
training programme. Being tech it has no part of this Policy Letter. It takes four or five
hours to learn, theory and practical. The Academy will have all such programmes of
staff training.

PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when that
person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the Invoice the
auditor's name who did the selection.

Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a cheque for
10% of the cash payment made to the Field Staff Member and mail it to him or her. In
the case of a credit purchase the exact same payment procedure is followed but the
cheque is for 6% of the total purchase. The org does not wait until the bill is paid to
pay the commission.

When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the payment and
of the PC or student's training, processing or membership payment to the Dept of
Clearing. The department staples these to the Field Staff Member's copy and files it
under the Field Staff Member's name.

The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or paid and
obtained credit for on his first appearance at the org. In intensives this should be for at

320

least one intensive. However if at that first appearance the selectee bought several
grades worth of intensives or several courses, the commission is also given for those.

TIME
There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be selected and the org
has no period of grace wherein a person may only be selected by the org itself. If an
org procures a PC or student however, directly, the org, not one of its general staff
members, gets the commission.

PROFESSIONAL RATES

Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the auditor himself or a
"friend" who will refund the commission. The professional rate applies only to
auditing. There is no staff or professional rate for training or courses.

DISPUTES

Where one Field Staff Member claims he or she sent in a PC or student and
another also claims it, the Director of Clearing should be appealed to to settle the
dispute.
The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee, not on the

earliest contact.

At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid on the
same matter to settle a dispute.

If the selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no commission is
paid. A Field Staff Member however who feels an error has been made can write the
Director of Inspections and Reports in his nearest org who will handle it.

DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

In any disputes between two Field Staff Members, either may appeal to Ethics,
Department of Inspections and Reports, in their nearest org, which may "hear" the
matter by mail and render a decision. Such an action does not make any Scientologist
liable to further action.

FORMING ORGS

As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant service is not
as easy as close service, the HCO Area See should be approached concerning the
formation of a new local org. Such an org would be owned and operated by
Scientology from Saint Hill. The HCO Area See will base decision upon the amount of
traffic coming from that area and the successfulness of the Field Staff Members there.
Final permission for a new Org must come from Saint Hill. The new org will be only a
class zero org at first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be
formed and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an old org to
finance a new org in any way.

The new org pays a percentage of its gross to the founding official org. And the
new org pays 10% and 6% commissions as above to the Field Staff Members on its staff
but only if it is fully official and only when authorized to have an HGC. Until it has an
official HGC it continues to operate on commissions and pays no percentage to the
forming org, but still receives them. Its PE and Co-audit activities and commissions
paid, in students and PCs sent into the founding org, support it.

HGCs AND ACADEMIES
Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and Academies
of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members as long and arduous
experience has determined that great quantities of trouble can come from courses and
clinics which are unofficial and usually official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up.
Notable examples were Sydney, and the US Pacific North West in '54. There have been
dozens of such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance
Centres and Academies of Scientology are protected by law. Only their service is
supervised by Saint Hill or myself.

FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION
A Field Staff Member comes under the same discipline as any other org staff

321

member and is subject to the same codes of ethics. Auditing org PCs or students is
forbidden to all staff members.

ACCEPTANCE

The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization addressing
Ms letter to the Director of Clearing, who would be his superior in an org, giving his
acceptance of appointment or declining it. In return he will receive his credentials as a
Field Staff Member (Provisional) which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary
signifying his or her appointment, to be followed after a year by more formal
credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there are any
questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.

PROVISIONAL

The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year, the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed at the end of
one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive credentials are issued.

When the Field Staff Member (Provisional) has been one for ten months, he or she
should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full appointment be made
and giving any evidence of good work. At that time the Director of Clearing will cause
to be issued a new set of credentials to the Field Staff Member, declaring him or her to
be a Field Staff Member. Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any
difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.

The names or short lists sent to the Field Staff Member for selection or collection
are considered to be org prospects. The Field Staff Member may only select them to
the org or collect from them for the org, and if the Field Staff Member processes or
trains for his own fee prospect names sent by the org he is subject to discipline by the
Distribution Secretary.

PRIVATE PRACTICE

Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should advise his
Organization or Association Secretary of the nearest official org and explain why.

CENTRES

Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise the HCO Area Sec
of their nearest org. They are accepted when authorized by the Office of LRH and
when the earlier mentioned conditions for a new org are met. Meanwhile they operate
in relation to their nearest org as a group of Field Staff Members if they accept
appointment as Field Staff Members.

FRANCHISE HOLDERS

Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long as they
remain in good standing at Saint Hill.

NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING

Field Staff Members HQS and above may have the professional rate now for HGC
intensives if International Members in good standing.

Courses for Field Staff Members are given at the same fees as for any other
International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate for courses, only
for intensives. They are however given short briefings on pertinent subjects at such
times as the secretary of their org makes it available. However, the better trained a
Field Staff Member is, the better he will succeed and therefore this appointment
should not interrupt training plans.

DEBTS

Field Staff Members may be requested by the Department of Accounts to collect
overdue accounts on which IO% commission of any sums collected will be paid by the
org. But they may not be ordered to do this.

Accounts may release to Field Staff Members in an area lists of overdue accounts

322

in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the Field Staff Member may
collect the sums in cheque form only payable to the org and forward it with any details
to Accounts in the org. Accounts must inform Inspections and Reports of any such
issue of lists or any collections received by this method. All such assists are given at the
Field Staff Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.

GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE STAFF MEM13ER SELECTIONS

The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or memberships
applicants by issuing them Selection Papers to their own orgs. In this case any
commission is paid to the staff member's own org and the Selection Paper is of a
different appearance. The general or Executive staff member receives any benefit
through org pay along with the rest of staff.

SAINT HILL FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above in this Policy
Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.

Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill HGC if the
student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.

Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as well a Field
Staff Member of a local org.

SENIOR ORG PREFERENCE

Such a Field Staff Member for a senior org employed in a junior org must not
distract students or PCs already selected by a Field Staff Member of the junior org
before they can present selection papers.

BEING ON TWO STAFFS

Any field auditor can be a Field Staff Member to more than one org but is
actually on the staff of the nearest org to his address and may not use another
appointment to another org or Saint Hill to set aside the nearer org's requirements of
him or her. In changing location the Field Staff Member must inform the Director of
Clearing of the org he has been nearest to and infon-n the Director of Clearing of the
org he will now be nearest to. In case he is a Field Staff Member Saint Hill also he
should inform the Director of Clearing Saint Hill.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:jw.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Amended by HCOP/L 14january 1966, page 330;modifiedby HCOP/L 9january 1967,FSMSystem
Administration in Organizations, page 334; revised and reissued on 14 January 1968, page 339.]

323

4qn 1

vt S(,o ll.S hn I'C VtSIO44 5/p t

(10 n4 /-300 cess;
dew
_c 117

dYA

A/eu; Fie fcl So
eA Lowbprs

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965
Remimeo

ORGS ARE SAINT HILL FSMs

Any Central Org, City Office or Pioneer Office, that is, any official org in
Scientology that is part of the Central Org system is a Field Staff Member of Saint Hill
and may select students and preclears for Saint Hill. Such selections, when the
selection slip is presented to Accounts Saint Hill, will result in the commission being
paid to the Org which selected him or her. The commission goes to the ORG, not to
the staff member forwarding the selection. The commission is proportioned in the
income breakdown, thus the entire staff benefits.

The above is valid, whether the org or office has any Saint Hill grads on its staff or
not.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mh.rd
Copyright (E) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1965

Gen Non-Remimeo
Dist Hats
Accts Hats
sthil Grade V &
VI Releases

FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
FOR SAINT HILL

Field Staff Membership for Saint Hill has been extended to Grade V, Grade Va,
and Grade VI Saint Hill Releases.

These Field Staff Members may not select anyone from a Central Organization
mailing list or from a Franchise Auditor's own group.

These Releases may now apply to become Field Staff Members of Saint Hill and
should apply to the Director of Clearing, Saint Hill, for any information they need.

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

325

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1965
Dist Div Hats
Registration Hats
Income Hats
Disb Hats
Every Field FIELD STAFF MEMBER
Staff Member
SELECTION PAPERS AND COMMISSIONS

The Field Staff Member gives a selection paper to prospective students and
preclears, he or she selects to go into a Central Org or Saint Hill.
Previously the Selectee was supposed to present this paper to the Cashier of the
org when signing up and only then was a Commission paid.
I now find the selectee seldom remembers to present the paper in the hurly-burly
of arrival at an org.
Therefore policy on this is modified as follows:
The preclear or student may, but need not, present the selection paper personally
to the cashier of the org for a commission to be paid. The Field Staff Member's
commission will be paid anyway. In the event of two Field Staff Members selecting the
same person, the paper the selectee acted upon will be credited. In case of disputes
Ethics is to settle the matter equitably between Field Staff Members involved.
The procedure is changed only as follows:
The Commission of the Field Staff Member is paid when the selectee signs up.
Payment is on the same terms as before. But the responsibility for the payment of
commission lies with the Director of Clearing.
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS MUST SEND AN ADDITIONAL COPY OF THE
SELECTION PAPER TO THE ADVANCE SCHEDULE REGISTRAR, DEPT OF
REGISTRATION, DEPARTMENT 6, DIVISION 2.
The Advance Schedule Registrar notes it in her Advance Schedule book and gives
the Selection Paper Copy to the Body Registrar. These copies of the Selection Paper
are kept by the Body Reg in a file alphabetically arranged. This is the SELECTEE
FILE.

When any person comes to sign up who might be a selectee, the Body Registrar
looks for the person's name in the Selectee File and if it is there marks the conditions
of sign up on the Selection Paper from the file and sends it to the Disbursement Dept
for commission to be paid. Disbursement pays the commission on the basis of this
copy.

The Field Staff Member also sends his usual copy of the Selection Paper to the
Director of Clearing, Dept 17, Division 6, Distribution Division.
This means then that the Field Staff Member selects a student or preclear to an
org, the Field Staff member must also send two copies of the selection paper to the
org, one to the Advance Schedule Registrar and one to the Director of Clearing.
In this way there is a cross check possible and none will lose out on commissions.
An org, as a Field Staff Member, selecting to another org or Saint Hill follows the
same procedure-oiiginal to the selectee, a copy to the Advance Schedule Registrar and
a copy to the Director of Clearing of the org to which the person is selected.

DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Each week, on Friday before attending his divisional AdComm meeting in the last
hours of that day, the Director of Clearing must obtain a list of every student and pc
signed up that week and compare these to his complete file of selection papers and find
if they have been selected. He notes which ones have and sends this list to
Disbursement for guidance.

DISBURSEMENT ACTION
Disbursement checks off the commissions it is paying and how much and sends
the list back to the Director of Clearing. This is used in the AdComm of the Dist Div to
quote as a statistic.

326

RECONCILIATION
If there is a difference in the lists Disbursement receives from the Registrar, the
amount of money received by Income or the list submitted by the Director of Clearing,
Disbursement informs the Director of Clearing during the following week.
Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure that there is no
error or omission in paying commissions.
If Disbursement does not pay commissions properly owed Field Staff Members
the Director of Clearing makes a statement to that effect in his Dist Div AdComm
meeting for inclusion in the minutes and also reports it to Inspection and Reports and
does not rest on the matter until he is sure his Field Staff Members have all been paid.
If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org taking service on
whom no commission has been paid, then it must be reported at once to the Director
of Clearing. The Director of Clearing must then follow through to make sure that a
commission is paid.
Policy is: No Field Staff Member who selects a person for training or processing
may remain unpaid.
The Field Staff Member is responsible for sending in two copies of any Selection
Paper to the org and giving one to the selectee. He may keep a copy for himself. Any
pieces of paper serve so long as they have the selectee's name and address and date of
selection, for what selected and the name of the Field Staff Member.
Proper forms may be furnished, proper routings on them, by the Director of
Clearing to the Field Staff Members.

UNPAID FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
If a Field Staff Member finds a person he or she selected has actually entered an
org for service and no commission has been received within three weeks, the Field Staff
Member must report the omission to the Ethics Officer of the org who should
investigate and see that the matter is cared for. The Ethics Officer must report the
matter and its final disposition to the AdCouncil as soon as findings and actions are
complete.
Errors in payment must also be so reported by the Field Staff Member to the
Ethics Officer.
The gravest possible view will be taken of any irregularities in Field Staff Member
commissions resulting in incorrect or non-existent payment of Field Staff Member
Commissions and should the Registrars, Disbursement or the Director of Clearing
especially become lax in this matter Ethics action must be taken and reported as well
to the Office of LRH, Saint Hill.

FIELD STAFF MEMBER APPOINTMENTS
Any eligible person may become a Field Staff Member. A Provisional Appoint-
ment must be sent promptly to any eligible person applying.
Furthermore, as some auditors being eligible take their appointment for granted
and simply send in selection papers, the Director of Clearing on receiving a selection
paper from a person not on his list must at once establish the eligibility of the person
and if eligible must send an appointment as Provisional Field Staff Member to the
person at once, although no application was made.

SUMMARY
Field Staff Members' Commissions do not depend upon administrative facts but
upon the actual presence of a student or pc in an org taking service and directed there
by the Field Staff Member.
To guarantee speed and smoothness in receiving commissions the Field Staff
Member should do all possible to help by sending in two legible copies of a selection
paper to the org and giving one to the selectee and keeping a record himself.
The proof of an owed commission is however the presence in the org, taking
service, of a selectee sent by a Field Staff Member.

LRH:ml.bp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [modified by HCO P/L 9 January 1967, FSM System
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Administration in Organizations, page 334.1

327

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Office of L. Ron Hubbard

SECED117INT 18 October 1965

This applies to Saint Hill as to
appointment. The programme
steps and orders apply to the
Director of Clearing in every org.
Director of Clearing
Time Machine

FIELD STAFF MEMBER PROGRAMME

FRED FAIRCHILD is appointed Acting Director of Clearing, SH, Div 6, Dept 17,
Department of Clearing.

Director of Clearing Orders
IN EVERY ORG

The Director of Clearing's orders are

I . To at once get FSM Commissions paid as per HCO Pol Ltr 15 Oct 65.

2. Get all eligible persons who have sent in selection slips appointed as Field Staff
Members (Provisional).

3. Send every Field Staff Member a package consisting of I copy of:

(a) Any mimeo written for them to date.

(b) HCO Pol Ltr 9 May 65 Field Auditors Become Staff.

(d) HCO Exec Ltr 15 Oct 1965.

(e) I Auditor I 0 new Grade Chart.

These packages are to go second class airmail.

4. Send each FSM by surface mail 20 copies of the Auditor IO Grade Chart.

5 . Send I copy airmail of Auditor I I Org Chart to each FSM when it is ready with a
covering Dist Admin Ltr.

6. See that plates are done by Dept 2 for rapid FSM mailings.

7. Get in FSM lines completely and HCO Pol Ltr 15 Oct 65 into full effect fast.

8. Get proper forms in quadruplicate printed for FSMs with separate addresses for
each copy, through Dissem Div.

9. Handle any ARC breaks with FSMs not handled by HCO Exec Ltr 15 Oct 65.

10. Work up promotional materials for the FSM and get them printed through Dissem
Div. Use Dept Success materials in this.

11. Get the whole programme really roaring, it's a winner.

Fred Fairchild is to see that Comm Members (Dept Cl Directors) get this mailing
out to all their own FSMs and execute these same orders in their orgs.

L. RON HUBBARD

IFO
Hill

328

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo
Dissem Div Hats
Dir Clearing Hats SELECTEES MAILING
SELECTEE ADVICE PACKETS

When the Director of Registration (Advance Sched Registrar) receives a copy of a
selection slip sent in by a Field Staff Member, selecting someone to the org for training
or processing, he at once gets the following done-

1. Types the name and address of the selectee on Duplistickers, numbering the
duplistickers 1, 2 and 3 or using 3 colours of duplistickers. These duplistickers are
mucilage backed slips of paper that come on a roll. Putting carbon between them
gives one an original and copies. These can be torn off their long strip and pasted
on envelopes. These are clipped to the selection slip which is not filed until these
have been sent.

2. At once, using duphsticker :#I (or colour I) send the selectee a booklet about
Scientology of the scope of Evolution of a Science, or some such inexpensive
work, not merely a PE brochure and a slip describing selection and saying they are
selected. If you haven't got the perfect thing to send, still send something.

3. At the end of two weeks the Director of Registration causes to be sent an
information pamphlet about training and processing and a large Gradation Chart.
This must contain data about releases and clears, the org and how to get there,
living quarters near the org, etc. If this is not ready to hand, still send something.

4. At the end of another two weeks the selectee is sent a sign-up packet so arranged
that all he has to do is sign his name in order to enroll or be scheduled for
processing. If this is not ready to hand still send something.

The original slip is kept clipped to the duplistickers and when the last duplisticker
is removed the slip is marked "3 Advice Packets sent" with date.

If one can cut a fourth duplisticker it is saved in reserve for times when a
sweeping mailing is made to all selectees who have been advised.

This action is vital to warm up the FSM's prospect. The packets must not be sent
all at once or in a different order.

This is NOT the Info packet line. These actions are NOT done for every name sent
in on mailing lists. This is the Selectee Advice Packet Line.

It is an actual fact that selectees, contacted only by an FSM cool off if not given
attention by the org. And it is a fact that they cool off if the info is sent too long after
they were selected.

If this line is not in and properly functioning the Dir Clearing and Dir Registration
cannot claim to have the FSM programme working as an essential part of it is missing.
We must help FSMS.

When FSMs send in LISTS OF NAMES, not selectees, one puts these on the Info
Packet Line and sends them something decent and interesting, but not the above as
these people are often of the faintest value as names. Such mailing lists are also often
handled by duplistickers and 3 different mailiiigs. It is successful to send thei-n the
magazine for 3 months as well as other info.

There are two different lines then-one to selectees, one to names sent in. The last
are treated as any other mailing list. The selectee gets special attention.

LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
329

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1966

Remimeo
Dist Div
Field Staff
Members AMENDMENT TO HCO POLICY LETTER OF
9 MAY 1965

FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF

A Field Staff Member who personally knows an individual he would like to select
to an organization may send him or her a selection slip via correspondence.

Therefore, a person can be selected either after direct personal contact with the
person or, if the person is known to the Field Staff Member, upon correspondence
with the person.

LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (c) 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
Org Sec
Registrar
Area Cashier
Dir Disbursements
Dist Sec Addition to HCO Policy Letter of
Dir Clearing 26 March 1965, "Field Auditors"

SELECTION REGULATIONS

The following regulations are laid down as regards the payment of commissions in
the Field Staff Member programme:

I A husband and wife cannot cross-select each other for commission
purposes.

2. Once a student or preclear arrives in an organization for a service
or services, no other student or preclear may select him or her for
commission purposes.

The reason for such regulations is that the Field Staff Member programme was
not intended as a means of obtaining a 10% discount on a cross-selection basis.

LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[CancelledbyHCOP/L 23December 1966,FieldStaffMemberCommissions, page 332.]

330

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF IO NOVEMBER 1966
Issue III
P,emimeo

FIELD STAFF MEMBER

(Corrects HCO Pol Ltr 26 Mar 1965,
Field Auditors Become Staff.)

The paragraph which reads "The Commission is only given on the actual amount
the selectee paid or obtained credit for on his first appearance at the org-" and the
remainder of this paragraph is cancelled.

It is changed to read as follows:

The commission paid the Field Staff Member will be paid on all services
consecutively bought during one appearance at the org. This means that after reporting
in to an org and signing up for and paying one service or more, if the selectee on the
completion of that service buys another service, the FSM Commission will be paid on
the second service and so on. If, however, there is no re-sign and the selectee departs
from the org as a completion, he or she must again be selected with a fresh selection
slip and must come to the org again and sign up before another commission can be paid
the FSM.

This does not include Review services, books or meters or insignia. It does apply
to memberships bought. An FSM may, however, send a person to an org for an S & D
and receive a commission thereon. This means that an FSM's selection slips of a
selectee become out dated and invalid after the departure of the selectee from an org
after buying service. The selectee may then at once be re-selected for his next or
additional services.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

LRH:jp.cden
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Note: The paragraph referred to above appears in both the original 26 Mar 1965 issue (para 11,
page 306) and its revision of 30 Mar 1965 (para 11, page 314).]

331

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1966

Remimeo
Franchise
Field Staff
Members
Dept Clearing
Hats
Accounts Hats

FIELD STAFF MEMBER COMMISSIONS
(cancels HCO Pol Ltr 30 Aug 66, "Selection Regulations")

COMMISSIONS IMPLYING DISCOUNTS OR PROFITS

Commission is paid on Professional rates, but not to the auditor himself, nor to a
"friend" who will refund the commission.

Commission is not paid to an org pc or student at the same org, nor on mutual
selections (A selects B and B selects A).

Commission is only paid to closely related family members if clear-cut evidence is
presented that a genuine selection was made and the FSM was actively instrumental in
getting the relative into the org. No commission is payable on family members living in
the same household.

No commission will be paid to an FSM who has loaned money at interest to the
person selected, directly or through intermediaries.

The principle here is that the FSM system is intended to get new pcs and students
into orgs, not to provide a means of obtaining a 10% discount on a cross-selection
basis, nor to provide extra rewards for commercial money-lending.

PCS AND STUDENTS TAKING SERVICE

No preclear or student who has arrived in the organization to take service may be
selected for any service or services by any FSM after the arrival of the pc or student in
the org for service, until the pc or student leaves the org having completed all services
signed up.

INVALIDATIVE SELECTIONS

Selections, in particular, MUST NOT be made by FSMs for Review Auditing,
Rehabs or S and Ds while a person is taking service at an org-particularly, of course,
while he is a pc, in which event such a "selection" could appear to the pc to be an
invalidation of his auditing.

Such "selections" will not be honoured and the FSM attempting to make them
will be subject to Ethics action.

Selection slips may not be written for Cramming and FSM Commission is not-
payable on fees paid for Cramming.

BOOK SALES

FSMs are reminded that besides earning Commissions they can buy books in bulk
at discount and sell them at full price.

332

FSMs will be well advised to devote a large part of their efforts to selling books
and following up such sales after an appropriate time: the book makes Scientology
more real to the person, who is then easily persuaded to accept selection for an org
service.

Written by a Board of Investigation
Monica Quirino
Graham McNamee
Ralph Pearcy
George Galpin Qual See SH
Gareth McCoy HCO Area See SH
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH for AC SH
Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW for AC WW
Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:jp.cden The Guardian WW
Copyright (D 1966 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

333

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1967

Gen Non-Remimeo
Reg Hats
Income Hats
Disb Hats
Dept Clearing Hats

FSM SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION IN ORGANIZATIONS
(Modifies the following HCO Pol Ltrs:
9 May '65 Field Auditors Become Staff
15 Oct '65 FSM Selection Papers and Commissions)

COMMISSIONS

The important points to be covered in administration of the FSM system within
an org, as regards Commissions, are:-

1. The Registrar having selection slips to hand when the selectee appears at the org,
and signing the person up for as many services as possible;

1. The Registrar finding out, when the selectee has been selected by more than one
FSM for services, which FSM the selectee considers selected him or her;

3. The Registrar informing the Area Cashier as to whether the person signed up was
selected by an FSM;

4. The Area Cashier writing invoices clearly showing whether a service has been fully
paid for;

5. The Director of Tech Services noting that the person has started taking services in
the org;

6. The Director of Disbursements getting written attestations from the Registrar as
to what was signed up for and when, and whether the service was selected and
when and by whom; from the Area Cashier that the service was fully paid for or
(exceptionally) that proper credit arrangements were made; and from Tech
Services that the person has started taking services in the org, and when;

7. The Dir of Clearing and the Dir of Disbursements each independently keeping a
record of all FSM payments made, so that there is a double check on possible
double or incorrect payments of commission;

8. Full CSW including attestations as above being available to the Cheque Signers
who sign the FSM Commission cheques;

9. The Dir of Clearing being vigilant that no valid FSM Commission remains unpaid.

RESERVATIONS I/C

The Reservations I/C notes the selection in his Advance Reservations book and
thus reserves for the person an appropriate date.

He has the Letter Registrar write to the selectee a personal letter (not a fon-n
letter) on the lines that he is "pleased to hear that you have been selected by
.......... (FSM) for (services selected) on about (approx-
imate date given on the selection slip)", and that he has provisionally scheduled the
person for (service) starting on (date). The Letter Registrar
asks for confirmation of the reserved date and adds that Reservations I/C will be
shortly sending a packet of information material (which is later done).

The Reservations I/C acknowledges the selectee for setting a date but encourages
him to come earlier. The Reservations I/C should drive in as much business as possible
on the Tech Division as soon as possible without regard to overloading the Tech
Division.

334

The Reservations I/C then initials the selection slip, with date, and routes it to the
Body Registrar.

BODY REGISTRAR

The Body Registrar keeps a file of all selection slips received from the
Reservations I/C, filed alphabetically for easy access.

When a person comes to him to sign up for a service, the Body Registrar takes
from the file all selection slips relating to that person and uses them as a guide to the
person's interests. But of course the Body Registrar from her interview with the person
and her knowledge of org services decides what services the person should take, always
encouraging the person to sign up for many services.

When the person has signed up, if there are selections by more than one FSM, the
Body Registrar asks the person whom he considers selected him or her.

SELECTION ROUTING FORM

The Body Registrar initiates a Selection Routing Form, which is a document
routing form, not a body routing form. A separate form is used for each service signed
up.
The form has spaces to be filled in by the Body Registrar as to person's name;
service signed up for; hour and date of sign up; name of FSM who selected the person
for that service; date service is to start; and initials of the Body Registrar attesting to
these data.

The Body Registrar staples the selection slip to the appropriate Selection Routing
Form and hands it to the Area Cashier when passing the person on for him to pay for
the services signed up.

When there is only one selection slip and more than one service signed up, the
Body Registrar attaches the slip to the Selection Routing Form for the first service to
be taken, and notes on the other Selection Routing Fon-ns that this has been done.
Thus later recipients of the Form know where to find the slip if needed.

If there are no selection slips to hand, the Body Registrar asks the person if he has
been selected by a Field Staff Member, and if so, gets details and writes these on the
Selection Routing Form, noting on it that there was no selection slip and getting the
selectee to attest on the form in the space provided that the details given are correct.

The Body Registar keeps a record of all sign ups, Selection Routing Forms
started, and whether a selection slip was attached. Thus when the person comes back
for re-sign up, Body Registrar has a record of what was done at previous sign ups.

AREA CASHIER

The Area Cashier gets the person to pay in full for all the services signed up for. If
an Advance Payment has partly paid for the services, this is of course taken into
account.
Any service must be fully paid for before the person starts taking it, unless credit
is specifically permitted by Policy and proper arrangements (note signed) have been
made for payment, or unless it is Review auditing.

If the Area Cashier fails to persuade the person to pay for the other services
signed up, he tries to get a partial payment in advance. But FSM COMMISSION IS
NOT PAYABLE UNTIL THE SERVICE IS SIGNED UP AND FULLY PAID FOR,
AND THE PRECLEAR OR STUDENT IS IN THE ORG TAKING A SERVICE.

The Selection Routing Form for each service has a space for the Area Cashier to
write the date, amount paid, invoice number, and "Yes" to the question, "Is this
service fully paid for?" and to attest with initial and date.

If the service is one for which credit is permitted by Policy, the Area Cashier,
having made the necessary arrangements, writes "Credit" in answer to the above
question. If credit is not permitted for the service, the Area Cashier does not write on
the form but tells the person that the service cannot start until payment is complete. In

335

such a case the Area Cashier files the form in the person's Advance Payment folder or
in his Collections folder.

If the service is fully paid for or if credit has been allowed, the Area Cashier
routes the Selection Routing Form with the blue copy of the invoice to Tech Services.
If more than one service has been signed up and paid for, all the relevant Selection
Routing Forms are routed to Tech Services.

TECH SERVICES

The Director of Tech Services attests on the Selection Routing Form that the
person has started taking a service in the org. This is done on each form that has been
received from the Area Cashier at that time, even though only one service is being
taken and the other forms relate to services to be taken later (but before the person
leaves the org as a completion).

If the person is delayed in starting taking service, the Director of Tech Services
holds the Selection Routing Forms pending, but completes the attestation immediately
the person starts taking service, and ensures that the Forms do not get overlooked.

The Director of Tech Services routes the completed forms to the Director of
Disbursements.

DIRECTOR OF DISBURSEMENTS

The Director of Disbursements checks from the selection slip and the Selection
Routing Form that the Commission to the FSM is valid as per current Policy, and that
there is a complete set of attestations on the form.

He also checks from a record kept by the Disbursements Officer of all payments
made to FSMS, filed alphabetically under names of persons taking service, that no
previous payment has been made in respect of the service detailed on the Selection
Routing Form. He attests on the Form that this is all in order.

He then passes the documents to the Disbursements Officer.

DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER

The Disbursements Officer prepares a cheque for presentation to the Cheque
Signers and attaches it to the documents, having entered on a space provided on the
form the amount of the commission, cheque number and date, name of bank and bank
account, and having attested to these with initial and date.

Since FSM Commissions may not be budgeted but must be permitted to rise to
any level as long as the commissions are valid, no Purchase Order or Financial Planning
approval is needed.

All the prerequisites as set in in HCO Pol Ltr of 30 Jan 1966, Issue IV, "Cheque
Signing Procedure", , must be provided to the Cheque Signers with any FSM
Commission cheques.

When the Disbursements Officer receives the signed cheque, he immediately mails
the cheque to the FSM, and the Selection Routing Form and attached selection slip are
routed to the Director of Clearing, together with the second copy of the Disbursement
Voucher.

The Director of Disbursements must report via the Treasury Sec to Inspections
and Reports and to the Advisory Council for inclusion in their minutes any effort by
the Director of Clearing to falsely pay any commission not allowed by Policy or which
may appear contrary to Policy.

DIRECTOR OF CLEARING

Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure that there is no
error or omission in paying commissions.

If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org taking service on
whom no commission has been paid, then it must be reported at once to the Director
of Clearing. The Director of Clearing must then follow through to make sure that any
commission, validly due according to Policy, is paid. This is done by originating the

336

Selection Routing Form, clearly marked "Originated by Dir of Clearing", with the
Director of Clearing's copy of the selection slip to the Body Registrar, who must fill in
the details, and similarly for all the other terminals indicated on the Selection Routing
Form. Some students and preclears may not have been selected. It is not the job of the
Director of Clearing to force selection upon them.

If Disbursements does not pay commissions properly owed FSMS, the Director of
Clearing makes a statement to that effect in writing to his Secretary, who must report
it at the next Ad Council meeting for inclusion in the minutes. The Director of
Clearing also reports the matter to Inspections and Reports and does not rest on the
matter until he is sure his Field Staff Members have all been properly paid. Likewise,
the Director of Clearing must be sure no false commission or commission contrary to
Policy is paid.

The Director of Clearing is also responsible for seeing that the line as described
above flows smoothly and that papers are not backlogged anywhere. However, he is
not to abuse this authority and Dev-T personnel solely to obtain inclusion of any FSM
payment in an earlier week's statistic. But he must certainly see that there is no
tardiness in payment of FSM Commissions.

WEEKLY LISTS

In order to assist the Director of Clearing in this duty, the Body Registrar
prepares each week a list of all students and pcs signed up during the week, and routes
it to the Director of Clearing as soon as possible after 2.00 p.m. Thursday.

Certs and Awards similarly prepare a weekly list of all Memberships sold and
route it to Director of Clearing each Thursday.

The Director of Clearing compares these lists with the second copies of selection
slips, which have been routed to him by FSMS, and if it appears that commissions
properly due have not been paid he follows the matter up.

The Director of Clearing also gets the Selection Routing Forms after the cheques
have been mailed, and files them alphabetically by name of FSM.

He uses the file of Selection Routing Forms as a record of FSM activity and in
answering queries from FSMS.

The following Selection Routing Form is to be mimeoed with black ink on pink
paper and one copy used for every FSM Commission to be paid.

Written by a Board of Investigation
Monica Quirino
Graham McNamee
Ralph Pearcy
George Galpin Qtial See SH
Gareth McCoy HCO Area See SH
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH
Ad Council SH
Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW
Ad Council WW
Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW
Mary Sue Hubbard
The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

[Modified by HCO P/L 28 November 1972, FSM Selection Routing Form, in the 1972 Year Book.]

337

SELECTION ROUTING FORM
for routing documents for FSM Commission payments

A. BODYREGISTRAR
Name of Selectee
Service Selected (each service on a separate form)
NameofFSM
Date of Selection Hour -lace
Date signed up for Service Hour
Attested (Body Reg)
Selection slip attached not attached
why not
Selection attested (Selectee)

B. AREA CASHIER
Service Is this Service fully paid for?
Invoice Number(s)
AND date(s)
Amount paid for this service
Attested (Area Cashier) Date

C. DIRECTOR OF TECH SERVICES
Date Selectee started taking a service
(First service of current appearance at org)
Attested (Dir Tech Services) Date

D. DIRECTOR OFDISBURSEMENTS
FSM Commission valid on current Policy
Above attestations in order No previous FSM Commission
paid for this service
Blue copy of Income Invoice attached in proof of money having been received
Initial
Attested (Dir Disbursements) Date

E. DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER
Cheque Number Bank Account
Amount of Cheque Date of Cheque
Attested (Disbursements Officer) Date

F. CHEQ UE SIGNER
Cheque Signed Date Initial

G. DISB UR SEMENTS OFFICER
FSM Commission mailed Date Initial
Disb Voucher attached (staple copy for Dir
Clearing to this form)
Address commission mailed to

Copy of blue Invoice routed back to Department of RAM Initial

H. DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Payment on this Service complete Date
Initial
Not double paid Attested (Dir of Clearing)
Date

(Form to be filed by Director of Clearing under name of FSM)

338

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY AD 1 5
Remimeo (Revised & Reissued 14 Jdnuary 1968)
Franchise
Saint Hill Students
Post Public B. Board

FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs March 26 '65 & March 30 '65)

All field auditors of the level of HBA and above are appointed herewith FIELD
STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.
Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).

They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of Clearing of
their nearest org.
The purpose of the Field Staff Member is:-
TO HELP LRH CONTACT, HANDLE, SALVAGE AND BRING TO
UNDERSTANDING THE INDIVIDUAL AND THUS THE PEOPLES OF
EARTH.

The situation is this: the idea of the practitioner setting up a practice to audit
preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor success by new doctors and
psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for doctors as groups as they more and more
require government subsidy, personally require large borrowed sums to set up new
practices and depend for affluence on laws, passed to protect them and give them a
monopoly; a monopoly held in place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their
system took over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand the
legislation needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a medical man in the
centuries between the Great Plague and today century by century and see the tiny
progress each century in the standing of their profession and their security.
We neither have nor need 700 years.

Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in our present
society has a rough time.

We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence the
appointment.

COMMISSIONS

This system has already been piloted some years ago and its administration design
is now smoothed out. However it must be followed closely.

The paper is in quadruplicate. The original goes to the person selected (selectee),
the second copy is sent promptly to the Field Staff Member's org's Advanced Booking
Registrar, the third to the Director of Clearing and the fourth copy is held by the Field
Staff Member.

339

If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the Cashier
and enrols for training and processing, and pays, the org sends at once a commission of
10% for total cash. There is no waiting in sending the commission. The org sends the
sum at once. 10% is also paid in memberships bought by the selectee if accompanied
by another selection paper marked Membership also issued by the Field Staff Member.

The person selected is directed by the Field Staff Member to Reception at the
nearest organization, the name and address of which is given to the selectee.

No cash for memberships may be taken by the Field Staff Member as
Memberships must be paid for only to the org Accounts Cashier.

The preclear or student may be selected as often or as many times as the Field
Staff Member can do so.

The org will honour and pay commission on the selection papers presented to
Accounts by the selectee. It is the responsibility of the Field Staff Member to inform
the selectee to present his or her selection paper.

EXISTING CENTRES

Existing Scientology Centres are not official orgs. The Field Staff Member is not
attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of auditors may send a
selectee as a student or PC providing it is a Field Staff Member that signs the selection
form. Centres may not have Field Staff Members of their own unless the Centre is
owned and operated by Scientology, and Field Staff Members may not send PCs or
students to any but official orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology
official orgs as this is a Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or franchise
holders to use until they are officialized and their service can be supervised.
Remember, to use this system all a centre has to do to use the Field Staff Member
system is become official and meet requirements for a new org.

FORMS

Where no forms exist the Field Staff Member can write on plain paper, preferably
pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using carbon or hand copying can
make the forms himself.

The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and certificate initials
and certificate number of the Field Staff Member and what the selectee is selected for
(membership, training or processing) and some approximation of arrival date at the
org.

Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.

MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS

The Field Staff Member should be supplied with book lists, membership
descriptions and the org rate card. He or she should give copies of these to the selectee
if the Field Staff Member has them.

BOOKS

The Field Staff Member may buy books from an org and sell them for his own
profit. Any discounts are arranged with the org and regulated by the Director of
Publications, Saint Hill.

340

ORG MEMBERS

CERTIFICATE REQUIRED

Any auditor who has any certificate including Hubbard Book Auditor may
become a Field Staff Member.
No classification is required.
No other stipulations may be locally made.

PITFALL

This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field auditor there
was.
I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I was
only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.
The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too pinned
down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn to other activities.
I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate (the
Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type course (not as high as
an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists demanding I process their wives after
they had heard one lecture.
The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local public
promotion.
I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of expansion. Only
an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork can handle PCs and students.
Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs or train students. It does best when it
only promotes. And it should send its PCs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did
after orgs took my PCs over, to short assists, PE courses and small co-audits.

DISSEMINATION FORMULA

I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and it's
easy. Central orgs have it and train Field Staff Members on it in the staff training
programme. Being tech it has no part of this Policy Letter. It takes four or five hours
to learn, theory and practical. The org will have all such programmes of staff training.

PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when that
person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the Invoice the
auditor's name who did the selection.
Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a cheque for
IO% of the cash payment made to the Field Staff Member and mail it to him or her.
When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the payment and
of the PC or student's training, processing or membership payment to the Dept of
Clearing. The department staples these to the Field Staff Member's copy and files it
under the Field Staff Member's name.
The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid. In intensives
this should be for at least one intensive. However if at that appearance the selectee
bought several grades worth of intensives or several courses, the commission is also
given for those.
TIME

341

PROFESSIONAL RATES

DISPUTES

Where one Field Staff Member claims he or she sent in a PC or student and
another also claims it, the Director of Clearing should be appealed to to settle the
dispute.

The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee, not on the
earliest contact.
At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid on the
same matter to settle a dispute.
A Field Staff Member who feels an error has been made can write the Director of
Inspections and Reports in his nearest Org who will handle it.

DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

In any disputes between two Field Staff Members, either may appeal to the
Chaplain's Court, Department of Success, in their nearest org, which may "hear" the
matter by mail and render a decision. Such an action does not make any Scientologist
liable to further action.

FORMING ORGS

As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant service is not
as easy as close service, the HCO Area Sec should be approached concerning the
formation of a new local org. Such an org would be owned and operated by
Scientology from Saint Hill. The HCO Area Sec will base decision upon the amount of
traffic coming from that area and'the successfulness of the Field Staff Members there.
Final permission for a new Org must come from Saint Hill. The new org will be only a
Class Zero org at first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be
formed and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an old org to
finance a new org in any way.
The new org pays a percentage of its gross to the founding official org. And the
new org pays I 0% commissions as above to the Field Staff Members on its staff but
only if it is fully official and only when authorized to have an HGC. Until it has an
official HGC it continues to operate on commissions and pays no percentage to the
forming org, but still receives them. Its PE and Co-audit activities and commissions
paid, in students and PCs sent into the founding org, support it.

HGCs AND ACADEMIES

Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and Academies
of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members as long and arduous
experience has determined that great quantities of trouble can come from courses and
clinics which are unofficial and usually official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up.
Notable examples were Sydney, and the US Pacific North West in '54. There have been
dozens of such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance
Centres and Academies of Scientology are protected by law. Only their service is
supervised by Saint Hill or myself.

FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION

A Field Staff Member comes under the same discipline as any other org staff
member and is subject to the same codes of ethics. Auditing org PCs or students is
forbidden to all staff members.

ACCEPTANCE

The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization addressing
his letter to the Director of Clearing, who would be his superior in an org, giving his
acceptance of appointment or declining it. In return he will receive his credentials as a
Field Staff Member (Provisional) which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary
signifying his or her appointment, to be followed after a year by more formal
credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member

342

Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there are any
questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.

PROVISIONAL

The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year, the appointment expires unless renewed, On being confirmed at the end of
one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive credentials are issued.
When a Field Staff Member (Provisional) has been one for ten months, e or s e
should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full appointment be made
and giving any evidence of good work. At that time the Director of Clearing will cause
to be issued a new set of credentials to the Field Staff Member, declaring him or her to
be a Field Staff Member. Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any
difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.
The names or short lists sent to the Field Staff Member for selection or collection
are considered to be org prospects, The Field Staff Member may only select them to
the org or collect from them for the org, and if the Field Staff Member processes or
trains for his own fee prospect names sent by the org he is subject to discipline by the
Distribution Secretary.

PRIVATE PRACTICE

Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should advise his
Organization or Association Secretary of the nearest official org and explain why.

CENTRES

FRANCHISE HOLDERS

Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long as they
remain in good standing at Saint Hill.

NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING

Field Staff Members HCA and above may have the professional rate now for HGC
intensives if International Members in good standing.
Courses for Field Staff Members are given at the same fees as for any other
International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate for courses, only
for intensives. They are however given short briefings on pertinent subjects at such
times as the secretary of their org makes it available. However, the better trained a
Field Staff Member is, the better he will succeed and therefore this appointment
should not interrupt training plans.

DEBTS

Field Staff Members may be requested by the Department of Accounts to collect
overdue accounts on which 10% commission of any sums collected will be paid by the
org. But they may not be ordered to do this.
Accounts may release to Field Staff Members in an area lists of overdue accounts
in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the Field Staff Member may
collect the sums in cheque form only payable to the org and forward it with any details
to Accounts in the org. Accounts must inform Inspections and Reports of any such
issue of lists or any collections received by this method. All such assists are given at the
Field Staff Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.

GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE STAFF MEMBER SELECTIONS

343

SAINT HILL FIELD STAFF MEMBERS

Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly appointed by this Policy
Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore appointed FIELD STAFF MEMBERS SAINT
HILL. When working as a general staff member or executive for an org, the IO% is paid
to that org, not the staff member personally so that all its staff may benefit. They may
select to the Saint Hill Course or HGC.

The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above in this Policy
Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.

Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill HGC if the
student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.
Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as well a Field
Staff Member of a local org.
SENIOR ORG PREFERENCE

A Field Staff Member trained and certified at a senior org may be a Field Staff
Member of that org even while employed on staff by a junior org but the commission is
paid to the junior org. The junior org is paid the commission on any PC or student he
sends to the senior org (not his own). Memberships alone are denied commission in
such a case as the junior org can also sell them.
Such a Field Staff Member for a senior org employed in a junior org must not
distract students or PCs already selected by a Field Staff Member of the junior org
before they can present selection papers.

BEING ON TWO STAFFS

Any field auditor can be a Field Staff Member to more than one org but is
actually on the staff of the nearest org to his address and may not use another
appointment to another org or Saint Hill to set aside the nearer org's requirements of
him or her. In changing location the Field Staff Member must inform the Director of
Clearing of the Org he has been nearest to and inform the Director of Clearing of the
Org he will now be nearest to. In case he is a Field Staff Member Saint Hill also he
should inform the Director of Clearing Saint Hill.
LRH:jwjp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965, 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1968
Execs
Distr
Treas
Franchise
FSM FIELD STAFF MEMBER COMMISSIONS

Advanced Org FSM commissions can on application be credited towards the
account of the FSM.

Treasury in such case sends the white invoice copy to the FSM as a receipt, clearly
showing the credit transfer to account.

344

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1968

Gen Non-Remimeo Issue I
Franchise
"THE FSM OF THE YEAR"

At the end of every year each Scientology Organisation sends in the statistics of
their best FSM to Distribution WW.

Distribution WW then compares all the stats of the most people sent in and picks
the best FSM.

This FSM is then "The FSM of the Year" and a special silver cup is sent and
presented at the FSM's Org.

Then a full article is prepared on their wins and successes, methods used and
photograph.

The above is then condensed into an interesting leaflet and sent to all FSMS.

This is a basic layout-one can elaborate on it in years to come.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968
Issue III
Remitneo

FSM COMMISSIONS

FSM percentages are corrected and established as follows.

15% will be paid for any selectee routed on for auditor training.

I Ollo will be paid for any selectee routed on the solo line.

Auditors' route has not been promoted heavily enough and thus this additional
award is made.

Auditors are needed.

The planet needs Clears.

The-4th Dynamic needs auditing.

Get auditors in.

345

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 APRIL 1969

Remimeo
Distribution
Division Hats
FSMs
Franchise

FIELD STAFF MEMBER AWARD PROGRAMME

Based on the tremendous success of the original FSM Award Programme
instituted at St Hill, it now becomes Policy for all Orgs to run a quarterly FSM Award
Programme.

Such Award Programmes have been significant factors in booming Orgs.

The Programme must be worked out by each Org to suit local conditions, issued
as an ED to all FSMs and revised quarterly,

Awards are made on the basis of the amount of FSM Commissions received and
are to consist of books and lower level courses. For very high stats Academy Courses
may be awarded. Processing is not awarded.

Awards are transferable to family or bonafide members of a centre or group with
which the recipient is connected.

The Field Awards Officer is responsible for this Programme and for ensuring all
awards are announced and delivered each quarter.

Tom Morgan
Public Exec Sec WW
Jim Keely
Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow
HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright
LRH Comm WW
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

346

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo Issue I
Franchise
Pub Divs
Org Franchise
Hats

FSM AWARDS

Hereafter, Awards based (in the numbers of FSM Commissions paid as in FSM
contests MAY BE PAID ONLY TO SINGLE INDIVIDUALS OR SINGLE ORGS OR
FRANCHISES WHICH DID THE ACTUAL SELECTION.

No one may claim an award or bonus or contest prize by reason of multiple
franchises or multiple orgs or several individuals.

Example: Joe Blow turns in a claim for prizes based on 39 selections which
represent 10 franchises. The claim is not valid. It must show which franchise selected
what and that one franchise that turned in the most is the potential winner unless some
one else turned in more.

Example: Tom Sikes turns in 4 selections as an entree in the contest. Joe Blow
turns in 56. But Blow's "56" is made up of selections from 52 FSMS. The most any
single FSM selected in that group was 3. Tom Sikes wins the bonus contest.

OTL ELIGIBILITY

No OTL is eligible for a contest bonus award by reason of selections. It may select
and collect FSM Commissions but is not contest eligible.

SAINT HILLS

No SH is eligible for contest prizes for selections to AOs. SHs may select and
collect commissions but are not eligible for contest prizes.

SCN CENTRAL ORGS

The Central Continental Org (where the Continental EC is located) is not eligible
for contest prizes. It should select and receive FSM Commissions but is not contest
eligible.

STAFF MEMBERS

SO members, AO and SH staffs and the staffs of Central Orgs are NOT eligible for
bonus awards by reason of FSM selections.

ELIGIBILITY

Scn Orgs other than above, individual franchises, Gung Ho groups, Official Scn
groups, staffs of these and individual field FSMs are the only ones eligible for FSM
contest bonuses. None of these named may combine their selections as an entree in an
award contest.

347

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1970
Issue I
Remimeo
Cashiers
Div IlIs
Pub Div Hats Organization Seties No. 6
Div 11 Hats
FSMs
F/Os

CUTATIVE PRICES

HCO PL of 27 Apr AD 15 "Organizational Price Engram" is fully valid and must
be followed. It explains why price cuts damage orgs.

Price cuts are forbidden under any guise.

1. PROCESSING MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG.

Processing is too expensive to deliver.

2. BOOKS MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG OR BY PUBS
ORG.

They are too expensive to manufacture.

3. FSM COMMISSIONS MAY NEVER BE PAID ON DISCOUNTED OR CUT
RATE ITEMS.

If an FSM can't sell for full value he does not rate any commission.

4. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR COURSES ARE LIMITED TO INTERNESHIPS,
HSDC AND ACADEMY LEVELS.

5. COURSE SCHOLARSHIPS ONLY MAY BE OFFERED FSM ON
CONTEST AWARDS.

6. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE TO WORKING FSMs OF
PROVEN SELECTEE SUCCESSES.

7. ALL SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS OUTSTANDING TERMINATE IF
NOT TAKEN BEFORE I JANUARY 197 1.

S. FSM COMMISSIONS ARE PAID ONLY ON THE ARRIVAL OF A
STUDENT OR PC, NOT ON RECEIPT OF THE FEE.

Adv payments are sometimes refunded.

9. ONLY FULLY CONTRACTED STAFF IS AWARDED FREE SERVICE,
AND THIS IS DONE BY INVOICE AND LEGAL NOTE WHICH
BECOMES DUE AND PAYABLE IF THE CONTRACT IS BROKEN.

10. FSM BONUS AWARDS TO ORGS MAY ONLY BE DELIVERED TO
CONTRACTED STAFF MEMBERS OF THAT ORG.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

348

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1970
Remimeo
FBOs
Treas Secs
Dept 8
Public Divs
AOSH DK
St Hill UK
ASHO
SH FSM BONUS AWARDS

Saint Hill FSM bonus awards to orgs or franchises may only be a portion of an
SHSBC course such as one level. The Course portions when amounting to a full
course may only be given to a staff member whose contract begins or is re-signed on
return to the org and for which the org holds his signed note payable in the event
of breach of contract.

Saint Hill FSM bonus awards to persons not org or franchise connected should
be a portion of the SHSBC until a whole course is earned.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1971
Remimeo
Cashiers
Div 3s
Public Divs Hats
FSMs
Franchises
FSM CONTEST AWARDS
(Modifies HCO PL 27 Sept 1970,
CUTATIVE PRICES)

FSM Awards outstanding as of 27 September 1970 were to be taken by I Jan
1971 or forfeited by the above policy letter.

Many were not able to arrange to take their awards within the stipulated time.

In response to public requests the deadline for claim and use of such awards is
abolished.

Lt. V. Polimeni

349

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1958

OFFICE OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

HASI GROUP SECRETARY

The post of Group Secretary must be full time and must not be, repeat, must
not be held by a sales personnel. The registrar may not be Group Secretary.
The Group Secretary must be:
1. A person interested in groups.
2. A person with skill in handling groups.
3. A person who can lecture to groups.
4. A person who can handle ARC breaks well.
5. A person who can audit engrams Scientology 1958 style. (An ACC
graduate.)
The Group Secretary may have reasonable travel expenses out of town but not
taxi fare.
GROUPS
A group need not have a quota of pro or international members but may be
composed only of a majority of Associate Members to have the right to use
Scientology materials.

An unregistered group has no right to use Scientology materials as per HCO
awarded franchise.
A group certificate may be awarded to any group of people if the Group
Secretary is informed of (1) the name of the group, (2) its leader and (3) its address,
but the group leader does not have to do more than say that his group contains five or
more members. He need not give their names. He must certify there is a majority of
Associate or Int members in his group. The HASI may not accept a list of his members.
There is no fee, no cancellation save by "bad usage" which means to beat the drum for
something else or to fight the HASI.

The Group See handles correspondence, group certificates, programs, lectures,
information in general and heals group or individual group member ARC breaks.
The group leader needs no certificate.
The Group Secretary must not try to sell groups anything. He can mention books
and services when asked.
The Group Secretary personally may give lectures and engram running or auditing
demonstrations but may not charge for them.
The Group Secretary's services are always free. He may accept housing and meals
in fact but not cash for them. HE MAY NOT PROCESS PEOPLE FOR A FEE AT
ANY TIME DURING HIS ACTIVITY AS GROUP SECRETARY ON PAIN OF
CERTIFICATE CANCELLATION. ONLY THIS HAS HURT THE POST BEFORE.
NOR MAY COLLECT A LIST OF FUTURE PROSPECTS FOR AUDITING WHILE
GROUP SEC.
As his job grows he may be aided by an Asst Group Secretary.
The Group Secretary belongs in the Dept of Promotion and Registration.
All group troubles and difficulties are referred to him as well as all group
promotion.
He may not have separate group files but can have the materials of CF on groups
for his use.
He should make his first order of business the repair of the whole of the Sterling
area group system and heal all ARC breaks.

L. RON HUBBARD
Executive Director
LRH:mp.rd HASI

350

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JANUARY 1959

FIELD ACTIVITIES

To: All Scientologists

For Scientology to go well in any area, it is only necessary for the trained auditor
in that area to follow the following steps:

1. Get good results on every pc processed individually,
2. Operate a group and do PE and Group Processing.
3. Keep the group recruited.
It is not necessary that a field auditor has great sums of money to finance his
activity. All successful Scientology activities have financed themselves. In extreme, an
auditor with no pcs to keep him going can get a job and run a group evenings until the
income of the group activity makes the job unnecessary.

The keynote of handling any area is to bring order. Every time you put some
order into a pc or a group, or society, a little confusion blows off. Ignore the
confusion. It is transitory. Order is not. It stays. Therefore the more order (not
necessarily the more activity) you put into things the more continuance you have. This
is new data, extremely important and should be carefully gone over again and again
and applied. It is data that brings big wins in a society, a group or a pc. Bring a little
order.
Get the pc to see that he can bring order into his affairs. Ask him bluntly, "What
order could you bring into your life?" And his case will start resolving. The highest
ability of a thetan is to Bring Order. Therefore, orderly processing brings results,
disorderly processing does not. All an ARC break is is a disorder.

What order, then can a trained auditor bring into his area? Into his own life? Into
his pc's? Into his group? That is the question worth answering.

The confusion that flies off when the order is entered in seems so important to
many auditors that they Q and A with it. They stop pursuing order and start pursuing
confusion. Never change from order to disorder just because confusion blows off. Let
the confusion go. If you want it all gone, just put more order into it. That's why CCH
works when properly used.

An auditor who just starts a group blows some disorder out of a society. The
disorder flies into view. Ignore it. Just put some more well-run, exactly -scheduled
group there. More disorder discharges. Order put in too suddenly always discharges
disorder too fast. That's an explosion. You don't want that. Leave explosions to the
government (its highest level of entering order is to blow everything up).

Here's a program. Get hold of all the people you have processed in the area you
are in. Give them an interview. In it, ask each one, "What order are you trying to bring
into your life?" "What part of your life?" Tell them that's what Scientology is trying
to help them do. You'll have more pcs. Weld them into a group. Give them some group
processing Tone 40. Bring order into their lives.

Take responsibility for every pc's whole life. Take responsibility for all the
reactive banks in your area. Clear them up by bringing more order.

Money cannot flow back to you on disorderly lines.

AUDITOR CONFIDENCE

Every field auditor has had some loses. These cut down his confidence. He should
rebuild his confidence. He should rebuild his confidence as his first step. He failed
where he failed to bring order into lives. Therefore, he had better now discipline
himself to use one simple process and use it right and without change until he has won
with it. Don't change the process because it blows off disorder. To the devil with the
disorder-put the order in regardless of how much disorder it blows off;

351

KEY REHABILITATION PROCESS

1. Start session.

2. Find out if the pc has an auditor.

3. Find out if the pc has an auditing room.

4. Ask pc (goals) "What part of your life would you like to bring some order
into?" Two way comm on it for no more than five minutes. Get into session
then.
5. For one hour at the beginning of each session every session run "Look
around here and find something you have." Only that command. If pc
originates, understand and acknowledge. DON'T DO ANYTHING ELSE
ABOUT IT.
6. For remainder of session run "Recall something you have done." When he
says he has, acknowledge only.
Session after session run nothing else but this. And you'll bring order to a pc,
believe me. And he'll have great case changes and he'll be moving forward toward clear.

This process will give you wins unless you do something else to vary it.

The only people it doesn't work well on are nearly unconscious. On these only
CCH 1, 2, 3 and 4 work. If the process doesn't bite at all, use CCH 1, 2, 3 and 4. But
don't worry it will bite-if you keep your mouth shut and don't flub.

Now you want some wins. Don't talk to the pc much during a session. Use TR 4
whenever he talks. Keep him reassured, happy, comfortable and don't let him out of
session until you end it. And you'll win. If you lose, it's because you got fancy or
chopped the pc up.
Factual Havingness will ease off p.t. problems and ARC breaks. That's why you
use it for an hour always.
If a process regimen comes along that's simpler or better than the above I'll let
you know right away. Until then, this is the very best you can do.

GROUP RECRUITING

Groups fall apart on sloppy scheduling. They need one night a week at the
minimum. Always the same night, same hours. That's order. Always a one hour lecture
and one hour group processing Tone 40. We have new phonograph records of lectures
for you. They're cheap. Buy them.
When you have a group processed a while get people into an HAS Course. Teach
them TRs 0 to 9 and then let them co-audit on exactly the above regimen.
By permitting co-auditing, the trained auditor actually gets more pcs. Charge for
co-auditing consultations. Keep them at it.
We're taking the lid off. The country is full of people. They should be in groups
and co-auditing. In that way we'll bring enough order to the country to make even it
survive.
By the way, HCO Washington, D.C. will issue a Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist
certificate to anybody you guarantee has passed TR 0 to 9 without charge to you. We
trust you to make sure they're good.
In recruiting a group, keep explaining Scientology as something that helps people
bring order into their lives. You'd be amazed how little order they believe they can
inject. Call on new people. Run an ad for your group: "Tired of Being Human?
........ Scientology Group Clears People." or "Does Life Seem Disorderly?" Join
the ........ Scientology Group and begin to win for a change."
We need action. In an all but leaderless world, somebody has to make some
people. Let's begin.

L. RON HUBBARD

352

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.

HASI POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1959

GROUP SECRETARY

The post of Group Secretary must be full time and must not be, repeat,
must not be held by a sales personnel. The Registrar may NOT be Group
Secretary.

The Group Secretary must be:
I . A person interested in groups.
2. A person with skill in handling groups.
3. A person who can lecture to groups.
4. A person who can handle ARC breaks well.

The Group Secretary may have reasonable travel expenses out of town but not
taxi fare.

The Group See handles correspondence, group certificates, programs, lectures,
information in general and heals group or individual group member ARC breaks.

The Group Secretary must not try to sell groups anything. She can mention books
and services when asked.

The Group Secretary personally may give lectures and engram running (if trained
in engram running) or auditing demonstrations but may not charge for them. The
Group Secretary's services are always free. She may accept housing and meals in fact
but not cash for them. SHE MAY NOT PROCESS PEOPLE FOR A FEE AT ANY
TIME DURING HER ACTIVITY AS GROUP SECRETARY ON PAIN OF CERTIF-
ICATE CANCELLATION. ONLY THIS HAS HURT THE POST BEFORE. NOR MAY
COLLECT A LIST OF FUTURE PROSPECTS FOR AUDITING WHILE GROUP
SECRETARY.

As the job grows, she may be aided by an Asst Group Secretary.

All group troubles and difficulties are referred to the Group Secretary as well as
all group promotion.

She may not have separate group files but can have the materials of CF on groups
for her use.

She should make her first order of business the repair of whole of the Dollar area
group system and heal all ARC breaks.

GROUPS
A group need not have a quota of pro or international members but may be
composed only of a majority of Associate Members to have the right to use
Scientology materials. An unregistered group has no right to use Scientology materials
as per HCO awarded franchise.

A group certificate may be awarded to any group of people if the Group
Secretary is informed of (1) the name of the group, (2) its leader and (3) its address,
but the group leader does not have to do more than say that his group contains five or
more members. He need not give their names. He must certify there is a majority of
Associate or International members in his group. The FC may not accept a list of his
members. There is no fee, no cancellation save by "bad usage" which means to beat the
drum for something else or to fight the FC.

The Group Secretary handles correspondence, group certificates, programs,
lectures, information in general and heals group or individual group member ARC
breaks.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:gn.rd President

353

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 AUGUST 1959
CenOCon

ATTENTION ALL GROUP SECRETARIES

If money is charged for anything, even dues, it's a Centre and not a Group and
must be enfranchised. If no charges are made, it's a Group.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1960
Re-issued from Sthil
CenOCon

GROUP SECRETARY

Due to the subsequent establishment of the Franchise Programme for Auditors
supervised and conducted through HCO offices, the Hat of Group Secretary can be
worn by the Assistant Registrar. This change can be made at this time due to the
smallness of Lay Groups.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue III
Gen Non-Remimeo

CORPORATE NAMES
GROUP NAMES

The only corporation that may use the word "FOUNDING" in its name is the
FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF WASHINGTON D.C.

Any other corporation in the USA or elsewhere including the word "Founding"
in its name must change it by Board resolution, filing name change correctly before
relevant authorities.

No group or congregation, etc, incorporated or not, ma use the word
I y
"Founding" in its title. Any such existing shall change their name in accordance with
this policy.

354

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1968
Issue 11

Remimeo
All Div 6 Hats
Public Div Hats

THE GROUP OFFICER

Every org must have a Group Officer who is under the Director of Clearing in Div
7 for 9 Div Org or in Dept 17, whichever is applicable.

The Group Officer is responsible for the welfare and expansion of all local
Scientology Groups in the field. To aid and supply them with materials and increase
their growth.

Main policies to follow are the Boom Formula, certain points of Policy Letter of
20th Nov 65 and the booklet on Scientology Groups soon to be released.

Here is a small outline of the Group Officer's duties:

I . Keep in communication with all local Scientology Groups.

2. Expand, and make new groups.

3. Officially register each group and issue it a group certificate.

4. Supply Groups with posters, flyers and things they can promote with, and
group programmes for itself and the Community.

5. Make sure groups follow policy and that each has a President, Secretary and
Treasurer and that posts stay filled.

6. Keep Ethics in and good order amongst Groups.

7. Back them up all you can. Groups are like your ambassadors in the field and
they are a very effective activity in channeling the raw public to Scientology
orgs and very useful in initiating and handling community programmes.

Keep in a good liaison line between the group and the Org. Answer a Group's
queries. Give them assignments. Remember never to flood a
group with or,ders-let
them get on with their jobs.

You do your job and the Groups will do theirs.

[Replaced by HCO P/L 24 July 1969 Issue 111, The Groups Communicator, page 356.1

355

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1969
Remimeo Issue III
Div 8 Hats (Replaces HCO PL 24 Nov, 1968)

THE GROUPS COMMUNICATOR

Every Org must have a Groups Communicator in the Field Comm Unit of the
Field Data and Advice Section of Dept 24.

The Groups Communicator is responsible for the welfare and expansion of all
local Dianetics and Scientology Groups in the Field.

The Groups Communicator duties include:

1. Keeps in communication with all local Scientology and Dianetics Groups.

2. Is the terminal in the Org for Groups for data and advice in order to make
them successful.

3. Ensures that the Field Material Supply section provides groups with
promotional materials and other material they require in order to operate
and disseminate.

4. Make sure each group has been officially Registered and a Certificate issued
by the Field Establishing Unit.

5. Make sure groups follow Policy and that each has a President, Secretary and
Treasurer and that posts stay filled.

6. Keeps Ethics in and good order amongst Groups.

7. Back groups all you can. They are like your ambassadors in the Field and
they are very effective in channeling the raw public into Scientology Orgs
and very useful in initiating and handling community programmes.

Keep in a good liaison line between groups and the Org. Answer a group's queries.

Give them service. Set assignments for them. Remember never to flood a group
with orders. Help them and let them get on with their jobs.

Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
- Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

356

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 DECEMBER 1968

Remimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
Students
FSMs and Franchise

GUNG-HO GROUPS

GUNG-HO GROUPS are composed of local Scientologists in the field, any
friends who are interested and general public members. First a Captain, Secretary,
Treasurer and Public Officer must be elected by the group. When the group is formed,
it must contact the Group Officer of the nearest org and give its address and the names
of its officers and members, etc and apply for a GROUP CERTIFICATE.

GUNG-HO means "Pull Together" in Mandarin. It pulls together other groups in
the community to work towards the betterment of society and of the area.

The Groups Programme works on the motto:

A COMMUNITY THAT PULLS TOGETHER CAN MAKE A BETTER
SOCIETY FOR ALL.

The Group's purposes are:-

I . To discover the purposes and targets the citizens as individuals in its area
consider most desirable to improve the area.

2. Co-ordinate these targets into long range community objectives and publish
and arouse interest in them.

3. Work with other civic groups to co-ordinate action on these targets by means
of planning of short range targets each civic group is to do, (the short range
being parts which when done add up to a long range target).

4. Study and use Scientology to improve the reach of one's own group and the
leaders of other groups.
..... . .... ... .

The Group Officer of the nearest org will direct, keep in communication with and
supply promotional literature to all GUNG-HO Groups.

Each Gung-Ho Group must choose a Master at Arms whose sole duty is to eject
from the group people who enter the group to try to break up the group or pervert it
to destructive ends.

He or she may also hold hearings when disputes arise and bring them to a
satisfactory solution or agreement. The Master at Arms has the additional duties of
Inspection and keeping order. If a serious out ethics situation does occur then he or she
must notify the Ethics Officer at the local Org.

Such a group as GUNG-HO is vital. Gung-Ho Groups can and should take an
active part in the community, working with various civic groups, clubs, churches and
parishes to achieve the area's targets; creating harmony, peace and co-ordination. Why
fight anymore? Get people to do something constructive and improve society. Make a
safe environment.

The role of the Field Staff Member in a group is to get as many persons in the
group trained and processed at the nearest Scn Org as possible and through the group

357

contacts to get as many civic leaders and civic group leaders trained as possible.

FINANCE

Most groups run by membership fees or contributions and are rarely prosperous
enough to maintain themselves.

The group activities are financed by the following:

I . A percentage of FSM commissions.

2. Membership fees.

3. Any contributions.

4. Course fees for courses it teaches,

FSM COMMISSIONS

An PSM using the group to send persons to Scientology Orgs of course cannot
expect the group to continue to exist unless he allocates a certain percentage of his
commissions to its Treasury. This could be done on one of three arrangements:

(a) The FSMs working in or with the group allocate automatically as soon as the
commission is received by him or her from the Org say 5% of the 10%
(meaning 50% of what he receives). This would be paid to the Treasurer of
the group.

Or:

(b) The group itself is the FSM, receives all commissions and pays the person
who signs up selectees in the group name 50%, the group retaining the
remainder.

Or:

Of these (b) is probably the most workable.

As the operating group if functioning well, would triple or quadruple the
potential sign ups for FSMS, the halving of the commission would benefit one and all.

Plan,(c) is the one used by Scn Orgs in selecting people to higher Orgs, but is not
actually all that workable.

There are undoubtedly other plans and arrangements that could be made.

The whole point here is that an independent FSM depending on the group for
spade work has to contribute to the group's survival or the cycle will break down. And
roi)ing FSMs entering the area should work through the group as this in past years was
a very sore point and hurt groups who had then to clean up the pcs left unfinished and
all that,

MEMBERSHIP FEES

Group Members should pay a fee yearly to the group. It is about $2.50 to $5.00,
but is up to the local group as it is their money.

Membership fees cover postage and mailing costs to members but not very much
mote. It is a minor but necessary source of income.

The Group Member of course gets a membership card and pin for his membership
fee.

358

CONTRIBUTIONS

The most heavily worked over income point of most civic-minded groups is the
obtaining of contributions.

These can be quite sizeable.

They do not however come easily unless the group has a non-profit status and the
patron can thereby deduct it from his income tax.

A group, however, that registers as a charity and is a member of existing
non-profit organisations can obtain contributions.

Governments have been known to contribute large sums to groups.

Contributions should be worked at but should be regarded as an irregular source
of income and not counted on for the general running expenses of a group. Rather,
they are like an affluence, and major projects are the best use for contributions and the
best reason to get them-such as a new building for the group or a new hall, things like
that.

COURSE FEES

The group can teach four types of courses:

(a) Group Organisations.

(b) Basic Management.

(d) Basic Scientology Book study.

These are not expensive courses. Their fees are comparable to those charged by
Franchise Centres for HAS Courses, etc.

The Group's Courses are packaged, easily supervised, checksheet courses, run on a
regular evening schedule. All the fees go to the group.

FRANCHISE CENTRE IS DIFFERENT

A Franchise Centre is different entirely from a Gung-Ho Group.

One can easily benefit from the other.

But the Gung-Ho Group is there to speed up and smooth out the society and civic
organisations and make a better community atmosphere directly.

The Group is a society entrance point.

The Franchise Centre is basically a Scientology training and processing activity for
individuals.
The Group works on other dynamics-notably the 3rd and 4th.

GROUP ORG BOARD
For a Forming Elementary Group

The Group President is in general charge of the group.

The Group Communications Executive handles communications and dissem-
ination and is very like the HCO Exec Secretary.

The Group Organisation Executive handles Finance and training and is compa-
rable to the Organisation Executive Secretary.

The Group Public Executive handles Qualifications, Distribution and other
actions like the Public Executive Secretary of a Scientology Org. (In a Scientology Org,
Qualifications is under Organisation, not Public.)

359

Group Liaison Officer

Target Apportionment Officer

Individual Contact Officer

Certs and Awards Officer

Review Officer

Examinations Officer

Operations Officer

Training Officer

z
C)
> Tech Services Officer

Materiel Officer

Disbursement Officer

Income Officer
z

Registration Officer

Publishing Officer
z
0
> Project Planning Officer

Master at Arms

Communicator
0

Recruiting Officer

DUTIES

EVERY PERSON IN THE GROUP WITHOUT EXCEPTION IS ON THE ORG
BOARD AND HAS DUTIES AS POSTED.

The duties of the personnel in a Group are embraced by the title and the
functions under him.

The rule is that ONE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR EVERYTHING IMMEDIATELY
BELOW HIM ON THE ORG BOARD.

One can then have as few as one person (who then does all these things) or as
many as are needed or can be used.

360

However, when the Group gets above 50, the Org Board is expanded to 27
departments from the 18 now indicated.
People as they join the Elementary Group fit in where the load is heaviest.

The Recruiting Officer recruits Group members and acts as Reception and keeps
the Address Files.
The Communicator handles all communications of whatever kind, in and out.

The Master at Arms keeps order at meetings and ejects people trying to break the
group up. He also inspects things and reports on them to the Communications
Executive who in turn informs the President or other Group members.

The Project Planning Officer finds, figures out and draws and writes up all the
steps of a project or programme after it is agreed upon by the Executive Council.

The Publishing Officer publishes the steps of anything, the literature of anything;
if it's published he publishes it to our outside groups. He also keeps a library and files
of programmes and any pamphlets issued or sold by the Group. He is also the Press
Relations Officer until one is appointed to his department.

The Registration Officer registers members, other groups, students, congresses;
anything where a membership is concerned is registered by the Registration Officer
(and any card is issued by Certs and Awards).

The Income Officer cashiers and receives and bills for any income owed.

The Disbursement Officer pays all bills from Treasury.

The Materiel Officer keeps up the property and quarters of the Group, anything it
owns, repairs it, sets up meeting chairs and cleans them away. And inventories things.

The Tech Services Officer sees students are routed and cared for, sees other
groups when meeting together are routed and handled. His business is bodies, to what
are they assigned, where do they go.

The Training Officer handles all training of whatever kind, including the training
of the group. And any school.
The Operations Officer actually handles and directs all operations programmes
and projects in progress.
The Examinations Officer examines anyone trained or being trained and any
project or programme.
In event of any breakdown in anything, such as a project or programme, the
Review Officer grabs it and corrects it or gets it redone.

The Certs and Awards Officer gets made up and issued all Certificates,
memberships or otherwise, pins, etc as well as Conditions.

The Individual Contact Officer is in charge of Polls for purposes from Individuals
in the public. These form up in Project Planning into specific long range TARGETS for
the area of the group.
The Target Apportionment Officer apportions short range targets to other groups
which when all done make up the completion of long range targets for the whole area.

The Group Liaison Officer is in 6ontact with other groups to be sure things are
going right and patches them up and keeps them going.

(Of course by "other groups", we mean civic groups, businesses, etc.)

The Communications Executive makes sure the six functions under him or her
happen whether manned or not, singly manned or assisted by more than one in each
spot.
The Organisation Executive is in charge of all those six functions below him.

The Public Executive is in charge of all those functions below him.

The President sees that the Group Org Board form is held and that the functions
and actions of the Group occur and that the Group is successful.

361

The three Executives (Communications, Organisation, Public) form an
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. This passes on all matters of importance and originates
programmes.
The President is the CHAIRMAN of the Executive Council.

This is a very fundamental Organisation, done with simplicity.

It will function.

When more than 50 are serving in the Group and it is active, then the basic
pattern is expanded properly. Each Executive gets one more department so that there
are nine. And each department gets 3 sections.

But the functions remain more or less the basic group pattern.

It is best to start with a simple pattern.

This pattern also adapts to any business or any civic group.

POST THE BOARD

The Org Board of the Group is posted conspicuously. It is best done on a
varnished board or a forinica board varnished over. Names are printed or typed or
DYMO stickered. If the board isn't varnished, tape and dymo strips can't be pulled off
easily and stuck back on.

Christmas red, green, yellow tape is used to separate the different departments
and parts of the group Organisation.

FUNCTION

It is forbidden to obtain long range targets from civic groups or businesses.

One only obtains long range targets by ringing doorbells and going into shops and
asking individuals what they think should be done on community projects.

When enough of this is done then the Project Planning Officer sums the results of
the poll up into LONG RANGE OBJECTIVES. The Publishing Officer publishes these
as a pamphlet for the Gung-Ho Group that also explains the group's purpose.

The Pr 'ect Planning Officer now breaks these long range ones down, each one
Oi
down into possible short range ones, gives them to the Group Apportionment Officer
to see if he can get them lined up to various Civic groups or businesses as their portion
of the long range target.
By keeping I or 2 long range targets going (by getting other groups to do the
short range parts) the long range targets can be met for the community.

The Publishing Officer keeps public attention on progress (in the press, etc) and
makes heavy capital out of a completion of a long range target, giving the Civic Groups
or businesses lots if not all the credit.

There is no unit in the world that goes to the public to discover what's really
wanted and needed.
And no group exists to act like a source and coordinator in the community.

Thus the Gung-Ho Group is new and needed and can become very influential and
worthwhile.

RULES

The Gung-Ho Group is only interested in constructive Targets.

It is interested only in the greatest good for the greatest number (of Dynamics).

362

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
Students
FSMs and
Franchise
GUNG-HO GROUPS
POLTR # 2

Gung-Ho Groups introduce a new idea into social or civic groups.

They are working groups.

Most such groups are mainly concerned with keeping the members interested,
having "group programmes", etc. These groups are hard to form, hard to keep going.

The usual old time type group was a sort of audience for somebody that met once
a week, evenings or lunch or dinner that then got spoken to by somebody about
something.

If the group had anything to get done, it formed a committee. Then only one or
two in the committee did anything about it.

The result was that the dynamic quality of the group was missing.

Such groups tended to "squirrel" (which means go off line).

Some wild new idea would come along and the group members, being bored,
would chase off.

The essences of a true group are participation and contribution.

Group members must be able to participate in action to become a true team.

And each must be permitted to contribute to the action for a group to generate a
life of its own.

Giving money or things to a group are both a form of participation and
contribution. But while this is an important matter, it does not involve actual action.
Thus a contributor of money or objects to a group is yet withholding himself and his
time. One should seek contribution of money and things. But the status granted for
this is that of patron or associate, not of a true member of the group.

Thus oiqe must sharply differentiate in giving out "membership" cards between
the contributor of money or things and the action member, by always calling the
money contributor ail "associate" or a "patron" and the time and effort contributor a
"full member" or a "true group member" or an "active member" on the card. An
active member should have a full credentials card with picture, thumb print and
description. An associate just a name typed on a card.

Groups that become members of the Gung-Ho Group are in fact "Associate
Group Members". They receive a large certificate as Associate Group Members of the
local Gung-Ho Group, as issued by the local Gung-Ho Group.

TRUE GROUP MEMBER

The True Group Member is part of the or-g board, has a post on it and has duties
relating to his department.

Where there is more than one person in a department (of which there are 18 on
the Basic Board) Ws title is the department name plus a function such as "Recruiting

363

Letter Writer" or "Communications Telephonist" or "Master at Arms Inspector".

MEETINGS

The group should "meet" 2 or 3 times a week on exactly scheduled evenings or
weekends. Saturday and Sunday afternoons.

These evenings or afternoons should be those which normally are not connected
with events. For one thing the group members will be free and for another, people will
be home.

The group transacts the bulk of its work according to the posts of members
during its meetings. It doesn't have meetings and then at some unnamed time in the
week get its group work done. It gets its group work done and works as an organization
during meetings, each to his own post.

As the group gets affluent it should hire a permanent communicator who keeps
the telephone manned and handles things during the week days. FAILURE TO KEEP
A TELEPHONE MANNED AND FAILURE TO ANSWER MAIL CAN NULLIFY ALL
THE WORK OF THE GROUP.

So, to begin, the group should have at least an answering service or somebody's
phone.

The group also has to have a mail address and a letterhead.

OFFICE SPACE

A typewriter, some chairs and office space of some sort are important to a group.

No big outlay is needed at first. But the sooner a group gets something like
permanent quarters the better off it will be.

COMM SYSTEM

The group should have a "Comm Center" in some safe place where it meets.

A Comm Center is made up of baskets-the "beanstalk" type are best and EACH
GROUP MEMBER HAS HIS OWN BASKET WITH HIS NAME ON IT.

The Comm Center is best laid out directly below an org board and exactly follows
the org board, in that several baskets are under part of the board and relate to that part
of the board, with the most senior baskets highest.

In this way one can locate the person on the org board and locate his basket at a
glance.

People sort into others baskets and empty their own basket. Notices can be
distributed, etc.

The Communicator takes care of the baskets and posting all Boards.

TARGETBOARDS

There are TWO different Target Boards.

One Board is for the Gung-Ho Group, this gives the targets per department for
current long range actions of the group itself.. It is called the "Gung-Ho Group Target
Board". The other Board is the Community Target Board. On this is posted the long
range targets of the Community and the short range targets of the various Civic groups.

Targets are typed on a slip of paper and put under the Department's name.

Various systems of posting can be used. THE MAIN THING IS TO POST THE
TARGETS.

364

When short range targets are done they are marked off as done. When all short
range targets are done, the long range target they made up is done.

GROUP ORGANIZATION

The principle and success of a true group organization is each member does his
own specialized part.

When you have a "group" where everyone in it each one does all the jobs, you
don't have a group, you have chaos. The group won't expand.

Thus each group member is responsible for his own job as assigned.

HATS

On a train, a locomotive engineer and a conductor each wear a different kind of
hat. You will notice that various jobs in the society are designated by different hats.

From this we get the word HAT as a slang term meaning one's specialized duties.
This is one's hat.

Usually when a person has been on a job awhile he knows what it consists of. He
then should write up his HAT, meaning in this case a folder which contains past orders
and directions which outline his job plus his own summary of his job.

When one is transferred or leaves a post he is supposed to "write up his hat"
which is to say, modernize this summary of the posts.

HATS are kept and assembled and reissued by the Recruiting Officer who is in
fact the Personnel Officer of the group and assigns personnel to posts.

It is pretty grim for someone to take over a post newly which has no hat. Thus
these hats are carefully preserved, turned in and reissued.

These items, the Org Board, Comm Center, G H Group Target Board, Community
Target Board and Hats are the basic items of a group. People and these can be
organized into a highly dynamic effective group.

ALL HANDS

An action requiring a huge burst of activity is called an ALL HANDS action.

Thus a mailing to be stuffed in envelopes and mailed, a huge doorbell ringing
campaign to get individual purposes, a big drive to persuade civic groups by individual
calls-all these are ALL HANDS actions.

Thus a group member has two functions:

I . His post in the group for which he is directly responsible and

2. ALL HAND actions where the whole group pitches in oh one fast
project.

Wise group leaders do not keep a group continually in an ALL HANDS condition.
One of these is good for a sprint. The bulk of a group member's time should be on his
own post, doing his specialized job.

FLOW LINES

It will be noted on the Org Board that it FLOWS from left to right.

A person or particle enters on the left side and flows down to the right side.

365

This tendency of the board to flow particles from left to right is fine and it's
designed to do that.

But also this pull along the board gets into the true group members. They get
pulled down the board on their posts. The Recruiting Officer has to watch it to keep
from sliding on down into the duties of the last department.

The President also has to watch it as he can get pulled into some lower part of the
board and cease to be an overall supervisor of the group and just answer the telephone.

The rule is, where you have a group member who is not doing his job, he pulls
others into it. So when a group member finds himself doing another's job you know
the other isn't doing his job. This is the prime reason for a disorganized organization.

COMMITTEES

The true group does not appoint Committees ever. That is a way to get no action.
The way to get action is to get it done by the proper place on the board.

TRAINING OFFICER

Whatever else he does the first duty of the Training Officer is to teach group
members and new group members the Gung-Ho Group policy letters and the functions
of the Org Board, Comm Center, Target Boards and Hats.

A primary reason for confusion in any organization is that people don't know the
pattern,

The one who has to know these things best is the President. Otherwise he cross
assigns duties to the wrong parts of the board.

ACTION

The way to get active is to let people finish the actions they begin.

The way to get no real action is to assign actions to the wrong parts of the board
and then prevent people from completing what they start.

A few simple targets actually executed are worth a thousand thought about and
not done.

All actions should be assigned to the right people and pushed to full completion,

In this lies the strength of the group.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

366

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
FSMs and Franchise
HOW TO REGISTER
GUNG-HO GROUPS

When a newly started Gung-Ho Group reports in to the Group Officer at the
nearest Org, the Group Officer must see that it is registered officially as a recognized
Scientology Group as soon as possible. A Group Log is started at the Org in which all
data is put down by the Group Officer.

To do this a letter is issued as a temporary measure, to the group. The letter is
typed on the Organization white letterhead paper.

The text is as follows:
Date

The Group is hereby provisionally recognized as a
valid Scientology Group and is on three months' temporary basis from the above date.

Signed
Public Executive Secretary

Attested
Group Officer

The Group is logged,
A carbon of this letter is kept in the Group Officer's files. This letter is valid for
only three months in which time the Group must prove that it is a working functioning
body.
At the end of three months if the Group has proved itself the Group Officer mails
a certificate packed in a mailing tube.

The text of the Certificate is as follows:

(Name of the Org at the Top)

This is to Certify That

is a valid Scientology
Group

Signed

Public Exec Sec

Dir Certs & Awards

Group Officer

As a tip one can use as paper for these certificates, the paper used for Bonds or
shares which is white and ready-made with a gold or coloured border line. This was
used for the old HDA certificate and proved very easy to use. Its size is about 13" x
IO" in a medium rectangle.

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard

LRH:DH:Idm.ei.rd CS-6

367

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 DECEMBER 1968
All Orgs Issue 11
Div 6 Hats
FSM Franchise
Students GUNG-HO GROUP COURSES

The following small courses may be taught by GUNG-HO Groups:

I . GUNG-HO Group Organisation
2. MIB Course
3. FSM Course
4. How to Run a Franchise Course
5. Non Technical Mini Courses on Administration.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
FSMs and Franchise WARNING
Gung-Ho Groups
GUNG-HO GROUPS

When doing a survey to discover the targets of the area, you interview the public
individual.

YOU DO NOT interview Ministers of State, Government Officials, Presidents or
Leaders of groups or firms to discover the targets of the area.

RULE:

INTERVIEWING LEADERS AND PEOPLE IN HIGH POSITIONS = NO
TARGETS.

If you interview such people, you will hit "GROUP THINK" and what they suggest as
targets are rarely and not necessarily what the public want.

Follow this rule strictly. It is naturally ok to inform officials of what you are
doing but do not get involved in "officialdom", only social snobs endeavour to do this.
Hobnobbing with people in high positions gets you nowhere in fact it steers you way
off the purpose line of Gung-Ho Groups, which is to pull together the community and
make a better society.

So get your targets by interviewing the public, i.e. people in the street, workers,
housekeepers and shop owners, just to mention a few.

When you achieve this first important step then and only then can you
co-ordinate and achieve these targets per P/L 2 Dec 1968 and advance with any
progress.

368

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
FSMs and Franchise
Issue to all
Gung-Ho Groups
THE PUBLIC PROGRAMMES OFFICER

In every Org under the Group Officer should be a PUBLIC PROGRAMMES
OFFICER.

His hat is to organize and co-ordinate Gung-Ho Groups. He gets them started. His
job takes him into the field contacting FSMS, Scientologists and the general public
(especially those connected to other groups in the community). He gets these people
together and starts a Gung-Ho Group formed as per Policy Letter 2 December 1968. Its
members can range from business directors to shop keepers or from charity organisers
to Bank owners. The actual committee is made up of local Scientologists in the field.

The Public Programmes Officer having recruited the group together, has the group
do a survey from door to door, etc. to discover the targets and purposes of the
community in the area. He must get regular reports on their progress and discoveries
and co-ordinate their activities.

The Public Programmes Officer stays exterior so that he may co-ordinate. He
must not bog down into minor steps.

The Public Programmes Officer NEVER makes up programmes. He gets the
Gung-Ho Group to put together programmes (which are composed of short range
targets given to fellow groups to do to achieve the target found in the survey).

HA TR ULE:-

THE PUBLIC PROGRAMMES OFFICER STARTS, ORGANISES
AND CO-ORDINATES GUNG-HO GROUPS.

STA TISTIC:-

Number of Public Programmes completed.

and

.-Number of operating people in Gung-Ho Groups.

Historical Note:

This post has been created due to the success of a pilot project started in H.A.P.I.
Org in Scotland early this year.

Ron McCann was the original programmes officer (as the post was called then).
He started two committees and flooded Scotland with a new interest in the
improvement and help of Scotland. Many thanks to him.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

369

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1969
Gung Ho
Groups
Div 6 HUMANITARIAN OBJECTIVE AND GUNG HO GROUPS

It is pretty hard to handle a downstat (one with low, declining statistics). It is
easy to handle an upstat.

In a, world which is taught by the old school that it is a dog-eat-dog, jungle world,
one has incoi-npetent governments, wars, pressure groups, conflicts, economic pushes
and generally a hard environment in which to operate.
The Humanitarian Objective of Scientology is-TO MAKE A SAFE ENVIRON-
MENT IN WHICH THE 4th'DYNAMIC ENGRAM CAN BE AUDITED.

A suppressed and insecure society is a hard one in which to operate.
The qtiswer then is to generally increase the security of races, groups, individuals.
A true democracy is possible only when the group is made up of sane, thinking
individuals. We can produce these and out from them goes a zone of greater security.
However, it is perilous to ne'lect the further out surroundings and it is necessary that
9
one give some thought to other dynamics beyond the first dynamic (self).

We are not engaged in a conquest or to achieve some planned Utopia. All we are
trying to do is lessen the turbulence and insecurity in the society, which is the basic
role of a church.

By organization and an orderly,approach to the problem, we can achieve this in
several ways, a main one being Gung Ho Group activities.

1. Gung Ho Group

asks individuals in the
society what should be done.

2. Gung Ho Group publishes the results.

3. Gung Ho Group

ts Humanitarian group
what each\
to forward (2).

4. Society revitalizes. \\O
5. Auditing occurs on a wider perimeter.

6. Gung Ho Group repeats (1) above.

Now, if the Gung Ho Group works only with social questions and gets individual
public citizens to state what should really happen or be done on it, and if getting it
done is achieved by liaison with existing groups, and if pressure groups such as political
lobbies are ignored if they won't cooperate and other type groups are coordinated,
then things will start going right.

Vitality returns to a society when common purposes are restimulated.

At present so many special group interests are so in conflict with other special
groups that social progress is impeded.

If you can get one commonly expressed purpose these actually done by liaison
with interested social or humanitarian groups the knot starts to untangle.

The combined strength of many social groups using all their connections to
achieve one gain cannot help but produce it.

370

HUBBARD SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS

THE CHURCHES OF SCIENTOL OG Y

ADVANCED ORGANIZATIONS

Advanced Organization, Los Angeles Advanced Organization, United Kingdom Advanced Organization Denmark

916 South Westlake Ave Saint Hill Manor Jernbanegade 6
Los Angeles, California 90006 East Grinsteed, Sussex R H 1 9 4JY, E ngland 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark

HUBBARD COLLEGES OF SCIENTOLOGY

American Saint Hill Organization Hubbard College of Scientology Saint Hill Organization Denmark
2723 West Temple Street Saint Hill Manor Jernbanegade 6
Los Angeles, California 90026 East Grinstead, Sussex R H 1 9 4JY, England 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark

CONTINENTAL AND AREA ORGANIZATIONS

UNITED STATES CANADA HOLLAND

The Church of Scientology The Church of Scientology Scientology Kerk Nederland
of California of Toronto 261 Singel
2005 West 9th Street 124 Avenue Road Amsterdam C
Los Angeles, California 90006 Toronto, Ontario M5R 2H5
The Founding Church of The Church of Scientology AUSTRALIA
Scientology of British Columbia Church of Scientology
181,2 19th Street N.W. 4857 Main Street 1 Lee Street
Washington DC 20009 Vancouver 10, British Columbia Sydney
'The Church of Scientology GREAT BRITAIN New South Wales 2000
of New York
49 West 32nd Street The Scientology Foundation Church of Scientology
New York, N.Y. 10001 Saint Hill Manor 28 Restormal Avenue
The Church of Scientology East Grinstead, Sussex RHI9 4JY Fullarton
of Buffalo The Hubbard Scientology South Australia 5063
960 Kenmore Avenue Organization
Buffalo, N.Y. 14216 68 Tottenham Court Road Church of Scientology
London Wl 37 Cleaver Street
The Church of Scientology Perth
of California The Hubbard Scientology Western Australia 6000
414 Mason Street, Room 400 Organization
San Francisco, California 94102 39 Portland Square, Sherwell Church of Scientology
Plymouth, Devon PL4 6DJ 724 lnkerman Road
The Church of Scientology
of San Diego The Hubbard Scientology Caulfield North

926 "C" Street Organization Manchester Victoria 3161

San Diego, California 92101 48 Faulkner Street
Manchester Ml 4FH NEW ZEALAND
The Church of Scientology
of Michigan Hubbard Academy of Personal Church of Scientology
19 Clifford Independence 16-18 View Road
Detroit, Michigan 48226 Fleet House, 20 Southbridge Mt Eden, Auckland 3

The Church of Scientology Edinburgh EH1 1 LL, Scotland SOUTH AFRICA
of Minnesota DENMARK
Church of Scientology in S.A.
730 Hennepin Avenue Church of Scientology Denmark (Pty.) Ltd.
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403 Hovedvagtsgade 6 99 Polly Street
The Church of Scientology 1103 Copenhagen K Johannesburg
of Florida Church of Scientology Copenhagen
1235 Brickell Avenue Henningsens Alle 68 Church of Scientology in S.A.
Miami, Florida 33131 2900 Hellerup (Pty.) Ltd.
The Church of Scientology Garmor House, 127 Plain Street
of Texas SWEDEN Cape Town
2804 Rio Grande Church of Scientology of Stockholm Church of Scientology in S.A.
Austin, Texas 78705 Drottninggatan 53 (Pty.) Ltd.
The Church of Scientology S-111 21 Stockholm College House, 57 College Lane
of Nevada Church of Scientology of Sweden Durban
2108 Industrial Road Magasinsgatan 12 Church of Scientology in S.A.
Las Vegas, Nevada 89102 S-411 18 Gbteborg (Pty.) Ltd.
The Church of Scientology Church of Scientology of Eskilstuna Room 9, Lowcliffe House
of Washington State Kungsgatan 43 Main Street
1531 4th Avenue S-632 21 Eskilstuna Port Elizabeth
Seattle, Washington 98101 Church of Scientology Malmd Church of Scientology in S.A.
The Church of Scientology Skomakaregatan 12 (Pty.) Ltd.
of Missouri S-211 34 Malmd 224 Central House
3730 Lindell Blvd Cnr. Central & Pretorius Sts.
St Louis, Missouri 63108 FRANCE Pretoria
The Church of Scientology Eglise de Scientology de France
of Massachusetts Association Hubbard de RHODESIA
714 Beacon Street Scientology Paris Church of Scientology, Rhodesia
Boston, Mass. 02215 58 Rue de Londres 210 Kirrie Bidgs, Abercorn Street
The Church of Scientology 75008 Paris Bulawayo
of Portland GERMANY
1607 N.E. 41st Street ScientologV Kirche Deutsc CELEBRITY CENTRES
Portland, Oregon 97232 Hubbard Scientology hiand Church of Scientology
The Church of Scientology Organisation MCinchen Celebrity Centre
of Hawaii 8 Miinchen 2 1809 West 8th Street
143 Nenue Street Lindwurmstrasse 29 Los Angeles
Honolulu, Hawaii 96821 West Germany California 90057, USA

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 DECEMBER 1968
All Orgs Issue 11
Div 6 Hats
FSM and Franchise
GUNG-HO GROUP TECH

A principal piece of Gung-Ho technology is HCOB-HCO Pol Ltr 26 Dec 68 THE
THIRD PARTY LAW.
All Gung-Ho group members should star rate on it, and why:
The Third Party Law is important to Gung-Ho activities since if all groups are to
pull together, the reasons why groups fight groups must be well known to Gung-Ho
group members. Only by knowing this and using the tech can a Gung-Ho group bring
peace and coordination to members of the community who are in conflict with others.

"Pull together" will not happen when two groups or two beings are in active
conflict in the area.

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JUNE 1969
Dianetic
Course
THE MOST FUNDAMENTAL ERRORS

The Dianetic Counseling Group.

The most fundamental errors a Dianetic Counseling Group could make would be
to use other than straight, standard Dianetics, and be "not quite with Hubbard" or to
call itself something else than Dianetics.

SUCH A GROUP WOULD NOT HAVE PEOPLE LONG.

In all the years of Dianetics and Scientology, every group or activity that has
given out "we don't quite agree with Hubbard but ........ or have called themselves
psychology, etc, have been short-lived. The public simply stays away in droves! Such
groups get into trouble financially, dwindle then die.

There have been dozens, slightly off or wholly defiant, and it has happened time
and time again. They have all gone. Not because we have done anything about them,
but they were doomed by the public which at the first whiff of alter-is or non-Hubbard
avoids them utterly.

We don't know of any group which has survived this.

So be very sure in your Dianetic Counseling Group to stay on line and Standard,
and acknowledge fully the source of Dianetics, L. RON HUBBARD. Never make these
fundamental errors or permit them to be made in your group. And maintain always
your official regular connection with mainline Dianetics and Scientology.

These are cold hard facts based on- 19 years of experience with groups.
WE WANT YOU TO PROSPER.

372

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969

Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS I

Introduction

The potential of application of Dianetics in society is so phenomenal that an
urgent need for basic organization has arisen.

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS have been created to fill that need.

The 1950 text of "DIANETICS, THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH", by L. Ron Hubbard, has sold millions of copies and produced endless
miracles around the world.

STANDARD DIANETICS is much simpler in application and has far greater
results.

It is well expected that Dianetic Counseling Groups and their members will
become builders of a new era of health and well being for mankind. The sights are high,
but Dianetics has already touched the lives of many millions and will through
STANDARD DIANETICS bring about a saner society.

The following series of texts are each based upon the philosophic and practical
principles of organization that have been evolved in the 19 years since the first Dianetic
Group was formed by L. Ron Hubbard.

These principles work. They are the results of those 19 years and more experience
with groups of all sizes. A complete study of each text will bring you to. a complete
understanding of exactly what is involved in bringing into existence a successful and
expanding Dianetic Counseling Group.

They will eventually be compiled into a new book on group organization. In the
meantime take each as you receive it and file it in consecutive order, and you will have
all the data you need to start, run and organize a successful Dian.etic Counseling Group.

Good luck, we are working together to make a world of happy well human beings
freed of the present time problem of their bodies now able to move on up to the
Scientology results of a free, powerful and immortal being.

W/O Ken Delderficid
CS-6
and
Flag Public Officer
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

373

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue 11
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 2

Purpose

For an organized activity to persist and expand it must have a worthwhile purpose
to which its members and activities are aligned.

The purpose of a DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUP is:

TO CREATE AN ENVIRONMENT OF WELL HAPPY HUMAN BEINGS WHO BEING
FREED FROM BODILY CONSIDERATIONS AND -THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
OF THE BODY CAN NOW ACHIEVE THE SCIENTOLOGY RESULTS OF A FREE,
POWERFUL AND IMMORTAL BEING.

To this purpose there is no hidden, secret intention, it is purely and simply as
stated.

It is envisioned that with the expansion of the group and others like it, sanity and
calm will spread into the society around as people become aware of the fact that
someone really can help them and as they themselves become well, their attention
freed from being fixed on their body.

A well society is a sane society.

A being who is stuck with pain and suffering, much of which is so suppressed he is
hardly aware of it, cannot be at ease with his fellows and cannot easily achieve the
spiritual freedom that he seeks.

The purpose of the group is to ease this and make well happy human beings, who,
freed from bodily considerations and the present time problem of the body can move
on up to the spiritual freedom achievable through Scient,ology.

You will probably be the first Dianetic Counseling Group in your area and as such
you have the responsibility for the whole area. This is not something to be afraid of,
but a challenge to rise to. Never before has anyone had the precise rapid power to
relieve the suffering of mankind that you have.

The Pastoral Counseling procedures you will be using are unique in their precision
and results.

To date, people have been subjected, in the name of "mental healing" to
brutalities even torture and murder. "Mental Healing", apart from Dianetics, has not
been developed in recent centuries as a science or study to relieve man, but rather has
been aborted to use as a means of political control. Treatments such as electrir- shock
have killed or permanently crippled millions through the violence of the convulsions it
creates. Pre-frontal lobotomy makes man into a vegetable.. It is true it calms him down,
but he can never become well again, if he even survives the operation. Drugs can kill
through the severity of their effects on the human body.

"Mental healing" has become almost totally associated with brutality and control
and is used for the most sordid purposes.

374

Your purpose is pure, you are unique.

You will do well to place a sign, in a place that it is clearly visible, stating:

"THIS GROUP EXISTS TO CREATE AN ENVIRONMENT OF WELL HAPPY
HUMAN BEINGS WHO BEING FREED FROM BODILY CONSIDERATIONS AND
THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM OF THE BODY CAN NOW ACHIEVE THE
SCIENTOLOGY RESULTS OF A FREE, POWERFUL AND IMMORTAL BEING."

Also place another sign not quite as bold -

"This group will not recommend or condone political mental treatment such as electric
shocks or brain operations or convulsive drugs and condemns utterly this Fascist
approach to 'mental health' by extermination of the insane. Because we will not agree
to brutality and murder under the guise of mental healing or to the easy and lawless
seizure of persons in the name of 'mental health' for political reasons, our associate
organizations are fought ceaselessly by those who seek domination of this country
through 'mental treatment'. You are safe so long as we live."

Place these well so that visitors know exactly what you stand for.

The whole of your activity will be aligned to this purpose and you will progress to
the degree that as a group you agree with and follow it. This is-what Dianetics is for.

Your power in the society will be judged by your ability to make good this
purpose.
The technology of Dianetics is refined to the point that applied exactly, as your
auditors are taught, and backed up by Scientology review, you cannot fail, you will
succeed 100%.

Your purpose takes you right into the public, you will be contacting many
people.
The product that your group will deliver is one that has been searched for since
time immemorial, it is your task to deliver that product exactly and flawlessly.

Within the society there is no other group which has the technology to do what
your group will be engaged in. You will be in competition with no one.

In applying Standard Dianetics you will work in co-operation with Medical
Doctors, and in some cases they are essential. It is important that a working
understanding be established between the Dianetic Counseling Group and a local
medical doctor or clinic. This is covered fully in a later paper.

The position of the group is to be operating harmoniously within the society,
providing a product which is needed and wanted by that society, and where necessary
in liaison with a doctor or clinic.

Backed up by the local Hubbard Scientology Organization the group will play a
valuable role.

375

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue III
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 3

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS AND
SCIENTOLOGY ORGANISATIONS

You are not expected with this group to be just thrown to the wolves and left to
fend for yourselves; that would defeat the purpose of Organisation.

There exists within Dianetics and Scientology a well founded and well proven
system of Organisation. You will operate within this framework.

Just as the individual trying to do it all alone, risks being overwhelmed, so the
small group, especially when inexperienced, will not progress and expand as well if it is
not backed up.

This manual gives you the data to operate independently and you will be
responsible for your own actions. However you will be registered with the nearest
Scientology Organisation whose Director of Field Service will keep an eye on your
progress, lend assistance when needed, communicate regularly with you and send you
the latest information that will be of value to you.

His assistance will also be moral; you know that he represents a technology and
organisational system that has been operating successfully and expanding for 19 years
on all continents, making people happy, well and more able and withstanding all
difficulties. Your nearest Scientology Organisation will be responsible with you for
seeing that your group survives.

You will direct persons who have been trained and processed to the highest level
available at your group, to that Organisation for higher level training and processing. A
commission will be paid to your group on all fees paid for services taken by your
selectee, for which you selected him.

Your nearest Scientology Organisation will in turn assist you with training
programmes for your own group's staff to increase your operational ability. Contact
the Director of Field Training for details of these training programmes.

Until you have your own Scientology Review Auditor, the nearest Scientology
Organisation will provide review facilities when needed by your preclears.

The Organisation will have other Dianctic Counseling Groups operating within its
area and will be familiar with the problems you encounter. It will not do your work for
you, but will assist you to overcome any obstacles you encounter. As a group you will
have a challenging future, you will be given every assistance, but you make your own
survival.

W/O Ken Delderfield
CS-6
and
Flag Public Officer
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

376

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue IV
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 4

STAGES OF FORMING, INCREASING, AND EXPANDING
A DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUP

WHY A GROUP?

We don't ever expect an isolated individual to go out and audit all by himself. We
expect him to audit as part of a team because he is going to have case failures if he
doesn't. The best auditing results are obtained from teamwork.

One person on his own would be liable to overwhelm by the amount of work that
would be built up. It will not be the pure auditing that will overwhelm him, but the
other essential hats that he will have to wear. By forming up a group to hold these hats,
each one covered, he will be successful and, well run, the group will expand.

GENERAL OUTLINE

The following is a general outline of the formation, increase and expansion of a
Dianetic Counseling Group.

It is set out in easy stages, each one of which has a useful and profitable product.
Even while the group is still forming up and before it even has a trained Hubbard
Dianetic Counselor, the group can be selling and distributing books, which names and
addresses of buyers collected, forms the basis of future auditing prospects.

STAGE ONE-BOOKS

Activity.- Sells books.

1. Get a group together.

2. Form up the group, appoint personnel to posts.

3. Send one or more of the group to the nearest HSO for training on the Hubbard
Standard Dianetics Course, as a Hubbard Dianetic Counselor.

4. Register the group with your nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation (HSO)
Department of Field Establishment.

5. Train up the personnel on their respective posts, and the lines and activities of the
group.
6. Send the person who will supervise the Introductory Course for training at your
nearest HSO.
7. Get the legal status of the group sound and regular. Register the business name of
the group. The Counselor will, especially in the US, be a minister, and the group
should be registered as a religious fellowship.

8. Sell and distribute Dianetic and Scientology books widely. Collect the names and
addresses of all buyers. A card is inserted in the back of every book, inviting
buyer to write the Letter Registrar of the group for more information.

STAGE TWO-INTRODUCTORY COURSE

Activities: Sells books, runs Introductory Course.

9. Get some modest economical quarters in a population dense area.

10. Upon the return of the Introductory Course supervisor commence running the
Introductory Course. Sell books to every student.

377

I 1. Continue to sell books widely and collect names and addresses of every buyer.
Ensure every inquirer is sold a book.

12. Get in a sound Central Files/Letter Registrar Activity.

STAGE THREE-STANDARD DIANETIC AUDITING

Activities: Sells books, runs Introductory Course, delivers Standard Dianetic Audit-
ing. Selects persons to nearest Scientology Organisation.

13. Commence delivery of Standard Dianetic Auditing upon the return of your
Hubbard Dianetic Counselor. Failed cases and pcs in trouble are routed to nearest
HSO Qual Div for Scientology Review.

14. Increase the group's income by selecting all completed pcs to nearest HSO for
Scientology auditing and training.

15. Form a liaison with a competent medical Doctor or Clinic.

16. Continue to send staff as feasible for training as Hubbard Dianetic Counselors
(HDCS) or Hubbard Dianetic Graduates (HDGs).

17. The full group can work mainly in the evenings and weekends while auditing
continues all day. A receptionist would be needed during the days to handle
callers and sell books.

STAGE FOUR-HSDC

A ctivities: Continues all earlier successful activities especially book sales. Delivers
Standard Dianetic Auditing, selects to Orgs, runs Hubbard Standard
Dianetics Course.

18. As group expands fill vacant posts with completed pcs and Introductory Course
graduates and wherever possible HDCs or HDGS. Ensure all staff are successful
cases. No failed cases on staff.

19. Keep tech admin ratio of one tech for every two admin by sending more staff for
training on HSDC or hiring HDCS.

20. When more than one auditor auditing, send best auditor for HSDC Supervisor's
Course. (Makes a HDC into a HDG.)

21. Commence HSDC upon return of Hubbard Dianetic Graduate (HDG cert gives
right to supervise HSDC course).

22. Get in a cramming section with another HDG in charge.

STAGE FIVE-SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW

A ctivities: Continues all earlier successful activities. Sells books, turns out excellent
Hubbard Dianetic Counselors, delivers flawless Standard Dianetic Audit-
ing, selects to Orgs, normally handles most failed cases and difficult pcs in
own Qual.

23. Encourages all HSDC course graduates to join group, or start own groups.

24. Send best auditor for training in nearest HSO Academy as a Scientology Auditor
to Class IV.

25. Flood out letters from Letter Registrar.

26. Get in Qual Div upon return of Scientology Class IV auditor. Handle failed and
difficult cases with Scientology Review.

27. Send to nearest HSO Qual Div for Class VIII Scientology Review any case beyond
the skills of the Class IV. Leave no failed cases in the area to cause later trouble.

28. Get in staff training under Qual so all staff know their own posts and functions of
group well.

29. Select heavily all completed pcs and students.

378

STAGE SIX-BASIC COURSES

30. Send a staff member to nearest HSO for training as a Communication Course
Supervisor.

31. Get in a Communication Course for indoctrination of all new pcs.

32. Begin to run weekdays as income warrants. Do not decrease evening or weekend
activity to do so.

33. Get all untrained staff onto HSDC in their off (non working) hours.

STAGE SEVEN-CLASS VIII

Activities: Continues all earlier activates. Group runs days, evenings and weekends,
sells books, runs Introductory and Communication Courses, delivers
flawless Standard Dianetic Auditing and turns out excellent Hubbard
Dianetic Counselors, selects to Orgs, handles all failed cases routinely.

34. Send more HDCs for training to Class IV at nearest Academy (HSO).

35. Send best Scientology Auditors to a Saint Hill for training to Class VI.

36. Class VI Sciento-logy Auditor upon return to group increases percentage of success
on cases. Fewer need now be sent to HSO Qual Div. Routinely handles failed
cases and difficult pcs so no unhappy pc ever goes out the door.

37. Send best Class VI to AO for Class VIII or procure a Class VIII.

38. Class VIII takes over Qual. Handles all failed cases never letting an unhappy pc
out the door. I 00% results.

39. Maintain high standard of training and auditing.

40. Pick up any earlier failed cases which slipped by.

41. Get in staff status system.

42. Step up promotion.

43. Select to local Org, Saint Hills and AOs.

STAGE EIGHT-A FULL SCIENTOLOGY ORGANISATION

Activities: All previous successful Dianetic activities. All Scientology services up to
the level that the Org has auditors and supervisors available who are
qualified for those classes.

44. Should you now wish, the group can be expanded into a Scientology Org,
delivering, in addition to all current Dianetic services, Scientology services, issuing
a magazine opening further groups, setting up an FSM system.

W/O Ken Delderfield
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

379

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue V
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 5

Group Formation

A Dianetic Counseling Group is easy to form, run and expand. It is based on a
successful pattern that has endured and brought about expansion.

The group in its Organisation uses the necessary amount of Organisation to allow
for maximum production. If there are only three people the Organisation is very
simple.

If there are twenty people the Organisation is still simple, but there is much more
Of it.

The basic cycle of the formation of a group follows the following pattern.
Somebody there
then
Worthwhile purpose
then

Somebody taking responsibility for the area or action
then
Form of Organisation well planned
then
Form of Organisation held or re-established
then
Organisation operating.

Starting the Group

To start the group then requires that one person first of all examine the area and
decide he is there, for him to look at the purpose of the group and feel that it is a
worthwhile purpose, and then for him to feel that he can take responsibility for the
area or action of making people well and happy in that area and for him to actually
start taking responsibility by telling his friends.

That is the genus of the group. The individual gets two or three or more friends in
agreement with the idea of the group and then the Organisation must be planned and
brought into existence.

A Meeting

The first step of Organisation is that a meeting time is arranged to make plans, and
allocate duties and responsibilities.

Form of the Group
Appointing Personnel

The form of the Organisation has been well planned as given on the Org Board and
is fully explained in a later section.

Each member of the group will need to be appointed to a post to which he is
suited.
A post is only held by one person at a time, but one person may hold more than
one post.

380

The Org Board is always filled from the top down, that is to say the most senior
post is always filled first. If there are only a few people then they hold the most senior
posts, and also do the work of each of the posts below them on the Org Board.

A lower post is not filled while leaving a higher post vacant. The higher post is
filled and the lower post or posts held from above.

As new people join the group, the lower posts can be turned over to them and
filled.
While appointed to a higher post, lower posts being vacant, the functions of a
lower post may predominate. This does not alter the rule that the Org Board is filled
from the top down.

Posts are allotted according to an individual's ability, past experience and interest
in the post. When a choice exists, a person of higher ability is always appointed to a
higher post in preference to a person of lower ability. Ability is measured not by
opinion, but by the person's ability to raise statistics and produce the product of the
particular post.

Initially appointments will have to be made from a person's past experience and
interest in doing the job. At the meeting it is found that one has a lot of experience
working with the public and enjoys talking with them and getting out and meeting
with them. Another prefers just talking with individuals in a quieter atmosphere. There
you have a person to handle public and another to handle registering people once they
have come to the group for service. A happy approachable person is appointed
receptionist and so on.

Do not fill a post with a person who is not willing to take full responsibility for it.

The first step in a person taking over a post is his acceptance of the post and the
responsibility it entails.

The group member who had the original idea for the group would normally be the
President (unless he was the only auditor in the group when it would be filled by
another). The one who enjoyed public work would be the Public Executive and so on.

Each of the most senior posts is filled by the person most suitable for it, and he
performs its functions, as well as the functions of any post left vacant beneath him.

Hubbard Dianetic Counselor

To operate at all a Dianetic Counseling Group must have an auditor trained up to
the level of Hubbard Dianetic Counselor, and later in order to run the Hubbard
Standard Dianetics Course must have an auditor trained to the level of Hubbard
Dianetic Graduate, the next higher qualification.

So it is agreed that one or more members of the group (unless one or more of its
members is already trained) will go to the nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation,
Franchise or existing Dianetic Counseling Group and do the Hubbard Standard
Dianetics Course.

It does not matter, in fact it is desirable, if more than one member of the group is
or becomes an HDG, the more the better. But one is of course the minimum.

Registering the Group

In order to be sure of receiving all the latest information, to receive assistance in
training the group's staff, to participate in awards the group is registered as a Dianetic
Counseling Group with your nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation.

This is simply done. Just contact the Director of Field Establishment, at your
nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation.

Post Training

With each of the group's members appointed to a post, the next step is to train
each person on his or her own post, as well as its relationship to other posts, the group
as a whole and the public.
Basic materials concerning the operation of Dianetic Counseling Groups are

381

studied (as are contained in this series) with each group member paying particular
attention to the materials which apply to Ws or her own post, and Division. However
the best group members will be found to understand not only their own posts, but also
know the duties and functions of the other posts in the group. Executives and the
President of course must know the duties and functions of all the posts in the group.

Next a basic very fundamental statement of the group member'sjob-a complete
simple statement is taken and the following is worked out in clay;

(a) Work out the Group in relation to the HSO and the public in clay.

(b) Work out Ms job in clay in relation to the rest of the group.

Each bit of everything in clay is labelled.

When each member of the group has completed the above some "dummy"
training runs should be made, with members of the group going through each of his or
her post actions with other members of the group acting as public. In this way the lines
of the group can be established and grooved in and made smooth before any public are
handled.

Introductory Course Supervisor

The Introductory Course Supervisor will need to be trained in course supervision
at the nearest HSO, and their Department of Field Training will also assist in the post
training of the other group members, provision of materials, etc.

The Introductory Course provides an activity for those who after reading a book
do not sign up for processing right away.

Legal Status

The group will need to be registered according to local law. It should be ade
sound and regular right from the beginning. Register the business name of the gropp.

The local Org's Dept of Field Establishment will be able to assist you 'At they will
be familiar with other Dianetic Counseling Groups in the area.

The group's Hubbard Dianetic Counselor will, especially in the US, be a minister,
and the group should be registered as a religious fellowship-

Sell Books

Selling books is the group's entrance point to entirely new people.

The importance of selling Dianetic and Scientology books cannot be too highly
stressed.

Promotion consists of getting names and addresses and contacting them and
offering service to get them in. The more names, the more contacts, the more people.
And of course the more people the more income.

To promote you must have a full mailing list. It is the size of a group's mailing list
and the number of mailings and letters to it that determines the gross income of the
group.

AND IT IS BOOK SALES THAT GIVES YOU A GROUPMAILING LIST.

A book sold today is a pc or student tomorrow. Book sales today form
tomorrow's income.

Books sales and the resultant name and address form the basis of all future
procurement, so don't neglect them.

Advertise books using the cover as the cut (use a photo or reproduction of the
cover as part of the advert).

Every book sold must have a "request for more information card" in it addressed
to the Letter Registrar of the group.

382

INVOICE EVERY BOOK SALE. WRITE BUYER'S FULL NAME AND
ADDRESS ON EVERY INVOICE. Religiously collect name and address of every book
buyer. This collectively is the GROUP MAILING LIST A copy of the invoice goes in a
CF (Eentral File) made out for the person.
Spend book income on buying more books and on advertising and selling books.
Buy books in quantity for discount, either through your local Org or from Pubs
Org.
Sell books to bookstores (ensure they all have request for more information cards
in them). Sell them at fairs. Knock on doors and sell books. Sell books.

Book sales form the basis of your future income.

Group Quarters

The group will need quarters. No big outlay is needed at first. The group can even
get started in one of the member's own homes. But the sooner a group gets something
like permanent quarters, preferably in a busy area, the better off it will be.
The group is going to be handling the public, and in its conception it is very
important that this fact be confronted. Some might be happy to hide themselves
quietly away somewhere where few people will find them, but truly your own success
and well being as a group can depend on your thrusting yourselves out and letting your
purpose be known. This comes under taking responsibility for the area or action.
Whatever the location of the quarters they should convey a good image. A
downstat image can shake public confidence in Dianetics, and cost a group a large part
of its income and lead to trouble in an area. By showing a good group mockup you are
a living example of what Dianetics can do. Premises, particularly the entrances and
interview and service areas should be neat and uncluttered.
Some successful groups have established themselves in shop premises in fairly well
known areas.
In the windows are displayed posters and the books to be sold with an invitation
to buy.
inside space is needed for reception, a room for the registrar, space for the cashier
and ethics officer, a large room for public meetings and the Introductory Course, and
later the Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course, and several smaller rooms for auditing, as
well as,,Space for administration. The bulk of the space is given over to service delivery;
auditing, training and Introductory Course and the least space to admin.
.As the group grows it will need more space, particularly extra auditing rooms and
training area, and if this can be arranged economically right from the start so much the
better.

Compiled by:
W/O Ken Delderfield
CS-6
and
Flag Public Officer
from the organisational
policy of Scientology
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

383

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue VI
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 6

THE ORG BOARD

Successful Organisation depends upon an agreed upon pattern that forwards the
needs of the purpose of the Organisation and allows the group of persons involved to
each carry out a function which is useful and productive and results in the group as a
whole accomplishing its purpose.

There are two fundamentals involved.

1. The actual diagramatic pattern of the Organisation showing the divisions,
departments, their personnel, functions and lines of communication. This pattern
fully drawn out is known as the Org (Organisation) Board.

2. The 'Policy' of the Organisation. Policy is derived from successful actions and is
the agreed upon way that the actions of the group are carried out successfully.
These actions are in written form and are followed exactly.

By your knowledge and certainty of the pattern of operation (Org Board) and
implementation of the proven successful actions (Policy) your Group will come into
existence and operate simply and with minimum confusion.

The Org Board and Policy are in no way intended to suppress your individual
production, it is simply to permit each one of you to be productive individually and
yet be,co-ordinated as a group and thus move in a single direction forward.

If you can imagine a group not in agreement on the basic pattern you will have
something like this:

-maybe you go forward, but it's agony and pretty purposeless.

If you are in agreement and are not on each other's toes you have:

Agreement

Co-ordination

POWER

.0
Instead of all the force vectors lying about in a random confusion, opposing each
other, you add up the vectors all in one direction and achieve thereby a concentration
which brings a result.
You also have a very happy group with a high level of ARC.

384

THE ORG BOARD

The Org Board used by the Dianetic Counseling Group is philosophically based
upon the most workable pattern that exists in the Physical Universe at present, which
is Man.

Man is set up as follows:

First there is the 'Thetan' (spirit, he himself) which is the source point of ideas
and purposes.

Then there is the mind, which can be likened to the data collection centre and
file. Then the body, which moves in the physical universe and creates effects initiated
by the thetan, thereby creating a product.

Thus the thetan conceives of an idea, the mind is referred to for data and to relate
the idea to the environment which the person is operating in, and then the body is
directed to put the idea into effect and there is a resultant product which can be
viewed and corrected or not by the thetan.

Thus we have a pattern.

Thetan

I
Mind Body Product

with the product matching the original idea of the thetan.

To get a further, clearer look at how this develops and its simplicity consider an
artist about to do a picture.

First, he the artist, the thetan, conceives of the need to paint (the purpose might
be to make money) and gets an idea as to what he wishes to paint.

He then through the mind communicates to get perception of the subject upon
having gathered sufficient perception plans the execution of the painting. The mind
also plans the dissemination which will result in a sale of the product. Those are
functions of the mind.

He next organises his materials, possibly purchasing some extra and gets into the
activity of painting the picture. Those two are functions of the body.

When the body of the painting is done he views the result to see if it qualifies with
his original intention and then displays the painting publicly-thus product.

With the successful result, he receives funds to continue his activity and survive.

We can now compare this to the Dianetic Counseling Group and come up with the
basic pattern of the group which will give the product of 'well and happy human
beings'.

The 'thetan' is responsible for the survival of the whole activity and is senior to
mind, body and product. We will call the thetan of the group-the GROUP
PRESIDENT.

The mind basically is a mechanism which receives and relays information and
which relates present information to past information. Thus mind is called the
COMM UNICA TIONS EXECUTIVE.

The body is a mechanism which moves and handles material and production and
is represented by the ORGANISATION EXECUTIVE.

The product of the Organisation is something which is viewed by other persons

385

and if liked encourages them to participate thereby creating expansion. It is
represented by the PUBLIC EXECuTivE.

THETAN
Group President

MIND PRODUCT

Communications Organisation Public
Executive Executive Executive

The four basic personnel are now in existence.

In the Dianetic Counseling Group MIND there are two main functions,
communications and dissemination.

Thus the COMMUNICATIONS EXECUTIVE has two divisions under his
responsibility.

DIV 1. COMMUNICATION DIVISION headed by the Communications Secretary

DIV 2. DISSEMINATION DIVISION headed by the Dissemination Secretary.

Each of these divisions, following the thetan, mind, body, product pattern
contains three departments (when the group gets above 50 a third division will be
added under the Communications Executive and under the Org and Public Executives
and these too will follow the thetan mind body product pattern).

For the BODY of the group, again there are two basic divisions. The one which
handles. the energy of the group (money and materials) such that two, the activity of
Dianetic auditing and training can take place.

Thus the ORGANISATION EXECUTIVE has two divisions under him.

DIV 3. TREASURY DIVISION headed by the Treasurer

DIV 4. TECHNICAL DIVISION headed by the Technical Secretary

The PRODUCT of the group, under the PUBLIC EXECUTIVE has two divisions.

DIV 5. QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION headed by the Qualifications Secretary

DIV 6. PUBLIC DIVISION headed by the Public Secretary.

The Qualifications Division ensures that the results qualify with the original
intention, and if not, to make the necessary corrections such that the results are I 00%
standard.

The Public Division is in contact with the public and makes known the product of
the group, and liaises with other groups newly formed.

386

POST THE ORG BOARD

The Org Board of the group is posted conspicuously. It is best done on a
varnished board or a formica board varnished over. Names are printed or typed or
DYMO stickered. If the board isn't varnished, tape and DYMO strips can't be pulled
off easily and stuck back on to make changes.

The Org Board is always kept up to date with any changes posted A T ONCE.

Christmas red, green and yellow tape is used to separate the different departments
and parts of the group Organisation.

Department of Public Success

>- >< Public Success Officer

ci cn

;m Department of Public Activities
LU C)
= U5 Public Activities Officer
0- u
ui LU
cn 25 Department of Public Planning PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICER
Public Planning Officer

co =-
= u w Department of Certificates and Awards
0- LU z ui
x CD > Certs and Awards Officer
U.i P: cc CE

I- m Department of Review Cramming Officer
ui C:)
LL Review Officer SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW AUDITOR

> Department of Examinations
C3 EXAMINER
Examinations Officer

Department of Processing Case Supervisor
Processing Officer HUBBARD DIANETIC COUNSELORS
< cc C:)
L) < U.
z Department of Training
uj HSDC COURSE SUPERVISOR
CC c-:' Training Officer.
L) U Cn
C:) LU UJ UJ -
p > cn > Department of Technical Services

< C3 Tech Services Officer
cn

ui Department of Materiel
ui Ui
CD x Materiel Officer
CC LU ui

CD
L- tn Department of Disbursements

< c:) Disbursements Officer
ui

I- > Department of Income CASHIER
3 Income Officer

Iz C:) Department of Registration REGISTRAR
3: Registration Officer

Department of Publications
z ui C:)
M m Publications Officer
C) ui ci
ui to ui >
P: > LI w C-3 Department of Promotion
< p: C:) Promotion Officer
c-, -n -
;a C-3 cn

= LU ui Department of Inspections and Reports

m >< z Inspections and Reports Officer ETHICS OFFICER

LU j- CC C:)
< <
;E Department of Communications
ui C:)
V5 COMMUNICATOR

u.1
u) 25 Department of Routing, Appearances and Personnel

Personnel Officer RECEPTIONIST

Compiled by:
W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6
and the Flag Public Officer
LRH:KD:RW:ei.rd/bh from the organisational policy of Scientology
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder

387

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue VII

Remimeo
Pub Divs
Dianctic
Counseling Groups

DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 7
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Comm Centre

The group should have a "Comm Centre" in some safe place where it meets.

A Comm Centre is made up of baskets-the "beanstalk" type are best and EACH
GROUP MEMBER HAS HIS OWN BASKET WITH HIS NAME AND POST ON IT.

The Comm Centre is best laid out directly below an org board and exactly follows
the org board, in that several baskets are under part of the board and relate to that part
of the board, with the most senior baskets highest.

In this way one can locate the person on the org board and locate his basket at a
glance.
People sort into other baskets and empty their own basket. Notices can be
distributed, etc.

Comm Baskets, Desks & Chairs

Every group member has a desk and chair. The Counselor of course can be in his
auditing room and Course Supervisors in the course room.

In addition to the basket in the Comm Centre stacks each group member has a
three basket station located by his or her desk.

The top basket labelled "IN" should contain those items which are still to be
looked at.
The middle basket, labelled "PENDING" contains those items looked at but
which cannot be fully handled immediately.

The bottom basket labelled "OUT" is to contain those items which have been
dealt with and are now ready for distribution into the comm lines again.

All despatches, letters, traffic and active work are either in the Comm Centre
baskets, the staff member's station baskets, or on a desk being worked on. ALL active
work is always kept visible on the lines, and no work may be put in desk drawers or
hidden off the lines that is active. In this way the current traffic of the Group is always
visible and locatable.

When a despatch is handled, or work completed it is put in the OUT basket at
one's desk station. At regular intervals each staff member clears his OUT basket and
takes its contents to the Comm Centre and distributes each item to the next terminal's
Comm Centre basket. At the same time he collects any despatches or other items from
his own Comm Centre basket and puts these in his own IN basket at his desk station.

An IN basket is handled by taking one item at a time and handling it fully, and
then taking the next item and handling that one fully, and then the next and the next
and so on. Each is handled in such a way as to complete the cycle of action, to handle
the matter so that it does not need to be handled again. It is not referred as referral is
irresponsibility. Executives who refer to others to make a decision aren't executives.
They are irresponsible or afraid of responsibility.

Each item is handled fully when it comes your way. It is not handled after a
while. If you pick up a dispatch or a piece of work, do it then. Don't look it over and

388

then put it aside. Later you will have to pick it up and read it again. This of course
doubles your traffic just like that. One of the best ways to cut your traffic in half is
not to do it twice. If you look through your IN basket to see what is there handle what
you find. If you are given a message or datum that requires further action from you
then do it right when you receive it.

If you do every piece of work that comes your way WHEN it comes your way and
not after a while, if you always take the initiative and take action, not refer it, you
never get any traffic back unless you have a psycho on the other end.

It is cycles of action completed, that brings about a result. No result at all can
occur unless cycles of action are completed (except perhaps an unwanted or even
catastrophic result brought about by the failure to act or complete the cycle of action).
One causes things by action. Not by thinking dim thoughts. One can be doing an IN
basket as simply a spectator. A staff member or executive who is just a spectator to his
IN basket is doing nothing but cultivating Dev-T. (Developed Traffic).

In short the way to handle traffic is to DO IT, not to refer it; anything referred
has to be read by you again, digested again, and handled again, so never refer traffic,
just do it so it's done. Then pick up the next despatch or the next piece of work and
complete that, and so on.

SPEED OF PARTICLE FLOW

The POWER of an Organisation is proportional to the speed of its particle flow
whether these are despatches, letters, bodies, telexes or cables. If it comes your way to
be handled, then handle it now. Don't pick up something and put it down again
without routing it and getting rid of it. Don't handle a piece of paper twice when it
only requires once. Handle it NOW, and get it routed to the next terminal.

SPEED OF SERVICE

In the matter of courses and students and pcs and auditing SPEED of service is of
vital importance.

The prosperity of a business is directly proportional to the speed of flow of its
particles (despatches, cables, goods, messengers, students, pcs, customers, agents, etc).

To prosper, service must be as close to instant as possible.

Anything which stops or delays the flows of a business or delays or puts a
customer or product on WAIT is an enemy of that business.

Good management carefully isolates every stop on its flow lines and eradicates
them to increase speed of flows.
Speed of service is of comparable magnitude to quality of service and where
exaggerated ideas of quality exist they must become secondary to speed.

Only then can a business or group prosper.

Compiled by:
W/O Ken Delderfield
CS-6
and
Flag Public Officer
from the organisational policy
of Scientology
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:KD:RW:ei.cden Founder
Copyright (D 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[Note: This policy, originally issued as number 11 in the DCG Series, has been renumbered 7.
Nos. 7, 8, 9 & 1 0 were never issued.]

389

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1970
Remimeo
Dist Secs
Franchise
Dianetic
Counselling
Groups

THE DIANETIC COUNSELLING GROUP
PROGRAMME

HCO P/L 14th July 1969, "New Personnel and Expansion", HCO P/L 15th July
1969, "Scn Orgs and DCG Formation" and HCO P/L 8 July 1969, "Franchise, Who
May Have One (extension)" are CANCELLED.

THIS POLICY LETTER TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ANY EARLIER CON-
FLICTING POLICY.

The purpose of the Dianetic Counselling Group programme is to boom Dianetics
in the field. It can be delivered in high volume to the niasses anywhere and everywhere.

The more Dianetics there is in the field, the better!

The programme is designed so that people can operate and run Dianetics
FREELY. Dianeticists are given a free rein to expand and operate on this planet
everywhere. There are no stops or limitations.

A boom in Dianetics will mean a boom for Scientology.

DIANETIC COUNSELLING GROUPS DO NOT PAY 10%s to WW OR SCN
ORGS.

There are no tithes for Dianetic Counselling Groups; its income is its own.

A DCG can be set up by either of the following:-

I . A Scientology Org;
2. A Franchise;
3. An Individual.

These are the ONLY rules that govern the formation of Dianetic Counselling
Groups (DCG):

1. That the forming DCG does have a qualified Hubbard Dianetic Counselor (HDC),
or more and/or a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate (HDG).

2. That a DCG delivers Dianetic Auditing and a Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course,
using a certified HDG from a Scn Org as supervisor. Running the Hubbard
Standard Dianetic Course is optional, but if conducted, it must be taught by a
certified HDG.

3. That a DCG does not deliver Scientology services or reviews, but sends such pcs
needing Scientology review and also its graduates to the nearest Scientology
Organization.

4. That a DCG signs a written agreement with its nearest Franchise or Scientology
Org to send its pcs needing Scientology reviews, its Dianetic releases and its
graduated Hubbard Dianetic Counselors to that Franchise or Scientology Org for
higher services.

390

Rule number 4 applies to DCGs being set up by a Franchise or a Scientology Org
and also those set up by individuals who must contact their nearest Org or Franchise
and sign such an agreement.

A Scientology Org or Franchise can set up as many DCGs around in its field as it
likes, the more the better as it will mean more Scientology business as Dianetic
students and pcs come up through the flow lines.

A Scientology Org and Franchise may deliver Dianetic Services too, but it is
COMPULSORY for such to deliver Scientology services also. It is their right and
prerogative; it is a privilege. The more Dianetics and DCGs it can get delivering in the
field, the more Scientology services the Franchise or Org can deliver.

This is the flow line:-

DCGs DCGs DCGs

0
Franchise Org SH AO

Similar to an FSM used by Orgs, a DCG receives commissions for selections to the
Org or Franchise. The Org or Franchise which has a lot of DCGs around it has got it
made. It's a business booster and a step nearer to clearing the planet!

Some unlucky Franchises grabbed onto Dianetics for concentration, somewhat
neglecting Scientology services. They even tried to monopolize Dianetics for
themselves, fighting DCGs off. Further it was revealed after they became insolvent they
also only held their Dianetic Courses only 2 nights a week! This eventually blocked the
flow through to Organizations and to Saint Hill organizations.

The moral of the story is to get as many DCGs set up for your Org or Franchise as
you can ensuring fast service delivery and benefit from the increase of public flow! A
DCG also has much to benefit from such a flow.

Scientology Orgs and Franchises play an important role in the expansion of
Scientology. Their I O%s go to WW for THE PUBLIC DEFENCE AND PUBLIC
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENTOLOGY. This contribution to the team is very vital and
appreciated. The above is an important factor in Scientology's existence on the planet.

As an administrative note-to DCGs spreading like wildfire in the field, keep the
Distribution Secretary of the local Org advised of any new group(s) set up so that he
can give a regular tally to Franchise Officer WW. We can then keep up with the growth
and expansion expected.

Set up lots of DCGS, boom Dianetics as above and have at it!

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

391

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MAY 1970
Issue III
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dist Secs
Franchises
DCGs
HSDC Checksheet FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS

DCGPROGRAMME

The following points are laid out to better define HCO P/L 28 April, 1970
"The DCG Programme".

1. GROUPCOMMITTMENT

It is made a point of emphasis to an Org and Franchise setting up a DCG that
"set-up" does not imply any financial or personnel committment or subsequent
control. A group leader is a leader in his own right and in turn he respects the rights of
an Org or Franchise.

2. SCNORGANDFRANCHISEDNSERVICES

Org and Franchise Dn Services remain open and are to continue. The DCG
programme is there to boost Dianetics, not close any services in Orgs or Franchises.

3. DCGMATERIALSUPPLIES

DCGs or field auditors may not remimeo any materials but must purchase these
materials from an Org or Franchise. With this P/L a Franchise is granted the right to
sell Dn materials to DCGS. DCGs may receive membership discounts only, on material
purchases. Franchises are entitled to remimeo and do as a right receive new HCO P/Ls
and HCO Bs up to their level of training from WW. Franchise WW is the only
authorized distribution point of HCO Bs and HCO P/Ls to the field, save where such
are specifically designated as applicable to field personnel. In remimeo a Franchise
observes closely, colour flash, copyright, and exact duplication as alteration is a high
crime.

4. GROUPCHAINS

DCGs may not form chains. The rule applies to any Scn group. The formation of
Franchise Chains is already covered in policy.

5. TITHES

A DCG does not pay 10% to WW. It may, however, pay a tithe IF IT SO
DESIRES. In this case the DCG is granted the right to remimeo like Franchises and
may receive new P/Ls and HCO Bs from WW. Any materials a DCG paying I O%s
remimeos are for its OWN USE SOLELY and not for sale.

Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6

[Amended by HCO P/Ls 10 May 1971 issue 11, Mission, Basic Definition of, (see page 299) and
20 September 1971 issue 11, same title, page 299, which revised 10 May '71.]

392

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1970
Issue I
Remimeo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR Seties No. 1
PR Cse Checksheet

LIABILITIES OF PR

PR = Public Relations, a technique of communication of ideas.

A casual investigation of the activities and effects of "PR" as practised in the I st
70 years of the 20th Century gives one ample data to regard "PR" with caution.

The subject is one which can be said to be dangerous in its incomplete stage of
development or in the hands of inexpert or unscrupulous people.

Thus we have 3 major liabilities in PR usage:

1. It is an incomplete technology as developed and used up to 1970.

(a) The human mind was not a known field.

(b) Any early technology of the human mind was perverted by the
University of Leipzig studies and animal fixations of a Prof. Wundt in
1879 who declared Man a soulless animal subject only to stimulus-
response mechanisms and without determinism.

(c) Further perversions entered upon the scene in the 1894 Libido Theory
of Sigmund Freud attributing all reactions and behaviour to the sex
urge.

PR is essentially a matter of reaching minds. Therefore the above four factors
have given PR strange elements and bed fellows which have curtailed its development
as a subject.

Naturally you'd have to know something of the mind to handle PR. Yet if a PR
man is operating not only without knowledge of,the mind but with a corrupt idea of it
(as in Wundt or Freud) his use of PR technique can spread a fantastic amount of
aberration into the society and can result in an aberrated society. PR men operating in
the "mass media" (Press, Radio, Television, Magazines and in lobbying parliaments)
push strange mental ideas.

2. Inexpert PR men can make a gruesome mess out of the subject and the
society.

(a) Working with an incompletely developed subject, yet using the
powerful communication systems of the society it is not only not
unusual for the work of a PR to recoil on his own employers but is
usual to bring them into decay.

3. PR lends itself to the use of unscrupulous persons and cliques.

(a) The extremists such as the Nazis and Stalinists saw in PR techniques the

393

means of subjugating their own people, perpetrating horrors and
bringing their opponents into disrepute. Such extremist groups were
enormously assisted by PR techniques.

(b) Using PR technique to bring about disrepute of their imagined enemies
unscrupulous persons have brought about an atmosphere of war, crime
and insanity on the planet.

These are of course harsh words. But it is better to know all sides of a subject.

PR practitioners of course spread PR about PR. But the use of Black PR far
exceeds its other uses in this year of 1970. Yet teachers of PR in the smoky cloister
(smoke from marijuana) give us only the Sunday School version. According to them
PR is a nicey-nicey way of bringing good works to public notice and that is their
favorite definition. In actual fact IO times as much PR work is done in getting rid of
someone or something imagined to be dangerous to the PR's employer.

Bribing newspapermen and "free lance writers" to write horrible lies about a
competitor, bribing or lying to Congressmen or ministers or members of Parliament to
get a law passed to enable a fast buck to be made and countering the ploys of the other
firm's PR men are the common duties of a working Public Relations employee.

This scene doesn't seem to be quite the same as PR as represented in the ivory
skulls of its professors.

It's a PR world.

When you read the papers, books and watch the TV of the 20th Century it's not a
very nice world. Well, that's PR at work.

The far right PRs against the far left. And in between more moderate groups PR
both.

Every government department in England has a PR office. The beginning of the
decline of the British Empire and the first British government "information office" are
of similar date.

The unsavory history of PR, its use to perpetuate questionable interests and cause
needless and murderous quarrels must be confronted as part of the study of PR.

It is not for no reason that PR men are often of pitiful morals and degenerate
character.

The countless trillions of volts of radio and TV, the rivers of newsprint and pages
tearing through presses, pour fantastic lies into the overwhelmed population of Earth.

The prevailing tone of dismay and contempt across the world is stimulated and
kept alive by PRs.

So disabuse yourself of any idea of a pleasant scene in the field of PR.

Even if you are engaged in the promotion of the most worthwhile objects pushed
by the most altruistic leader, PR work is done cheek by jowl with some pretty
questionable characters whose objects are far from worthwhile and whose masters are
about as altruistic as a rattlesnake.

Thus PR easily becomes a cynical activity. The PR deeds of the bad hats throw
the field into disrepute and throw the whole world into a whirlpool of hate and decay.

So in entering or studying this field do not walk into it like a wide-eyed virgin

394

making an incautious visit to a military brothel.

There is no reason to be disillusioned if one does not start out with illusions.

PR is a partially developed technique of creating states of mind in different types
of audiences or publics.

PR can be used or abused.

Thus before proceeding any further with the subject it was necessary to restudy
the subject and find out what was wrong with it, add it to the subject and thus make it
less dangerous to use.

The liabilities of PR, as taught and used before 1970 were:

A. It inevitably recoiled in greater or lesser degree to the harm of its user.

B. It had long repute as a carelessly or badly used subject, full of failures.

C. It is normally used into the teeth of competitive PR.

Unless these objections could be nullified or new discoveries and developments
could be accomplished, the basic techniques of PR were about as safe as a cocked
Spanish pistol-ready to blow up its user long before it hit anyone else.

This is what has been done with PR in our hands:

I . Its more dangerous points have been located.

2. A full study of its texts is required.

3. It is designed now for use that is beneficial as well as offensive and defensive.

Thus the Standard texts of PR have to be studied and studied well. And they
must be studied WITH THE ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENTS KNOWN AND GIVEN
HIGH IMPORTANCE.

Only then is it safe to use PR techniques. Otherwise PR activities are almost -a
complete liability and will lead to trouble.

In this series we will bring PR up to date from the liabilities which exist in its
purely PR college textbook practice.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

395

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
Remimeo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR SMes No. 2
PR Cse Checksheet

THE MISSING INGREDIENT

The primary corrective discovery about PR has to do with the ARC Triangle of
Scientology.

This triangle is Affinity-Reality-Communication. If one corner (say A) is raised,
the other two will rise. If one corner is lowered, the other two are as well.

Thus with high Affinity, one also has a high Reality and a high Communication,
With a low Affinity one has also a low Reality and a low Communication.

With a high or low R one has a high or low A and C.

And so it goes. The whole triangle rises and lowers as one piece. One cannot have
a low R and a high A and C.

PR is supposed to be a Communication technique. It Communicates ideas.
Suppose one were to try to communicate an out the bottom R. In such a case the
communication would possibly at first reach, but then it would recoil due to its R.

This is of course an advance in the mental technology of Scientology. It was not
available to early pioneers of PR. So they talked (and still talk) mainly lies.

Older PR practitioners preferred lies. They used circus exaggeration or black
propaganda. They sought to startle or intrigue and the easiest way to do it was with
exclamation point "facts" which were in fact lies.

"Mental Health" PRs dreamed up out of whole cloth the "statistics" of the
insane. "9 out of every 15 Englishmen will go insane at some period of their lives" is a
complete lie. Streams of such false statistics gush from PR lobbyists to get a quick
pound from Parliament.

The stock in trade of PRs, whether hired by Stalin, Hitler, the I Will Arise
Society, the US President or the International Bank, has been black bald-faced lies.

The US President has given 2 different figures of the percentage of increase
government cost per year in 2 months. His PR man was trying to influence Congress.

The "Backfire 8" as the "Car of the Century" and the parachute exhibition
record delayed drop" and the Ambassador's Press Conference on "Middle East Aims"
are all PR functions-and salted throughout with lies.

You pick up a newspaper or listen in the street and you see PR - PR - PR - all
lies.

A battle cruiser makes a "Good Will visit" to a town it is only equipt to crash and
you have more lies.

The tremendous power of newspapers, magazines, radio, TV and modem "mass
media" communication is guided by the PRs of special interests and they guide with
lies.

Thus PR is corrupted to "a technique of lying convincingly".

396

It makes a cynical world. It has smashed idealism, patriotism and morality.

Why?
When an enforced Communication Channel carries only lies then the Affinity
caves in and you get hate. For the R is corrupted.
PR, dedicated to a false Reality of lies then becomes low A, low C and recoils on
the user.
So the first lesson we can learn that enables us to use PR safely is to KEEP A
HIGH R.
The more lies you use in PR the more likely it is that the PR will recoil.

Thus the law
NEVER USE LIES IN PR.
The trouble with PR then was its lack of Reality. A lie of course is a false Reality.

The trouble with PR was R!

In getting out a press release on a new can opener, that opens cans easily and you
want to say "A child could use it" find out if it's a fact. Give one to a child and have
him open a can. So it's true. So use the line and say what child. Don't call it the "Can
Opener of the Century". It won't communicate.
Just because radios, TVs and press pour out does not mean they communicate.
Communication implies that somebody is reached.
Don't tell a lie to city officials when the truth is just as easy to tell. Why go to all
the work of dreaming up a lie? If you do it will weaken you if it is found out that it is
a lie. Now you do have a PR problem with the "official public".
Any lie will either blunt the C (communication) or end the C off one day with
revulsion.

Handling truth is a touchy business also. You don't have to tell everything you
know-that would jam the comm line too. Tell an acceptable truth.
Agreement with one's message is what PR is seeking to achieve. Thus the message
must compare to the personal experience of the audience.
So PR becomes the technique of Communicating an acceptable truth-and which
will attain the desirable result.
If there's no chance of obtaining a desirable result and the truth would injure then
talk about something else.
PR is employed to obtain a result desired by the PR and his group.
Or it is employed to cancel out the undesirable PR of others.
Thus there is offensive and defensive PR.
In defending against hostile PR, once more it is the R that counts. Sun Tzu in his
book about warfare gives several types of agent. One of these is the "dead agent"
because he tells lies to the enemy and when they find out they will kill him.

Hostile (or counter-PR) is usually the usual fabric of lies.
If one finds out the lies being told and documents just one as being false, he has
made counter-PR recoil. His hearer will never believe him again. He's dead.
In the war between psychiatric hostile PR and the truth of Scientology, the "dead

397

agent" caper has a field day. Psychiatric PR has been lying for 20 years. Documented,
the fact of these lies are lies is killing off psychiatry.

You understand, it's not one PR's word against another's. It's one PR's
documents against the other PR's lies! That is correct defensive PR.

So you see that using out-R PR can be very dangerous.

If one is trying to PR an abuse into decay (a dangerous activity in itself) he
obtains the desirable result by documenting TRUTH. But using the "dead agent" caper
is quite enough almost always.

The use of R not only involves truth, it involves acceptable truth and that involves
the fixed opinions of another or others and their experience. All this is contained in
the subject of REALITY.

What is the R of another or others?

This involves SURVEYS.

Then you know what truth he or they will accept.

Imagination in PR is not limited at all. It takes lots of imagination. But the
imagination should be devoted to how the truth is made acceptable to the R of others
and how the Comm is delivered.

A totally Imaginary statement or story is quite useful so long as it is known to be
imaginary and not passed off as truth.

In a PR world truth is the almost unknown commodity. This world is full of the
noise" of many lies, many babbles, many old fixations and hates.

But truth has Comm value. All the lies will dead end someday.

A (Affinity) supports the R and C.

Therefore PR which seeks to incite hate will not have the C value of a message
that carries actual affinity.

But affinity can also be falsified and in the PR world too often is.

A person who is sane has a high ARC value.

So the PR who is sane has a high potential. And those who have corrupted their
A - R - and C into a hole wind up on the bottle or beating their dogs or cynical beyond
belief.

Serving mad masters, a PR hasn't much chance.

So there is a technique known as public relations. And it has the high liability of
abuse through lies and the degrade of its practitioner.

But if one strictly attends to the values of truth and affinity, he will be able to
communicate and can stand up to the strain.

Knowing this, PR becomes a far more useful and mature subject.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

398

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1970
Issue III
Remimeo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR Seties No. 3
PR Cse Checksheet

WRONG PUBLICS

What is a "Public"?

One hears "the Public", a star says "my public". You look in the dictionary and
you find "public" means an organized or general body of people.

There is a specialized definition of the word "PUBLIC" which is not in the
dictionary but which is used in the field of public relations. "PUBLIC" is a professional
term to PR people. It doesn't mean the mob or the masses. It means "a TYPE OF
AUDIENCE".

The broad population to PR professionals is divided up into separate publics.
Possibly the early birds in PR should have begun to use "Audiences" back in 191 1. But
they didn't. They used the word "Publics" to mean different types of audiences for
their communications.

So you won't find this in the dictionaries as a PR professional term. But you sure
better wrap your wits and tongue around this term for USE. Otherwise you'll make
more PRerrors than can easily be computered.

WRONG PUBLIC sums up about 99% of the errors in PR activities and adds up to
the majority reason for PR failures.

So what's a "public"?

In PRese (PR slang) use "public" along with another word always. There is no
single word form for "public" in PR. A PR never says THE public.

There is the "Community Public", meaning people in the town not personally
grouped into any other special public. There is the "Employee Public" meaning the
people who work for the firm. There's the "Shareholder Public" meaning the birds
who own shares in the PR's company. There's the "teenage public" meaning the under
20 -people. There's the "doctor public" meaning the MD audience the PR is trying to
reach.

There are hundreds of different types of publics.

An interest in common or a professional or caste characteristic in common-some
similarity amongst a special group, determines the type of public or audience.

The PR needs this grouping as he can expect each different type of public to have
different interests. Therefore his promotion to them must be designed especially for
each type of public.

In the PR world there aren't kids-there is a "child public". There aren't
teenagers-there's a "teenage public". There aren't elderly people, there's an "elderly
public".

399

The PR man does not think in huge masses. He thinks in group types within the
masses.

PR is an activity concerned with presentation and audience. Even when he writes
a news release, he "slants" it for a publication that reaches a type of audience and he
writes it for that audience (modified by editorial idiosyncracies).

A PR surveys in terms of special publics. Then he presents his material so as to
influence that particular public.

He doesn't offer stories about wheelchairs to the teenage public or Mickey Mouse
prizes to the elderly public. If he is a good PR man.

All releases should be designed to reach a special public.

When you mix it up you fail.

When you get it straight and survey it you succeed.

The "police public" is not going to buy the glories of hash. The "criminal public"
isn't going to go into raptures over the "heroes in blue".

All expert PR is aimed at a specific, carefully surveyed, special audience called
a 66 public".

When you know that you can grasp the subject of PR.

When you can use it expertly you are a Pro PR!

To give some examples of wrong publics, Ron's Journal was designed for org
staffs as an intimate chat with staff members to let them in on what's going on and
what we're planning so that staffs could be informative to the Scientology public. It
was a "staff public" medium of communication.

Somebody (in NY) broke the rules, played it to the Scientology Public. Then
somebody else figured it was a substitute for a Congress and dropped Congresses.

The exact end result was to cut totally my comm line to org staffs. The other day
I heard how staffs missed hearing from me.

If my line to staffs in orgs is going to be played to PE attendees, that's it. Wrong
public. No comm line to staffs.

I do a briefing of SO members on Flag, some dim wit uses it to play to Public Div
Public. Wrong public. So that line is cut.

Clear News publishes Treason orders on students to promote an AO! Wrong
public.

Clear News is used for an FSM Newsletter. Wrong public.

Clearing Course Fliers go to new book buyers. Wrong public.

Letter Registrars write to people on a mailing list sent in by a mail order house.
Wrong public.

A conclusion someone not knowledgeable in PR technique could reach would be
"Promotion doesn't work".

Promotion never works on wrong publics.

400

THE SYSTEM

The PR has to figure out his precise publics. There may be several distinct types.

Then he has to survey and look over the reactions of each different type.

He then plans and designs his communication and offerings for each one.

An orderly org has each different public categorized and labeled in Address.

Then the PR sends the right message to the right public in each case. There may
be a dozen different messages if there are a dozen different publics. Each one is right
for that public.

The PR is after a result, a call in, a reply, a response.

The right message in the right form to the right public gets the result.

A wrong message to the wrong public simply costs lots of money and gets no
result.

Even if a PR is engaged in "moulding public opinion" it still requires a different
message to each different public.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

401

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
Personnel Hats
PR Checksheets Personnel Seties No. I 1

PR Seties No. 4

THE PR PERSONALITY

A Public Relations personnel has to be spot on in

(a) Confronting

(b) Organizing

CONFRONT

In Confronting, a shy or retiring PR is not about to handle suppressive persons or
situations. A PR must be able to stand up to and handle the more wild situations easily
and with composure. When he does not, his confront blows and any sense of
presentation or organization would go up in smoke. A PTS (Potential Trouble Source)
person or one who roller coasters case-wise or one who tends to retreat has no business
in PR. His connections that make him PTS and his case would have to be handled fully
before he could make good on PR lines.

ORGANIZE

In Organizing, a PR has to be able not only to organize something well but to
organize it faultlessly in a flash.

Every action a PR takes concerns groups and therefore has to be organized down
to the finest detail; otherwise it will just be a mob scene and a very bad presentation.

A PR who can confront, can "think on his feet" and grasp and handle situations
rapidly and who can organize in a flash will succeed as a PR.

WORK

The last essential ingredient of a PR is the ability to WORK.

When appointing people to PR training the person's work record is very very
important.

The ability to address letters, push around files, haul furniture into place, handle
towering stacks of admin in. nothing flat are all PR requisites.

To be able to tear out to Poughkeepsie before lunch and set up the Baby Contest
and build a scene for a press conference on catfish before two and get dressed, meet
the governor by 6 is WORK. It takes sweat and push and energy.

A PR should be able to get out a trade paper in hours where an "editor" might
take weeks.

The ability to work must be established in a potential PR before wasting any

402

training time as a PR who can't work fails every time.

DELUSORY REQUIREMENTS

People think a PR must be charming, brilliant, able to inspire, etc, etc.

These are fine if they exist. But they are actually secondary qualities in a PR.

Lack of the (a), (b), (c) qualities is why you see PRs begin to hit the bottle, get
sick, fail.

If a PR is also charming, brilliant, able to inspire, he is a real winner. Possibly one
is born with all these qualities every few generations.

Personnel in appointing and training PR must look for the wish to be a PR and
(a), (b) and (c).

And anyone taking up PR who does so to escape hard work will fail as it IS hard
work.

A real top PR wants to be one, has the abilities of (a), (b) and (c) and is trained
hard and well on the subject. Then you have a real stat raiser, a real winner, a real
empire builder.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

[Note: Some mimeo issues of this Policy Letter were issued with an error in the fourth line; which
read (c) Confront Worlin instead of the correct (c) Working. HCO Policy Letter of 11 April 1972,
PR Series 4 Addition 'red the replacement of any faulty copy found, either loose or bound in
packs, correction of stencils with the incorrect text before any copies were run off from it, and
immediate correction of any translation made from the incorrect copy. it also ordered that where a
student had used an incorrect copy in his study, that a correct copy be sent to him at once, with a
request by the current course's Supervisor that he check out on it star-rated, and enclosing a copy of
HCO P/L 1 1 April 1972. The copy as it appears above is correct.]

403

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1970
Issue 11
Remimeo

PR Series No. 5

PR DEFINITION

The definition of Public Relations is very precise. The definition is not given
sufficient importance in the texts and it is way down in the middle of most books. It is
what the subject is all about and without it the subject doesn't make sense. (And
doesn't make sense to many PR Pros either.)

It took me a whole hour to clear this definition and misunderstoods of it and
related words on a PR student. It should be meter cleared. Every word in it should be
clay tabled.

THE DUTY AND PURPOSE OF A PUBLIC RELATIONS MAN IS

THE INTERPRETATION OF TOP MANAGEMENT
POLICY TO THE DIFFERENT PUBLICS OF THE
COMPANY-TO ADVISE TOP MANAGEMENT SO
THAT POLICY IF LACKING CAN BE SET-TO MAKE
THE COMPANY ITS ACTIONS OR PRODUCTS
KNOWN ACCEPTED AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE
DIFFERENT PUBLICS-AND TO ASSIST THE COM-
PANY TO EXIST IN A FAVORABLE OPERATING
CLIMATE SO THAT IT CAN EXPAND PROSPER
AND BE VIABLE.

If a PR man understands all that so he can apply it rapidly and perfectly, he will
then be in a position to know what PR procedures are and do his job.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

404

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo
PR Series 6

OPINION LEADERS

An "Opinion Leader" is that being to whom others look for interpretation of
publicity or events. Through wisdom, proximity to data sources, personality or other
factors including popularity itself, certain members of the group, company, communi-
ty or nation are looked to by others for evaluation.
In the teething days of Public Relations, George Creel, who conducted the
massive Liberty Loan drives for the US government considered that it was enough to
batter avalanches of publicity down on the heads of the "general public". Given
enough money, enough media of communication and no real opposition this proved
successful enough.
But as time unreeled, some unsung PR man recognized the fact that the "general"
public was made up of smaller groups. Churches, social clubs, factories, and thousands
of other large or small groupings of the population were what made up the "general"
public.
Each of these groups had its own "opinion leader" and within each group there
were smaller groups who each in turn had its own opinion leader.
"To whom do they listen?" "Whose opinion do they accept?" "Whom do they
trust?" "On whom do they depend?" are the questions, which, answered, identify the
opinion leader of the group, large or small.
Further, the opinion leader of a very large group, in turn is interpreted by the
opinion leaders of the smaller units which go to make up the larger group.
As an example, government spokesman X puts out Bulletin A on the radio and
TV and into the press. He is NOT talking to masses of people. He is in reality talking to
opinion leaders. On a crucial question there will not be a reaction to X until the
listeners have heard what their opinion leaders have to say about Bulletin A.
If there have been other issuances like Bulletin A, the opinion leaders will have
voiced their own. opinions. Their groups will then know the attitude. In this case
Bulletin A will receive an apparent "general public" reaction. In short, the opinion
about Bulletin As will have been pre-formed by the opinion leaders. This makes it look
like there is mass public opinion without opinion leaders.
One of the great dangers of PR practice comes from not really knowing the
subject well enough or in twisting it or in losing bits of it.
Having discovered the principle that "opinion leaders" form public opinion not
the "general" public, many PR people forget it, or didn't give it enough importance or
even in some cases chose to be willfully destructive of their employers.
It should be very obvious that if general public reaction to an event is dependent
upon the reaction and interpretation of opinion leaders, then a PR action's success
depends upon favorably influencing the opinion leaders of that part of the population
one is trying to reach and calculating what opinion leaders one can neglect or even
offend.
This would be almost mathematical in computation. Spokesman X issuing a
Bulletin A that offended 55% of the opinion leaders would get, roughly, a 55%
opposing reaction from the whole public.
Surveys for the identities of opinion leaders would then become a MAJOR
activity of PR in any area and for any type of message or event.
Even a rough estimation, which is easily done, would serve better than no thought
of it at all.
PR men go for Very Important People. PR wears this out beyond belief. But it is
an alter-is. VIPs to PR are only opinion leaders. A Government minister is tagged
automatically by PR people as a VIP because his car has flags and he is a minister. Yet

405

he may be a drunken nephew whose opinion is about as welcome to his colleagues as a
hangover. So he may be a VIP but he is not an opinion leader. When he says "blue", his
colleagues think "black" and the opinion leaders in the public think "red". The only
PR use of this minister would be to get him to embrace and speak up for someone you
wanted shot or some cause you wanted opposed!

There is such a situation currently in a man called Goodrich or some such name,
head of FDA in Washington. 32 years in that agency, big record. Head of it = VIP. All
he has to do is open his mouth and his staff writhes, congress spits and opinion leaders
say no-no-no. So he could only be used to oppose something you wanted popular.

So it's very lazy PR to assume that a "VIP" is worth knowing or using. Sometimes
VIPs are also opinion leaders.

Celebrities are more often opinion leaders as they arrive at their role by popular
acclaim. But even here one has to operate with good sense. Paul Robeson, the great
American singer, was used by Communists in the 1930s to popularize their cause. It
did not achieve this. Paul Robeson championing his own race probably would have
advanced Civil Rights legislation greatly. The misuse brought anti-Communists to
believe that all the Negroes would now become a Communist Fifth Column and
brought about strong opposition to Negroes and to Communists.

The rule that should not be violated is to use an opinion leader only to further an
opinion he could have visibly. The equation must add up with all factors of a kind, not
a strange factor interjected into the sequence. Like music, you don't introduce a wrong
note in the scale if you want harmonious rendition. Robeson (black singer)-opinion
leader of blacks-Communism. Too odd a sequence. Robeson (black singer)-opinion
leader of blacks-black relief. Obvious sequence.
The equation:

Bertrand Russell (British philosopher)-Academic opinion leader-Communism:
caused a strengthening of the Communist cause because he was a thought symbol and
4 6anybody was free to think" and "they're always forming odd ideas in the halls of
learning". His statement "Better red than dead" was a classic PR caper. It was widely
quoted. Helped Russell, of whom few ever would have heard, and possibly helped
Communism, at least to be talked about, and obviously was picked up by the group in
which Russell existed. To the rest of us this may have sounded like naked atomic war
threat and war-mongering. But it was the proper use of a foreign opinion leader by a
large group.

Now if the paragraph above jarred on you in any way or seemed to espouse a
strange cause, etc, etc, you will have the reason why PR men cannot always see clearly
and objectively. They themselves are too involved in causes and pros and cons to
remain pan-determined (viewing or handling all sides).

By permitting prejudice to get in the way of handling opinions a PR man loses
control of his subject. He becomes so violently partisan that many of his stable data
become blurred or abused.

Thus the subject of opinion leaders can become abandoned. Disagreement with
the views of some of them remove not only the opinion leaders but the whole subject
of opinion leaders out of use.

While conducting themselves like status mad prima donnas, seeking to exist
mainly by PR techniques, most people in government power positions are remarkably
badly served by their PR men and by their own prejudices or jealousies.
Essentially, a person in Power is not the same person seeking power.
Maintaining power is a different subject than attaining power.
A politician by definition is someone who handles people. Even the word means
people". Thus the subject of "public relations" does a natural closure with
government.

Yet the alteration of the subject of PR and its misuse, neglect or abuse by
government PR men could be in itself a considerable study.

The vast majority of population unrest stems from the misuse, neglect or abuse of
PR technology by governments, even those governments that consider themselves
experts.

A politician commonly is boosted to power by opinion leaders. This could be
called the "will of the people". Once he has attained power the garden variety

406

politician of this age finds himself committed to special interests that have little to do
with the "will of the people". Few are the politicians who have the integrity to
continue to look to the people-the opinion leaders-who put them there. Thus, now
apparently serving other masters they appear to have been false in their earlier
pretensions. Not remaining true to their opinion leaders politicians as a general subject
acquires a cynical reputation with the "people".
A Labour leader in England, put into power by opinion leaders, then spends his
time in office talking about bankers, banking, deficits and all that mumbo-jumbo of
modern government, speaks hostilely about unions, seeks to restrain shop stewards and
union bosses, puts on a tax to penalize any company that hires someone and then has
the dullness to wonder why he took a beating at the polls eventually and lost. He
turned on his opinion leaders. Where were his vaunted PR experts?

The US government routinely achieves the impossible of turning the bulk of the
population against it on most issues. Its politicians are regularly forced to maintain
their positions by huge avalanches of public funds.
Hiring more and more police and spies for more and more government police
agencies, the government is becoming less and less popular. "Patriotism" and
"idealism" are now considered dirty words.
Why? How did this get this bad?
Well, one reason is that government PR is continually recoiling on the
government. Either they don't hire good PR men or if they do, they don't take their
advice. Or their PR men don't know their subject or aren't permitted to practice it.

The general unrest and unpopularity is largely traceable to a violent disregard of
the subject of opinion leaders.
Attaining power is done usually by the consent of or with the help of the opinion
leaders. Arrival in a position of power too often causes the person to shift the basis of
his operation. He is now associating with different people in a power strata. It would
require quite an effort of will to not be seduced. Having achieved power by opinion
leaders the person may forget them and seek to maintain power by other means or by
force. This is essentially a violation of the power formula which indicates one should
not disconnect. By disconnecting from the previous opinion leaders the person begins
his own demise.
This is terribly easy to do in the case of government. It is so easy for a
government to use FORCE that a disregard of previous opinion leaders can occur.
Money power is usually available to persons who rise to positions of leadership
and can be, like force, a substitute.
Thus a truly suborned leader would desert "opinion leader" as a basis of power
and begin to use FORCE and MONEY to hold his position.
But when one assumes a position of power, regard for opinion leaders should
broaden, not be dropped.
The astute leader on his way up may tread heavily on the opinion leaders of the
opposition. This has its benefits in reinforcing the favor of opinion leaders for him. But
it also has its liabilities for, now in power, he may have serious enemies who are all the
more perturbed now that they too have him as a leader.
Few politicians-indeed few men who move into any kind of power-ever
satisfactorily solve this problem. The very able ones do solve it and become far more
powerful as a result since they do not violate the power formula.

Not only does the brilliant leader refuse to disconnect from the opinion leaders
who put him there through "public approval", he also connects with the previously
opposing opinion leaders. If truly magnificent he gains the good opinion of former
hostile opinion leaders without decreasing the good will of the opinion leaders who put
him there. This actually defines the difference between a second rate politician and a
real statesman' The genius required to arrive at such solutions cannot be underestima-
ted, but the formula of achieving it is elementary PR.
The leader of the "blues" (supported of course by the opinion leaders of the
"blues") rises to power in the teeth of "green" opposition. Now in power, he has sway
over both the blues and the greens. The blue's opinion is that this should signal a
panorama of dead greens. But unless this rule is to be just one long bloodbath it is now
necessary to cool off tempers all around, preserve blue support and win green support.
That is an elementary equation.

407

Attilas and Huns and Genghis Khans solved this by simply murdering all imagined
hostile elements. They may be known in history but politically they built nothing that
endured. Even the pyramids of skulls vanished.

Men like Hitler went so far in reverse in handling this problem as to finally
slaughter even their adherents.

----------

In the general field of human activities every different or specialized group can be
considered a political unit. It elects with a wide variety of formalities or lack of them
its leaders and when different agencies than themselves elect them (inheritance,
appointments from without) the group at least elects its opinion leaders if only by
listening.

And people strive to be opinion leaders and also back down or otherwise react
when someone else is so "elected".
So being an opinion leader involves the responsibility of maintaining the position
by remaining well informed or personable or whatever else seems to be required.
One has to decide in some degree what he is an opinion leader for or against or at
least about. And one has to set a zone or have one set for him in which he operates.
A usual example is the family. Often someonejn it is the opinion leader. It is not
necessarily the one with the money or the force. Where one member or clique has the
money or force and uses these and the opinion leader is someone else, strife and
domestic upset may result.
All the children may look to an aunt for their styles, thoughts and approval.
Where this runs counter to the money-force persons, somebody is going to have a
broken home or a horrible old age.
Such is human prejudice-or ignorance-that the money-force persons almost
never dream of winning the support of the opinion leader aunt by sound but popular
policy based on consultation.
The right answer of course is for the money-force power to operate in
consultation with the opinion leader.
This is true all the way on up to government sized groups.
Money-force may bribe and break necks but it really never does become the
leader in the absence of the approval of a majority of opinion leaders.
Prosperity and an easy rule depend utterly upon the cooperation of opinion
leaders.

The US government in the last few decades has seemed obsessed with the
antagonizing or destruction of opinion leaders.
Using the broad mass approach long since found faulty in PR activities, the US
government has lately sought to reach the "public" without that annoying step of
reaching and getting the approval of opinion leaders.
Instead, an army of spies from every agency, (according to the Committee of
Senator Erin) descend upon any and every popular leader, hound him, annoy him,
discredit him. Even managers of businesses are so plagued by government they can
hardly do their work. This is also true of England and other countries.
The unrest in the United States and some other countries is traceable directly to
this fantastic omission in their PR technical expertise. They not only do not seek the
favor of opinion leaders, they actively harass and seek to destroy them.
In return the opinion leaders feel endangered and have and state opinions
accordingly. The power of the government drops back on money and force only.
Governmental survival is thus greatly impaired.
The so-called "mass news media" by which is meant newspapers, TV, radio and
magazines, has the fault built into its title. It cannot and never will reach any masses
directly. It reaches only through opinion leaders. It has to quote this one and that one
which it fancies as an opinion leader. But it never finds out WHO the opinion leaders
are.
Newspaper editorials are a direct effort to force opinion. They quote the opinions
of other papers just as though these were opinion leaders.
They believe they "mould public opinion" but PR men long since have given up
this idea and even greet it with raucous laughter.

408

Newspapers have ceased to wonder about their rapid demise. They are getting
fewer fast. They thought it was radio. Then TV. It wasn't.

Willy Hearst's 1890 yellow journalism and scandal mongering began to dig the
grave of the newspaper that many decades ago.

Hear this: while seeking to control public opinion, newspapers began to strike
viciously at opinion leaders. Name him, sooner or later any really important opinion
leader in the area would be hit with scandal. It happened so often that opinion leaders
automatically began to say, "Don't believe the newspapers".

The day of the newspaper is dead. The not mourned London Daily Mail hit one
too many opinion leaders one too many times. And nobody believed it anymore and
nobody bought it. And it folded.

So government or newspaper or church or hockey club, the same rule applies. The
good will of the opinion leaders is necessary for survival. Not the good opinion of the
masses! Since that cannot be reached.

The Russian state talks down about individualism. The "cult of the individual" is
a bad thing.

Their internal police is vital to them. They have forgotten that the Czar's Okhrana
destroyed the Czar by destroying every opinion leader amongst the people whom they
could seize or slay.

Almost amusingly, the US government has taken over the exact operational
pattern of the Okhrana. You can hardly get to your desk through the government
forms and mobs of spies urging the staff to commit crimes so they can be arrested or
holding out bribes to falsify the tax reports. All one has to do is mention the US
government in a pop program and he'll have 3 army sergeants from G-2 pushing the
band out of the way. That's the way it was in pre-1917 Russia just before the opinion
leaders decided NO in one final blood-bath.

So as I said earlier in this series PR is dangerous stuff if one doesn't really know it
and if one only applies half of it.

Omitting the opinion leader is bad enough. Seeking to destroy him is far far
worse.

Yes, one says, but how about the violent opposition? How about that fellow?

Well, he's a problem. But he is an opinion leader.

One has to decide how much of an opinion leader he is.

If you don't handle a would-be opinion leader who is anti but who is NOT an
opinion leader, people get cross.

The decision here stems from

(a) Is he talking about actual abuses? or
(b) Is he just lying?

In either case one has certain courses of action. If the abuses are actual, work to
remedy them. If he is just lying, lay out the truth. If he really isn't an opinion leader,
ignore him.

But one can only interfere with him or remove him if many, many are getting
cross because you don't. But that's a risky business.

As a rule, only that dissident person should be removed who is speaking in your
name and on your lines and using your power to do you down. And then he can only
be removed off your lines as you are under no obligation to finance or empower your
own opposition. That's suicide. He is not an opinion leader but a traitor for he owes his
power to you.

Usually anti-opinion leaders are made by neglect.

PR wise one has to catch them early and handle.

Abuses by those in charge are never put right by force. They are only worsened.

409

Perhaps there is no excuse whatever to use force to enforce an opinion. Wars are
notorious for failing to solve. You can always find a point years or decades before the
war when a point existed that PR and cooperative rule could have solved.

PR imperfectly known or unknown as a subject leads to big trouble.

PR is powerless when it doesn't know.

PR loses when it neglects.

Early enough, PR alone does it.

Later PR with concessions are needed.

Then PR is out and only force is thought to serve.

This would be a DETERIORATING SITUATION.

The longer PR takes to catch it up the more imminent loss or force become.

From this technically adept PR could be seen to have too limited a role in the
affairs of nations or groups.

The way to attain a more dominant role with PR is first to know it well, next to
be sure others who should understand it and then to use it effectively.

As it is a subject which is meant to reach masses, remember that it must reach
them through opinion leaders.

Opinion leaders may or may not be VIPs. But they are, whoever they are, barber
or king, VIPs to the PR.

Thus surveys for opinion leaders are necessary. And the opinions of opinion
leaders must be known.

And for heaven's sake restrain the boss from shooting opinion leaders no matter
how just his wrath.

But also don't tell him Dr. Kutzbrain is an opinion leader just because he talks to
two nurses and his wife.

Peace is not necessarily a target of PR. Survival is. And Survival requires some
control of opinion.

When this becomes control of numbers of people PR is only accomplished
through opinion leaders.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

410

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue III
Remimeo

PR Series 7

BLACK PR

About the most involved employment of PR is its covert use in destroying the
repute of individuals and groups.
More correctly this is technically called BLACK PROPAGANDA.
Basically it is an intelligence technique.
It can be a serious error to cross Intelligence and PR.
These are two different fields. They have two distinctly different technologies.
A PR man must also know something of intelligence technology. Otherwise one
day he will be left gaping.
Intelligence is intelligence. PR is PR.
When you gather information by intelligence procedures and at once employ it
for PR, the result is likely to be poor.
It is not that it isn't done. It's that it isn't very effective. Also it is an act of
desperation.
PR IS OVERT.
INTELLIGENCE IS COVERT.
PR is at its best when it begins and ends overtly.
Intelligence is best when it begins and ends covertly.
PR with an open demand by known authors, a demonstration, a conference is
normal PR.
Intelligence trembles on the edge of PR when filched data explodes a storm in the
public. It recoils when the authors are then known.
Black Propaganda is in its technical accuracy, a covert operation where unknown
authors publicly effect a derogatory reaction and then remain unknown.
The effect of Black Propaganda is largely wiped out by "Oh, it was the Germans
who set them up."
So PR enters intelligence in this way: One finds who set up the Black Propaganda
and explodes that into public view.
This use of PR is almost that of an auditor to the group. One is disclosing hidden
sources of aberration.
To use intelligence to find where they hid the body and then flip over into wide
publicity is not very powerful in actual practice. There better be a body there and one
better tell the police not the public.
If there are no effective police, then one has the problem of police action.
Exploding it to the public ideally is an effort to make the public a vigilante committee.
Modern publics seldom rise this high. Educated publics seldom explode to the
explosion.
A PR man who thinks taking Blitz & Company's crimes to the public is really just
dreaming hopefully-without foundation. It may or may not hurt Blitz. It might recoil.
The ability of the public to stand around and look stupidly at a dripping handed
murderer without doing a thing about it is a symptom of our civilization. They ought
to act. They don't. You can form an opinion amongst them but governing bodies won't
consult it.
Exposure is not an effective road to action. It can be to opinion. It is slow.
Then what is effective?

411

INTELLIGENCE

By definition Intelligence is covert. Under cover. If it is kept so all the way it is
effective.

When Intelligence surfaces it becomes very ineffective.

Threat and mystery are a lot of the power of intelligence. Publicity blows it.

Take the Red Orchestra, World War 11, Stalingrad Campaign. In Berlin
Schultz-Boysen and other highly placed Russian agents got the whole German plan of
the battle that was to be Stalingrad. Brilliant and covert intelligence. They passed it to
the Russians. Brilliant and covert comm. The boss at Centre in Moscow put the ring's
names and addresses in a code radio message. The Germans of course broke the code.
The Germans rounded them up and messily executed them on meat-hooks. The
Germans had no other battle plans but contemplated not attacking Stalingrad that
way. This put the whole coup at risk. Then the Germans did use the plans the Russians
knew and that was the beginning of the end of WW 11.

So TWO exposures threatei-ied the success of this intelligence coup. One was the
stupid radio message. The other was the realization the Russians had the battle plans.

Exposure is the basic threat of intelligence.

PR is the willful broadcast of information,

The two don't mix well.

BLACKPROPAGANDA

Possibly used since the morning pale of history, Black Propaganda was developed
by the British and German services in World War I into a fine art.

The word "propaganda" means putting out slanted information to populations.

One propagandizes the enemy population or one's own or neutrals.

In popular interpretation it is a parade of lies or half truths or exaggerations.

PR and advertising technology and mass news media are employed as well as word
of mouth and posters.

The trouble with it is that it can often be disproven, discrediting the utterers of it.

It may serve the moment but after a war it leaves a very bad taste.

If one is engaging on a campaign of this nature, its success depends on sticking to
the truth and being able to document it.

The entire black propaganda campaign conducted for 21 years against Scientology
began to fold up in its 16th year because never at any time did its instigators (a) have
any factual adverse data or (b) tell the truth.

The Scientology movement continued if only by heroic means and much sacrifice.

But at last nobody of any note believed the propaganda.

The attackers pulled in on themselves a counter attack based on penetrating
horrible documented truth.

It required intelligence-like tactics to discover who it was exactly.

The "dead agent caper" was used to disprove the lies. This consisted of
counter-documenting any area where the lies were circulated. The lie "they were

-- " is countered by a document showing "they were not." This causes the source of
the lie and any other statements from that source to be discarded.

That real trouble and damage was caused Scientology is not to be discounted. The
brilliance of the defense was fantastic. The depth and inroads the propagandists
reached was alarming. BUT THEY DIDN'T MAKE IT.

Some Black Propaganda campaigns have won in other areas, not Scientology.

The British got the US. into World War I with Black Propaganda, despite a
president elected on a peace platform.

412

Many individuals have been destroyed by Black Propaganda. Wilhelm Reich was
by the lies and violence of the FDA.

So Black Propaganda is not a certain result technology. It is costly. It makes
fantastic trouble.

Essentially it is NOT a PR campaign. It is a cross between PR and Intelligence.

The technique is:

A hidden source injects lies and derogatory data into public view.

Since it is a hidden source, it requires an intelligence approach to successfully end
it.

In the meanwhile the "dead agent caper" is the best tool to counter it.

Legal action can restrain such a campaign but is chancy unless one knows the
source or at least has counter-documents. It is risky solely because "law" is
unpredictable. However legal action has a definite role in restraining, not in ending
such a campaign.

A good policy when faced with a Black Propaganda campaign is to defend as best
you can (dead agent and legal restraints) while you find out (intelligence) WHO is
doing it. Then, confrontation can occur. Finding and suing false whos can make things
much more involved.

Black Propaganda counter-campaigns are inevitable. One engages upon them
whether he would or no. These are engaged on while one narrows down the area to an
exact WHO. For instance, one knows the whatsits are attacking one. Thus he can
counter-attack the whatsits. But what are the whatsits exactly? and to whom are they
connected? and exactly WHO, an individual always, is keeping it going? These last
three have to be answered eventually. And that requires an intelligence type search.

THE CROSS

So there is where Intelligence and PR cross.

When PR goes into Black Propaganda (hidden source using lies and defamation to
destroy) it has crossed intelligence with publicity. They don't mix well.

The action is risky to engage upon as it may run into an ex-intelligence officer or
trained intellige nce personnel. It may also run into a dead agent caper or legal restraint.

Anyone engaging in Black Propaganda is either using a wrong way to right a
wrong or confessing he can't make it in open competition.

PROTEST PR

Outright Protest PR, based on facts is a legitimate method of attempting to right
wrongs.

It has to be kept overt. It has to be true.

Protest PR can include demonstrations, hard news stories and any PR mechanism.

Minorities have learned that only Protest PR can get attention from politicians or
lofty institutions or negligent or arrogant bosses.

Where Protest PR is felt to be a necessity, neglect has already occurred on the
issues.

The riots of Panama some years ago were very violent, verging on open war. This
followed the negligence of the US in negotiating new treaties, a matter arranged for
long ago and arrogantly skipped for several years by the US.

The slaves were freed in 1864 but were either misused or neglected for the next
century and finally became a key racial problem full of demonstrations and riots and
social unrest. Imperfect redress of wrongs following these then continued the riots.
This is probably the biggest PR mess of the last century and a half wobbling this way
and that. It is still in the stage of Protest PR, possibly because it went so very, very
long unhandled.

413

The only real recourse these people had was Protest PR. Recently, black
Congressmen were refused audience by the President and had to stage a demonstration
before it was granted. But Protest PR did obtain an audience.

The silliest idea of modern times is conscription. Drafted soldiers might possibly
be excused as a levee en masse but not as the habit of government in peace and war just
to overcome their lack of ability to make the country worth fighting for and the armed
services a stable attractive career. This is all the more foolish since hardly anyone in
history ever had any trouble recruiting an army that could pay for one. Even Gibbon
remarks on it as an amazingly easy thing to do in any civilization. And that is true
today.

So Conscription is continued. Facing every young man with an arbitrary military
future was a bad thing. Napoleon invented it and he lost.

Protest PR was the answer used to contest it. Met by force and violence, it has not
halted.

Somebody will have to give the country a nobler cause more decently prosecuted,
will have to better the services and conditions and will have to admit men without
demanding their right names or perfect physique and make them immune to recall for
civil offenses. Probably that army would fight well. Conscript services are too
expensive, too inefficient and too ready to revolt for any sane government to use them.
But here this unhandled wrong has to resort to Protest PR.

So Protest PR has its place. It is a fine art. It is the subject of fantastic skill and
tech.

It is not good. But it does work and it is used as a last resort when normal
hearings and good sense fail.

When money and force lead and opinion leaders are unheeded, when special
privilege enters management or government, Protest PR, the strike, the demonstration,
is the tool employed.

If that doesn't work, or if it is crushed, subversive actions, general intelligence
actions, Black Propaganda and other evils occur.

PR used soon enough can avert much of these consequences.

But there are always two in any fight and the other side may not want to live and
so set themselves up.

Intelligent early PR is the best remedy. But it is not always possible.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

414

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1971

Remimeo

PR Series 8

TOO LITTLE TOO LATE

The hallmark of bad promotion is "Too Little Too Late".

Probably the most aggravating and most suppressive error that can be made by
those doing promotion or other PR actions, is to plan or announce an event too close
to the date for anyone to come.

Typical report "Only 50 came to the Congress. I guess it just wasn't popular."

An exec hearing this can validly suspect "too little too late" as the real WHY. He
would be 95% right without even querying further.

"When did you announce the July I Congress?" Usual true answer: June 25!
"How many mailings were sent?" Usual true answer: 500 "because FP What
other promotion was done?" Usual true answer: None.

Reason for only 50 at the Congress: "Too little promotion announced too late for
anyone to come."

Often this factor is hidden. Other more dramatic reasons, not the true WHYs are
advanced. "There was a football match the same date." "We are in disrepute." "There
is an anti-campaign." "The press Yap, yap, yap. All lies. It was just too little
promotion too late.

"Nobody showed up for the VIP dinner." The right response to this is "When did
you send the invitations?" "Well, you see, FP wouldn't give us any stamps so
"WHEN did you send the invitations?" "The same morning as the dinner was held."
"Were they engraved?" "No we sort of ran them off on mimeo."

Just why event failures are 95% traced "handled at the last moment without
proper planning and without proper verified addresses and without enough posh or
volume" is itself a mystery.

Undermanned PR section is the most charitable reason.

PR in reality is about 80% preparation of the event and about 20% event.

If the preparation is not planned and prepared fully well in advance of the event,
the events fail.

Off the cuff PR is sometimes necessary. But usually made necessary by lack of
foresight and hard work.

There is a rule about this:

THE SUCCESS OF ANY EVENT IS DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL TO THE
TIMELY PREPARATION.

In other words, poor preparation made too late gives an unsuccessful event.

415

PR is hard work. But the hard work mostly occurs before there is any public view
of it. The work in the event itself is pie.

You see these beautifully staged affairs, these flawless polished occurrences. They
look so effortless. Well, they LOOK effortless because a fantastic amount of
preparation went in to them ahead of time.

A well attended event is planned and drilled and announced ages ahead of the
occurrence.

Even a mere dinner has to be announced at least a week in advance.

PRs who don't work hard to plan and drill and who don't announce in time with
enough promotion have, flops.

So PR flops come from failures to plan, drill, promote enough and in plenty of
time.

Therefore PR successes are best guaranteed by data gathering, sharp planning,
heavy drilling, timely announcement and adequate promotion.

Even a surprise event has to be handled this way for everyone except those for
whom the surprise is intended.

So gather the data that will guide planning, plan well, program it, do all the
clerical actions necessary, announce it in ample time, drill all those connected with it
heavily until they're flawless and then stage it.

And there you are, a "spontaneous", highly successful event.

Whether it's a protest march, a press conference, a Congress, a new Course or
dinner for VIPs or even just friends, if it's to be a success, prepare it and announce it
widely in plenty of time.

There was this grave where they buried a failed PR man. And on the headstone
they put, "George Backlog. Too Little, Too Late." They had to shoot him because he
broke the company's leg.

-------------------

A mediocre event very well prepared and announced well and in time will succeed
better than the most splendid event done off the cuff.

The next time you see empty seats remember and use this P/L. Or better still do it
right in the first place.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

416

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 MAY 1971

Remimeo

PR Series 9

MANNERS

The original procedure developed by Man to oil the machinery of human
relationships was "Good Manners".

Various other terms that describe this procedure are-politeness, decorum,
formality, etiquette, form, courtesy, refinement, polish, culture, civility, courtliness
and respect.

Even the most primitive cultures had highly developed rituals of human
relationship. In studying 21 different primitive races, which I did first hand, I was
continually impressed with the formalities which attended their interpersonal and
intertribal and interracial relationships.

Throughout all races, "bad manners" are condemned.

Those with "bad manners" are REJECTED.

Thus the primary technology of public relations was "Manners".

Therefore a public relations man or team that has not drilled and mastered the
manners accepted as "good manners" by those being contacted will fail. Such a PR
man or team may know all the senior PR tech and yet fail miserably on the sole basis
of "exhibiting bad manners".

"Good manners" sum up to (a) granting importance to the other person and (b)
using the two way communication cycle (as in Dianetics 55). Whatever motions or
rituals are, these two factors are involved. Thus a PR violating them will find himself
and his program rejected.

Arrogance and Force may win dominion and control but will never win
acceptance and respect.

For all his "mental technology" the psychiatrist or psychologist could never win
applause or general goodwill because they are personally (a) arrogant beyond belief (b)
hold others in scathing contempt ("man is an animal", "people are all insane", etc).
Born from Bismarck's military attitude these subjects have borrowed as well the
attitude which made the Nazis an object of worldwide condemnation. No matter how
many people were maimed or killed, the Nazi would never have dominated the world
anymore than their "mental scientists" will ever win over humanity.

They just don't have "good manners"; i.e. they do not (a) consider or give others
a feeling of importance and (b) they are total strangers to a comm cycle.

SUCCESSFUL PR

All successful PR, then, is built upon the bedrock of good manners as these are
the first technology developed to ease human relations.

Good manners are much more widely known and respected than PR tech.
Therefore NO PR tech will be successful if this element is omitted.

417

Brushing off "mere guards" as beneath one's notice while one goes after a contact
with their boss can be fatal. Who talks to their boss? These "mere guards".

Making an appointment and not keeping it, issuing an invitation too late for it to
be accepted, not offering food or a drink, not standing up when a lady or important
man enters, treating one's subordinates like lackeys in public, raising one's voice
harshly in public, interrupting what someone else is saying to "do something
important", not saying thank you or good night-these are all "bad manners". People
who do these or a thousand other discourtesies are mentally rejected by those with
whom they come into contact.

As PR is basically acceptance then bad manners defeat it utterly.

A successful PR person has to have good manners.

This is not hard. One has to assess his attitude toward others and iron it out. Are
they individually important? One has to have his two way comm cycle perfect so
perfect it is so natural that it is never noticed.

Given those two things, a PR can now learn the bits of ritual that go to make up
the procedure that is considered "good manners" in the group with which he is
associating.

Then given PR tech correctly used, one has successful PR.

IMPORTANCE

You have no idea how important people are. There is a reversed ratio-those at
the bottom have a self importance far greater than those at the top who are important.
A char lady's concept of her own importance is far greater than that of a successful
general manager!

Ignore people at your peril.

Flattery is not very useful, is often suspect, as it does not come from a sincere
belief and the falsity in it is detectable to all but a fool.

A person's importance is made evident to him by showing him respect, or just by
assuring him he is visible and acceptable.

To see and acknowledge the existence of someone is a granting of their
importance.

To know their name and their connections also establishes importance.

Asserting one's own importance is about as acceptable as a dead cat at a wedding.

People have value and are important. Big or small they are important.

If you know that you are half way home with good manners.

Thus PR can occur.

COMMUNICATION

The Two Way Comm Cycle is more important than the content.

The content of the comm, the meaning to be put across to another or others is
secondary to the fact of a Two-Way Comm cycle.

Comm exists to be replied to or used.

418

Comm without the Comm cycle being in first must exist before it carries any
message.

Messages do not travel on no-line.

Advertising is always violating this. Buy Beanos! Into the empty air. Other things
must establish the line. And the line must be such as to obtain an answer, either by use
or purchase or reply.

A funny example was a letter writer who without preamble or reason told people
to buy a multi-thousand dollar package without even an explanation of its use or value.
Response zero. No comm line. He was writing to a name but not really to anyone.

In social intercourse a comm cycle must be established before any acceptance of
the speaker can occur. Then one might get across a message.

Good manners require a two way comm cycle. This is even true of social letters
and phone calls.

Out of this one gets "telling the hostess good night as one leaves".

One really has to understand the two way comm cycle to have really good
manners.

Without a two way comm cycle, PR is pretty poor stuff.

PRIMITIVES

If an American Indian's ritual of conference was so exact and complex, if a
thousand other primitive races had precise social conduct and forms of address, then it
is not too much to ask modern man to have good manners as well.

But "good manners" are less apparent in our times than they once were. This
comes about because the intermingling of so many races and customs have tended to
destroy the ritual patterns once well established in the smaller units.

So one appears to behold a sloppy age of manners.

This is no excuse to have bad manners.

One can have excellent manners by just observing:

(a) Importance of people

(b) 2 Way Comm Cycle

These are the first musts of a PR man or woman.

On that foundation can be built an acceptable PR presence that makes PR
succeed.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

419

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo
PRO Course Checksheet
Div 6 Sec Hat
Dept 16 Hats PR Series No. 10

BREAKTHROUGH
PR AND PRODUCTION
TONE SCALE SURVEYS
(Reference: FEBC Tape No. I
which contains the full text.)

THE LAWS OF PR

THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION IS HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION.

PR IS THE SOCIAL TECHNOLOGY OF HANDLING AND CHANGING
HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.

A LOW PRODUCTION AREA IS OUT-MORALE BECAUSE IT IS LOW
PRODUCTION. IF YOU CAN NURSE THE AREA UP TO PRODUCTION YOIJ
HAVE MORALE.

DON'T USE NEGATIVE ARC IN A PR SURVEY. MAKE IT LIGHT SO IT
INVOLVES COMMUNICATION.
..................

To get a PR survey done in an area that is barriered against production, you begin
by writing down three VERY DIRECT questions that you want answered. One
question for each of BE, DO, HAVE.

On a Survey of Lower Stobovia central command point, the 3 direct questions
could be:

I . (BE) Do you want this joint to succeed?

2. (DO) Are you personally going to be active in getting this show on the
road?

3. (HAVE) Are you going to directly assist Scientology to acquire Lower
Slobovia?

Now you translate these into the field of human emotion. Each direct question is
concerned with one or more of A, R and C. You put down by your direct question
what each question is concerned with.

In the example above,

1. is A

2. is A or C

3. is R.

You now phrase a question to which you will get a reaction, and that reaction
you get has to be the reaction of the individual to the direct question, but you get that
reaction by asking him a different question translated into terms of emotion that will
give you his reaction willy-nilly. He can figure his way round the direct question to give

420

you a PR answer. He cannot help but give you his reaction if you involve his emotions.
The direct question does not involve his emotions so that he doesn't give a reaction
you can observe clearly as the reaction to the question.

Having established your BE, DO, HAVE questions and added your connotations
of A, R, C, you can translate the direct question into a survey question that involves
his emotions and gives you his reaction.

The examples above could translate as follows:

I . Do you think that increased efficiency in management would bring about a
more desirable organization?

2. Would it be more pleasant working within such a ftamework?

3. Have you envisioned improvements that would occur in Lower Slobovia if
Scientology were more widely used?

Now you pretest the survey mentally, paying attention to dictation and
comprehension, rephrasing to ensure adequate communication without losing any of
the sense of your question, per the Art formula.

The Surveyor contacts the people to be surveyed, asks his questions and makes
notes of the answers given; he also makes sure he notes the reaction. He should write
down the Tone Level of the reaction to each question. He doesn't handle
anything-just the question, recording the answer and the reaction.

Tabulation of the results gives you a majority of reactions on one Tone Level.

You can now design your PR Campaign on a Tone Level half or one notch above
that level and be sure to obtain wide agreement, by the rules contained in Science of
Survival.

Thus the barrier of human emotion and reaction is removed.

The duty and function of PR is to remove the barrier of human emotion and
reaction.

You hit at the heart of reaction when you get into human involvement.

You hit at the basic on any production situation when you get into BE, DO,
HAVE.

You hit at his emotion when you address his A, R, C.

So you involve him when you get his emotion and thus his reaction.

You can strip off the verbiage in the survey and its tabulation and get a numerical
answer (Tone Level figure) for each question.

Different publics can be PRed. Finance Publics for example, as well as Production
Publics-sometimes finance people get into conflicts with Production.

PR is always perfectly okay as long as it is real. If not real, it acts as a stop. You
find the R by establishing if there is a situation to begin with, surveying to get the
Tone Level, figuring out the average response of the group on each question-and
design a PR campaign to handle.

There is a 1-2-3 not quite figured out in designing the Campaign. But these are the
basic concepts of the science of PR. It covers the field of manipulation of human
emotion.

421

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1972
Remimeo PR Series 11

PR AREA CONTROL
THREE GRADES OF PR

These are the three grades of PR:
Perfect PR: GOOD WORKS WELL PUBLICIZED.

Inadequate PR: GOOD WORKS WHICH SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES.
Enemy PR: BAD WORKS FALSELY PUBLICIZED.

SEA ORGANIZATION

FLAG ORDER 3094 16 December 1971
Ship Port
Captain's
Office
Div 6 SO
Orgs
Flag Div 6 PRO AREA CONTROL

PRO (Public Relations Office) Area (port and town and country) Control
(regulate, start change and stop from cause point) is the basic action of the Port
Captain's Office (or Div 6 in an org).
Customs, Immigration, dockmasters, police, officials, town officials, inhabitants,
country officials, country inhabitants, and the lines and activities of all these as they
affect the ship or org are the subject of "PRO Area Control".
The tech of how this is done is found in the book "Effective PR", the PR Series
P/Ls, FOs and FSOS. It is a technology.
The extent of one's PRO Area Control can be measured at once by counting up
the points one is not controlling from the Company or org viewpoint and the points
one IS controlling. This gives you a ratio like 3 to 6 or one half.
Example: Immigration and Customs are NOT doing what we want. Agents,
Dockmasters and Police are. Thus we have 2/3rds effective PRO Area Control.
This is poor, showing a 113 failure.
Now the tech to apply is a survey of all five points to find out, let us say, what
they want one to be, what they want one to do, and what they want to have from one.
(See FEBC Tape on PR.)
Then one surveys further to find out what problem they are trying to solve by
having us be, do, have these things.
This puts us at cause because we can now handle their misinformation, reassure
their suspicions and generally increase ARC.
A project to get all required points now known in and followed would now be
done and executed.
Result - PRO Area Control.

L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Commodore

422

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 OCTOBER 1971
Remimeo
Gdn Office

PR Series 12

PROPAGANDA BY REDEFINITION OF WORDS

A long term propaganda technique used by socialists (Communists and Nazis
alike) is of interest to PR practitioners. I know of no place it is mentioned in PR
literature. But the data had verbal circulation in intelligence circles and is in constant
current use.

The trick is-WORDS ARE REDEFINED TO MEAN SOMETHING ELSE TO
THE ADVANTAGE OF THE PROPAGANDIST.

A prime example is the word CAPITALIST. Once it meant "one who makes his
income from the interest of loaning money to others". That is still the definition in
economics. Through propaganda redefinition a capitalist became a person of wealth
who invested in business (making him an owner, not a banker) and currently is
someone who exploits others, urges war and stamps on workers! In short the word is
changing in meaning by the efforts of those who are trying to own everything in the
country under the guise of being the workers' friend. Totalitarian socialism must
eradicate the private owner in order to grab the property for themselves. Hence, an
intense concentration on redefining the word "Capitalist" and "Capitalism".

Many instances of this exist. They are not "natural" changes in language. They are
propaganda changes, carefully planned and campaigned in order to obtain a public
opinion advantage for the group doing the propaganda.

Given enough repetition of the redefinition public opinion can be altered by
altering the meaning of a word.

The technique is good or bad depending on the ultimate objective of the
propagandist.

"Psychiatry" and "psychiatrist" are easily redefined to mean "an anti-social
enemy of the people". This takes the kill crazy psychiatrist off the preferred list of
professions. This is a good use of the technique as for a century the psychiatrist has
been setting an all time record for inhumanity to man.

The redefinition of words is done by associating different emotions and symbols
with the word than were intended.

The American Medical Association and the National Association for Mental
Health in England and South Africa and the "British Psychological Association" in
Australia have been working very hard to redefine Scientology in the public mind.

Two things occur because of this-the Scientologists are redefining "doctor",
psychiatry" and "psychology" to mean "undesirable anti-social elements" and are
trying to stabilize the actual meaning of "Scientology".

The AMA has even gotten US dictionaries to redefine "Dianetics" as a
pseudo-science from Science Fiction".

Fortunately the public does not respect and is not responding to Mass news

423

media. Mass news media believes it steers public opinion, but in actual fact can get a
reverse effect.

"The capitalistic AMA is seeking to deny the people the benefits of new
discoveries such as Scientology because it would eradicate the great profits the AMA
makes from the psychosomatic illnesses of the people," would be a statement reversing
the reversal of meaning. One has to find, pinpoint and denounce the propagandists to
make headway against such an effort of redefinition. One brands the propagandist and
blows the effort to redefine, using a steady standard PR campaign to do so.

One can also use redefinition by exposing the effort to redefine.

A case in point is the word "Psychology".

Webster's International Dictionary of the English Language-1829 defines
"Psychology: A discourse or treatise on the human soul; the doctrine of the nature and
properties of the soul."

Webster's High School Dictionary-1892 "Psychology: The powers and function
of the soul."

Merriam Webster's 3rd International Dictionary-1961 "Psychology: the science
of mind or mental phenomena or activities; the study of the biological organism (as
man) and the physical and social environment."

Somewhere along the way, Man lost his soul!

We pinpoint when and we find Professor Wundt, 1879, being urged by Bismarck
at the period of Germany's greatest militarism, trying to get a philosophy that will get
his soldiers to kill men. And we find Hegel, the "great" German philosopher, the idol
of super-socialists, stressing that WAR is VITAL to the mental health of people.

Out of this we can redefine modern psychology as a German military system used
to condition men for war and subsidized in American and other universities at the time
the government was having trouble with the draft. A reasonable discourse on why
"they" had to push psychology would of course be a way of redefining an already
redefined word, "Psychology".

The way to redefine a word is to get the new definition repeated as often as
possible.

Thus it is necessary to redefine medicine, psychiatry and psychology downward
and define Dianetics and Scientology upwards.

This, so far as words are concerned, is the public opinion battle for belief in your
definitions, and not those of the opposition.

A consistent, repeated effort is the key to any success with this technique of
propaganda.

One must know how to do it.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

424

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 DECEMBER 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo
Div 2 Hats
Div 6 Hats
PR Cse Checksheet
PR Series No. 13

HOW TO DO A PR SURVEY

SURVEY means "a careful examination of something as a whole and in detail".

The word "survey" as used in Public Relations terminology means to carefully
examine public opinion with regard to an idea, a product, an aspect of life, or any
other subject. By examining in detail (person to person surveying) one can arrive at a
whole view of public opinion on a subject by tabulating highest percentage of popular
response.

The purpose of this Policy Letter is to describe the two most important aspects of
surveying so that 100% successful results can be obtained every time. Though there are
many different types of surveys, the method used is the same. The two components of
surveying are:

I . The Mechanics of doing the survey itself.

2. The Beingness of the surveyor.

THE MECHANICS

The actions involved in doing a survey are simple and few. The first thing you
do is establish the questions you are going to ask into the public to find out what is
wanted and needed, popular or unpopular or whatever. Creating the survey questions
is a technology in itself and is covered primarily in HCO Policy Letter 2 June 1971
PR Series No. 10.

After the questions are established they are mimeoed on survey forms or typed on
a piece of plain paper for the surveyor to refer to. If one were doing a survey in a city
where large numbers of people are interviewed the survey forms might be most
practical. However, all that is needed for most surveys is a clipboard with plenty of
plain paper and several ball point pens. The survey question page is then placed on top
of the pad of paper and flipped back while taking notes of the interview.

The only materials needed for a survey are several ball point pens (so running out
of ink in the middle of the survey doesn't cause interruption), plenty of paper and a
clipboard.

To begin a survey, you simply walk up to a person and in a friendly manner
introduce yourself (if a stranger) and ask to survey them. If additional R-Factor is
requested, it is given and then the survey is begun.

Ask the person the first question, flip back the question page and take down the
answer. Be sure to number the answers corresponding to the question number being
asked. You needn't write down every word as the person speaks to you but get the
most important points. You will find, after practice surveying, you can write almost
everything down.

After the person has answered the first question, thank him or her with good TRs

425

to acknowledge that comm cycle and go to the next question. All you have to do is BE
THERE, be INTERESTED in what the person is saying, and take down his answers.

At the end of the survey thank the person very much. The person will most likely
be thanking you by this point as people LOVE to be asked their opinion of things. And
having another terminal grant beingness to this and listen attentively is a rare and
valuable experience to many.

Then go to the next person and repeat the same procedure. This is all there is to
the mechanical action of surveying.

The final tabulation of a survey is very simple. The following data was written and
compiled while conducting an Ethnic Survey.

I . Count all the surveys.

2. Establish various categories of answers for each question by listing answers briefly
as you go through the surveys.

3. Soon you will be able to merely mark a slant by each category, the slant meaning
one more answer of a similar nature.

4. Then you total the answers given for a particular category of answer. Let's say
you had 1,500 answers of a similar nature to one question and your total number
of surveys is 2,500. This means 60% gave that similar type of answer (I 500).
2500

5. You then list each question and under that question list the categories of answers
and the percentage from the highest to the lowest.

6. The only mistake you can make is not to realize the similarity of answers and so
have a great diversity of categories.

BEINGNESS OF THE SURVEYOR

Just as an Auditor has to have his TRs in, has to abide by the Auditor's Code and
BE there as a terminal for the pc to communicate to, so must a Surveyor.

Outward appearance of the surveyor must be clean, tidy, and the dress ethnically
acceptable for whichever public is being surveyed.

A successful surveyor must have a high affinity for other beings-friends or
complete strangers. A friendly NATURAL approach to people is required. A sincere
smile and good TRs is the door opener. And CONFRONT. You have to,reach out to
complete strangers and get them interested in themselves enough to let you know
where their Reality is at so you can help them.

This is completely natural to any trained Scientologist anyway. A Scientologist
knows the formula of communication, knows to grant beingness to another, and that
ARC = Understanding. With these factors and the basic TRs in, the person being
interviewed will feel relaxed about communicating his ideas and Realities.

This is all there is to surveying, and you will be amazed with the results attained!

Listed below are some DON'TS just to make sure possible pitfalls are known
about and avoided.

I . Don't dress in an unclean or unethnic way. That would automatically make you
unwelcome.

2. Don't be short of materials and have to fumble for a pen or survey form. The
person might walk off from you in the meantime if you're doing a survey on the
street.

426

3. Don't be backward or shy. Would make you look unconfident of your own
product or purpose for being there.

4. Don't overwhelm with forceful overzealous approach or comm.

5. Don't be over-serious, or on the other hand giddy. Anything phony is absolutely
detrimental.

6. Don't do socially unacceptable practices like chewing gum loudly, biting your
fingernails or any one of dozens of other little annoyances.

7. Don't be in too much of a hurry. The person must feel you CARE about what he
feels and thinks.

8. Don't be propitiative or the other extreme condescending. Be YOURSELF, in
valence and confident.

9. Don't cut a person's comm or be gruff in any way.

10. Don't act super-sweet either. Be friendly and BUSINESSLIKE.

As a matter of interest, there is a certain PR textbook which describes a method
of surveying called "depth interview". It is said that this method takes highly trained
interviewers and skilled analysts.

Now these fellows think a successful surveyor needs years of training of some
kind or another.

But because you have the technology to UNDERSTAND the basics of the mind,
yourself and other people, you accomplish what seems miraculous by any other
standards.

The miracles of Survey results are easily attainable and valuable. But don't be
surprised if other people still think you're a genius.

LRH Personal PRO
for
L. R HUBBARD
Founder

427

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1972

Remimeo Issue 11
ED Hats
Div 2 Hats PR Series No. 14
Div 6 Hats
PR Cse Checksheet
CREATING SURVEY QUESTIONS

The purpose of this policy letter is to fully document how survey questions, to
evoke human emotion and reaction, are derived. Included are examples of actual
surveys done, showing the SITUATION, the SURVEY QUESTIONS, the SURVEY
RESULTS and resulting PR PROGRAM to handle. A good many of the surveys were
done within the org to find human emotion and reaction barriers to production
amongst staff members. The examples are given in chronological order so that one may
see how the survey and PR technology was evolved by Ron during the years of 1970
and 197 1.

SURVEY EXAMPLE I

SITUATION:

Due to various causes, morale is not what it should be aboard.

The full intention of Command is to have things running smoothly and safely for
all hands.

Major Target: To interview each individual crew member and obtain his honest
state of opinion regarding his post and issues.

Vital Targets:
1. Not to interrupt the work of or worsen the situation.
2. To improve matters by survey.

3. To obtain data so that a new sensible reality can be established by PR
programs.

Primary Targets:
1. Provide yourself with paper, clip board and ball points.
2. Work at this at optimum periods.

Operating Targets:
1. To approach persons individually. Draw them out of groups.
2. Just listen and prompt and question. Don't interrupt or interject, Don't
comment on what they say to them.
3. Make useful, not necessarily voluminous, notes.
4. Cover each question.
5. Excerpt results.
6. Design programs to handle what is found.

QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:
Survey R-factor - The Commodore wants your opinion on certain matters to
help handle them.

A) What do you feel command intention really is?
33% 1. Clear the Planet.
31% 2. Something planned from Source or high org executive to be carried out by
staff members.
16% 3. Everyone doing his job and getting the show on the road.
7% 4. Well trained crew in tech, policy and seamanship.

428

5% 5. Provide safe environment so LRH can get on with his research.
5% 6. Successful management of outer orgs.
3% 7. Miscellaneous.

B) What do you feel you should know more about to get your job done?
30% 1. Tech, Policy and Seamanship.
22% 2. OEC Policy.
2 Wo 3. Specifics relating to hat.
14% 4. Nothing in particular.
9% 5. More briefing re: schedules and Flag Org actions with outer orgs.
5% 6. Scientology tech.
0% 7. Miscellaneous.

C) What do you really need to get your job done?
32% 1. Nothing in particular.
2 001o 2. More training.
17% 3. Specifics pertaining to hats.
13% 4. More time (without arbitraries and distractions).
8% 5. More personnel.
7% 6. To be left alone to get on with it.
3% 7. More briefing of ship schedules for planning work cycles.

D) What would you like to see us doing?
31% 1 . Expanding Scientology around the planet.
21% 2. Group co-operation and co-ordination.
16% 3. Crew getting trained and OT.
14% 4. What we are doing.
13% 5. Moving more and to different ports.
3% 6. Getting stats up in outer orgs.
2% 7. Miscellaneous.

E) What changes should occur?
30% 1 . What we are doing is good.
24% 2. More expansion in the field for more flow of recruits to Flag.
20% 3. More trained personnel in tech and policy.
13% 4. More briefing of the crew on Flag Org operations.
7% 5. Specifics relating to post.
4% 6. No opinion.
2% 7. Miscellaneous.

The following is an item from the Flag Orders of the Day with regard to one
tabulated survey by LRH.
FRI 24 April 1970
"SURVEY

The survey of the Ship's Company purposes and opinions has been completed and
all hands are thanked for their contribution to it.
Results will be issued in due course.
There is an astonishing similarity in the answers which demonstrates we are all of
similar opinion on vital questions.
It discloses there is far less dissidence in the company than might have been
supposed.
We are a true group.
The survey will be of great use in future planning.

LRH, COMMODORE"

429

SURVEY EXAMPLE 2

SITUATION:
"INJURY SURVEY
Please interview the 5 people recently injured to discover what's going on?
I've never had any injured people like this.
All in this port.
See if you can 2 way comm it and get some common denominator.

Love,
Ron"
RESULTS:
The Common Denominator found followed this pattern:
I . EXTERIOR at time of injury.
2. Attention OFF the body.
3. Physical contest being engaged in.
4. NO PAIN involved (though 2 needed stitches!).
5. NO MISEMOTION at having injury, mild interest only.
6. A feeling of POWERFULNESS prior to injury.
Following is an item entered in the next day's Orders of the Day by LRH.

4 June 1970
"INJURIES
Those recently injured were not PTS. Survey showed they were exterior and
feeling powerful and didn't watch where they were sending the body.

LRH, COMMODORE"

SURVEY EXAMPLE 3

SITUATION:
A cross-section survey is needed on what we are thought to be aiming for.

QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:
1. What is your conception of what we are doing currently?
A) Getting the ship's company trained up in specialist seamanship and then
admin functions.
B) Getting Scientology tech fully back in use and orgs running smoothly.
2. What is your idea of the ideal we are working towards?
Immediately - smooth running Sea Org and Scn networks.
Ultimately - a clear and sane planet.
3. What is being done to achieve it?
Strengthening ourselves internally while keeping our external lines operating.
4. Do you feel we are making it?
Yes!
5. Does anything need to be changed so we can make it faster?
More training.
More processing.
Any counter intention removed.
More promotion.
Faster and wider acceptance of Scii.
6. When do you think we will make it?
Current ship programs 2-6 months.
Scientology org programs 1-2 years.
Planetary Scn influence 2-5 years.
Real Planetary control 10-20 years.
An LRH OODay item of the next day comments on the survey results.

430

24 June 1970
"SURVEY
The cross-section survey just done regarding what we are doing showed 'very good
results, and the answers were quite consistent'.
We sure have group agreement on what we are doing!
There were very good indicators on this survey. There was an overall feeling of
confidence among all those surveyed (a 28 person cross-section of the ship).
There was confidence that we are progressing on a steady and positive uptrend
and that the next few years will show monumental victories in our favor.

LRH, COMMODORE"

BREAKTHROUGH
During the month of January 1971 LRH made a major advance in the subject of
PR and surveying. That is-PR Surveying in combination with the Tone Scale tech. He
discovered the BASIC LAWS of PR as contained in PR Series 10. Thus, ONE
SURVEYS TO FIND THE REALITY OF A PERSON ABOUT SOMETHING. The
person's Tone Level about this subject is noted. This tone level establishes the Affinity
or lack of, the person has about the subject. Emotion is A. A is the Tone Scale.
(NOTE: The person's tone level toward the SURVEYOR and about the SUBJECT may
be two entirely different tone bands so don't get them confused. The person may be in
Enthusiasm toward the Surveyor but Antagonism about the subject being surveyed. It
is the latter tone level which is of value. People don't just have a tone. They have a
tone toward something.)
You survey to determine the R (reality) of each person so as to raise the A about
the subject through the PR campaign.
You're looking for agreement. This is the key to SALESMANSHIP. To get
agreement you come down to the point where the guy will agree with you. You
determine the R (Reality) they agreed with. Translate this into A (affinity tone). R is
monitored by A attitude. You then raise the R 1/2 to I tone band and this establishes
the C (comm) level.
The following item by LRH in the Orders of the Day of 25 Jan 71 summarizes
this.
,,PR

Some more PR data has been developed. The same public varies by Continent.
One tests the tone with R questions, reads the A off the Tone Scale, develops the
program at the A half a tone above and uses the R of that tone. R to A, up half, A of
that to new R desired. Gives one the Pgm that Communicates, raises tone.
A survey of a tone must be a tone about something.
See Science of Survival's Chart of Human Emotion. Read the book. The new and
future bible of PR followed by 8-8008 for the graduate PR expert! Finally came into
its own!

LRH, COMMODORE" 25.1.71

On 18 January 1971 Ron made a tape entitled PR Becomes a Subject which
outlines the basic laws of PR. An excerpt follows.
"PUBLIC RELATIONS IS FOR THE HANDLING AND CONTROL OF HUMAN
EMOTION AND REACTION.
IT'S A THIRD DYNAMIC TECHNOLOGY.
So how do you make up survey questions? It's simple. You get three questions:
One is the equivalent of BE, one is equivalent of DO, one is equivalent of HAVE. BE,
DO, HAVE-three questions. Above and below it you could have a couple of null
questions. You're trying to find out if somebody on the assembly line likes
automobiles. He's building them, does he like them? Well, that's an easy one because
it's already a human emotion. 'Do you like automobiles?' Well, let's find out if he's
going to work on the assembly line. Let's make it a little bit tougher. Now we're going

431

to find out 'Are you going to work on the assembly line?' Alright, we go around and
say 'Are you going to work on the assembly line?' and the guy says 'No' and the next
guy says 'Yes' and so forth ... you get no place. So

THEREFORE, YOU TAKE THE QUESTIONS YOU WANT TO KNOW ON THE
SUBJECT OF BE, DO, HAVE AND YOU ENCODE THEM INTO HUMAN EMOTION
USING THE ARC TRIANGLE.

We don't care whether you put A or R or C after each question.

YOU'RE GOING TO TRANSLATE THE BASIC QUESTION THAT YOU KNOW
INTO HUMAN EMOTION IN ORDER TO OBTAIN INVOLVEMENT AND YOU
IMMEDIATELY HAVE INVOLVEMENT.

So you get the true answer, don't you? But the target of your subject is of course
the control of human emotion and reaction. So if that is the case, then you would have
to have involvement in human emotion and reaction. So how do you put this question
together?

THIS SUBJECT IS THE CONTROL OF HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION,
SO THEREFORE THE QUESTIONS OF YOUR SURVEY HAVE TO BE WHAT YOU
WANT TO KNOW TRANSPORTED OVER INTO A HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION. BE: 'Do automobiles exist?' translated once across for an A, is 'Do you
like automobiles?' Now you will get then an emotional response which can be plotted.
Now why all this? Because

THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION IS HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION. THAT'S THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION.

All at once we know where PR lives.

THERE'S ITS USE. NOT IN GETTING SOMEBODY TO BECOME A MAN OF
EXTINCTION BY DRINKING SEAGRAM'S WHISKEY TO AID AND ASSIST
ADVERTISING WHICH WOULD BE A MINOR USE, BUT ACTUALLY TO SOUND
OUT THE PUBLIC TO WHICH THE CAMPAIGN IS ADDRESSED SO AS TO
HANDLE THE HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.

Now to trace it back through. The basic law that we're involved with then is: The
primary barrier to production is human emotion and reaction. Public relations is the
technology of handling and changing human emotion, handling and controlling human
emotion and reaction.

SO YOU HAVE TO FIND OUT WHAT IS THE HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION SO YOU GET AN ENCODING OF THE QUESTION, THREE
QUESTIONS, ONE BE, ONE DO, ONE HAVE. YOU TRANSLATE THOSE OVER
INTO AN EMOTIONAL QUESTION BY ADDING THE ARC TRIANGLE. YOU
PLOT THAT NOW. YOU GET YOUR HUMAN EMOTIONS IN RESPONSE TO
THESE QUESTIONS. YOU ADD THEM UP. YOU PUT YOUR PROGRAM
TOGETHER AGAINST THE TONE SCALE, ONE HALF TO ONE BAND ABOVE.
YOU WILL HAVE A PRETTY UNIFORMLY SUCCESSFUL METHOD OF REACH.

SO WHEN ALL SEEMS TOO GRIM AND YOU CAN'T SEEM TO GET YOUR
POINT ACROSS AND YOU CAN'T SEEM TO GET YOUR PRODUCT AND IT JUST
WON'T ORGANIZE THAT WAY, THEN YOU DO HAVE A TOOL AND THAT
TOOL IS CALLED PR. AND IT HAS ITS OWN TECHNOLOGY AND WE HAVE
MADE A BREAKTHROUGH IN THIS SUBJECT."

EXAMPLE

As an example of this, let's pretend we want to survey HCO. The ED of the org
has an idea not a person in HCO is hatted, though a major product of HCO is Personnel
Hatted. In this HCO there may be some counter-opinion re getting hats on. The
implementation of policy of Management is the first line of PR.
We're trying to obtain data to popularize and remove barriers from hatting. It
may very well be hatting is the least popular function of HCO.
Developing the Survey Questions
1. You make a statement of a possible situation. (ie: It may be hatting is the least
popular function of HCO.)

432

2. You then think up several BLUNT, head-on type questions.
BE: What is your hat?
DO: What do you actually do?
HAVE: What is your product?
3. You then convert those questions so you get a HUMAN ELEMENT. In t at way
you get an involvement. A PR question must always contain a "human" or "being
involvement".
BE: Are you interested in your hat?
DO: Do your duties align with your own purpose?
HAVE: Do you consider your product contributes to the group?

A further question encoded could be:
DIRECT: Are you being trained in your Hat?
to
ENCODED: Do you find the training you are getting on your hat interesting?
The purpose of this survey would be to obtain data to popularize and remove the
barriers from hatting.
Re: PROD UCTION

VALIDATION OF ACCOMPLISHMENT IS GARDEN VARIETY PR.
-----------------

ONE RULE ABOUT A PRODUCTION OFFICER IS HE HAS TO WANT THE
PRODUCT BEFORE HE GETS IT.
..................

THIS IS HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.

Policy interpreting-wise, does the group want the product?
Thus there is the:
I . ADMIN approach, which the Org or Production Officer uses which is a
straight question. (ie: What is your hat?)
2. HUMAN (or PR) approach, which is used by the PR man to find basic
desires and OPINION. (ie: Are you interested in your hat?)

YOU HIT AT THE HEART OF THE RESISTANCE-TO WHEN YOU GET INTO
THE HUMAN INVOLVEMENT.

The Key PR Datum is of course THE GREATEST BARRIER TO PRODUCTION
EFFICIENCY IS HUMAN REACTION.

and

A LOW PRODUCTION AREA IS OUT-MORALE BECAUSE IT IS LOW
PRODUCTION.

IF YOU CAN NURSE IT UP TO PRODUCTION, YOU HAVE MORALE.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 4
SITUATION:
A survey needs to be done in Department A to find out who or what keeps the
area upset.

DIRECT QUESTIONS
BE 1. Do you want your job?
DO 2. Are you doing your job?
HAVE 3. What is wrong in Dept A area?

ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE 1. Do you enjoy your post?
DO 2. Are you having any difficulties on your post?
HAVE 3. What changes are needed, if any, in the Dept A set-up?

433

RESULTS:

10 staff out of 17 had good indicators, were willing, having wins and creating
their posts.

The other 7 were to varying degrees conservative about their posts, having minor
difficulties and upsets.

It was found that unstabilization was coming from external sources to the
division. I.e. HCO (1) allowing frequent personnel changes and (2) not ensuring the
area was hatted.

HANDLING:
These two factors were gotten in on HCO from an exec level and the Dept A area
stabilized remarkably.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 5

SITUATION:

3 or 4 days ago an urgent order was given to (area). It was not done and the
situation went unhandled, causing severe overload to staff in the area.
We are looking for an attitude of defiance and one or more attitudes of helpless
child.

RAW QUESTIONS
I . What hat are you wearing actually if any?
2. Why didn't you handle your post in this emergency?
3. Are you unwilling to have fast lines and stats?

ENCODED QUESTIONS

Affinity
Tone I . Did you like the hat you were assigned?
Affinity
Tone 2. What did you feel about the situation?
Affinity
Tone 2A. What was unpleasant about it?
Communication
Tone 3. How do the present (area) lines compare with the
early ones we had?

RESULTS:

Various terminals in the area were found to be antagonistic and some apathetic.
Others were found to have realized their failure to handle the situation that had
occurred and had taken steps to prevent reoccurrence.

By isolating these factors it was then possible, by keeping a close eye on the area
for the next few days, to observe further instances of non-compliance and resistance to
handling the area. In which cases additional actions were taken as necessary to hat and
handle confusions and non-compliance.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 6

HCO needs further data for posting personnel optimumly in two divisions.

QUESTIONS:
I -When you need to know how to do something whom do you ask?
2. Who gets the most done?
3. In the div whom do you feel the most secure about?

RESULTS:
The most upstat of the two divisions answered the questions as follows.

434

Average Tone 4.0-20. 0

Ql A) my immediate senior
B) a reference book
C) figure it out myself

Q2 A) we all do!
B) our division
C) the same for all of us

Q3 A) our div head!
B) all the guys in our div
C) myself and the rest in our div.

The less upstat, less productive, low morale division answered accordingly.

Average Tone 2. 0

Ql A) try to find out for myself then ask the div head
B) look in a book

Q2 Two of the most junior staff in the division named

Q3 The div head, then the two junior staff members as named in answer 2 (the
dept heads not mentioned).

RESULTS:

This survey confirmed the success of the productive division as having stable
leadership from the div head, staff who were enthusiastic about their jobs, high morale
and continually training on their posts. The div as a unit worked with tremendous team
spirit. The downtone, poor production division had an unhappy senior with downtone
unstable department heads, There was no team spirit in this div and little if any post
training actions. The most stable terminals in this division were two junior staff
members who had enthusiasm for doing their posts and who trained in their study time
to increase their abilities.

HANDLING:

Thus HCO then knew (regarding the unproductive division) who to look to for
future exec material, and who would then bring this div to a high operating standard.
And HCO knew what area to concentrate on most heavily with.hatting.

Needless to say nothing was changed in the productive division. As its production
increased even higher, it was allotted additional personnel.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 7

SITUATION:

Some staff members' APPEARANCE not up to an acceptable standard.
Information needed-the Tone Level average on the subject of APPEARANCE so that
a PR program can be formulated and launched at an appropriate Tone Level to reach
the Reality of offenders.

ENCODED QUESTIONS

BE Do you feel good about having a professional looking appearance?
DO How would you like to dress for your job?
HAVE What would be the advantages of the group being sharply uniformed?

RESULTS:

It was found that staff were strongly interested (3.5) in having good appearance.
The main outpoint was lack of uniforms available.

So an Enthusiastic campaign to co-ordinate uniforming of the crew was the
answer.

435

SURVEY EXAMPLE 8
SITUATION:
Personal and org premises not as CLEAN as should be. Attitude and tone level
toward cleanliness required so a suitable PR program to upgrade standards can be
carried out.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE Do you enjoy being very clean?
DO Do you find it more difficult to maintain personal cleanliness on a ship than
where you have lived ashore?
HAVE Is the standard of others' cleanliness, personal and living space acceptable to
you?

RESULTS:
A cross section survey was done and the average tone level with regard to
cleanliness was 2.0-2.5 (antagonism to boredom).
Of those interviewed, various justifications were given by those who didn't keep
clean, and these people even admitted they were justifications. Some even admitted to
pure laziness.
Among those surveyed who do keep clean, there was the desire to be clean.
Several "un-cleans" invited stricter discipline to keep the standards up.
Therefore what was wanted and needed was more 8-C. The PR program thus
derived was firmer HCO enforcement of hygiene and cleanliness. This was a successful
campaign with good results.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 9
SITUATION:
Wherewithal. Staff members not adequately aware of their responsibility for org
viability and income.
Reality and tone level toward this subject needed establishing so further action
could be taken to educate staff on the subject of org viability.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE How do you feel about the group making its own way?
DO What can be done to ensure the group has lots of money to work with?
HAVE When do you think you'll be receiving full bonus awards?

RESULTS:
The average tone level of those surveyed was 3.5 (strong interest). There was a
high degree of Reality and agreement that the group make its own way.
Therefore to support this agreement, the recommendations of a recent B of I on
the subject of Finance were endorsed. This was to place a 6' X 10' graph in HCO
reception showing weekly org income. This enabled all staff to see org viability and to
feel more at cause over wherewithal by producing on their own posts.

SURVEY EXAMPLE IO
SITUATION:
ETHICS. A general attitude and tone level with regard to the subject of Ethics
desired.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE Howdo you feel about Ethics?
DO How do you use Ethics?
HAVE What is the advantage of working within a group which has an Ethics
System?

436

RESULTS:
Average tone level on the subject of Ethics was found to be in the 2.0 or
antagonistic range. The human emotion and reaction was found to be toward Courts of
Ethics being printed in the Orders of the Day. This was driving many of the crew into
Resentment, Anger and Fear to read these notices first thing in the morning in the
OODay. In addition, the tone level of the notices themselves were written a tone below
the average tone of the group re Ethics which was causing a doubly reverse effect.

Therefore, as a PR measure, the Ethics Officer was informed of this and
instructed to print Courts of Ethics on HCO Conditions Orders, not in the OODay. The
Ethics Officer was also briefed on the Tone Scale. From then on Ethics orders were
written up in a conservative manner simply stating the facts with no additional HE and
R included.

This was a very successful measure and group morale rose on the whole at least
one tone level higher than before on the subject of Ethics.

SURVEY EXAMPLE I I

SITUATION:

Execs are needed. Those presently on post are not all capable.

The PR survey questions must detect-

BE Other Status-Status as defense. Been something else. IS something else?

DO Other Involvement-Involvement in other things or things that don't matter
or involvement in contrary actions to a post. Problems would come up.

HAVE Scene-(Omitted or false)-what does he know about it, how real are his
data. Representation.

Execs fall into two categories.

(a) Those who will assume the status or forward the doingness or enhance the
scene toward Ideal.

(b) Those who defend status, have other involvement and have an omitted or
falsified scene.

Category A build things into a smooth prosperous org.

Category B wind up with an omitted or perverted org-

Sample Survey Questions

I . What would be the most ideal post to have if you had total choice? Or what
type of life best suits you?

2. What problems or situations would you find easy to handle? Or, what should
you be working on? Or, what are you working on?

3. How are things really in your area? Or, what is the org really doing these
days?

Q UES TIONS USED

STATUS 1. Is there a post you would like to hold sometime in the future
for which you feel ideally suited?
INVOLVEMENT 2. Are you having any problems getting done what you are
working on now?

REPRESEN-
TATION 3. How is your org presently doing on an overall basis?

RESULTS:

The results of this particular survey showed the tone level of the org execs to be
GRIEF. In addition, at least half the execs surveyed volunteered that they really didn't

437

want to be an exec at all, but would prefer to be in a worker position.

The WHY of the org's down statistics was neglect of implementing LRH policy,
EDs and projects in the org on the part of the execs.

Short range and immediate handling was to post an LRH Comm in the org who
forced in compliance to LRH orders and policy. Long Range handling was to move
into exec positions, junior staff members who were ambitious to hold an exec post
competently and to move off the unwilling execs into junior areas where they could
produce well until ready to again resume a more senior position.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 12

SITUATION:

The Founder wrote a test statement of the meaning of Scientology to be used as
handouts for new public.

A survey was done of Scientologists locally to establish popularity of the
statement and check for agreements or disagreements.

QUESTION:

A direct question used. "Please read this statement and tell me what you like or
dislike about it."

RESULTS:

For the survey, each sentence of the statement was numbered. On the tabulation,
beside the number to each corresponding sentence, was written the percentage of
endorsements of that sentence or suggestions for improvement.

Several of the words and phrases in the statement were thus changed or
re-arranged slightly to make the statement totally acceptable. This amended version
was then re-surveyed and the results confirmed complete endorsement.

As a further measure to ensure the statement reaches the Reality and Ethnics of
the broad public a limited number of issues of the statement are being tested on the
street to raw public and any disagreements noted. Results of this are not complete as
yet, however the tabulation and correction procedure would be the same as the
previous example. Any words or phrases which may meet with resistance or
disagreement in a high percentage of those public surveyed would be noted and
amended to suit the public Reality for most effective communication. As this
statement is written for broad public issue, it is therefore imperative to ensure the
message is written in such a way as to have impact and acceptability in its presentation.

SURVEY EXAMPLE 13

SITUATION:

Population Survey. The purpose of this survey-to find out the Reality and tone
level average of an entire city so that the org could promote and deliver to this Reality.

4800 people in a city were surveyed in a few days by several org members.

QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:

I . What are you trying to achieve in life?
Happiness 32%
Good jobs-Careers 10%

2. What worries people most?
Money 24.4%
Other people 15.1%

3. If these things were resolved what would happen?
People would be a lot happier 19%
Better world to live in. 15.2%

Tone Level = PAIN, ANTAGONISM

438

The following two telexes were sent to the org by LRH and CS-6 in response to
the survey results:

"9 Dec 71 Relay CIO USLO Relay C/O Boston
ELATED BY SURVEY. FURTHER DATA NEEDED BUT BEAUTIFUL FOR PCs
STUDENTS.

LOVE = RON"

"PR OFFICER BOSTON DAVE. GREAT. NOW QUICK GET ANOTHER
SURVEY. QUESTIONS '(1) WHAT MAKES PEOPLE UNHAPPY? (2) HOW DOES
THAT AFFECT PEOPLE? (3) IF THAT WERE RESOLVED WHAT WOULD
HAPPEN?' CONDUCT SAME PROCEDURE AS BEFORE. WELL DONE. LRH
PLEASED. NOW NARROW DOWN.

LOVE DIANA"

The results of this additional survey were:

I .What makes people unhappy?

Other people 28%
Not getting what you want 17.4%

2. How does that affect people?

Depressed 28%
Unhappy 11%

3. If that were resolved what would happen?

People would be happy 37%
Miscellaneous 10%
People would get along better 8%
Better world-better place to live in 8%

TELEX

"C/O BOSTON PR OFF BOSTON
From your surveys, the following promo pieces are indicated.

I . A way to happiness is to urge other people to get processed.

INTENSIVES

IA. To handle other people become a pro auditor and change their lives.

ACADEMY COURSE

2. To be happy and stay happy get processed.

INTENSIVES

2A. Understand the mind and life fully. Become a Pro auditor.

ACADEMY COURSE

3. Get rid of your money worries.

MONEY PROCESS

4. You have to be able to handle other people in order to hold your job. If you've
got a job and can't influence people around you you're not likely to succeed. Be
successful and able to handle others. Get trained.

TR COURS
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE

5. Make all your past education totally available to you and shoot up your IQ so you
can use your education and hold your job.

WORD CLEARING

439

6. Scientology itself is a career. It will help you establish yourself in handling other
people working on the job you're on.
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR TRAINING
ACADEMY COURSE

7. Be happy getting what you want by being trained to handle other people and be
persuasive, etc.

TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE

8. Scientology is a mission to make the world a better place. Be a Scientologist to
make a better world.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE

9. Make other people happy. Get trained.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE

Above are I I separate continuing campaigns. We'll settle for 1% happy because of
Scientology. Love = CS-6"

THE TONE LEVEL OF ALL THE PROMO WRITING AND PRESENTATION
WOULD BE CONSERVATISM = I TONE ABOVE ANTAGONISM (the level found by
survey).

The Boston Org Survey is interesting as it shows a cross sectional Reality level of
an entire city! Survey results (Reality and Tone) would vary in different cities,
countries and continents. So each org in surveying its own area would create its promo
slanted to a slightly different Reality. And the Scientology services offered would
correspond to what is most wanted and needed by the public.

SPOTTING TONE

After one has mastered the technique of creating survey questions, the only
remaining expertise necessary is accurately spotting tone levels.

The PR man's bible is of course Science of Survival and the Hubbard Chart of
Human Evaluation and the book 8-8008. These materials must be read and
thoroughly understood. There is also a tape available from Pubs DK called The Tone
Scale, recorded in 1955. On the opposite side is Moving the Pc up the Scale, recorded
in 1952. Both sides contain invaluable information. Other materials are HCOB 6
February 1960 Effect Scale and an absolutely essential HCOB revised 15 Nov 1971,
TONE SCALE IN FULL. Also The Auditor World Wide No. 60 is devoted entirely to
the Tone Scale. The way to drill yourself on observing and quickly spotting tones is to
read and apply HCOB 26 October 1970 Obnosis and the Tone Scale.

To gain proficiency one can do two simple drills.

1. Walk around and spot people on the Tone Scale. Just say (to yourself) what
tone level each person is at until you feel confident that you can tell instantly where
any person is on the Tone Scale. An important datum to grasp is that there is a (1)
Social Tone and (2) an actual Theta Tone. And these can be two entirely different
tones widely apart in range. This is because a human body is between 0.0 and 4.0 only.
A thetan, however, can be anywhere from -40.0 and below to +40.0 and infinitely
higher.

Thus a thetan can be way way below death on the Tone Scale and yet his social
tone may appear to be somewhere around Conservative. But this is where you must be
an excellent observer. The person may sit there and conservatively tell you how he just
must control bodies in order to get along. He may not say these exact words, but

440

amazingly enough you'll find this really happens. Or the person may go on about how
he regrets doing this or that and how it's all someone else's fault-well you know he's
at Shame, Blame, Regret as a thetan at this point. Yet he or she may at the same time
be weeping into a handkerchief. In this case the (1) Social Tone is GRIEF (.5) and the
(2) Thetan Tone -0.2 to -1.3.

2. Another drill to do is to walk around until you find somebody at a specific
tone level. Decide to look for someone at 1.5 for instance. The first person you run
into with face flushed from shouting and fists clenched, BINGO you've found your
1.5. Then pick another tone and go from there. If the person you saw at Anger was
also hitting another, then you would know the person was at 1.5 Socially and -1.0
Blame (or punishing other bodies) as a Thetan.

CONCLUSION

As you can see, the technology of PR Surveys and the Tone Scale in handling and
controlling human emotion and reaction is an incredibly Powerful tool.

By putting this technology to use on a personal basis you can literally be in
control of your environment on at least the first three dynamics! And Scientologists
(particularly Scientology staff members) have a monopoly on the entire subject. If
there was ever a way to "win friends and influence people", this is it. We as
Scientologists are continually jolted by the primitive nature of the general populace
around us. So by establishing the local Reality and Tone we can at least present
ourselves and our product in such a way as to be accepted, and then we can bring
people up the scale from there.

Gone are the days of hit-and-miss promo, and by-guess-or-by-God public events.
We now have the know-how to hit the exact target every time. We now have, thanks to
Ron, another beautiful tool for UNDERSTANDING.

Data compiled by
LRH Personal PRO
from
Notes, lectures, books,
policy, bulletins, tapes
and guidance
by
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

441

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo
Div 6 Staff
PR Cse Checksheet PR Series 15
Staff Hat
Div 2 Hats

POPULATION SURVEYS

Division 6 specializes in human emotion and reaction-handling it, capturing and
controlling it. They get the raw public flooding into the Org for service. They deal
closely with the live wire of public response.

A Division 6 by reason of the above has to know WHAT the public will respond
to. Without this key datum it can be hell, going around in circles. trying one action
after another, hunting and punching with maybe success, maybe disaster but nothing
predictable for sure. It becomes a matter of luck stumbling down a blind alley. There is
no reason to suffer this way by trial and error and years of hardship not only for Div 6
but the whole Org. All you have to do is:

FIND OUT WHAT THE
PUBLIC WANTS AND
CONSIDERS VALUABLE,

If you promote and deliver what the public wants and considers valuable, you will
get public response and by this simple action you are bringing the Org out of
non-existence with the public. It then becomes a very easy matter for Div 6 to do its
job-pushing and promoting what is wanted with guaranteed response and people
flooding into the Org.

The public will only respond to what is real to them. Here we are centuries ahead
of our time and we have even solved death. We can handle anything a person desires
from A-Z. We hold a monopoly as the only workable mental technology on the planet
and for that matter-the universe. We are incredible. How could we be real? We are
unbelievable.

WHEN YOU ARE TOO
INCREDIBLE YOU
BECOME INVISIBLE.

If you found out what the public wants and then sell and deliver it you will
overcome this reality gap and become real and credible to the public. What they want
is real to them. If you deliver what they want-you are real too.

Guessing at public reality levels and what they may consider valuable is complete
folly. One can sit guessing for a hundred years and not come up with the right answer,
Philosophers in their ivory towers never arrived at any real philosophies. Why should a
person sitting behind a desk arrive at any real conclusions on public reality levels and
considerations? Guessing can be expensive and when you find yourself guessing:

STOP GUESSING
AND START SURVEYING.

Sometimes one can be totally amazed and taken by surprise at what comes up in
surveys. One can make some real discoveries through surveys. If data was ever
dependable, it's the data from a survey. A survey is safe and reliable when all else fails.
It is not worth making expensive mistakes when you can do a survey and be right the
first time.

Publics are different area by area, city to city. What may be so by survey of one
area may not be true of another. Surveys also go out of date as trends change, Always
survey the population in YOUR area and survey it REGULARLY.

HOW TO DO IT

A Population Survey is very simple to do. All you are trying to find out is what

442

the public wants and considers valuable. This is a scientific way of finding out.

The Questions:

They are exactly verbatim as follows:

1. What are you trying to achieve in life?

2. What worries people most?

3. If these things were resolved, what would happen?

R-Factor: If asked, you give the R-Factor that this is a survey for social research.

From question (1) you get what they consider valuable, (2) tells you what is
bugging them and what they want handled, (3) gives you extra data on what result
should be promoted or What the public would expect from your Org.

Who and How Many:

The public you survey is RAW PU13LIC. You should survey at least 2,000 to
3,000 people. The bigger the number surveyed the more accurate your survey results
will be.

Method.-

This is a VERBAL survey. The questions are asked VERBALLY person to person.
NEVER by written questionnaire. The questions are asked with good TR-1 showing
interest with intention. TR- I is natural, not stiff robot style. Fumbling questions or a
bad comm cycle can fog up your answers, but only if it's really bad as these questions
were built to stand up to such trials. The questions because they are simple, are quite
powerful.

Procedure:

Such a survey is too large to do a "one-man-band". FSMs and volunteers must be
called in to help. They must be briefed very thoroughly as follows: tough drilling on
the Tone Scale as per HCO]3 26 Oct 70 "Obnosis and the Tone Scale" until absolutely
certain on spotting tone levels, good drilling with a twin on TR-1 using the questions,
how to fill in survey forms, where they turn in filled survey forms, how to dress (neatly
and acceptably) and how to use the R-Factor.

The survey forms are mimeographed with spaces to fill in occupation, age, date,
the answers to each question and the tone level. The questions are put in full wording
on the forms for reference and as a constant reminder. This also helps in tabulating. As
many forms as needed are run off. Equip each surveyor with the forms, clipboards and
pen. Answers are written in on the forms tfie instant a person gives them-NEVER
after the survey interview-ALWAYS during-like an auditor keeps worksheets.
Establish an agreed upon stable terminal in Div 6 to whom surveyors can turn in their
completed forms. It is imperative surveyors keep their admin IN and that they fill in all

the required details on the form. Otherwise you'll have a mess to tabulate.

Note.- If you cannot get any forms mimeographed or it is too expensive for your
Org, you can just have surveyors supplied with blank paper instead. The only liability is
that you are leaving the details required to be recorded up to surveyors' memories so
extra drilling will have to be done. Using forms is the safest method.

Re- Tone Scale:

Just to make it very clear-you DON'T need a tone level recording for each
question. You just need the one chronic tone level as spotted in the survey interview.
Spotting tone levels is a weak point that will have to be drilled well.

TABULATION

This is a key point of the survey. Reliable persons only may be assigned to
tabulating the survey. They must be able to see similarities and differences in
establishing categories of answers and must not be inclined to arithmetical errors. Once
assigned, DON'T musical chair tabulators or it will throw your survey off to that
degree.

All you have to have tabulated are (a) each, question and (b) the tone level. The

443

procedure is exactly as per HCO P/L 28 Oct 69 "How to Tabulate a Survey" and PR
Series IO P/L.

The results are published to all staff by local ED and a copy is always sent to Flag
Distribution Aide. The results give the full tabulations for each question, how many
surveyed, date of survey, what public (in this case it's raw public) and what type of
survey.

NARROW DOWN

If you really want to get fancy or put the cream on the cake when faced with a
somewhat general set of answers from the public as revealed in your tabulation, you
can do a second survey to narrow it down. The first survey is usually informative
enough to go about arranging campaign-promo actions. A narrow down would rarely
be required as absolutely necessary and more often it would be if one desired an extra
fancy polished touch on accuracy.

Where it would be absolutely necessary is if you got tabulated answers like:
"Everything" or some such real generality. This would show that either your surveyors
goofed in demanding specifics or else the public couldn't give any.

As an extra touch on accuracy you could narrow down tabulated answers like:
"Happiness" "Freedom". This would be getting very polished and fancy and it's up to
you whether you want it that specific. It is true-the more accurate, the bigger the
success.

Questions.-

1. The first question on the narrowing down survey is the most important. However,
it is flexible, depending on what you want to narrow down. Examples:

If it was "happiness" -
"What would make people unhappy?"

If it was "freedom" -
"What would deny people freedom?"

If it was "everything" -
"What would mean everything to a person?"

It's just a matter of using common sense and formulating a coaxing, leading
question that will get answers.

2. Question two is stable and always:

"How does that affect people?"

3. Question three is stable and always:

"If that were resolved, what would happen?"

Procedure.-

This narrow down survey is conducted using the same procedure as before. As
said earlier-your first survey is usually adequate.

USING RESULTS
The Whole Picture

The survey reveals what the public WANTS. You match up the service to that
WANT and promote and sell and deliver it. In other words survey shows people want
foo-foos. You match up service that will give foo-foos, tell the public we do foo-foos
and promote and sell and deliver foo-foos! You will hit public "R" level and give them
a stable datum-"Scientology gives you foo-foos-everybody knows that!" Your
response will be tremendous.

How to Make up a Campaign

Set the tone level of your campaign 1/2 to one tone above that of the survey. This
is very important. Everything you do in the campaign will be at that tone level you set.
Dig out your Chart of Human Evaluation and study up on the tone level you set for
the campaign so you'll have it all aligned.

444

Look over your survey results. List every button (wants, desires, what's valuable,
what they want to get rid of per question 2, etc) and with technically qualified
personnel MATCH UP services that would handle those buttons. You don't have to
have a DIFFERENT service for EVERY button-they will be the same service in some
cases. You match up whatever service handles.

You then end up with a list of buttons to push with matched up services.

Take this list. On EACH button with matching service-a separate promo-PR
message is formulated.

Rough example:

Button Other people
Service Processing
Survey Tone Level = Fear
Message You don't need other people getting in your way. Handle it
once and for all. Send them to us for processing. (Anta-
gonism one tone above.)

Your list then expands to Button/Service/Message. Each item on this list gets
SEPARATE promo pieces, PR push and advertising. You push each message
dogmatically over and over again. A message said just once is never heard.

Note: See HCO P/L 7 Jan 72 "Creating Survey Questions"-example 13. In there
is a list of very basic messages with matched services. It gives you a rough idea. Those
messages were a basic layout so that Boston could translate them into "promo
language" fitting tone level, etc. The above rough example in this P/L would give you
the FULL layout format.

Thoroughly look over your Public Dissemination Manual. You are going to have
to do adequate Div 6 events and demonstrations to back up the messages of your
population campaign. ADAPT the actions in the manual to the campaign. Lay off tape
plays and lectures as they are less effective than actual DEMONSTRATION. Hold
those events and Div 6 services that will back up your campaign-promoted and held
on the BASIC PATTERN of the manual-but with form, event and message changed to
fit your campaign.

Look over the lines of your Org. Can your Org deliver the services required? Can
you sell them-Public Reg lines smooth, etc? Can people get in the front door? Will
they be turned away by bad appearances-unfriendly staff? Inspect the scene for

anything needing to be handled.

From the above draw up your campaign covering good preparation, good groove
in of Staff and FSMs (they're a sales public that can help), volume hitting outflow on
promo, PR actions, press, mass media, rallying up the community, etc. It is a
population campaign and it's all hands gung-ho!

Get on with it full blast.

IMPORTANT

There are only two crimes in the game of public response. One is not surveying.
The other is not using a survey once done.

SUMMARY

So-this is the rundown on Population Surveys. It is basically getting the "R" of
the public by survey, communicating along that "R" to get ARC, response and
agreement with the public on a broad campaign, and delivering.

Do it and you can't lose.

CS-6

445

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1971
(Addition to HCO PL 7 Feb 71
Limited "FEBC Org Bd Div 11")
Non-Remimeo
FEBC Exec
Dirs Only
CLOs

TOURS ORG BD
DIV 11

Tours belong as a Section in Div 2 Dept Reg with Tours Promotion Section in Div
2 Dept Prom.

The Org Bd additions are as follows:

Add to Div 2 Dept 4, last section in column:

TOURS PROMOTION SECTION
Tours Promotion Officer

Tours Promotional Planning Unit
Tours Promotional Planning In Charge

Tours Planning Liaison (Dept 6)
Promotional Materials Preparations Clerk

Tours Promotion Readiness Unit
Tours Promotion Readiness In Charge

Advance Promotion Distributing Unit
Advance Promotion Distributing In Charge

Tours Personnel Promotion Supplying Unit
Tours Personnel Promotion Supplying In Charge

Div 2 Dept 6, directly below ARC Brk Reg Sub Section:

TOURS SECTION
Tours Officer

Tours Planning Unit
Tours Planning In Charge

Tours Scheduling Clerk
Tours Alerting Clerk
Tours Orders Writing Clerk

Tours Manning and Hatting Unit
Tours Manning and Hatting In Charge

Tours Personnel Selecting Clerk
Tours Personnel Hatting Liaison (Div I Dept 1)
Tours Cramming Liaison (Div 5 Dept 15)
Tours Personnel Pool
Tours Personnel Auditor (or Qual Liaison)

446

Tours Action Unit
Tours Action In Charge

Tours Transportation Liaison (Div I Dept 2)
Tours Personnel Briefing Clerk
Tours Personnel Firing Clerk
Tours Operating Clerk

Tours Debriefing Personnel Unit
Tours Personnel Debriefer

Debrief Typist
Tours Condition Assignment Clerk
Tours Debrief Circulating Clerk
Tours Debrief Filing

Successful Tours Compiling Unit
Successful Tours Compiling In Charge

Tours Data Excerpting Clerk
Tours Write-up Clerk
Successful Tours Publishing Clerk
Successful Tours Posting Clerk

-------------------

A Tours Course is currently being founded at USLO-soon to be exported to
UKLO and EULO.

Every org needs two, optimum four, Tours personnel especially trained. They are
posted in Tours Manning and Hatting Section only and kept BUSY outside the org.
They are not double hatted.

Extend your Exec Ranks by only permitting trained Tours people to go on
Tours-pulling top Execs and FEBC Grads off on Tours amounts to poor utilization.

Another rule is do not let Out-Ethics persons go on Tours and be part of Tours.
You'll wind up with a messed-up area and an ARC Broken field should you do
otherwise.

A Tours Personnel Auditor or Liaison with Qual must be maintained as Pub Div
people and Tours Personnel alike have to be kept cleaned up of O/Ws and shiny. Public
contact is rough work.

If you maintain all other Dissem Div actions, CF, Letter Reg, etc, and not just
depend on Tours you'll have a very viable upstat Div 11 which is achieving its VFP of
"Income Greater than Outgo plus Reserves".

We are about to push on Div VI giving new TRs the Hard Way, Basic Courses and
the Public Dissemination Manual to give you new public before old CFs are totally
cannibalized.

This will keep the BOOM expanding.

447

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1971
Remimeo Issue 11
Dissem Divs
Tour Member Hats
ASR Hat
Stats I/C PURPOSE AND STATISTICS OF
A TOUR MEMBER

The prime purpose of a Tour Member is:

TO HELP RON CONTACT, SIGN UP AND COLLECT ADVANCE PAYMENTS
FROM INDIVIDUALS FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES THE ORG CAN AND WILL
DELIVER IN ORDER THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL MAY BE FULLY SALVAGED BY
ORG SERVICES AND INCREASE THE SIZE OF THE ORGANIZATION AND TO
IMPROVE LRH AND ORG IMAGE IN FIELD.

The prime purpose of a Tour Member is not to "bring in GI". GI will come about
automatically as a result of a Tour Member bringing about the purpose of his post.

The three major statistics of a Tour Member are:

I . Number of people signed up for service.
2. Advance Payments Collected.

3. Number of persons signed up fully paid and arrived as a result of a Reg Tour.

For stat purposes Tour Members are most probably going to have to devise some
means of identification for persons arriving for service at the org as a result of a Tour.

TURNOVER OF SIGN-UPS

A Tour Member in actual fact is expediting for the Advance Scheduling Registrar.

Persons signed up and part paid or fully paid as a result of a Tour must be turned
over to the ASR for follow-up. Full details of each sign-up must be provided the
ASR-i.e. enrollment forms, invoice copy, tentative arrival date.

The ASR now continues the cycle of action started by the Tour Member by
personally following up each individual contacted. Further payments for the future
service are collected where necessary, and the cycle is completed when the individual is
actually in the org taking the service.

Should a Tour Member come into contact with a person he has already signed up
and received Advance Payment from, he would further assist that individual by pulling
in further payments on the future service, and once again turning the details of the
transaction over to the Advance Scheduling Registrar.

SUCCESS

The success and effectiveness of a Tour Member will be reflected through the
above stats, not by how much "GI he is raking in".

Concentration of Tour Members solely on Gross Collection, "getting the GI up"
and/or Advance Payments is destructive to an org and is hereby cancelled.

Close observation of Tour Member stats is a function of A/Dissem Aides and swift
action is a must when stats reflect only Money Motivation.

448

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo Issue 11
AO SH AOSHs Only
C/O Hats
Div 6 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Public Reg Hat
Body Reg Hat
HIGHER ORGS

PUBLIC REG SETUP

HCO P/L 26 Nov 71 "Div 6 Public Reg Reinstated" was written for Lower Orgs.

At Higher Org level Division 6 does and must have a Public Reg but the functions
of this Public Reg are slightly different to those of a Lower Org.

At Lower Org level Who-Regs-Who is done by separation of PUBLICS. However at
Higher Org level Who-Regs-Who is done by separation of FUNCTION.

THE SITUATION

For Lower Orgs we had to separate out two major types of Registration.

I . One major type is external-the raw public. (VOLUME REGISTRATION)

2. The other major type is internal-persons already in C/F. (ROUTINE
REGISTRATION)

These two types of Registration were so widely different and each demanded such
full attention that they just could NOT be mixed and collapsed under one Department
(Dept 6) without one or the other inevitably suffering neglect.

Department 6 had to make a constant choice-do we now handle these constant
floods of public and forget C/F or do we now handle C/F and forget raw public
volume? It just didn't work.

To solve this a Public Reg was put in Div 6 to handle volume raw public and the
Reg in Div 2 freed up to handle internal business-persons already in C/F.

At a Higher Org level you still have two different major types of Registration.

1. VOLUME REGISTRATION-at events and tours.

2. ROUTINE REGISTRATION-Div 2 standard Registration actions on indivi-
duals already in C/F.

When these two types of Registration are collapsed and mixed up under one
Department (Dept 6) one or the other also inevitably suffers neglect. Do we go on
Tours and Reg at events and neglect or backlog our everyday standard routine Reging
of C/F or do we attend to routine Div 2 matters-Reging C/F every day and neglect
event and Tour Reging?

The point is-there is a COMMON DENOMINATOR to ALL ORGS-Higher and
Lower Orgs alike-one cannot mix these two types of Registration:
1. VOLUME
2. ROUTINE.

THE SETUP

At Lower Org level volume just happens to be raw public in Div 6, and routine
happens to be handling individuals already in C/F, Div 2. The publics split up well by
TYPE-raw public vs individuals in C/F.

449

At Higher Org level volume happens to be at events and on tours and routine
happens to be everyday Div 2 standard registration actions on C/F. The type of publics
handled in both cases-volume and routine-are Scientologists and in many cases
Higher Org C/F Scientologists also come under volume registration when they attend
events and tours. So the publics do not split up by TYPE, they split up by
FUNCTION. Is this person attending an event or tour or is the person coming in on
routine everyday lines?

The setup is:

I . Div 6 Public Reg in Dept 17 handles event and tour attendees.

2. Div 2 Regs in Dept 6 handle everyday standard registration actions on
C/F-not registration at events and tours.

If he is an event or tour attendee Div 6 Public Reg handles and if he's not an
attendee but a routine C/F Scientologist then Div 2 Regs handle.

The person is only under the Public Reg for the duration of an event or tour
action. That same person if he is also in C/F belongs under the Div 2 Regs at all other
times.

THE PUBLIC REG HANDLES TOUR AND EVENT ATTENDEES FOR THE
DURATION THEY ATTEND.

ROLE OF A PUBLIC REG

The post of Public Reg in a Higher Org is a very responsible position. There are
also some special skills involved.

At an event or tour she signs up people for her Org's services. If she is the Public
Reg of an AO she signs up for AO services and if she is the Public Reg of an SH she
signs up for SH services. If she is the Public Reg of an AOSH she signs up for AO and
SH services.

ALL STANDARD REGISTRATION POLICY APPLIES.

After the event or tour the Public Reg turns over all the money and account
invoices to Division 3 Dept 7 cashier. The Reg interview slips and C/F copies of
invoices with any other records on signups made are turned over to the Advance
Scheduling Registrar for follow-up. The ASR needs these records so that she can
COMPLETE the cycle the Public Reg started and actually bring the people into the Org
enrolled onto the service. Out admin on the part of the Public Reg would therefore be
a crime.

A Public Reg must know how to invoice and take money and all the lines involved
as covered in existing policy.

The Public Reg must be a crackerjack at handling all kinds of reality leve
I Is, 8c
and helpful guidance. She has to know the services of her Org inside out-the prices
and discounts, the prerequisites, what the services do, how long they take, the latest
successes from these services-in other words everything about the se ices of her Org.
A Public Reg should be drilled and drilled on this until she can handle any question or
origination instantly with positive confidence. Besides signing up people for services
the Public Reg should get as many people as she can to join the IWGCC (if she is an AO
Public Reg).

On a Tour she must be an expert at genning in the Org or Franchise registrars and
body routers for maximum sales. She must be up to date on the latest surveys of the
area to be able to push the right buttons and be effective. PR tech and Registration
tech are the major areas of her post.

She does not keep special "files". The records she keeps are turned over to Div 2
and Div 3 as mentioned above.

450

STATISTIC

The statistic of a Public Reg is as follows:

Dual A. NO. OF SIGNUPS FOR SERVICES AT EVENTS OR TOURS

B. AMOUNT OF INCOME COLLECTED AT EVENTS OR TOURS.

The stat is weekly. The signups and income collected must be for the HIGHER
ORG that the Public Reg works for.

SPECIAL TITLE

The Public Reg of an AO is called the

CLEAR REGISTRAR.

WARNING

While a Public Reg must sell and Reg for the services of her Org, this is not done
without judgement.

In the past at events and tours persons were signed up for and made to pay for
Higher Org services when they were not nearly ready to do so. These people were in
need of Lower Org services and their money was taken away to the Higher Org for
which services they were not eligible. Consequently Higher Orgs are still getting
requests for repayments of such monies so that these people may buy the Lower Org
services they need.

Hardsell all you can but don't cut your Org's throat in repayments later.

NOTE

SH UK Fdn Public Reg applies HCO P/L 26 Nov 71 "Div 6 Public Reg
Reinstated".

ASHO Fdn Public Reg applies this policy letter.

See HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 "Saint Hill Foundations".

SUMMARY

This is the setup. Apply it. And when all else fails, look for where this policy was
not applied. Then Method 2 and apply it.

The appointment of such Public Regs in Higher Orgs is of immediate priority.

CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

451

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1972
Issue III
Reminieo
Division 6 Hats
Division 2
C/O ED Hats

TOURS
(Modifies HCO P/L 15 Sept 71 "Purpose and Statistics of
a Tour Member", Cancels HCO P/L 2 June 71 "Tours Org
Board", Modifies HCO P/L 15 Jan 72 "Riches or
Poverty" and HCO P/L I Feb 72 "Survive or Succumb")

Tours, originally evolved and developed in Division 6, are hereby officially
TRANSFERRED BACK TO DIVISION 6.

LOWER ORGS

This function comes in Dept 16 per HCO P/L 14 Nov 71 "Mini Public Division
Org Board" and is described in this P/L as follows:

"4. Tours: The touring of groups in the community and Field to get people
into the Org. A tour action would be to effectively demonstrate and introduce the
attendees to Dn and Scn, bring about reach and sign them up on the spot, also
selling books. Reaches and signups are turned over to the Public Reg for follow
up. 51

Additionally if the signups are for major services (as they probably would be at a
Franchise), they should be turned over to the ASR in Div 2 for follow up. Public
Service signups such as HAS and HQS would be turned over to the Public Reg.

CHECKLISTS

Item (ac) re tours on the Div 2 Checklist of HCO P/L 15 Jan 72 "Riches or
Poverty" is hereby deleted and transferred to the Div 6 Checklist for Power Quality of
HCO P/L I Feb 72 "Survive or Succumb".

HIGHER ORGS

Tours come under Dept 17 of the Div 6 Org Board for AO, SH and AOSHS.

This is a VITAL function even more so than for Lower Orgs.

Division 6 is responsible for properly PLANNING, SURVEYING FOR,
ENSURING ADEQUATE PROMOTION WELL IN ADVANCE OF, FIRING,
OPERATING AND SUPERVISING TO COMPLETION ALL TOURS.

Other Divisions must co-operate with Division 6 efforts to send out well planned
and brilliantly run tours. It takes team work to send out a well put together tour.
Division 2, for instance, would print the promotion Div 6 plans and provide lists of
eligible persons in the areas the tour will visit. It may be necessary to success for
another Div to send a representative on the tour-like a cashier or tech person-even an
extra Reg as needed. It takes teamwork to put out a tour. Division 6 holds tours as a
function but the other Divisions co-operate and pitch in too. It's an assembly-line
action.

The basic purpose of a tour is to channel publics through Orgs up the Bridge to
OT and stimulate purpose, goodwill and team spirit amongst staffs and Scientologists
452

alike. The main functions of a tour consist of PR, image goodwill, money collecting,
volume registration, events, training and briefing of Org terminals. Most successful
tours are held with events and group action between tour and Org terminals.

All prior successful procedures on tours are to be picked up and applied. This of
course does not mean "postulate checks" or "crush sell". It is important to plan and
promote tours based'on SURVEY in advance to ensure maximum results. PR Series 8
"Too Little Too Late" definitely applies. Tours should be maintained as a standard
action going out regularly to Lower Orgs and Franchises.

A close liaison line must exist with Division 3 for the turning over of accounts
data and all monies collected after each tour. A liaison line must also exist with
Division 2 for turning over all signup records, interview slips and data to the Advance
Scheduling Reg so that she can follow up the signups.

Tours are conducted, as in the old tradition, in a spirit of goodwill and assistance.
The Higher Org and the Lower Org or Franchise benefit from the action. A tour greatly
enhances the areas it visits.

Tours are a very successful action and must be reinforced.

REASON

Division 2 has many standard actions. These involve many internal administrative
actions, vital to the making of income. Tours add a distraction to these internal actions
and consequently, the important things like C/F, Letter Reging, ASR, Address-
standard usual Div 2 functions-tend to backlog. While Div 2 contributes to Div 6
tours, it cannot take the whole load on tours without neglecting internal standard
actions.

On the other side of the coin, tours run very successfully in Division 6. This is the
EXTERNAL Division-the out and about Division. Staging an event or campaign is a
second nature thing for a Div 6 to do. It has always been this way. A tour is just
another great event. For Higher Org Division 6s it is particularly vital that tours are
under them. Being responsible for policing the flow of people up the Bridge, a Higher
Org Div 6 must have tours as one of its functions or else its reach would be cut to that
degree.

The moving of tours to Division 2 was not an entirely wasted move-out of it has
come this valuable knowledge.

CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

453

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1972
Remimeo

IMPOR TANT

BOOM DATA

Publications Basic Function

It has been found by long and searching evaluation of the 71 boom that orgs have
to have business driven down on them to boom. This is confirmed by earlier data as
well.

Orgs will handle delivery if the business is driven in on them.

Therefore THE BASIC FUNCTION OF A PUBLICATIONS ORG OR DEPART-
MENT IS TO ADVERTISE AND SELL BOOKS TO THE PUBLIC AND CF IN
ORDER TO DRIVE BUSINESS IN ON THE ORG AND TO PROVIDE TAPES,
TEXTS AND MATERIALS TO ORGS SO THAT THEY CAN DELIVER.

You will see at once that this is a double action whereby the pubs activity reaches
to the public and the CF with BOOK ADS and BOOK SALES.

It has been a favorite excuse in Pubs Orgs that they "should only sell books to
orgs and not individuals". Such an attitude of course wrecks the idea of DRIVING
PEOPLE INTO THE ORG.

Books

Books are the FIRST line of promotion and contact.

By actual test, advertising services is not a paying proposition.

The public has to be reading books to get so minded as to come into the org for
service.

Advertising books means PUBS MAIL ORDER BUSINESS OF INDIVIDUAL
BOOK SALES.

Surveys

Survey material is used to put BOOK ADS together, properly, so the ad really gets
the person who sees it to order the book.

SP & PTS Tech

Suppressive Persons (no case gain, low OCA, bad ethics record, low production
stats) or PTS persons (those who are connected to suppressive persons or groups and
are Potential Trouble Sources) SHOULD NEVER BE LET NEAR BOOK SALES
LINES. Why? Such people run a CAN'T HAVE on others and will not get printed,
survey, advertise, sell or deliver BOOKS as they "run a can't have" on the public of
sold and delivered books and a can't have on the org of arriving persons,

The people on such lines must be eager to let others have Scientology and books
and let their org and staff have high income of bodies and money.

Thus it is a High Crime to permit SP and PTS people in Pubs Orgs or Departments
or in Dept 16 (Div 6, Advertising) as these will starve both the public and the org.

454

Tours

Flag Continental Liaison Offices, with their tours, drove people in on the orgs and
made the boom in 7 1.

These tours drove people in on the local org and on the Sea Org orgs as well.

When these Flag units ceased to operate the boom halted.

The original tours were clean cut personal contact work. Then "crush sell" and
postulate checks" and repeating Congresses were entered into their operation and
made so much commotion that the good being done was obscured.

Suppressive false reports about the tours were entered in on the scene and the
boom faltered.

Earlier, Mission International Books erred in making staff sell books and
restricting Field Staff Member actions whereas they should have dealt wholly with
FSMs and left staff alone.

It takes book advertising and book selling and tour personal contact work to
make booms.

These are the TWO outside the org actions that drive people in on orgs and drive
stats up.

Badly organised tours run by untrained people, or tours trained to do wrong
things thus give tours a bad name.

Thus Tours functions should be under a Flag Operations Liaison Office Div 6 and
should be coordinated. And independent of orgs, according to evaluation.

Book Ads

Dept 16 should handle book ads.

There should not be general service ads in public publications. There should only
be book ads.

These ads should be surveyed and the survey materials used to sell a book. And
not always the same book. It takes familiarity with a book to advertise it in the right
place and sell it.

Bulk Mail

Bulk Mail has been found to be an expensive nonproductive action when services
are advertised.

A MAGAZINE on policy, that features books as well as services and events and
Info packs that answer book buyer responses and Ad Payments packs should make up
bulk mail AND NOTHING ELSE.

If the money foolishly spent on sending service flyers five times a week was spent
on the above AND BOOK ADS that sell books, an org would be in clover.

Errors

Various errors that are made to occur on these lines (book sales, tours) are not
accidental. They get the action into disgrace and it gets dropped,

And there goes the Gross Income.
455

Summary

Only a Pubs Org or Department that conducts itself as above can be considered
OPERATIONAL and carrying out its functions.

And slack-off from this labels a Pubs Org or Dept INOPERATIONAL.

Book Ads and sales are the keys to org survival.

Tours that contact individuals and handle their upsets or get them enthused and
sign them up are the key to a boom.

It takes BOOKS to develop a new field so Tours can work.

Field Staff Members should sell books as their entrance point.

The operating rule is

BUSINESS HAS TO BE DRIVEN IN ON AN ORG.

There would seem to be a long standing inability in orgs to PULL in business.
This, by new technical discoveries related to auditing PTS persons, may well be the
toleration of SP and PTS types in orgs. Further evaluation will have to be done on this.
In the meanwhile, SP (no case gain) and PTS (Potential Trouble Sources because they
are connected to SP persons or groups) should not be taken on staff and definitely
should not be on lines having to do with getting in business as they find reasons not to
do so.

But we do know that business has to be driven in on the org for stats to rise
,greatly or any boom to occur and this is done with BOOKS and TOURS.

L. RON HUBBARD
Founder

456

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
P.A.B. No. 104

PROFESSIONAL AUDITORS' BULLETIN

The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics and Scientology

From L. RON HUBBARD

Via The Hubbard Communications Office

35/37 Fitzroy Square, London, W. 1

15th January, 1957

DISSEMINATION

It's rather a joke to learn something one knew years ago. In this case the datum

concerns dissemination. 1, of all people, had to find out that books sold Scientology.

How does one actually get the subject around in his area? He sells books and more

books. How? In small magazines and shopping weeklies. What books? Books on

Dianetics and Scientology.

Why? People have agreed that books can be believed. If it is printed it is true.

People don't believe people. They believe books.

How did we learn this? In the winter of 55-56 London had a slump. For eight

months we tried to send out enough circulars and place "goodwill ads" about

Scientology training and processing but the level of activity of London did not change

despite these campaigns.

Then I found that coincident with the slump all Dianetics and Scientology books

had disappeared out of the bookstores and hadn't been put back.

The moment books went back into bookstores and into public circulation (with

the publication of "Scientology, The Fundamentals of Thought") the London "slump"

vanished.

The identical thing happened in the US with the same results.

In other words, no amount of talking or Personnel Efficiency or goodwill ads

made these two large central organizations function. But a few books did!

Well, even after the wonderful example of 1950, 1 hadn't learned that books sold

the subject-that auditors and clinics were as successful as books we sold. But we know

it now. Sell books. That's the answer to a good practice or group.

How? The most successful method seems to be placing ads for books in small

magazines so that people can send their money in and get one.

Now here's what you can do. Place ads in small magazines to sell books. Buy your

books from the Distribution Centre or the HASI and remarket. Stamp your name and

address in each book you sell. You're in! For you can have terrific discounts.

And here's what else I want you to do. Collect from whatever source small local

magazines and send them to me, HCO Washington, 1812 19th St. NW, Washington,

DC, USA. I want small circulation magazines even with only local appeal. We will place

ads in them and sell the books from here and you will have a Scientology community.

That's my dissemination programme for 1957. A million books sold by 1958.

L. RON HUBBARD

457

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1959

CLEAR ADS

Here are the Clear ads which pull best of all ads of whatever kind-.

1. For 2500 years Man has sought the state of "CLEAR". This state is now
attainable for the first time in Man's history. The goal of Mystics and Occult
Science has been attained. It can be done for you, Write HASI, 37 Fitzroy St.
London W. 1.

2. "DO YOU WANT MORE OUT OF LIFE?"
Become a Scientology "Clear".
A Scientology "Clear" has:
*Over 135 IQ
*Creative imagination
*Amazing vitality
*Deep relaxation
*Good memory
*Strong will power
*Radiant health
*Magnetic personality
*Good self-control
If you would like to have all these qualities then look into Scientology.
Enquire today. OPERATION "CLEAR" (Address).

L. RON HUBBARD

LRH:mp.rd

NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I

HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1959
BPI

NEW ADS FOR PE FOUNDATION

This new ad

"No matter what your problem is something can be done about it"

for PE is a real "wow". It's the best, and only "Have you lived Before?" pulls equally
as well on PE Course's ads. Also

"Body? Mind? Spirit? Would you like to know who you really are?"

458

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 DECEMBER 1960

Central Orgs
PE Fnd

PROMOTION ON PE FOUNDATION

When incoming people dwindle on existing advertisement and stay dwindled for a
week, change ad to a vocational type ad:-

"Do you dislike your job?
Come in for Vocational Checking.
You may have talents you don't suspect,"

Educational type ad:-

"Is your child failing in his studies?
Have his IQ and Personality checked before it's too late."

Marital type ad:-

"Marriages break down because of incompatible personalities.
If you and your marital partner are having trouble
come in and get your Personality and IQ checked as
this may be the reason for your disputes,"

Physical Ailment type ad:-
"Sick all the time?
Have your IQ and Personality checked as you may be disease-prone."

Training type ad;-

" Seeking new Training?
Don't waste money. Find out if you're fitted for it first."

L. RON HUBBARD

459

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
DISSEM ADS
SOME ALLOWED ADS
BOOK ADS

Here is a book that does what you don't expect a book to do. It tells you H 0 W.
It tells you the basis of things, and the most basic of things is life itself. This then is a
book about Life.
THE PROBLEMS
OF WORK
By L. Ron Hubbard
Just get it, read it, try it, and you'll never be the same again.
Send to:

DOITTODAY

DIANETICS:
The Evolution of
a Science
By L. Ron Hubbard
Your first book on the applied Philosophy which shows you the road to a better
life with fewer problems.

Just Get it, Read it, and Use it.
Price:
Write today to:

DIANETICS:
The Original Thesis
By L. Ron Hubbard
Dianetics is the only science of the mind built upon axioms. Workability rather
than idealism has been consulted.
This is the road to'a better life with fewer problems.
Just Get it, Read it, and Try it, and you'll never be the same.
Price:
Write today to:

PE AD
Two newspaper colums wide
SCIENTOLOGY
Block Bold The Science of Life

CANCHANGE
Block Bold YOUR
WHOLE EXISTENCE
Attend a free two weeks course of 3
evenings a week Mon, Wed, Thurs, 7 to 9.30.
Commences Monday evening (date)
BECOME A BEGINNING
All two lines SCIENTOLOGIST
AND LIVE
Address
LRH:wmc.rd
Copyright (E) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

460

HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JUNE 1965

Gen Non Remimeo

A model ad that can be used for anything including free course in local papers
follows

SCIENTOLOGY

CAN HELP YOU

We can give you

1. A Higher IQ to handle your problems.

2. Higher awareness to get a better job.

3. More energy to make more money.

4. Better health to breast Life.

5. Better morale to handle upsets.

6. Less Despair.

7. More Life.

8. More years to Live.

Come to our

The above ad advertises in a practical vein. This is what we can do for you and
what you can do for others is the keynote of it. Practical application.

Here is a simple Ad.

SCIENTOLOGY
YOU CAN BE HAPPY AGAIN.

(Come to free course data follows in smaller type.)

This ad should pull simple as it is because the old article "Is it Possible to be
Happy?" in mags was a huge attention getter.

L. RON HUBBARD

461

CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF CONTENTS

1950 1960(cont.)
8 Mar. First Policy (reissued as HCO PL 25 Apr. Important Certification Change Vol. 5-173
2 Sept. 1970) 117 28 Apr. Books are Dissemination (HCBB) 108
3 May PE Literature 142
1954 13 May Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
20 May Atmosphere of the Clinic 20 May Extension Course Prices see Vol. 3-227
(extract from Clinical Procedure) 117 24 May Extension Course Prices
I Oct. The Use of Scientology Materials (corrects 20 May 1 960) Vol. 3-227
(PAB No. 36) 98 23 June Special Zone Plan-The Scientologist's
Role in Life (HCOB) 237
1956 1 5 July Congress Tapes Vol. 2-218
20 July Director of Zoning Hat 241
26 Oct. Gradient Scale of Personnel 25 Aug. Chicago Area 242
Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2- 1 27 Sept. Congress and ACC Plans (HCOB) 214
1957 28 Sept. HPA Grants 242
28 Oct. New Testing Promotion Section-Important 1 55
1 5 Jan. Dissemination (PAB No. 104) 457 16 Nov. New Org Programmes Vol. 4-283
25 Jan. Concerning the Separateness of 17 Nov. Anatomy of the Human Mind Course
Dianetics and Scientology Vol. 2- 15 as a Pre-requisite for HPA Training Vol. 4-284
25 Jan. Referrals to Field Vol. 2-247 22 Nov. Warning on New PE 161
6 Apr. Field Auditor (HCOB) (excerpt) 236 24 Nov. Testing Promotion Revised 162
15 May The Rights of the Field Auditor 29 Nov. Testing Programme Change 166
(reissued as HCO PL 2 Oct. 1969) 236 2 Dec. Promotion on PE Foundation 459
18 June People's Questions (Bulletin) 208 20 Dec. Restriction on Saint Hill Area see-301
2 Sept. Field Certificates Vol. 5-166 29 Dec. The New PE and the New HAS
Co-Audit (HCOB) 189
1958
21 Sept. Neatness of Quarters (HCOB reissued as 1961
HCO PL 22 Oct. 1962) (excerpt) 117 16 Jan. Testing Lines (excerpt) 167
2 Oct. Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses 1 8 Jan. Cost of HAS Co-Audit and PE 190
'Vol. 2-257, Vol. 4-272 23 Jan. PE Course Abolished 191
30 Oct. Personnel Efficiency Foundation 174 24 Jan. A Test Policy on MD Referrals 167
15 Nov. Informing Public of Test Results 154 4 Feb. Information Packages (excerpt) 142
17 Nov. HCO Project Engineer: 7 Feb. Proper Public Routing 168
"Have You Lived Before?" Vol. 2- 83 1 0 Feb. Professional Charges Vol. 3- 84
24 Nov. HASI Group Secretary 350 14 Feb. The Personal Efficiency Foundation (excerpt) 192
16 Dec. Extension Course Curriculum (HCOB) Vol. 4-275 14 Feb. Personnel Procurement Vol. I- 84
23 Dec. Quality of Presentation Vol. 2-183 15 Feb. Evaluation Script 169
18 Feb. Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info Ltr) 193
1959 21 Feb. Choosing PE and Registration
Personnel Vol. I -I Io
6 Jan. Field Activities (HCOB) 35 1 2 Mar. Automatic Evaluation Packet for
23 Jan. Ethics (Field Auditors) Vol. 1-361 PE Foundation 172
1 0 Feb. Group Secretary 353 24 Mar. Status of PE Courses 1 95
17 Mar. Boo k Saes Repesentative 146 14 Apr. PE Handout (HCO Info Ltr) 196
17 Mar. D. t Yourself Theapy (HCOB) 1 75 28 Apr. Auto-Evaluation Slips 173
24 Mar. HAS C._Audit (HCOB) 1 76 8 May Extension Course Vol. 4-296
25 Mar. HAS C._Audit 8, Comm Course (HCOB) 1 77 2 Oct. Franchise Policies 254
27 Mar. Franchises 246 27 Oct. Professional Rates Restored Vol. 3-250
3 Apr. HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course (HCOB) 179 21 Nov. Training Course Requirements Vol. 4-306
6 Apr. Clear Ads 458 13 Dec. Extension Course Completion Vol. 4-136
14 Apr. New Book Vol. 2- 85
23 Apr. HAS Co-Audit Courses 183 1962
1 May HAS Certificates 247
4 May The Personal Efficiency Course (HCOB) 180 7 Feb. Restriction on Saint Hill Area
14 May Method of Finalizing HCO Franchises 250 (amends 20 Dec. 1960) 301
22 May Advertisement for Field in Certainty, 5 June Class 11 Training Only by Academies
Ability, etc-Minor Issues Vol. 2- 87 and Saint Hill Vol. 2-220, Vol. 4-324
28 May New HCO WW Dept 183 7 June Professional Training to be Done in
28 May To All HCO Franchise Offices 248 Academy and Saint Hill Only Vol. 4-324
6 June "Have You Lived Before This Life" Vol. 2- 87 1,4 June Professional Charges (amends &
I I June Data on HAS Co-Audit 184 amplifies 10 Feb. 1961) Vol. 3- 84
1 6 June Hat of PE HCO Ww 185 1 5 June Current Franchise Policy 255
1 8 June Correction of HCO PL of 28 May 1959 250 26 June Relations with Field 256
18 June U.S. Franchise Holders 251 26 June Certification Requirements Vol. 4-325
18 June Services Owing to HCO Franchise Holders 252 4 July Mixing Scientology with Various
24 June Status of HCO Offices and HCO Sees Other Practices 256
and HCO Volunteer Sees in US Vol. 3 142 30 July Certification and Validation
I July US HCO Franchise Queries 252 Requirements Vol. 4-326
1 0 Aug. Franchise I O%s to WW 253 27 Sept. A Resume of Franchise Policy 257
13 Aug. Students Attending Courses Vol. 4 278 1Oct. The Plan for California 243
20 Aug. Hat of PE HCO WW 186
24 Aug. HCO Financial Arrangements Altered Vol. 3-145 1963
28 Aug. Attention All Group Secretaries 354 14 Feb. The Establishment ofcentral Orgs'
3 1Aug. Certifications Vol. 4-279, Vol. 5-171 Control Areas 301
3Sept. HCO Secretaries 253 19 Feb. Classification of Central Orgs' Control Areas 302
3Sept. Mailings 253 1 Mar. Individual Auditors Operating Within
15 Sept. Dissemination Tips (HCOB) 101 a Central Org Control Area 302
21 Sept. An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104 26 June A Resume of Franchise Policy
21 Sept. New Ads for PE Foundation (HCOB) 458 (supersedes 27 Sept. 1 962) 259
23 Sept. The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 105 9 July Meter Demonstration Booth Hat ') I 5
29 Sept. The Organization of a PE Foundation (HCOB) 187 2 Aug. Urgeiit-Public Project One Vol. 2- 93
14 Oct. Division of HCO Percentage Revised Vol. 3-148 16 Aug. Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central
29 Oct. Service see Vol. 0-281 Org Control Area (supersedes I Mar. 1 963) 302
20 Nov, Validation of Franchises
see Vol. 1-362, Vol. 2-366 1964

1960 1 0 Feb. Enrolment on Self Determinism
Vol. 1-516, Vol. 2-266, Vol. 4- 37
29 Jan. Congresses (HCOB) 208 21 Feb. Field Auditor Consultant (excerpt) 244
22 Feb. HPA Qualifications Vol. 4-- 279, Vol. 5-172 1 1Mar. Franchise Programme 262
27 Feb, Playing the Washington 1960 "State of Man I IMar. Departmental Changes
Congress" Tape Lectures at Local Congresses Auditors Division Vol. '-I- 39
and as a Promotional Re-play Plan 209 1 1Mar. Auditors Division
10 Mar. Validation of Franchises (20 Nov. 1 959 New HCO WW Organization Vol. 2- 40
amended and reissued) Vol. 1 -362, Vol. 2 366 1 8 Mar. California Franchise (amends I Oct, 1962) 6 2
8 Apr. Tapes of Washington Congress Vol. 2-218 20 Mar. District Office & Org Control Area
22 Apr. Group Secretary 354 Policy Revised 303

462

1964 (cont.) 1965 (cont.)

22 Apr. Summary of Policies on Classification & 21 Oct. Release Checks for Franchise Preclears 276
Gradation, Certification, Franchise and 23 Oct. Dissemination Drill 112
Memberships, & the Auditors Division Vol. 4-369 2 Nov. Field Staff Members for Saint Hill 325
16 June FrancWse-Wliat Is It and Who May Have It 263 4 Nov. Franchise Orders (See ED 162 SH) 277
30 July Gradation Programme, Revised Vol. 4-379 20 Nov. The Promotional Actions of an Organization
26 Aug. PE Course 200 (excerpt: Distribution Division 6) 5
4 Sept. Congresses 216 8 Dec. Distribute: To Spread Out so as
8 Sept. Rush-Important Correction 217 to Cover Something 88
1 0 Sept. Audience Alertness and Tape Players 28 Dec. Enrollment in Suppressive Groups
(HCO Exec Ltr) see-226 see Vol. 1-484, Vol. 2-284
16 Sept. Understanding and Tape Lectures
(reissued 21 July 1967) 217 1966

23 Sept. Information Packages (excerpt) 143 12 Jan. Selectees Mailing-Selectee Advice Packets 329
23 Sept. Policies: Dissemination and 14 Jan. Amendment to HCO PL of 9 May 1965
Programmes Vol. 2- 41 Field Auditors Become Staff 330
12 Oct. Congress Organization and Increasing Interest 17 Jan. Distribution Action (See ED 169 INT) 144
Oct. and Attendance (HCO Exec Ltr) 218 17 Jan. Unclassed Certs-HAS, HBA, HQS Vol. 5-197
30 Mailing Lists for Franchise 19 Apr. Congress Policies 222
Holders Vol. 1-273, Vol. 3-102 6 May Distribution Division 6 Org Board 6
3 1Oct. Current Policies Orgs & Franchise Vol. 3-106 9 May Publication Copies to WW Vol. 2-205
1 1Dec. Full Table of Courses and 12 July Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications 139
Classification Vol. 4-380 15 Aug. Information Packets 145
18 Dec. Re: OIC Data Vol. 4-139 30 Aug. Selection Regulations (adds to 26 Mar. 1965) 330
23 Dec. Field and Public Programming Vol. 3-117 6 Sept. The Handling, Purchased or Rented
31 Dec. Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Mailing Lists 146
Applied Philosophy Vol. 1-45, Vol. 2- 49 2 Oct. Public Promotion 127
3 Oct. HAS Course 207
1965 11 3 Oct. Advertisements, Continental Magazines
circa '65 Distribution Division 6 Org Board Outline 3 and Auditor Vol. 2-138
1 Jan. Franchise Application and Agreement 264 10 Nov. Field Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965) 331
2 Jan. Franchise: Who May Have It and 23 Dec. Field Staff Member Commissions
How to Maintain It, AD 15 266 (cancels 30 Aug. 1966) 332
13 Mar. The Comm Member System Vol. 1 204
21 Mar. PE Comes After They Have Read a Book 1967

(HCO Exec Ltr) III 9 Jan. FSM System Administration in Organizations
26 Mar. Field Auditors 304 (modifies 9 May 1965 & 15 Oct. 1965) 334
26 Mar. Field Staff Members 309 10 Feb. Tape and Film Presentation 223
30 Mar. Field Auditors Become Staff 14 Feb. Book Buyers Vol. 2-387
(26 Mar. 1965 revised) 312 23 June Enrolment on Self Determinism
7 Apr. Book Income 147 Vol. 1-516, Vol. 2-266, Vol. 4- 37
7 Apr. Healing Policy in Field 245 21 July Understanding and Tape Lectures
8 Apr. Cancellation of Mail Lists (reissue of 16 Sept. 1964) 217
to Field Auditors Vol. 1-277, Vol. 2-389 10 Sept. Statistic-GDS Div Six 6
14 Apr. Congress "Breaks" are Stafrs "Show" 4 Oct. Org Exec See and Distribution 89
(HCO Exec Ltr) 221 4 Oct. Auditor and Org Individual Stars
14 Apr. Field Auditor Rates 244 Vol. 1-348, Vol. 4- 10
16 Apr. Handling the Public 26 Oct. The Public Divisions 7
Individual Vol. 0-78, Vol. 2- 56 2 Nov. Distribution Division-Departments of Public
17 Apr. Additional Mag Policy Vol. 2-135 Information, Clearing and Success 9
18 Apr. Prices Lowered Because of New
Organization Streamline Vol. 2-60, Vol. 3- 93 1968
27 Apr. Book Promotion Design Vol. 2- 108
29 Apr. Bonuses Vol. 3-313, Vol. 5-231 14 Jan. Field Auditors Become Staff
(9 May 1965 revised & reissued)
May Organization Chart of Flows (cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965) 339
Operation Salvage 324
9 May Field Auditors Become Staff 17 Feb. Field Staff Member Commissions 344

(cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965) 318 17 Mar. Boom Formula 151

13 May Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden 268 19 Mar. Service (29 Oct. 1959 amended

28 May Franchise Courses 268 & reissued) Vol. 0-281

28 May Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads 460 1 Apr. Tape Playback Fidelity 225

31 May Franchise Summary of Policy 269 20 Apr. Franchise (cancels 21 Oct. '65, modifies

18 June Areas of Operation 1 2 Jan. '65, 13 May '65 & HCOB 28 July '59) 278

21 June Distribution Division (Div 6) 2 23 Apr. "The FSM of the Year" 345

21 June Orgs are Saint Hill FSMs 325 24 Apr. Division 6 Distribution 90

28 June Dissem Division-Distribution Division 7 May The Key Questions 140

(See ED 38 SH) 4 31 May Auditors Vol 0- 42

30 June Ad 461 5 June FSM Commissions 345

7 July Photos, News and Statistics for Mags 25 June The Gross Divisional Statistics of the

and Auditor (reissued 9 July 1967) Vol. 2-167 Public Divisions... I 1

13 July Testing Vol. 4- 73 29 June Enrollment in Suppressive Groups

19 July Discounts (excerpt) 150 Vol. 1-484, Vol. 2-284

5 Aug. Franchise Transferred to Div 6 30 July Gross Income Senior Datum

(See ED 67 SH) 270 Vol. 0-277, Vol. 1-283, Vol. 2- 68

13 Aug. Foundation-Basic Course Organization 201 1 0 Aug. Legal and Dissemination Vol. 2- 69

16 Aug. Foundation-Basic Course Organization 12 Aug. Reasons Why Div 6's Don't Function 91

Correction 203 24 Aug. Dissemination Vol. 2-69, Vol. 4- 91

17 Aug. Certification of Franchise Students 273 5 Sept. Vital Org Activities 92

20 Aug. Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill Vol. 3-360 1 2 Sept. The Public Divisions (amends 26 Oct. 1967) 1 1

23 Aug. Deletion of TR 5 Vol. 4-191 16 Sept. Address Lists Vol. 1-283

24 Aug. Cleanliness of Quarters and Staff 26 Oct. Executive Council

Improve Our Image 118 (amends 21 Dec. 1966, 1 & 11) 1 2

1Sept. Current Policy-Franchise 274 24 Nov. The Group Officer 355

1Sept. Mailing List Policies Vol. O 1 98, Vol. 2-390 24 Nov. Auditor Correspondents Vol. 2-151

1Sept. Publications Vol. 2-137 2 Dec. Gung-Ho Groups 357

1Sept. Some Tech Div Policies Vol. 4- 75 3 Dec. Gung-Ho Groups Poltr No. 2 363

8Sept. Distribution Division-info Packet 14 Dec. How to Register Gung-Ho Groups 367

(See ED 88 SH) 143 14 Dec. Gung-Ho Group Courses 368

1 0 Sept. Franchise Award of Merit 275 1 8 Dec. Warning-Gung-Ho Groups 368

1 2 Sept. Foundation Course Change 204 26 Dec. Gung-Ho Group Tech 372

1 3 Sept. Foundation Course Hours 206 26 Dec. The Third Party Law Vol. 0- 1 83, Vol. I - 530

1 3 Sept. Issue Authority Required for Mimeo Vol. 0-349 30 Dec. The Public Programmes Officer 369

16 Sept. Foundation 207
21 Sept. Corporate Names-Group Names 275, 354 1969

21 Sept. Cleanliness and Tidiness of Premises Vol. 1 -304 circa '69 Public Divisions 6, 7 & 8 Org Board Outline 1 3
24 Sept. Ads and Info Packets 144 9 Jan. Book and Film Festivals 92
30 Sept. Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Dist Div 6) 4 1 0 Jan. TI)e Public Divisions 93
15 Oct. Field Staff Member Selection Papers 20 Jan. Public Divisions Gross Divisional Statistics

and Commissions 326 (25 June 1968 amended) 1 2
1 8 Oct. Field Staff Member Programme 29 Jan. Public Division Org Board Revised (Corrected) 14
(See ED II 7 INT) 328 30 Jan. Public Divisions Org Board 1 8

463

1969 (cont.) 1970

3 1 Jan. Humanitarian Objective and Gung Ho Groups 370 13 Aug, PR Series 2-The Missing Ingredient 396
12 Feb. Religion 119 13 Aug. PR Series 3-Wrong Publics 399
20 Feb. Materials to Franchise 281 19 Aug. Division 6 Division 8 GDS
15 Mar. Third Party-How to Find One Vol. 1-534 (amends 20 Jan. 1969) 36
31 Mar. Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications 20 Aug. Division Six-The Public Relations Division
(amends 24 Apr. 1968) 94 (cancels 21 Dec. 1969) 37
2 Apr. Routine Congress Promotion Vol. 2-141 20 Aug. Division Seven-The Public Services Division
3 Apr. Franchise Section WW 281 (cancels 21 Dec. 1969) 43
7 Apr. Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95 20 Aug. Division Eight-The Public Sales Division
15 Apr. Field Staff Member Award Programme 346 (cancels 21 Dec. 1969) 47
25 Apr. Validation of Up Statistics 141 28 Aug. Auditors Association 52
13 May Cramming Section 2 Sept. First Policy 117
Service to Trained Auditors 282 27 Sept. Cutative Prices 348
23 May Public Divisions Promotional Actions 2 Oct. Appearances-Clarification
(addition to 20 Nov. 1965) 19 (amends 20 Aug. 1970 & I I Dec. 1969) 53
23 May Public Divisions Flash Colours 21 2 Oct. Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics
I June The Most Fundamental Errors 372 (revises 20 Aug. 1970-Div 7 &
17 June The Org Image 120 20 Aug. 1970-Div 8) 54
8 July Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) 9 Oct. PR Series 4-The PR Personality 402
(modifies 20 Apr. 1968) 282 18 Oct. Public Divisions Org Board 55
1 1 July Areas of Operation see- 1 24 Oct. Saint Hillers Association 62
23 July Public Research and Reports 27 Oct. A Book: "The Background to the Religion of
Surveys: Briefing and Debriefing 129 Scientology and Ceremonies of the Church of
24 July Public Divisions-Book Distribution Unit 152 Scientology of California World Wide" Vol. 5-294
24 July The Groups Communicator 18 Nov. PR Series 5-PR Definition 404
(replaces 24 Nov. 1968) 356 1 Dec. Clarification-Registration Breakthrough
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups I -Introduction 373 (modifies 30 July 1970) 65
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 2-Purpose 374 16 Dec. SH FSM Bonus Awards 349
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 3-Dianetic
=ling Groups & Scientology Orgs 376 1971

25 July c Counseling Groups 4- 31 Jan. FSM Contest Awards
Stages of Forming, Increasing and (modifies 27 Sept. 1970) 349
Expanding a Dianetic Counseling Group 377 5 Feb. Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 5- (excerpt: Divs 6, 7 & 8) 65
Group Formation 380 7 Feb. FEBC Otg Board Division Six 66
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 6-The Org Board 384 12 Apr. Mission Designation 293
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 7- 1 May Centre Magazine Policy 294
Communication System 388 6 May Audience Alertness and Tape Players 226
25 Aug. Third Party Investigations Vol. 1-535 9 May Mission Closures 295
2 Sept. Old ACC Students 10 May Mission, Basic Definition of see-299
Vol. 2-293, Vol. 3-237, Vol. 4-359 10 May Advantages of Missions see-300
2 Oct. The Rights of the Field Auditor 11 May Mission Application and Agreement 296
(reissued from 15 May 1957) 236 1 1 May PR Series 6-Opinion Leaders 405
5 Oct. Dianetic Courses, Wildcat 11 May PR Series 7-Black PR 411
(revised & reissued IO Dec. 1 969) Vol. 4-263 17 May Mission Issues 298
25 Oct. Survey Form for all Surveys 131 28 May PR Series 8-Too Little Too Late 415
28 Oct. How to Tabulate a Survey 132 30 May PR Series 9-Manners 417
1 0 Nov. Franchise Grants or Charters 283 2 June PR Series I O-Breakthrough-PR and
IO Nov. FSM Awards 347 Production-Tone Scale Surveys 420
1 1 Nov. Promotion and Motivation 285 2 June Tours Org Bd 446
1 1 Nov. Franchise Promotion Musts 288 3 July Registration Change
I I Nov. Accounts and PRO Vol. 3- 71 New Names to C/F Change 227
12 Nov. Appearance and PRO 123 14 July FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded
12 Nov. PES Account versus (cancels 7 Feb. 1971) 74
HCO Book Account Vol. 3-213 5 Aug. FEBC Div 6 Org Board Amendment
18 Nov. Central Files, Value of-The Gross Income (amends 14 July 197 1) 82
of the Org and Why Vol. 0-278, Vol. 2-397 1 5 Sept. Purpose and Statistics of a Tour Member 448
18 Nov. Dianetics-Right to Audit Vol. 5-201 20 Sept. Mission, Basic Definition of
18 Nov. Dianetics-Right to Teach Vol. 5-202 (revises 10 May 1971) 299
20 Nov. Legal Aspects of Mission 290 20 Sept. Advantages of Missions (revises 1 0 May 1971) 300
21 Nov. Ethnics-Find Out What is Needed & Wanted 133 5 Oct. PR Series 12-Propaganda by
23 Nov. Individuals vs Groups 114 Redefinition of Words 423
29 Nov. New Public Divisions Org Board 22 17 Oct. Inter-Org Distances 298
6 Dec. How to Clear Your Community 14 Nov. Mini Public Division Org Board 83
Illustrations Vol. 0-261 26 Nov. Division 6 Public Reg Reinstated
IO Dec. Superior Service Image Program No. 1 (modifies 3 July 1971 & 14 July 197 1) 230
(LRH ED 54 INT) 96 28 Nov. Public Division Statistics
I 0 Dec. PES WW Account Vol. 3-215 (amends 5 Feb. 197 1, I & IV) 86
1 1 Dec. Appearances in Public Divs 125 5 Dec. PR Series 13-How To Do a PR Survey 425
15 Dec. Class of Orgs Vol. 0-254 16 Dec. PRO Area Control (Flag Order 3094) 422
20 Dec. Microphone Handling 225 18 Dec. Surveys are the Key to Slats
21 Dec. Revised New Public Divisions Org Board (LRH ED 161 INT) 136
(revises 29 Nov. 1969) 29
24 Dec. PES Account Amended Vol. 3-216 1972

1970 7 Jan. PR Series 14-Creating Survey Questions 428
25 Jan. PR Series 15-Population Surveys 442
28 Jan. Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969, 7 Feb. Higher Orgs-Public Reg Setup 449
amends 14 Feb. 1967) Vol. 1-290 11 7 Feb. Tours 452
1 0 Feb. Franchise, Multiple Ownership 292 1 1 Apr. PR Series 4-Addition
24 Feb. Legal-Incorporation of Missions The PR Personality see-402
in the U.S. see-293 28 May Boom Data 454
8 Apr. Legal-Incorporation of Missions 15 June PR Series II -PR Area Control
in the U.S.-Modified 293 Three Grades of PR 422
16 Apr. Morale Vol. 5-293
18 Apr. Ethics and Franchise Vol. 1-508
18 Apr. Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964,
amends 13 May 1965) Vol. 2-227
19 Apr. PES WW Account
(cancels 10 Dec. 1969) Vol. 3-217
21 Apr. Field Ethics Vol. 1-509
28 Apr. The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
29 Apr. PES Account Revised
(cancels 12 Nov. 1969) Vol. 3-218
20 May Guardian Public Relationships 128
20 May Further Clarifications-DCG Programme 392
1 0 June Public Divisions and Tech Admin Ratio
(amends 7 Feb. 1970) 35
12 June PES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969
& 29 Apr. 1970) Vol. 3-221
13 Aug. PR Series I -Liabilities of PR 393

464

GET ALONG BETTER WITH PEOPLE IN
YOUR LIFE AND CAREER

Buy These Books By L. Ron Hubbard

DIANETICS: The Modern Science of Mental Health
This is the book that burst on the Western World in 1950, went to the top of the best-seller lists
and stayed there for week after week and month after month, and began what is known today
as the most vital and fastest growing movement onearth. This is the exciting basic textbook of
Dianetics. It gives the fantastic discoveries about the human mind which resulted from a
quarter century of research by L. Ron Hubbard, and gives the single answer to the resolution
of human aberration. (Hardback - $7.00)

Introduction to Scientology Ethics
Introductory manual for learning and applying the Scientology Ethics system. The ethics
system of Scientology exists simply as that additional tool necessary to make and environment
in which it is possible to apply the technology of Scientology. The principles and formulas
apply, however, to any part of life, which is true also of the technology of Scientology.
(Hardback - $3.00)

Science of Survival
The major work which is startling the scientific world with its accurate methods of predicting
human behavior, and its insight into the activities of Man. Included with the book is the
famous Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation. (Hardback - $7.00)

Dianetics: '55
Gives in detail the major discovery of the Communication Formula and how to apply it in life
and in the techniques of Scientology. This book makes the bridge from Dianetics to
Scientology. (Hardback - $5.00)

Problems of Work
Scientology applied to the work-a-day world. Here L. Ron Hubbard addresses the worker and
the executive on the subjects of holding a job, handling confusion, the secret of efficiency,
exhaustion, the formula for success, and much more. A book that shows any person the road
to becoming more competent and more able, less tired and more secure in his job. (Hardback -
$4.00)

How to Live Though an Executive
This book is a must for any executive or anyone who works near one. A single reading of this
manual of communication raises abruptly the efficiency and ease of any operation - from
one-man businesses to sprawling industrial combines. Hundreds of applications in every phase
of life. (Hardback - $4.00)

Send your check/money order to: Church of Scientology of California
ASHO PUBLICATIONS
2723 West Temple Street
Los Angeles, California 90026

Also, send for our complete catalog of Scientology and Dianetics books and material. Note;
Prices subject to change.

SAVE MONEY WHEN YOU BUY YOUR BOOKS

BY L. RON HUBBARD

As an Intertiational Member of Scientology you recieve a 10'/o Discount on all books priced
over $1.25. You also recieve free magazines with vital data, world Scientology news and
modern technical information. Anyone may have a free International Membership for six
months. International Membership is required to keep all Scientology Training certificates in
force. (Be sure to renew promptly if yours is due!)
Apply for your free membership to:
Membership Officer, your nearest Church of Scientology. (see the list at the back of this book)